Mechanical Engineering - FINAL - 07.08.2018

SRI RAMAKRISHNA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
[Educational Service : SNR Sons Charitable Trust]

[Autonomous Institution, Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade]
[Approved by AICTE and Permanently Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai]
[ISO 9001:2015 Certified and all eligible programmes Accredited by NBA]
Vattamalaipalayam, N.G.G.O. Colony Post, Coimbatore – 641 022
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
REGULATIONS 2016
V - 1.0
Choice Based Credit System
B.E. Mechanical Engineering

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Curriculum and Syllabus
www.srec.ac.in
Information on the minimum number of Credits to be earned for the successful
completion of B.E./B.Tech. Programmes for
† Regular candidates (4 years) : 172 credits
† Lateral Entry candidates (3 years) : 125 credits
Chairperson Academic Council/Principal
2 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Contents
S.No. Contents Page No.
I VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTION 5

II PROGRAM OUTCOMES 6
III VISION, MISSION, PEOs AND PSOs OF THE DEPARTMENT 7
IV CURRICULUM R2016 9
V HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (HS) 25
VI BASIC S CIENCES (BS) 52
VII ENGINEERING SCIENCES (ES) 106
VIII OPEN ELECTIVES (OE) 180
IX ONE CREDIT COURSES 248
X EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES (EEC) 315
XI PROFESSIONAL CORE 319
XII PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES 347
CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS3

SRI RAMAKRISHNA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
[Educational Service : SNR Sons Charitable Trust]
[Autonomous Institution, Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade]
[Approved by AICTE and Permanently Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai]
[ISO 9001:2015 Certified and all eligible programmes Accredited by NBA]
Vattamalaipalayam, N.G.G.O. Colony Post, Coimbatore – 641 022
Sri Ramakrishna Engineering College was established in the year 1994 by SNR Sons Charitable Trust. It is an Autonomous
Institution since 2007 and accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade.The Institution offers 9 Undergraduate Programs and 8
Post Graduate Programs in Engineering and Technology along with MBA. All eligible Programs have been accredited and
reaccredited by the NBA, New Delhi.
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE CURRICULUM
• Student centric learning – Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

• Industry driven learning with multidisciplinary approach
• Project– based learning
• Competency enhancement courses including on– line learning
• Collaborations with Premier Institutions – National and International
• Certification courses in Foreign languages
• One credit courses offered by Industries and Research establishments
• Employability enhancement courses focusing placements
• Industry Internship opportunities
• Inculcating Innovation and Entrepreneurship
VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTION
VISION
To develop into a leading word class Technological University consisting of Schools of Excellence in various disciplines
with a co-existent Centre for Engineering Solutions Development for worldwide clientele.
MISSION
To provide all necessary inputs to the students for them to grow into knowledge engineers and scientists attaining.
• Excellence in domain knowledge, practice and theory
• Excellence in co-curricular and Extra-curricular talents
• Excellence in character and personality

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
Program Outcomes as stated by NBA: Engineering Graduates will be able to
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems reaching
substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and
safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research–based knowledge and research methods including
design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT
tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering
practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and
environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering
practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in
multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and
with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation,
make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management
principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life–long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and
life–long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
The department of Mechanical Engineering established in the year 1994, offers B.E. (Mechanical Engineering) and M.E.
(Manufacturing and Thermal Engineering) Programs and is permanently affiliated to Anna University, Chennai. It is also
a recognized research department by Anna University, Chennai offering Ph.D program. The Undergraduate Program
was accredited in the year 2003 and reaccredited in 2007, 2012 and 2016 by NBA, New Delhi.
VISION AND MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT
VISION
The Department of Mechanical Engineering excels in Engineering Education and building enterprising professionals
commendable with creativity, research and employability, meeting the requirements of potential recruiters.
MISSION
• The Mission is to provide quality engineering education that equips the students with adequate knowledge in
Mechanical Engineering to become successful professionals for serving the needs of the society.
• The department strives to prepare the students to adorn themselves with effective communication, intellectual
abilities, teamwork and professional ethics for valuable contribution in their career.
• The department aims to motivate the students to orient themselves towards research and life-long learning to act
upon the changing needs of the stakeholders
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
The graduates of this program after four to five years will,

PEO I : Offer rationale solutions while designing and manufacturing of mechanical as well as allied engineering
systems through the use of their knowledge in Mathematics, Physical Science, Engineering and Technology
PEO II : Demonstrate the professional and entrepreneurial skills with confidence to seek solutions to the tasks with
due consideration on social, environmental, economical and ethical values
PEO III : Communicate effectively and engage life-long learning for personal and professional growth
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)
Graduates of Mechanical Engineering at the time of graduation will be able to

PSO1 : Design, model and analyze mechanical components as well as systems using Engineering and computational tools
PSO 2 : Identify and plan the manufacturing methods and processes for mechanical components and systems with
due consideration on quality and economy
PSO 3 : Analyze, evaluate and design thermal systems by applying thermal engineering concepts and simulation
methods.
***

CURRICULUM 2016

DISTRIBUTION OF CREDITS
Credits per Semester Credits
S. Category
Total
No I II III IV V VI VII VIII
1 Humanities and Social Sciences 6 6 3 3 18
2 Basic Sciences 10 8 4 4 26
3 Engineering Sciences 7 10 15 32
4 Professional Core 5 18 14 13 10 60
5 Professional Electives 3 3 3 6 15
6 Open Electives 3 3 6
7 Employability Enhancement Courses
i) Project 2 2 8 12
ii) Mandatory Course 1 1 1 3
Total 23 24 24 25 23 22 17 14 172

CURRICULUM R2016
HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (HS)

(Common to all the Departments)
S. Course Course Title L T P C POs CA ES Total

No. Code
1 16EN203 Business English- I 2 0 2 3 5, 9,10,12 40 60 100
2 16EN204 Business English- II 2 0 2 3 5, 9,10, 12 40 60 100
3 16EN205 Business English Laboratory 2 0 2 3 5, 9,10, 12 40 60 100
4 16CH206 Environmental Science and
Sustainability 3 0 0 3 1, 7 40 60 100
5 16CH207 Biomedical Waste Management 3 0 0 3 6,7,8 40 60 100
6 16CE203 Green and Sustainable Development 3 0 0 3 1,3,6,7,8,9,12 40 60 100
7 16CE223 Project Planning and Management 3 0 0 3 1,5,9,11,12 40 60 100
8 16ME204 Engineering and Society 3 0 0 3 6, 7,8, 12 40 60 100
9 16ME214 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3 1,3,4,6,7,8, 40 60 100
9,11,12
10 16ME221 Industrial Engineering and 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4,10, 40 60 100
Cost Estimation 11,12
11 16AE203 Aviation Development 3 0 0 3 1,12 40 60 100
12 16AE205 Aircraft Rules and Regulations 3 0 0 3 6,7 40 60 100
13 16AE209 Aircraft Safety and
Maintenance Practices 3 0 0 3 3,6,7 40 60 100
14 16EE205 Engineering, Society and Values 3 0 2 4 6,8,9,12 40 60 100
15 16EE206 Energy and Society 3 0 0 3 6,7,8 40 60 100
16 16EE215 Organizational Behaviour and Ethics 3 0 0 3 7,8,10,12 40 60 100
17 16EE222 Project and Finance Management 3 0 0 3 9,11,12 40 60 100
18 16EI216 Industrial Pollution Control 3 0 0 3 1,6,7,8 40 60 100
19 16BM206 Clinical Engineering 3 0 0 3 6,8,9,11 40 60 100
20 16BM213 Regulatory Affairs and
Biomedical Ethics 3 0 0 3 6,7,8 40 60 100
21 16BM222 Bioentrepreneurship 3 0 0 3 9,10,11 40 60 100
22 16CS205 Social Networks and Society 3 0 0 3 1,6 40 60 100
23 16CS212 Green and Orange Computing 3 0 0 3 6,7 40 60 100
24 16CS221 Management, Finance & 3 0 0 3 6,7,8,9, 40 60 100
Project Concepts For Engineers 10,11,12
25 16IT217 Entrepreneurship Development 3 0 0 3 2,3,4,5,6,11,12 40 60 100

BASIC SCIENCES (BS)

No. Code
1 16MA203 Algebra and Calculus 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100

2 16MA204 Laplace Transforms and
Vector Calculus 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100
3 16MA205 Statistics and Transforms 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100
4 16MA206 Complex Variables and
Partial Differential Equations 3 1 0 4 1 40 60 100
5 16MA207 Transforms and Partial
Differential Equations 3 1 0 4 1,2 40 60 100
6 16MA208 Partial Differential Equations and
Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
Transforms 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
Boundary Value Problems 3 1 0 4 1,2,4 40 60 100
9 16MA211 Discrete Structures and Combinatorics 3 1 0 4 1 40 60 100
10 16MA212 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
11 16MA213 Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 1 40 60 100
12 16MA214 Probability and Random Processes 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
13 16MA215 Probability, Statistics and
Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 1,2 40 60 100
14 16MA216 Probability and Statistics 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
15 16MA217 Statistics And Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 1,2,4 40 60 100
16 16MA218 Numerical Methods and
Calculus of Variations 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
17 16MA219 Probability and Queuing Theory 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
18 16MA220 Resource Management Techniques 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
19 16BS201 Physical Sciences 4 0 0 4 1 40 60 100
20 16BS251 Basic Sciences Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,4,9,10 75 25 100
21 16PH207 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
22 16PH208 Physics 3 0 0 3 1,2,12 40 60 100
23 16PH209 Applied Physics 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
24 16PH210 Biophysics 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
25 16PH211 Nano Materials 3 0 0 3 1,5,12 40 60 100

26 16PH212 Materials Science 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
27 16PH213 Electrical Engineering Materials 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
28 16PH214 Smart and Nano Materials 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
29 16PH215 Nano and Quantum Physics 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
30 16PH216 Biomaterials 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
31 16PH217 Aircraft Materials and Processes 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
32 16PH252 Physics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1 75 25 100
33 16CH203 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
34 16CH204 Chemistry 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4,7,12 40 60 100
35 16CH205 Applied Chemistry 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
36 16CE231 Applied Geology 3 0 0 3 1,3,6,7,8,11,12 40 60 100
37 16BM202 Human Anatomy and Physiology 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
38 16BM203 Biochemistry 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
39 16BM207 Pathophysiology 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
40 16BM251 Biochemistry Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1 75 25 100
41 16BM252 Human Anatomy and
Physiology Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1 75 25 100
42 16BM255 Pathophysiology Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1 75 25 100
ENGINEERING SCIENCES (ES)


No. Code
1 16ME205 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3 40 60 100

2 16ME206 Metallurgical Engineering 3 0 0 3 1, 2, 3, 4 40 60 100
3 16ME207 Engineering Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 1, 2 40 60 100
4 16ME255 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1, 2, 5, 9, 12 75 25 100
5 16ME256 Engineering Graphics 0 0 4 2 3, 5, 10 75 25 100
6 16ME257 Machine Drawing 0 0 4 2 1, 2, 3, 5, 10 75 25 100
7 16ME271 Computer Aided Engineering
Graphics Laboratory 1 0 2 2 3,5,10 75 25 100
8 16CE202 Construction materials, Techniques and
Equipment 3 0 0 3 1,4,5,8,10,12 40 60 100
9 16CE204 Solid Mechanics 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3, 12 40 60 100
10 16CE205 Fluid Mechanics 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,8,9,12 40 60 100

11 16CE208 Hydrology and Hydraulics Engineering 3 0 0 3 1,2,4,5,6,
7,8,10,11 40 60 100
12 16CE271 Construction Materials and
practices laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,4,5,8,10,12 75 25 100
13 16CE272 Computer Aided Civil
Engineering Drawing 0 0 4 2 1,2,11,12 75 25 100
14 16CE253 Fluid Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,6,8,
9,10,12 75 25 100
15 16CE257 Strength of Materials Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,6,9,
10,11,12 75 25 100
16 16CE258 Hydraulics Engineering Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,4,9,11,12 75 25 100
17 16AE204 Aircraft Electrical and Electronics 3 1 0 4 1,2 40 60 100
18 16AE206 Mechanics of Fluids 3 0 0 3 1,2,3 40 60 100
19 16AE207 Thermodynamics 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4 40 60 100
20 16AE208 Control Systems for Aircraft Applications 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,4,5 40 60 100
21 16AE210 Digital and Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 1,2,3 40 60 100
22 16AE251 Engineering Mechanics Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2 75 25 100
23 16AE252 Aero Engineering Workshop 0 0 4 2 1,3,5,9 75 25 100
24 16AE253 Computer Aided Drawing and
Modeling Laboratory 0 0 4 2 1,3,5,7,12 75 25 100
25 16AE254 Mechanical Sciences Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,4,5 75 25 100
26 16EC203 Principles of Electrical Engineering 3 0 0 3 1,6,7,12 40 60 100
27 16EC204 Sensors and Instrumentation 3 0 2 4 1,2,3,4,5,9,12 40 60 100
28 16EC210 Microcontroller and RISC Processors 3 0 0 3 1,3,4,5,11,12 40 60 100
29 16EC256 Microcontrollers Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,4,5,9,11,12 75 25 100
30 16EE207 Networks and Linear Circuits 3 1 0 4 1,2,3,5 40 60 100
31 16EE209 Electromagnetics 3 1 0 4 1,2,6 40 60 100
32 16EE225 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 3 0 0 3 1, 2, 11 40 60 100
33 16EE226 Electrical and Electronics 3 0 0 3 1,2,4,6 40 60 100
For Civil Engineering
34 16EE255 Electric Circuits and Devices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,5,9 75 25 100
35 16EE256 Basic Electrical Simulation Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,5,9 75 25 100
36 16EE270 Electrical and Electronics
Engineering Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1, 9 75 25 100
37 16EI201 Electric Circuits and Electron Devices 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100
38 16EI202 Thermal Engineering and
Fluid Mechanics 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100
39 16EI203 Electrical Machines 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100

40 16EI204 Digital Logic Circuits 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5 40 60 100
41 16EI219 Circuits and Devices 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
42 16EI220 Sensors and Transducers 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
43 16EI251 Electric Circuits and Electron
Devices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 75 25 100
44 16EI252 Digital Logic Circuits Laboratory 0 0 2 1 2,3,4,5 75 25 100
45 16EI263 Circuits and Devices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 75 25 100
46 16EI264 Sensors and Transducers Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 75 25 100
47 16BM204 Frontiers in Biomedical Engineering 3 0 0 3 12 40 60 100
48 16BM205 Electron Devices 3 0 0 3 1 40 60 100
49 16BM208 Network Analysis 3 1 0 4 1 40 60 100
50 16BM253 Computational Biology Laboratory 0 0 2 1 3 75 25 100
51 16BM254 Electron Devices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1 75 25 100
52 16CS204 Frontiers of Computer Science 3 1 0 4 1 40 60 100
53 16CS206 Problem Solving Through
Programming in C 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100
54 16CS208 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 0 3 1,2,3 40 60 100
55 16CS226 Programming in C 3 0 0 3 1, 2, 5, 9, 12 40 60 100
56 16CS227 Data Structures 3 0 0 3 1, 2, 5, 9, 12 40 60 100
57 16CS255 Simulation Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 75 25 100
58 16CS256 Programming using C Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 75 25 100
59 16CS258 Object Oriented Programming
Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3 75 25 100
60 16CS276 Programming in C Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1, 2, 5, 9, 12 75 25 100
61 16CS277 Data Structures Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1, 2, 5, 9, 12 75 25 100
62 16IT203 Recent Trends in Information
Technology 3 0 0 3 1,5,6,12 40 60 100
63 16IT204 C Programming 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,12 40 60 100
64 16IT205 Object Oriented Programming
Concepts 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5,12 40 60 100
65 16IT208 Java Programming 3 0 0 3 1,2,3,5, 12 40 60 100
66 16IT254 C Programming Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,12 75 25 100
67 16IT255 Object Oriented Programming
Concepts Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,5,12 75 25 100
68 16IT256 Java Programming Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,5, 12 75 25 100

OPEN ELECTIVES (OE)*
S. Course Course Title L T P C CA ES Total
No. Code
Electives offered by B.E. Aeronautical Engineering
1. 16AE2E18 Airport Management 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16AE2E20 Air Traffic Control and Aerodrome Design 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16AE2E22 Airframe Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16AE2E25 Modelling of Mini and Micro Air Vehicles 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16AE2E26 Fundamentals of Applied Aeronautical Sciences 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by B.E. Biomedical Engineering
1. 16BM2E31 Healthcare Technology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16BM2E32 Materials in Medicine 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16BM2E33 Principles of Telemedicine 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16BM2E34 Biology for Engineers 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16BM2E35 Hospital System Management 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
6. 16BM2E36 Perspectives in Assistive Technology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by B.E. Civil Engineering
1. 16CE2E51 Global warming and climate change 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16CE2E52 Disaster management 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16CE2E53 Waste Management 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16CE2E54 Geographical Information System 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16CE2E55 Environmental Management in Industry 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by B.E. Computer Science Engineering
1. 16CS2E51 Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16CS2E52 Java Programming 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16CS2E53 Computer Organization & Architecture 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16CS2E54 Computer Networks 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
1. 16EE2E30 Renewable Energy Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16EE2E31 Power Generation Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16EE2E32 Troubleshooting of Electrical Apparatus 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by B.E. Electronics and Communication Engineering
1. 16EC2E31 Communication Engineering 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16EC2E32 Embedded Analog Interfacing 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16EC2E33 Industrial Electronics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100

4. 16EC2E34 Consumer Electronics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16EC2E35 MEMS and NEMS 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by B.E. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
1. 16EI2E26 Virtual Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16EI2E27 Electronic Measurements and Instruments 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16EI2E28 Programmable Logic Controller 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16EI2E29 Sensors and Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16EI2E30 Sensors for Engineering Applications 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
6. 16EI2E33 Telemetry and Data Control 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
7. 16EI2E34 Embedded Control Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives Offered by B.E. Mechanical Engineering
1. 16ME2E33 Human Factors Engineering 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16ME2E34 Non Destructive Evaluation of Materials 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16ME2E35 Research Methodology For Engineers 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16ME2E36 Automotive Electronics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16ME2E37 Intellectual Property Rights For Engineers 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
6. 16ME2E38 Additive Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
7. 16ME2E39 Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by B.Tech. Information Technology
1. 16IT2E43 Android Application Development 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16IT2E44 Database Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16IT2E45 Internet Technologies 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by Department of Chemistry
1. 16CH2E01 Energy Storing Devices and Fuel Cells 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16CH2E02 Corrosion Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16CH2E03 Chemical Sensors and Biosensors 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16CH2E04 Modern Electronic Materials 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16CH2E05 Chemistry Of Nanomaterials 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by Department of Physics
1. 16PH2E01 Physics Of Semiconductor Devices 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16PH2E02 Fundamentals of MEMS 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16PH2E03 Non-Conventional Energy Resources 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16PH2E04 Solar Technology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16PH2E05 New Engineering Materials 3 0 0 3 40 60 100

6. 16PH2E06 2D Materials for Gas Sensing Applications 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by Department of Mathematics
1. 16MA2E05 Statistics and Linear Programming 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2. 16MA2E06 Simulation Modeling and Analysis 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3. 16MA2E07 Graph Theory 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4. 16MA2E08 Linear Algebra 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5. 16MA2E09 Mathematics for Data Science 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by Department of English
1. 16EN2E01 Effective Technical Communication 2 0 2 3 40 60 100
2. 16EN2E02 Professional English 2 0 2 3 40 60 100
Electives offered by M.Tech. Nanoscience and Technology
1. 16NT2E01 Fundamentals of Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
* Candidates should choose the open electives not from the Programme of student
6 Credits to be completed from the list

EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES (EEC)
No. Code
1. Projects
1. 16XXXXX Miniproject 1 0 0 2 2 75 25 100
2. 16XXXXX Miniproject 2 0 0 2 2 75 25 100
3. 16XXXXX Project Work 0 0 16 8 75 25 100
2. Mandatory Courses
1. 16PT201 General Aptitude 0 0 2 2 100 - 100
2. 16XXIXXX One Credit Course 1 0 0 1 100 - 100
ONE CREDIT COURSES

Course Code Course Title Offering Industry
B.E. Aeronautical Engineering
16AEI001 Non Destructive Testing Sri Ramakrishna Advance Training Institute
16AEI002 UAV for Societal and Special Missions AFI Technology
B.E. Biomedical Engineering
16BMI001 Medical Instrumentation Prashan Medical Technologies
16BMI002 FEA - Tool - Ansys Workbench infiDOF - Center of Distinction
16BMI003 Bioinformatics Biozone Research Technologies Pvt Ltd
16BMI004 Basic Biomedical Training
Wipro GE Health Care Institute
16BMI005 Biomedical Engineers Training (Advanced Course) Bengaluru
16BMI006 MR and Leadership Training

B.E. Civil Engineering
16CEI001 Geotechnical Exploration and
Investigation - Report Preparation Geo-design India Pvt. Ltd., Coimbatore
16CEI002 Tender Document and Preparation S G Structural Engineers, Coimbatore
16CEI003 Project Management Using Primavera ARRIS CADD, Coimbatore
16CEI004 Environmental Impact Assessment VLand’s Best Hub Pvt., Ltd., Coimbatore
16CEI005 Building Bye-Laws and Approval S G Structural Engineers, Coimbatore
Drawing Preparation
16CEI006 Water Supply and Drainage Schemes Tamilnadu Water Supply and Drainage Board
16CEI007 Valuation Practice of Immovable Properties TR Associates Consulting Engineers

B.E. Computer Science Engineering
16CSI001 Mainframe Technology IBM, Bangalore
16CSI002 High Performance Computing TCS, Bangalore
16CSI003 Embedded Software Testing LDRA, Bangalore
16CSI004 NextGen Imaging Wipro Technologies, Bangalore
16CSI005 Introduction to Design of Wearable Medical Devices HTIC,IIT Madras
16CS1006 Algorithmic Thinking and Problem Solving Exskillence, San Diego, USA
B.E. Electrical and Electronics Engineering
16EEI001 Industrial IoT (using fully open source) Kalycito Info Tech Pvt. Ltd., Coimbatore
16EEI002 Energy Management and Audit Encon Energy Solutions, Coimbatore
16EEI003 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Ampere Vehicles, Coimbatore
16EEI004 Solar PV Installation and Commissioning Progen Energy Solutions, Coimbatore
16EEI005 Power Semiconductors - Characteristics, ABB Limited, Chennai
Driving and Applications
B.E. Electronics and Communication Engineering
16ECI001 Automotive Electronics L & T Technology Services, Chennai
16ECI002 Automotive Controller Area Networks and Security Robert Bosch, Coimbatore
16ECI003 Six Sigma for Hardware System Design GE Healthcare, Bengaluru
16ECI004 Positioning Technologies Intel Mobile Communications, Bengaluru
16ECI005 Conceptual Networking and Architecture CISCO, Bengaluru
16ECI006 M2M for Smart Cities Krishtech, Coimbatore
16ECI007 PCB Designing and Fabrication Enthu Technologies, Coimbatore
16ECI008 Advanced Analog System Design
16ECI009 Advanced Embedded System Design using ARM
Steps Knowledge Services Pvt Ltd.,
16ECI010 Advanced Motor Control Application using
Coimbatore
32-Bit Real-Time Controllers
16ECI011 Energy Efficient Microcontrollers and Its Applications
16ECI012 Internet of Things (IoT) Using CC3200

B.E. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
16EII001 Automotive Electronics Robert Bosch,Coimbatore
16EII002 Distributed Control System in Process Automation Yokagowa Ltd.,Chennai
16EII003 LabVIEW for Instrumentation Innovative Invaders,Coimbatore
16EII004 Machine learning, Pattern recognition & Steps Knowledge Services Ltd.,
Optimization using MATLAB Coimbatore
16EII005 Industrial Communication Protocol Axis Global Automation, Coimbatore
16EII006 Testing and Calibration of Field Instruments SMEC Industry, Coimbatore

Course Code Course Title Offering Industry
B.E. Mechanical Engineering
16MEI001 Failure Mode Effect Analysis
16MEI002 Logistics Management Carborundum Universal Limited -

Industrial Ceramics Division
16MEI003 Quality Function Deployment Hosur
16MEI004 Total Productive Management
16MEI005 Seven Quality Control Tools
16MEI006 Basics of Lean Roots Industries India limited,
Coimbatore
16MEI007 Quality Management System
16MEI008 Total Productive Management
16MEI009 Jigs and Fixtures
16MEI010 Programmable Logic Control (PLC) M/s. TVS Training and Services Ltd,
Chennai
16MEI011 Supply Chain Management (SCM) &
Inventory Management system
16MEI012 Introduction to Injection Moulding Process M/s. Salzer Electronics Ltd,
16MEI013 Tool Design and Assembly Coimbatore
B.Tech. Information Technology

16ITI001 Mobile Web Application Development
Ladder Minds, Coimbatore
with ColdFusion
16ITI002 IBM Cloud Private With Linux On Z Systems
IBM, Bengaluru
16ITI003 Blockchain on IBM Mainframe
** To choose a minimum of one course from the list.

PROFESSIONAL CORE (PC)
S. Course Course Title L T P C POs PSOs CA ES Total
No. Code
1 16ME208 Manufacturing and 3 0 0 3 1,3,5 2 40 60 100
Machining Technology
2 16ME209 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery 3 0 0 3 1,2 1,3 40 60 100
3 16ME258 Manufacturing and
Machining Processes Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,3,9 2 75 25 100
4 16ME259 Metallurgy and Materials 0 0 2 1 1,3,6 1,2 75 25 100
Testing Laboratory
5 16ME210 Kinematics of Machinery 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3 1 40 60 100
6 16ME211 Automated Manufacturing Systems 3 0 0 3 1, 3, 5, 7,12 1,2 40 60 100
7 16ME212 Mechanical Measurements and 3 0 0 3 3,5 2 40 60 100
Metrology
8 16ME213 Mechatronics and Automation 3 0 0 3 1,3,5 1,2 40 60 100
9 16ME261 Mechatronics and Metrology 0 0 2 1 1,3,5,9 1,2 75 25 100
Laboratory
10 16ME262 Computer Aided Modeling and 1, 2, 3,
Manufacturing Laboratory 0 0 2 1 5, 9, 10, 12 1,2 75 25 100
11 16ME215 Dynamics of Machinery 2 2 0 3 1, 2, 3 1 40 60 100
12 16ME216 Thermal Engineering 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3, 7 3 40 60 100
13 16ME217 Finite Element Method 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1 40 60 100
14 16ME263 Fluid Mechanics and Thermal 0 0 2 1 1, 3, 4, 5,7,9 1,3 75 25 100
Engineering Laboratory
15 16ME264 Computer Aided Analysis 0 0 2 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 1 75 25 100
Laboratory 5, 9, 10,12
16 16ME265 Field Training 0 0 2 1 1,5,6,7,9,12 1,2 75 25 100
17 16ME218 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3 1 40 60 100
18 16ME219 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3 3 40 60 100
19 16ME220 Internet of Things for Mechanical 3 0 0 3 1,3,5,6,7,12 1,2 40 60 100
Engineers
20 16ME267 Dynamics and Computing 0 0 2 1 1, 2, 3, 1 75 25 100
Laboratory 4, 5,9,12
21 16ME268 Heat Transfer Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1, 3, 4, 9 3 75 25 100
22 16ME222 Design for Manufacturing and Assembly 3 0 0 3 1, 3,6 1,2 40 60 100
23 16ME223 Design of Transmission Systems 2 2 0 3 1, 2, 3 1 40 60 100
24 16ME224 Thermal Systems and Gas Dynamics 2 2 0 3 1, 2, 3 3 40 60 100
25 16ME269 ComputerAided Simulation Laboratory 0 0 2 1 1,2,3,4,5,9,12 1 75 25 100

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES (PE)
No. Code
1 16ME2E01 Power Plant Engineering 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
2 16ME2E02 Energy Conservation and Management 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
3 16ME2E03 Renewable Energy Sources and Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
4 16ME2E04 Hydrogen and Fuel Cell Technology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
5 16ME2E05 Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning 2 2 0 3 40 60 100
6 16ME2E06 Design of Thermal Power Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
7 16ME2E07 Thermal Turbo Machinery 2 2 0 3 40 60 100
8 16AE218 Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
9 16ME2E08 Advanced Internal Combustion Engines 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
10 16ME2E09 Solar Energy Technology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
11 16ME2E10 Biomass Energy Conversion 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
12 16ME2E11 Alternate Fuels for Internal Combustion Engines 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
13 16ME2E12 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
14 16ME2E13 Failure Analysis and Design 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
15 16ME2E14 Fracture Mechanics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
16 16ME2E15 Computer Aided Design 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
17 16ME2E16 Mechanical Vibrations 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
18 16ME2E17 Mechanisms Design and Simulation 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
19 16ME2E18 Concepts of Engineering Design 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
20 16ME2E19 Product Design 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
21 16ME2E20 Tool Design 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
22 16ME2E21 Tribology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
23 16ME2E22 Composite Materials 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
24 16ME2E23 Engineering Economics and Cost Analysis 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
25 16ME2E24 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
26 16ME2E25 Metal Joining Processes 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
27 16ME2E26 Automotive Electronics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
28 16ME2E27 Operations Research 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
29 16ME2E28 Industrial Robotics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
30 16ME2E29 Lean Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
31 16ME2E30 Non Destructive Testing 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
32 16ME2E31 Supply Chain Management 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
33 16ME2E32 Project Management 3 0 0 3 40 60 100
34 16ME2E40 Introduction to Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3 40 60 100

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (HS)

16EN203 BUSINESS ENGLISH - I 2023
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 : Use the vocabulary appropriately through reading and listening skills.
CO2 : Acquire effective speaking skills by means of rhetorical functions.
CO3 : Exhibit writing skills for effective business communication.
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY 10

Tenses- Parts of Speech - Framing sentences using adverbs - Reasons and Consequences - Degrees of Comparison-
Framing questions - Active and Passive voice - Impersonal Passive voice - Conditional Clauses- Infinitives and Gerund
- Direct and Indirect speech - Irregular Verb - Short messages - Vocabularies related to banking, interview, business
equipments, hotel, traffic and transport.
LISTENING 8
Describing jobs and its responsibilities - Telephonic Conversation - Company / Product description - Describing dimensions
of product - Product demonstration - Office etiquette -Recruitment procedures.
SPEAKING 10
Self Introduction - Demonstrating job, company status, explaining games - Person Concerned (Business) - Company
profile- Vocabulary development- Role play - Discussion about drafting and answering emails - Annual report - Comments
on articles - Picture /Product description- Situational conversation (working in pairs) - Advertisements.
READING 7
Reading Comprehension- Cloze Reading- Rearrange the paragraphs - Formal and Informal conversations- Reading Short
texts: memos, notes and notices- Skimming and Scanning- Describing graphs- Reading company profile and filling of
various forms.
WRITING 10
Email Etiquette and Email Writing - Memos- Process Description -Sequencing words -Instructions- Letter writing - Check
list -Report writing- Job application- Telephone Etiquette -Recommendations- Preparing agenda and minutes- Dialogue
writing- Paragraph and Essay writing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Ian wood, Anne Williams with Anna Cowper, "Pass Cambridge BEC Preliminary", 2nd Edition, Cengage Learning,
2015.
REFERENCES
1. Wood Cambridge University, "Business Benchmark Pre-intermediate to Intermediate Business Preliminary",
2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2014.
2. Gerson Sharon J., Steven M.Gerson, "Technical Writing - Process and Product", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education (P)
Ltd., 2009.
3. Rizvi M.Ashraf., "Effective Technical Communication", Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_hs03.
2. www.cambridgeenglish.org/.

16EN204 BUSINESS ENGLISH - II 2023
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Strengthen their vocabulary that will help them face the business world at large.
CO2 : Enhance the art of listening and comprehend effectively.
CO3 : Demonstrate the skills required to participate in a conversation and deliver oral presentation.
CO4 : Acquire professional writing skills to use the target language.
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY 10

Sentence Pattern- Articles- Determiners - Phrasal Verbs - Idioms and Phrases - One word substitution - Collocations -
Vocabulary related to Teamwork,business,hotels,corporate hospitality,ordering goods, cash flow - Job Responsibilities -
Financial terms -Marketing and Ethical banking -Making suggestions- Giving directions -Reporting results - Health and
Safety - Rights at work- Business expenses- Business travel- Staff appraisal- Marketing disasters- Global marketing.
LISTENING 8
Description: Product advertisement-Anecdote- Formal and Informal conversations (Voicemails, discussing changes,
cash flow problems, purchasing products, discussion on job description, launching new products, television report,
accident report, why people lost their jobs, different air travel services,advising companies on exporting, calls to HR) -
Presentation - TED talks- Formal speeches.
READING 10
Articles on: Teamwork, making arrangements, choosing a hotel, ways of entertaining business clients, arranging a company
visit - Business correspondence- Analysing case study - Interpreting charts and diagrams- Ethical businesses- Organizing
event- Analysing annual reports- Safety precautions at business environment - Memos - How flexible benefits work-
Monitoring performances - Managing marketing disasters- Job advertisement.
SPEAKING 7
Role Play- Process description- Picture description - Product description - Decision making - Assessing teams - Framing
question and answers - Discussion: current affairs, business correspondence, company's growth, job benefits, promoting
companies at trade fairs- Presentation - Group discussion - Spotting errors with explanation- Promoting: Product, city,
company,job - Summarization of an article.
WRITING 10
Business Correspondence - Promotional letter - Responding to an invitation- Thanks letter - Invitation letter- Acceptance
letter - Declining invitation letter - Feedback letter- Job description- Product description- Describing trends- Describing
Cause and Effect - Focus on business vocabulary- Paraphrasing- Pictorial description- Jumbled Sentences- Report
Writing- Completing a business report-Paragraph and Essay Writing-Compare and Contrast.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Ian Wood, Paul Sanderson, Anne Williams with Marjorie Rosenberg, "Pass Cambridge BEC Vantage", 2nd Edition,
Cengage Learning, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Cambridge University, "Business Benchmark Pre-intermediate to Intermediate Business Preliminary",2nd Edition
Cambridge University Press, 2014.
2. Gerson, Sharon.J and Steven M.Gerson, "Technical Writing - Process and Product", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education
(P) Ltd.,2009.
3. Rizvi. M.Ashraf, "Effective Technical Communication", Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_hs03
2. www.cambridgeenglish.org/
16EN205 BUSINESS ENGLISH LABORATORY 2 0 2 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Use the vocabulary appropriately through reading and listening skills.
CO2 : Acquire effective speaking skills by means of rhetorical functions.
CO3 : Exhibit writing skills for effective business communication.
AUDITORY & ORATORICAL SKILLS

(LABORATORY SESSION)
LISTENING
Describing jobs and its responsibilities- Telephonic Conversation- Company / Product description – Describing dimensions
of product – Product demonstration- Office etiquette-Recruitment procedures
SPEAKING
Self Introduction-Demonstrating job, company status, explaining games - Person Concerned (Business) - Company
profile- Vocabulary development- Role play- Annual report- Comments on articles - Picture /Product description- situational
conversation (working in pairs), – Advertisements
COMPREHENSION & ANALYTICAL SKILLS

(CLASSROOM SESSION)
GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY
Tenses- Parts of Speech- Subject Verb Agreement - Framing sentences using adverbs - Reasons and Consequences-
Degrees of Comparison- Framing Questions- Active and Passive voice- Impersonal Passive Voice- Conditional Clauses-
Short messages - Vocabularies related to banking, interview, business equipments, Hotel, traffic and transport.
READING
Reading Comprehension- Cloze Reading- Rearrange the paragraph- Formal and Informal conversations- Reading Short
texts: memos, notes and notices- Skimming and Scanning- describing graphs- Reading company profile and filling of
various forms.
WRITING
Email etiquette and Email Writing – Memos- Process Description –Sequencing words –Instructions- Letter writing –
Check list – Job Application- Telephone etiquette –Recommendations- Preparing Agenda and Minutes.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Wood Cambridge University, “Business Benchmark Pre-intermediate to Intermediate Business preliminary”, second
edition Cambridge University Press, Noida, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ian wood, Anne Williams with Anna Cowper, “Pass Cambridge BEC Preliminary”, 2nd edition, Cengage Learning,
2015.
WEB REFERENCE:
1. www.cambridgeenglish.org

16CH206 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND 3003
SUSTAINABILITY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Discuss the environmental segments and various pollution control measures.
CO2 : Describe the ecosystem and explain the conservation of biodiversity.
CO3 : Explain the various natural resources and discuss the resource management systems.
CO4 : Summarize the impacts of social issues on the environment.
ENVIRONMENTAND POLLUTION 12
Introduction - Segments of environment - State of environment - Need for sustainable development - Traditional
conservational practices in India - Pollution - Causes, effects and control measures for air pollution, water pollution and
soil/land pollution - Climate change - Global warming - Ozone depletion- Pollution control norms - Carbon foot print -
Carbon trading - Environmental Ethics - Need for environmental education and eco-centric attitude - International treaties
and Conventions - an overview - Holistic value-based education for true sustainability
ECOSYSTEM 7
Introduction - Structure and function of an eco system - Ecological succession - Food chains - Food webs - Ecological
pyramids - Types of ecosystem - Forest, terrestrial ecosystem - Ecosystem services - Threats to ecosystem - Conservation
strategies.
BIODIVERSITY 8
Introduction - Genetic, species and ecosystem diversity - Biogeographical classification of India - Values of biodiversity
- Biodiversity at global, national and local levels - India as mega-diversity nation - Hot-spots of biodiversity - Threats in
biodiversity: Habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts - Red Data Book - Endangered and endemic species
of India - Conservation of biodiversity.
RESOURCES AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 10
Resource management systems - Linear and cyclical - Circular economy - Industrial ecology - Green technology-applicable
to water resources, energy resources, food resources, land and forest resources. Waste management - e-waste management
- Green computing.
SOCIAL ISSUES 8
Impacts of social issues on the environment: Population, illiteracy, poverty, gender equality, class discrimination-Impacts
of development projects on tribal communities - Indigenous knowledge systems and traditions of conservations -
Environment Impact Assessment(EIA) - Environment Management Plan(EMP).
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Anubha Kaushik and Kaushik C. P., "Environmental Science and Engineering", 4th multicolour edition, New Age
International Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
2. Miller T.G., "Environmental Science", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Linda D Williams, "Environmental Science, Demystified", Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, 2005.
2. Rajagopalan R., "Environmental Studies: From Crisis to Cure", Oxford University Press, 2011.
3. Daniel D Chiras, "Environmental Science", Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2012.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/104103020

16CH207 BIOMEDICAL WASTE MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the various types of biomedical wastes and their management systems.
CO2 : Describe the methods of segregation and disposal of biomedical waste.
CO3 : Discuss the sustainable management practices for biomedical waste disposal.
TYPES AND HANDLING 16

Definition of biomedical waste - Categories of biomedical waste -Types of biomedical waste: Infectious, pathological and
radioactive - Biomedical waste management and handling rules 1998, Government of India - Waste reduction activities for
hospitals - Custodial services, purchasing, patient-care supplies, medical/surgical supplies - Precautions to be followed
in biomedical waste management system.
SEGREGATION AND DISPOSAL 16
Waste disposal - Segregation,colour coding and type of containers for treatment for disposal of biomedical wastes -
Plastics in health care - Problems related to plastics - PVC - Managing plastic waste - Management of infected healthcare
waste - Types: Faeces, urine, solid waste, waste sharps,microbiological wastes - Safe management of infected health care
waste - Management of non-infected healthcare waste.
SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT 13
Treatment facility - Location - Land requirement - Treatment equipments: Incineration, autoclaving, shredders -
Infrastructure set up - Record maintenance, collection and transportation of biomedical wastes - Disposal of treated
biomedical waste.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sushma Sahai, "Bio-Medical Waste Management", 1st Edition, A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, 2009.
2. Singh Anantpreet and Kaur Sukhjit, "Bio-Medical Waste Disposal", 1st Edition, Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers,
2012.
REFERENCES
1. Shishir Basarkar, "Hospital Waste Mangement A guide for self assessment and review", 1st Edition, 2009.
2. Manual on "Hospital Waste Management", Central Pollution Control Board, 2000.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.iwma.in/BMW%20Rules,%202016.pdf
2. www.legalindia.com/bio-medical-waste-management-in-hospitals
3. www.bwaste.com/key-methods-of-medical-waste-treatment-and-disposal

16CE203 GREEN AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the concept of performance evaluation of buildings.
CO2 : Identify the suitable green building materials and explain the recycling of demolition waste
CO3 : Summarize the best practices for the conservation of water.
CO4 : Identify suitable energy technology for conservation of energy in buildings.
CO5 : Select the suitable Green building materials & prepare life cycle assessment of materials.
BUILDING PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 9

Introduction to Green Building- Impacts of conventional Building construction- Benefits of Green building -Methods and
tools for Green building Evaluation - Green building codes: standards and specifications with reference to differently
abled for residential, Institutional and Industrial Buildings- Performance audit and rating systems: GRIHA, LEED ,IGBC
and BREAM - Documentation required for rating- Rating and appeal process.
GREEN MATERIALS 9
Green construction materials- Materials and Resources - LEED Credits- Building Deconstruction, C&D Recycling -
Indoor Environmental Quality - Basic-IEQ LEED Credits - Building Commissioning - Construction team responsibilities
and controls- Site operations- Green house keeping in common areas.
SUSTAINABLE WATER PRACTICES 9
Rainwater Harvesting- Latest techniques- Landscape areas - Water sub metering- Water efficient fixtures- Automatic
water level controllers- Onsite sewage treatment Plant - Zero liquid Discharge - Grading based on Water conservation.
ENERGY CONSERVATION PRACTICES 9
Energy and Atmosphere -Low Energy Buildings- Efficient Lighting Fixtures - CFC Free Appliances-HVAC systems -LEED
credits-conducting an energy audit - Energy metering - Solar water Heating Systems- Waste segregation - Energy from
waste - Closed loop network - Carbon accounting.
ECONOMICS OF GREEN CONSTRUCTION 9
Economics of Green Buildings- Definition and necessity of Life Cycle Assessment - Elements of Life cycle Assessment -
Life cycle cost Analysis - Green Home construction -Case studies on Green Buildings- Future trends in Green building.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS
1. M. Bauer, P. Mosle and M. Schwarz, Green Building: Guidebook for Sustainable Architecture, Springer - Verlag
Berlin Heidelberg, 2010.
2. Charles. J. Kibert, Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008 .
REFERENCES
1. Jerry Yudelson, Marketing Green Building Services: Strategies for success, Elsevier, 2008 .
2. Jerry Yudelson, Marketing Green Buildings: Guide for Engineering, Construction and Architecture, The Fairmont
Press Inc., 2006
3. Angela. M. Dean, Green by Design: Creating a Home for Sustainable Living, Gibbs Smith Publication, 2003.
4. Kirby. J O, Keefe P, and Timberlake, Sustainable Development, Earthsean pub., 2001.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/120108004/module9/lecture12.pdf
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/civil-and-environmental-engineering

16CE223 PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to
CO1 : Understand the classification of construction and contracting firms.
CO2 : Illustrate the construction planning and resource planning and categorize the network techniques such as
Bar chart, Gant chart, PERT and CPM.
CO3 : Prepare the contract and tender documents and demonstrate the aspects for management systems such as
Labour laws, regulations.
PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 9

Definition - Importance - Principles of Construction Management - Classification and stages of construction - Contracting
firms - Organization - Types of organizations.
CONSTRUCTION AND RESOURCE PLANNING 9
Construction Planning: Collection of field data - Preliminary estimates - Approval and sanction of estimates - Budget
provision - Construction stages - Scheduling methods - Progress report and charts.
Resource Planning: Planning for materials, machines, men and organization -Resource allocation.
TECHNIQUES FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 9
Bar Chart- Mile stone chart- Work break down structure and Preparation of networks - Network techniques like PERT and
CPM in construction management- Project monitoring and resource allocations through network techniques.
CONTRACT MANAGEMENT 9
Contractors: Contract system - Types of contracts - Specifications, documents, procedures, conditions, taxes, law of
constructions and Legal implications and penalties.
Tender And Tender Documents: Definition - Calling for tenders - Tender documents submission of tenders - Processing
of tenders - Negotiations and settlement of contracts.
CONSTRUCTION LABOUR AND LEGISLATION 5
Labour Regulations - Need for legislation - Laws relating to Wages, Bonus and Industrial disputes.
PROJECT PLANNING & SCHEDULING BY SOFTWARES 4
Introduction - Creating a project plan - Starting up and navigation - Creating a new project.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Seetharaman. S, “Construction Engineering & Management”, 2 nd Edition, Umesh Publications, Nai Sarak, New
Delhi, 2006.
2. B.C. Punmia , K.K. Khandelwal., “Project Planning and Control with PERT and CPM” 4th Edition Laxmi
Publications,2016
REFERENCES
1. Frederick Gould, Nancy Joyce, Construction Project Management, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2014.
2. P S Gahlot, “Construction Planning And Management” New Age, International, 2007
3. Dr. M.S. Roy., “Quantity Surveying and Contract & Tenders” 1st Edition, Vayu Education of India 2015.
4. Srivastava, U.K.,”Construction Planning and Management”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105104101/ nptel-aic/construction planning and management -intro.pdf

16ME204 ENGINEERING AND SOCIETY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, Students will be able to
CO1 : Outline engineering education and responsibilities of engineers.
CO2 : Identify career opportunities and development trends in Mechanical Engineering.
CO3 : Appraise the different functions of engineering.
CO4 : Recognize the role of ethics in engineering.
CO5 : Relate societal and cultural values in engineering.
CO6 : Infer hazards, health and safety in engineering.
ENGINEERING AND ITS FUNCTIONS 20

Engineering: Definition - Engineering Education - Graduate Attributes - Engineering functions - Role and Responsibilities
of Engineers - Professional societies and their codes of ethics - Constraints in engineering.
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering - Career opportunities - Private and PSUs in India - Functions of Mechanical
Engineers in Product/Service Life cycle Management - Development Trends in Mechanical Engineering - Multidisciplinary
approach - Lifelong learning and Social Networking - Use of computers - Innovations and Creativity - IPR - Introduction
to Emotional Intelligence and Industrial Psychology.
ENGINEERING IN SOCIETAL, ETHICAL AND CULTURAL VALUES 15
Society: Needs - Role of engineers to meet the needs of society - Impact of technology on society - Role of engineers in
energy conservation, Ecological balance and Sustainable Development - Cultural effects and influences - International
operations and Global issues - Challenges of globalization and the new economy.
Morals, Values and Ethics: Engineering Ethics and Professionalism - Moral responsibility - Moral dilemmas - Personal
integrity - Engineering as a social experiment - Corporate Social Responsibilities - Engineering and the environment -
Environmental ethics - Computer ethics - The integration of ethics into engineering practice and its effect on public
safety and trust.
ENGINEERING IN HEALTH AND SAFETY 10
Legal and regulatory obligations for public safety, workplace safety and protection of the environment - Safety laws and
regulations - Potential hazards and their control - Chemical hazards: Gases, liquids and dusts - Fire and Explosion hazards
- Physical hazards: Noise, radiation, temperature - Electrical hazards - Safety hazards - Equipment operation and
workplace conditions - Safety plans and programs - Practices and procedures to improve safety.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Johnson Stephen F, Gostelow, J. Paul and King .W. Joseph, "Engineering and society: challenges of professional
practice", Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. Govindarajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V. S, "Engineering Ethics", Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Charles D. Fleddermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education / Prentice Hall, 2004 (Indian Reprint)
2. Charles E Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J Rabins, "Engineering Ethics - Concepts and Cases", Wadsworth
Thompson Learning, 2000 (Indian Reprint)
3. Jain R.K. and Sunil S.Rao, "Industrial Safety, Health and Environment Management Systems", Khanna
publishers,2006.
4. Slote.L, "Handbook of Occupational Safety and Health", John Willey and Sons, 2nd Edition, 1998.

16ME214 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Recall various quality concepts and imbibe the different TQM principles like customer satisfaction and
employee involvement.
CO2 : Conceptualize continuous process improvement and recognize the importance of Employee involvement
and performance measurement.
CO3 : Apply the various statistical process control charts to improve the quality of the product.
CO4 : Apply various tools like QFD and FMEA for quality improvement
CO5 : To interpret the concept of Quality Management Systems and recognize the need for ISO 9000 and ISO
14000 Quality Systems.
TQM PRINCIPLES AND APPROACHES 6
Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Factors affecting Quality, Quality Planning, Quality costs. Principles of
TQM: Evaluation, Concept and definition of TQM, principles, Models, characteristics, and benefits of TQM. Approaches
to TQM: Deming Philosophy, Barriers to TQM Implementation.
ESSENTIALS OF TQM 11
Customer focus, types of customer- customer perception of quality, customer satisfaction, customer retention, supplier
Partnership, TQM leadership- role and commitment and accountability of leadership, quality policy and objectives,
Organizational structure for TQM, role of HR in TQM, training for TQM, developing quality culture. Business Excellence
Models and Various national total quality awards
TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES FOR TQM 22
Continuous process improvement: Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen. Taguchi's Quality Engineering - Quality Loss
Function, quality circles and poka-yoke.
Seven quality control tools, Statistical methods for quality improvement, Process control -Control charts for variables: X,
R charts and Control charts for attributes - P, np, c and u charts. Concept of Process Capability, six sigma and new seven
management tools Benchmarking - Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
- House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) - Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA
- Stages of FMEA.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6
Introduction; major elements, ISO 9001:2015: Structure, clauses, contents, interpretation and implementation and Quality
audit. ISO 14000: Environmental Management System, elements, Model and benefits.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dale.H.Besterfiled, et al., "Total Quality Management", Pearson Education Asia, 2nd Edition, 1999, Indian Reprint,
2002.
2. Subburaj Ramasamy., "Total Quality Management", Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
REFERENCES
1. James.R.Evans, and William.M.Lidsay., "Management and Control of Quality", Thompson Learning, 2005.
2. Narayana.V and Sreenivasan.N.S., "Quality Management - Concepts and Tasks", New Age Publications
International Edition, 1996
3. Kanishka Bedi., "Total Quality Management", Oxford University Press, 2006.
4. Mukherjee.P.N, "Total Quality Management", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,2005.
WEB REFERENCES
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110101010/

16ME221 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERINGAND COST ESTIMATION 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Demonstrate the understanding of work study concepts by drawing various charts, diagrams and by
performing time study
CO2 : Detail the Manual Process Planning and Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) methods
CO3 : Retrieve the concepts of production planning and control and perform ABC analysis
CO4 : Calculate the selling price, catalogue price of the product
CO5 : Calculate material cost, labour cost, and Estimate production cost for welding, casting and for various
machining operations
WORK SYSTEM DESIGN 10

Method Study: Objectives, basic procedure - Various recording techniques: Process charts, multiple activity charts,
SIMO chart, flow diagram, string diagram, cyclograph and chronocyclegraph - Principles of motion economy - Therbligs
- Micro motion study and memo motion study.
Work Measurement: Purpose, basic procedure, various techniques of work measurement - Stop watch time study -
Different systems of performance rating - Time allowances - Predetermined Motion Time System (PMTS) - Work
sampling - Simple problems involving the determination of standard time and compensation.
PROCESS PLANNING 7
Definition - Objective - Scope - Approaches to process planning - Manual Process Planning - Computer Aided Process
Planning (CAPP) - Retrieval and Generative Model.
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL 11
Functions of production planning and control - Types of production systems - Qualitative and quantitative techniques
of forecasting - Simple problems in forecasting using moving average, Weighted moving average, Simple exponential
smoothing and regression methods - Routing - Loading and scheduling - Different methods of scheduling - Expediting
- Dispatching - Functions and objectives of materials management - Introduction to inventory control and ABC analysis
- Break even analysis.
ELEMENTS OF COST 8
Elements of cost - Cost ladder diagram - Problem involving elements of cost - Calculation of the profit, selling price and
catalogue price.
PRODUCTION COST ESTIMATION 9
Types of estimates - Allowances in estimation - Allocation of allowances.
Determination of Material cost, Labour cost, Expenses - Types of cost - Cost of production - Over head expenses -Simple
problems related to machining (Milling, Shaping, Slotting, Turning, Tapping, Boring), welding and casting.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Panneerselvam.R, "Production and Operations Management", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2012.
2. Khanna.O.P., "Industrial Engineering and Management", DhanpatRai & Sons,1992.
3. Sinha.B.P., "Mechanical Estimating and Costing", Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co, 3rd Edition, 1995.
REFERENCES
1. Khan.M.I., "Industrial Engineering", New Age International Publishers, 1st Edition, 2004.
2. Charaya.J. S. and Narang G. S., "A Textbook of Estimating and Costing Mechanical", Satya Prakashan, 4th
Edition 1985.
3. Philip.E.Hicks., "Industrial Engineering And Management: A New Perspective", McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2007.

WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126/26

16AE203 AVIATION DEVELOPMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the development and major components of aircrafts.
CO2 : Describe the basic principles and current scenario of aerodynamics, propulsion and aircraft structures.
CO3 : Describe the communication systems and their development.
CO4 : Discuss basic electronics concepts.
AVIATION DEVELOPMENT 11
History of Aviation- India in Aviation -Components of an Airplane and their functions -Different Types of Flight Vehicles
- Classifications -Conventional and Powered Controls - Basic Instruments for flying - Frontiers of Aerospace Engineering.
AERODYNAMICS AND PROPULSION 11
Aerodynamics: Science behind bird Flight, Evolution of Lift, Drag and Moment - Types of wing planforms - Aerodynamic
characteristics of Airfoils - Mach Number - Propulsion: Basic ideas about Air breathing and Rocket Engines - Exploration
into Space -Renowned organizations of Aerodynamics and Propulsion.
AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS 11
General Types of Construction: Monocoque, Semi Monocoque and Geodesic Construction -Typical Wing Structure -
Materials for airplane and space vehicles- Renowned organizations of aircraft structures.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 12
Aircraft communication systems - Audio transmitter and receiver principles - VHF communication system - UHF
communication systems for aircraft - Frequency bands: UHF/VHF, S, L, Ka, Ku-Multipath propagation, Spectrum
Limitations-VHF Omni range - VOR receiver principles Global positioning system principles - Triangulation - position
accuracy -Applications in aviation - Auto Pilot System.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Anderson, J.D., "Introduction to flight", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2015.
2. Dala R. Cundy, Rich S. Brown, "Introduction to Avionics", 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Kermode A.C, "Flight without Formulae", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
2. Ralph D. Bent & James L. Mackinley, "Aircraft Basic Science", 6th Edition,McGraw-Hill, 1988.
3. Powell J. "Aircraft Radio Systems", 9th Edition,Pitman publishers, 2006.

16AE205 AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATIONS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the aircraft rules related to air worthiness under C.A.R series 'B', 'C' and 'D'.
CO2 : Explain the requirements of airworthiness certification through C.A.R. series 'E', C.A.R. 145 and 147.
CO3 : Explain the requirements and registration procedures of various aircrafts under C.A.R. series 'F'.
CO4 : Explain the components of C.A.R series 'M', 'T' & 'X'.
C.A.R. SERIES 'B', 'C', 'D' 11

Aircraft Maintenance Engineers - Civil Aviation Requirements (CAR) - Sections, Series and Parts - CAR 66 - AME License
categories - Privileges and responsibilities - Airworthiness - Series B - Minimum Equipment List (MEL) - Series C - Defect
recording, Reporting, Investigation, Rectification and Analysis - Series D - Maintenance of fuel and oil consumption
records.
C.A.R. SERIES 'E' 12
CAR M - Subpart C - Continuing airworthiness requirements - Series E - Approval of Organisation - Category E - Aviation
fuel, Lubricants and Special products - Category G - Training schools/Establishments - CAR 145 - facility and personnel
requirements - CAR 147 - Subpart A, B, C and D.
C.A.R. SERIES 'F' 11
Series F - Procedures relating to registration/deregistration of aircraft - Issue/renewal and suspension of Certificate of
Airworthiness - Rebuilding of aircraft - Special flight permits - inspection of wooden aircraft - Airworthiness requirements
for gliders - Design, Manufacture, Registration and Operation of Microlight Aircraft - Requirements for manufacture,
registration and airworthiness control of hot air balloons - Pooling of aircraft parts by National Airlines of India with
Foreign airlines - Age of aircraft imported for Scheduled/Non-scheduled including charter, General Aviation and other
operations.
C.A.R. SERIES 'M', 'T', 'X' 11
Series M - Mandatory Modifications/Inspections - Series T - Flight testing of aircraft for which a C of A is issued - Series
X - Weight and balance control of an aircraft - Provision of Medical supplies in Aircraft - Use of furnishing materials in
aircraft - Aircraft log books - Documents to be carried on board by Indian registered aircraft.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. "Civil Aviation Requirements (Section - 2 Airworthiness)", Published by DGCA, 2017.
2. "Aeronautical Information Circulars (Airworthiness)", Published by DGCA, 2017.
REFERENCES
1. "Aircraft Manual (India) Volume",Published by DGCA, 2000.
2. "Advisory Circulars", Published by DGCA, 2017.
WEB REFERENCE
Civil Aviation Requirements: http://dgca.nic.in/rules/car-ind.html.

16AE209 AIRCRAFT SAFETYAND MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the procedures for aircraft ground handling operation and its supporting units.
CO2 : Describe the servicing of subsystems and the safety regulations in aviation maintenance.
CO3 : Describe the special tools used in the aviation maintenance shop.
CO4 : Illustrate the aircraft hardware specification systems and their procedures of implementation.
AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING OPERATIONS AND EQUIPMENT 14

Mooring, Jacking, Leveling and Towing operations for different aircrafts - Preparation - Equipments - Precautions- Engine
starting procedures - Piston Engine, Turboprops and Turbojets - Engine fire extinguishing - Ground power units.
SUBSYSTEM SERVICING, SAFETY AND INSPECTION 15
Air conditioning and Pressurization - Oxygen and Fuel systems- Aviation Shop safety and precautions- Purpose of
inspection - Types - Inspection intervals - Material safety Data Sheet - Checklist - Special inspection - Publications,
Bulletins, Various Manuals- FAR air worthiness directives - Type certificate data sheets - ATA specifications.
AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEMS PROCESSES 16
Hand tools - Precision instruments - Special tools and equipments in an aviation maintenance shop - Identification
terminology - Specification and correct use of various aircraft hardware - American and British systems of specifications
- Threads, Gears, Bearings etc., - Drills, Tapes and Reamers- Identification of all types of fluid line fittings - Metallic and
Non-Metallic materials - Cables - Swaging procedures.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kroes, Watkins and Delp, "Aircraft Maintenance and Repair", 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Harry A Kinnison, "Aviation Maintenance Management", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Airframe & Powerplant Mechanics, "Aircraft hand Book" - F.A.A (AC65-15A), II Volume, 2005.
2. Airframe & Powerplant Mechanics, "General hand Book" - F.A.A (AC65-9A), II Volume, 2005.

16EE205 ENGINEERING , SOCIETY AND VALUES 3024
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Summarize various engineering concepts and its functions.
CO2 : Express the role of engineers in society and outline the impact of technology.
CO3 : Illustrate the morals, values, ethics and responsibilities as an engineer.
CO4 : Demonstrate the legal and regulatory obligations for public health and safety.
ENGINEERING AND IT’S FUNCTIONS 15

Engineering - Definition - Engineering Education - Graduate Attributes - Engineering functions - Roles and Responsibilities
of Engineers - Professional societies (IEEE) and their code of ethics - Constraints in engineering. Introduction to Engineering
- Career opportunities - Private and Public Sector units in India - Functions of Engineers in Product/Service Life Cycle
Management - Development Trends in Engineering - Multidisciplinary approach - Lifelong learning and Social Networking
- Use of computers - Innovations and Creativity - Intellectual Property Rights - Introduction to Emotional Intelligence and
Industrial Psychology.
ENGINEERING IN SOCIETAL, ETHICAL AND CULTURAL VALUES 12
Society - Needs - Role of engineers to meet the needs of society - Impact of technology on society - Role of engineers in
energy conservation, Ecological balance and Sustainable Development - Cultural effects and influences - International
operations and Global issues - Challenges of globalization and the new economy.
Morals, Values and Ethics - Engineering Ethics and Professionalism - Moral responsibility - Moral dilemmas - Personal
integrity - Engineering as a social experiment - Corporate Social Responsibilities - Engineering and the environment -
Environmental ethics - Computer ethics - The integration of ethics into engineering practice and its effect on public safety
and trust.
ENGINEERING IN HEALTH AND SAFETY 8
Legal and regulatory obligations for public safety, workplace safety and protection of the environment - Safety laws and
regulations - Potential hazards and their control: Chemical hazards - Gases, liquids and dusts; Fire and Explosion hazards;
Physical hazards - Noise, radiation, temperature; Electrical hazards; Safety hazards - Equipment operation and workplace
conditions - Safety plans and programs - Practices and procedures to improve safety.
CASE STUDIES 25
1. Case study on engineering systems related to their domain of Engineering.
Example: Case study on Energy conservation, and Energy audit in the college campus, Sewage treatment plant in
the college campus, Water purification system etc.
2. Case study on Eco-friendly waste management, recycling and energy recovery systems.
Example: Waste management at Kurudampalayam Panchayat, Thudiyalur.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Johnson Stephen F, Gostelow J Paul and King W Joseph, "Engineering and Society: Challenges of Professional
practice", Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, "Engineering Ethics", Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Charles D. Fleddermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education / Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004 (Indian Reprint).
2. Charles E Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J Rabins, "Engineering Ethics - Concepts and Cases", Wadsworth
Thompson Learning, United States, 2000.
3. R. K. Jain and Sunil S. Rao, "Industrial Safety, Health and Environment Management Systems", Khanna Publishers,
2006.

16EE206 ENERGY AND SOCIETY 3003
PREREQUISITE
16EE205 Engineering, Society and Values
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the energy scenario and outline the techno-economic, environmental impacts of energy.
CO2 : Describe the socio-economic concepts related to impact of energy, climate changes and illustrate issues
related to conservation and sustainability.
CO3 : Summarize energy planning, management and auditing.
ECONOMIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF ENERGY 15
Development of life on Earth, Earth temperature and atmosphere, Geothermal cycles, Ecological principles of nature,
Global energy scenario - Energy definition, techno, economic, environmental and institutional aspects of energy - Different
forms of energy, renewable and non-renewable energy, modern forms of energy supply chains, cost and performance of
energy chains, hidden costs of energy, energy efficiency, overall efficiency of energy chain, end use technology.
ENERGY AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 15
Energy usage, quality of life in rural and urban areas, economic poverty and energy poverty, impact of energy on
environment, concepts of climate changes and its impacts , Ecological foot prints of an individual , a family, an organization
and a region. Sustainable development issues, energy usage with respect to sustainable development. Energy conservation
opportunities in household, transport, lighting, Energy conservation Act, Global warming; greenhouse gas emissions,
impacts, mitigation.
ENERGY SYSTEMS AND ECONOMY 15
Energy systems: Past, present and future, management, planning and controlling, Integrated energy planning, role of
institutions in managing, the economic and industrial activity effect on energy systems. United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC); Sustainable development; Kyoto Protocol; Conference of Parties (COP);
Clean Development Mechanism (CDM); Prototype Carbon Fund (PCF), Principles of energy auditing, basics of energy
estimation, energy audit and energy reporting process.
CASE STUDY:
The energy audit of an institution.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Hodge B. K, "Alternative Energy Systems and Applications", 1st Edition, Wiley Publication, 2009.
2. Hinrichs and Kleinbach, "Energy: Its use and the Environment", 5th Edition, Brookscole Cengage Learning, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Aubrecht, Gorden J, "Energy", 2nd Edition,Prentice Hall, 1994.
2. Johnson H Reddy AKR and Williams R, Wiley Eatern, "Energy for sustainable World", Goldberg, 1998.
3. "Energy for the 21st century: A comprehensive guide in conventional and alternative sources".
4. Roy L. Nersesian, M. E. Sharpe, "Renewable Energy: Power for Sustainable Features", 2004, Godfrey Boyle, Oxford
University.

16EE215 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND ETHICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Demonstrate the concepts of human values and engineering ethics.
CO2 : Illustrate the responsibilities of engineers for safety and work place rights.
CO3 : Explain the role of engineers as managers and social experimenters.
CO4 : Categorize the importance of global issues.
HUMAN VALUES AND ENGINEERING ETHICS 12

Morals, Values and Ethics - Integrity - Work Ethics - Service Learning - Civic Virtue - Respect for others - Living Peacefully
- Caring - Sharing - Honesty - Courage - Valuing Time - Co-operation - Commitment - Empathy - Self - Confidence - Respect
for authority - Confidentiality - Conflict of interest - Character - Spirituality - Variety of moral issues - Types of inquiry
moral dilemmas - Moral Autonomy - Kohlberg's theory - Gilligan's theory - Impediments to Responsible Action - The
Challenger case study.
ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY AND WORK PLACE RIGHTS 10
Safety and Risk - Assessment of Safety and Risk - Risk Benefit Analysis - Reducing Risk - The Government Regulator's
Approach to Risk - Chernobyl Case Study.
ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION 6
Engineering as Experimentation - Engineers as Responsible Experimenters - Codes of Ethics - A balanced outlook on Law.
ENGINEERS AS MANAGERS 10
Consulting Engineers - Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors - Moral Leadership - Sample Code of Conduct -
Government agencies - Resolving Employee concerns - Limits on acceptable behavior in large corporation - Ethical and
legal considerations, Organizational responses to offensive behavior and harassment.
GLOBAL ISSUES 7
Ethics in a Global Context -Multinational Corporations - Business Ethics - Role in Technological Development - Weapons
Development.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mike W. Martin, Ronald Schinzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge, "Organizational Behavior", 15th Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Fred Luthans, "Organizational Behavior", 12th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2011.
2. Nandagopal R and Ajith Sankar R N, "Indian Ethos and Values in Management", Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. Charles E. Harris, Jr., Michael S. Pritchard and Michael J. Rabins, "Engineering Ethics, Concepts and Cases",
4th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.

16EE222 PROJECT AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the concepts of project management.
CO2 : Summarize the methods of project planning and implementation.
CO3 : Interpret the scope of financial accounting and financial management.
CO4 : Explain the financial planning for Entreprenueurs.
INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT 10

Characteristics of Projects, Definition and objectives of Project Management, Social relevance and national interest,
Stages of Project Management and introduction to Project planning and lean philosophy.
PROJECT PLANNINGAND IMPLEMENTATION 15
Defining work content, time estimation, project cost estimation and budgeting, fund raising, project risk management,
project scheduling with resource constraints and planning tool - Application of Gantt Chart - Critical Milestones chart -
Tools for tracking - Developing Project Plan, Resource Leveling and Resource Allocation - Time Cost Trade off - Project
Implementation - Post-Project analysis and Report preparation.
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 10
Meaning, Nature and scope of financial accounting, Accounting concepts & conventions, Business Transactions,
Analysis of Transactions.
FINANCING OF ENTERPRISE 10
Need for Financial Planning, Sources of finance - Project financing - Institutional finance to Entrepreneurs - Venture
Capital.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Prasanna Chandra, "Fundamentals of Financial Management", 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. Shtub, Bard and Globerson, "Project Management: Engineering, Technology, and Implementation", Prentice Hall
India.
REFERENCES
1. M.Y. Khan and P.K. Jain, "Financial Management", McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
2. Ravi M. Kishore, "Project Management", McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.
3. Pravin Kumar, "Fundamentals of Engineering Economics", Wiley India, 2012.

16EI216 INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the treatments done in industry to reduce the disposal.
CO2 : Acquire knowledge on waste generated in aluminium industry.
CO3 : Explain the waste generated from electrical utilities.
CO4 : Gain the knowledge on pollutants from food processing, iron and steel industries.
CO5 : Discuss about various pollutants created in petroleum and pharmaceutical industries.
TREATMENT TO REDUCE DISPOSAL IN INDUSTRIES 5

Possible uses of treatment - Segregated treatment to reduce hazardous mixtures- Rendering hazardous waste non-hazardous
- Case study.
ALUMINIUM INDUSTRY AND WASTE GENERATED FROM ELECTRIC UTILITIES 8
Waste sources - Waste management at reduction plants - Waste management at forming plants - Waste generated by
electric utilities - Solid wastes produced at generating stations - Solid wastes from operation and maintenance of distribution
systems - Target waste types and reduction strategies - Case study.
FOOD PROCESSING INDUSTRIES 5
Dairy products - Fruits and Vegetables - Meat, poultry and sea food - Opportunities for recycling in food processing
industry - Case study.
IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRIES 5
Iron and Steel Making Processes - Coking operations-Iron making operations -Steel making operations - General method
logy for developing pollution prevention plants.
PETROLEUM INDUSTRIES 7
Waste from exploration and production - Strategies for preventing pollution -Solid waste from refineries - Waste water
from refineries - Recycling and reusing waste - Segregating waste water - Caste study.
PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRIES 7
Pharmaceutical operations and waste: Fermentation - Chemical synthesis - Natural Extraction - Formulation - Waste
streams - Opportunities for pollution prevention - Case study.
PAPER AND PULP INDUSTRIES 8
Pulp and Paper manufacturing operation - Industry trends - Types of waste products : Virgin pulp - Recycled fiber, Paper
and paper board.
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Panda H., "The Complete Guide on Industrial Pollution Control", Asia Pacific Business Press Inc., 2011.
2. Mahajan S.P., "Pollution control in Process Industries", McGraw Hill Publications, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Stanley N. Barton , "Industrial Waste: Management, Assessment and Environmental Issues", Nova Science
Publishers, 2016.
2. Rao. C.S, "Environmental Pollution Control Engineering", 2nd Edition, New Age International Pvt.Ltd., 2007.
3. Arvind Kumar, "Industrial Pollution Problems and Solution", Daya Publishing house, 2006.
WEB REFERENCE
nptel.ac.in/courses/105106119/36

16BM206 CLINICAL ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : List the role of clinical engineers in health care.
CO2 : Describe the concepts of management and its requirements in health care.
CO3 : Enumerate information system requirements and management in health care.
CO4 : List the requirements for design of health care establishments.
HEALTH TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 12

Clinical Engineering: Evolution of the Discipline, history of engineering and technology in health care - The health care
environment - Enhancing patient safety: The role of clinical engineering and clinical engineers - Clinical engineering at the
bedside - Introduction to medical technology management practices, good management practice for medical equipments,
health care strategic planning utilizing technology assessment, evaluation, procurement, equipment control and asset
management, computerized maintenance management system, maintenance and repair of medical devices - Impact analysis.
MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING IN HEALTHCARE 12
Industrial engineering in healthcare, financial management of clinical engineering services, cost-effectiveness and
productivity, personnel management, skills identification, management styles and human resource development, quality
- Patient safety and the clinical engineering, risk management, patient safety - Best practices model, hospital safety
programs, systems approach to medical device safety, electromagnetic interference with medical devices and electromagnetic
compatibility standards - Electromagnetic interference in the hospital, accident investigation.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT 12
Physiologic monitoring and clinical information systems, advanced diagnostics and artificial intelligence, real-time executive
dashboards and virtual instrumentation: solutions for health care systems. Telemedicine: Clinical and operational issues.
Picture archiving and communication systems. Wireless medical telemetry: Addressing the interference issues and the
new wireless medical telemetry service (WMTS). The integration and convergence of medical and information technologies.
Concepts, methodologies, tools and applications of medical informatics.
ENGINEERING THE CLINICAL ENVIRONMENT 9
Physical Plant, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning, electrical power, medical gas systems, support services,
construction and renovation, radiation safety, sanitation, water systems in health care facilities, disaster planning -
Accreditations - Health Care Quality and ISO. Hospital Facilities Safety Standards.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Roberto Miniati, Ernesto Iadanza, Fabrizio Dori, "Clinical Engineering From Devices to Systems", 1st Edition,
Academic Press, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Azzam Taktak Paul Ganney David Long Paul White, Clinical Engineering, "A Handbook for Clinical and Biomedical
Engineers", 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2013.
2. Joseph Gyro, "The Clinical Engineering Hand Book", Elsevier, 2004.

16BM213 REGULATORY AFFAIRS AND BIOMEDICAL ETHICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the regulatory profession and the role of the regulatory professional throughout the product
Lifecycle.
CO2 : Apply the regulatory knowledge practically in industry, regulatory agencies, research and other
environments.
CO3 : Describe the bioethical principle applications in biomedical research.
INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL MEDICAL DEVICE REGULATION, QUALITY AND COMPLIANCE 20

Medical device regulatory and technology assessment agencies - Roleof the regulatory profession and professional -
Medicaldevices: Definition and lifecycle - Quality: A primer for the regulatory professional, compliance, incorporation of
quality and compliance into regulatory strategy, device development, quality systems and agency interactions, marketing
submissions, advertising, labeling and promotion, post market considerations and requirements - Invitro, diagnostic and
active implantable medical devices directives, ASEAN medical device directives - ISO, IEC, ASTM standards for medical
devices.
BIOMEDICAL ETHICS AND THE ENGINEER 10
Public Health: Personal, professional and societal rights and responsibilities, major bio ethical areas, cloning and stem cell
research, human enhancement, patenting life, neuroethics, organ transplantation, responsible conduct of human research,
animal testing, genetically modified organisms, environmental health, temporal aspects of bioethical decisions, bio-
terrorism.
BIOETHICAL RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT 15
Research involving human subjects/ participants - Clinical trials - Phases and ethics - Beyond regulation, integrity -
Thehypothetic deductive method, research conflict of interest, professionalism, technology reliability, low tech engineering.
The ethics of nanotechnology, Medical device failure: Human factors engineering, justice and fairness as biomedical and
biosystem engineering concepts.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Val Theiz, "Medical Device regulatory practices: An international Perspective", Pan Stanford, 2015.
2. Daniel A.Vallero, "Biomedical Ethics for Engineers" Elsevier, 2013.
REFERENCE
Jack Wong, Raymond Tong Kaiyu, "Handbook of Medical Device Regulatory Affairs in Asia", CRC Press, 2013.

16BM222 BIOENTREPRENEURSHIP 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the basics of entrepreneurs and their characteristics.
CO2 : Understand the concept of biomedical industry and its present scenario in the real World market.
CO3 : Analyze the global healthcare market existing in different bioregions and the role played by the
entrepreneurs in social networking.
CO4 : Analyze the research strategies, alliances and their liability issues.
CO5 : Determine the business models for future profits and the product developmental issues in biomedical
industry.
CO6 : Determine the healthcare start-ups funding scenario in Indian market and the effect of crowd funding
towards supporting the growth of the biomedical industry.
MEDICAL INDUSTRY-A BUSINESS PERSPECTIVE 15
Entrepreneurship -Selfemployment, Characteristics of entrepreneurs, personal potential for entrepreneurs, recent research
review of entrepreneurship - Basiccharacteristics of biomedical industry, industry process and structures-drug development
- Biomedical business models, transformation of biomedical industry - Demographictrends, policy trends, technology
trends.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN LIFE SCIENCES 15
Dynamics at the global scale - Global healthcare market scale, global bioregions, comparison between UK and german
clusters, bioregions and their key characteristics, research led clusters - Social networks and entrepreneurship, innovation
networks in the field of biomedical industry - Research on strategic alliances, governance and consequence of alliances,
alliance as relational liability.
BUSINESS MODELS, DELIVERY OF HEALTHCARE SYSTEM AND INDIAN STARTUP SCENARIO 15
Business models for future profits - Global market and personalized medicine - Development of products in biomedical
industry - Emergence and role of healthcare start-ups in India, funding scenario in the indian healthcare sector, crowd
funding, measures to boost fund flow to healthcare start-ups in India.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Holger Patzelt and Thomas Brennern, "Handbook of Bioentrepreneursip", Springer, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Indian healthcare start-ups-An inside look into funding, KPMG (Professional Service Company in Netherlands
Klynveld Peat Marwick Goerdeler), 2016.
2. Steve Bull, "The future of biomedical industry in an era of globalization", Kellogg School of Management, 2015.

16CS205 SOCIAL NETWORKS AND SOCIETY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand online Social Networks and its impact on Society.
CO2 : Understand Social Media Marketing.
CO3 : Explain various Privacy and Security concerns on Online Social Media.
SOCIAL NETWORKS AND ITS IMPACT 15

Online Social Networks - Data collection from Social Networks - Challenges, Opportunities, and Pitfalls in Online Social
Networks - Impact of Social Media on Society - Social Media Benefits - Social Media Side Effect - Social Media and
Psychological Problems - Facebook Depression - Social Media and Anxiety - Social Media and Catfishing - Impact on
Business - Impact on Politics -Case Study: The impact of Social Media on Indian Election System.
DIGITAL MARKETING 15
Introduction to Search Engine Marketing - Mobile Marketing, Blogging: A Marketing Tool, Introduction to Customer
Relationship Management - E-Marketing and Globalization of Business - Legal and IPR Issues in Online Marketing -
Social Media Marketing: A New Wave - Cloud Computing: Enhancing Marketing Effectiveness -Case Study: Digital
Marketing Strategy of Flipkart - Importance of Brand Building in Digital age.
PRIVACY AND SECURITY IN ONLINE SOCIAL NETWORKS 15
Collecting Data from Online Social Media, Trust, Credibility and Reputations in Social Systems - Online Social Media and
Policing - Information Privacy Disclosure, Revelation and its effects in OSM and Online Social Networks - Phishing in
OSM and Identifying fraudulent entities in Online Social Networks -Misinformation and Privacy-Privacy and Pictures on
Online Social Media-Policing and Social Media-E-Crime and Social Media-Identity resolution and Social Media-Case
Study: Role of Social Networks in Global Events - Chennai Floods - Boston Bombing
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Amedie, Jacob, "The Impact of Social Media on Society", Advanced Writing: Pop Culture Intersections. Paper 2,
2015.
2. Prof.Vinod V. Sople, "E-Marketing in Digital Age: Text and Cases", 2nd Edition, Publisher: Biztantra, 2014
REFERENCES
1. Bannink, RienkeBroeren, Suzannevan de Looij - Jansen, Petra M, "Cyber and Traditional Bullying Victimization as
a Risk Factor for Mental Health Problems and Suicidal Ideation in Adolescents". PLoS ONE, Vol. 9 Issue 4, April
2014 - http://eds.b.ebscohost.com.libproxy.scu.edu /ehost/detail/
2. O'keeffe, G. S., and K. Clarke-Pearson. "The Impact of Social Media on Children, Adolescents, and Families."
Pediatrics, 800-04, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.amazon.com/Programming-Collective-Intelligence-Building-Applications/dp/0596529325
2. http://www.amazon.com/Practical-Web-Applications-Experts-Voice/dp/1590599063
3. http://www.amazon.in/The-Web-Application-Hackers-andbook
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106146/ - "Privacy and Security in Online Social Networks"
5. http://scholarcommons.scu.edu/engl_176/2

16CS212 GREEN AND ORANGE COMPUTING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the Green IT fundamentals and Green Assets.
CO2 : Illustrate the Grid Frameworks and Green Compliance and to apply Green IT strategies.
CO3 : Identify the importance of Human happiness and Mental Health.
FUNDAMENTALS AND GREEN ASSETS 11

Green IT Fundamentals: Business, IT and the Environment - Green Computing: Carbon Foot Print, Scoop on Power - Green
IT Strategies: Drivers, Dimensions and Goals - Environmentally Responsible Business: Policies, Practices, and Metrics -
Green Assets: Buildings, Data Centres, Networks and Devices.
MODELING AND GRID FRAMEWORK 11
Green Business Process Management: Modelling, Optimization and Collaboration - Green Enterprise Architecture -
Environmental Intelligence - Green Supply Chains - Green Information Systems: Design and Development Models -
Virtualizing of IT systems - Role of Electric utilities, Telecommuting, Teleconferencing and Teleporting - Materials Recycling
- Best ways for Green PC - Green Data Centre - Green Grid Framework.
GREEN COMPLIANCE AND CASE STUDIES 11
Socio-Cultural aspects of Green IT - Green Enterprise Transformation Roadmap - Green Compliance: Protocols, Standards,
and Audits - Emergent Carbon Issues: Technologies and Future - The Environmentally Responsible Business Strategies
(ERBS) - Case Study Scenarios for Trial Runs - Case Studies - Applying Green IT Strategies and Applications to a Home,
Hospital, Packaging Industry and Telecom Sector.
ORANGE COMPUTING 12
Orange Technology and Sustainable Development -Building Bridges between Technology and Wellbeing - Orange
Technology and Trend of Future Information Technology - Cyber I and Cyber We -Humanism disconnection in Digital
Age - Managing Mood Disorders- Measuring and Creating Happiness - Happiness Informatics- Human Behavior and
Activities Tracking -Computational Medicine- Health Data Impact -Data Analysis for Mental Health -Orange Technology
and Big Data and Big Health - Orange Technology Industry
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. BhuvanUnhelkar, "Green IT Strategies andApplications-Using Environmental Intelligence", CRC Press, 2011
2. Woody Leonhard, Katherrine Murray, "Green Home computing for dummies", 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Alin Gales, Michael Schaefer, Mike Ebbers, "Green Data Center: Steps for the Journey", Shoff/IBM Rebook, 2011.
2. John Lamb, "The Greening of IT", Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Jason Harris, "Green Computing and Green IT- Best Practices on Regulations andIndustry", Lulu.com, 2008.
4. Carl Speshocky, "Empowering Green Initiatives with IT", John Wiley and Sons, 2010.
5. Wu Chun Feng (Editor), "Green Computing: Large Scale energy efficiency", CRC Press, 2012.
WEB REFRENCES
1. http://conf.ncku.edu.tw/icot2013/ot.html
2. http://file.scirp.org/pdf/JSSM_2016101915182919.pdf

16CS221 MANAGEMENT, FINANCE AND 3003
PROJECT CONCEPTS FOR ENGINEERS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Understand of the key concepts, methods and tools for building future Engineers.
CO 2 : Develop techniques for establishing value of Financial Operations at Work Place.
CO 3 : Develop effective strategy for managing Projects at Work Place.
FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGEMENT 15
Management: Concept - Types of Business Organization - Contribution of F.W.Taylor and Henry Fayol - Organization
Chart, Structure and Process; Leadership, Traits, Styles; Current Trends in Management; Functional Areas of Management
- Marketing: Concepts, Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning (STP), User Interface (UI) and User Experience (UX) -
Business Development: Building Relationship through New Technology, Social Media and other Digital Avenues - HRM
- Concepts, Best Practices from Fortune 500 Companies.
FINANCIAL CONCEPTS FOR ENGINEERS 15
Short Term and Long Term of sources of finance - Cash Flow Statement - Working Capital Management - Crowd Funding
- Accounting Concepts and Principles - Profit and Loss Account - Balance Sheet.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 15
Project Planning - Application of Gantt chart -Critical Milestones Chart- Tools for Tracking - Managing Time: Variance
Management and Earned Value - Managing Multiple Projects - Project Scheduling - Cost Management - Agile Project
Management - Lean Philosophy.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, "Essentials of Management", Tata McGrawHill, 10th Edition, 2014.
2. Philip Kotlerand Kevin Lane Keller, "Marketing Management", Pearson Education, 15th Edition, 2016.
3. Gary Dessler and BijuVarkkey, "Human Resource Management", Pearson Education, 14th Edition, 2016.
4. Khan M.Y and Jain P.K, "Basic Financial Management", McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2013.
5. M. Y. Khan and P. K. Jain, "Management Accounting: Text Problems and Cases", Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
6. Russ J. Martinelli, Dragan Z. Milosevic, "Project Management Tool Box", Wiley Publications, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Joseph L Massie, "Essentials of Management", Prentice Hall of India, 7th Edition, 2010.
2. Prasanna Chandra, "Fundamentals of Financial Management", Tata McGraw Hill, 8th Edition, 2012.
3. Pandey. I. M, " Financial Management", VikasPublishing House, 10th Edition, Reprint 2011.
4. S. N. Maheshwari, "Financial Accounting", Vikas Publishing House, 2012.
5. Clifford F. Gray, Erik W. Larson andGautam V. Desai, "Project Management", McGraw Hill, 6th Edition, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL Video - Introduction to Marketing: NOC16 Jan-Mar MG02
2. NPTEL Video - Principles of Management:KrassimirPetrov
3. NPTEL Video - Human Resource Management: Lec-7 Leadership Skills: Leadership and Management
4. NPTEL Video - Project Management Lectures

16IT217 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Understand the development of Entrepreneurship and the role of Entrepreneurial Institutions.
CO 2 : Apply the knowledge on Management of Technological Innovation and Startups.
CO3 : Develop Business Plan and explain operational implementations for Project Management.
ENTREPRENEURSHIPAND THE ROLE OF ENTREPRENEURIAL INSTITUTIONS 10

Entrepreneurship - Concept and Definitions - Entrepreneurship and Economic Development - Classification and Types of
Entrepreneurs - Traits and Qualities of a successful Entrepreneur -The Entrepreneurial Process - Role of Entrepreneurial
Institutions in Entrepreneurship Development-Various Schemes and Incentives-Venture Capitalists - Angel Investors -
Case Study 1: Corporate Entrepreneurship and Innovation at Google, Inc, Case Study 2: How Redbus cracked all the odds
in its way.
INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOLOGY INNOVATION AND STARTUPS 15
Idea versus Opportunity - Sources of Ideas and Opportunities - Identification - Evaluation and selection of Opportunities
- Innovation and its Forms - Myths and Realities - Understanding the Process - Product Development Cycle - Management
of Technological Innovation -Technology Fusion and the New R&D - New Age Startups -Social Entrepreneurship -
Marketing through Growth Hacking Tools such as Email and Social Media Marketing - Case Study 1- Zomato: An Indian
Startup acquiring the World, Case Study 2 - Uber: What's Fueling Uber's Growth Engine?
BUSINESS PLAN AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT 20
Business Plan - Meaning - Components and Developing a Business Plan - Project Management -Tools and Techniques of
Project Management - Project Development Cycle - Project Identification - Project formulation and preparation - Project
Scheduling - Project Management Teams and Coordination - Monitoring and Post Implementation - Evaluation of the
Project -Project Financing - Case Study - The Delhi Metro Project: Effective Project Management in the Indian Public
Sector.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gordon & Natarajan, "Entrepreneurship Development", 5th Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, 2014.
2. Timmons, J. A., and Spinelli, S, "New Venture Creation Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century", Irwin, Tata McGraw-
Hill,2009.
REFERENCES
1. Eric Ries, "The Lean Startup: How Constant Innovation Creates Radically Successful Businesses", Penguin, 2011.
2. Rudrajeet Desai, "Breaking Out and Making Big: A No-Nonsense Book on New Age Start-Ups and
Entrepreneurship", Collins, 2014.
3. Dave Chaffey, Fiona Ellis, Chadwick, "Digital Marketing", Pearson, 6th Edition,2015.
4. P.N.Rastogi, "Management of Technology and Innovation, Sage Publications Limited, 2009.
5. Morris Michael H. Kuratko, Donald F. &Covin Jeffrey G, "Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Corporations",
Cengage Learning, 2008.
6. Veerabhadrappa Havinal, "Management and Entrepreneurship", New age international, 2009.
7. Dr.S.S.Khanka, "Entrepreneurial Development",Sultan Chand, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.coursera.org/specializations/business-entrepreneurship
2. www.online.stanford.edu/course/technology--entrepreneurship
3. www.edx.org/course/subject/business-management/innovation-entrepreneurship
4. www.onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_me16/preview
5. www.udemy.com/courses/business/entrepreneurship/
BASIC SCIENCES (BS)

16MA203 ALGEBRAAND CALCULUS 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Determine eigen values and eigenvectors and apply it in diagonalisation of matrices.
CO2 : Infer various aspects of differential geometry of curves.
CO3 : Find the extrema of functions of two variables.
CO4 : Determine area and volume using multiple integrals.
CO5 : Solve higher order linear ordinary differential equations that model engineering problems.
MATRICES 15
Characteristic equation - Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a real matrix - Properties - Orthogonal transformation of a real
symmetric matrix to diagonal form - Quadratic form - Nature of quadratic forms - Reduction of quadratic form to canonical
form by orthogonal transformation.
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 15
Curvature in cartesian co-ordinates - Centre and radius of curvature - Circle of curvature - Evolutes - Envelopes - Taylor's
expansion of functions of two variables - Jacobians - Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables - Method of
Lagrangian multipliers.
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 15
Double integration in cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration in cartesian co-ordinates - Change
of variables from cartesian to polar coordinates - Triple integration in cartesian co-ordinates - Applications of multiple
integrals to find areas and volumes.
ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 15
Solution of second and higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients - Method ofvariation of
parameters - Cauchy's and Legendre's linear differential equations - Simultaneous first order linear differential equations
with constant coefficients.
Total Periods(45L+15T): 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Engineering Mathematics for first year", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2016.
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 43rd Edition, Khanna Publications, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics",10th Edition, Wiley India, 2016.
2. James Stewart, "Calculus, Early Transcendental", 7th edition, Cengage learning, 2015.
3. Ravish R. Singh and Mukul Bhatt, "Engineering Mathematics I & II", McGraw Hill Education Pvt Limited, 2016.
WEB REFERENCE
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ma06/course
CASE STUDIES
1. Mesh and nodal analysis for simple circuits.
2. Power transmission efficiency, minimizing the total power consumption.
3. Electric Circuits RL and RLC circuits.
4. Matrix nodal equations for a circuit.
5. Minimizing the error.
6. Computing average power in an electric circuit.

7. Analysis of RL and RLC circuits.
8. Matrix nodal equations for a circuit.
9. Maximum Power transmission efficiency, minimizing the total power consumption.
10. Cartesianco-ordinates system in field theory.
11. Electric Circuits RL and RLC circuits.
12. Matrix nodal equations for a circuit. Simple transformations that arise in graphics such as rotation, magnification,
translation and scaling can be expressed using matrices.
13. Designing the maximum power transmission efficiency, minimizing the total power consumption
14. Electromagnetic wave theory.
15. Medical imaging.
16. Google's page rank algorithm, computer network graphs, image analysis.
17. On scheduling task on processors in a heterogeneous computing environment.
18. Quantum computing and computer graphics animation.
19. Cryptology and electric circuit analysis.
20. Vibration analysis on vehicles, Displacement and stress analysis in Finite Element Techniques.
21. Optimization of mechanical structures using calculus.
22. Determination ofMass and center of mass of a lamina.
23. Free vibration analysis of simple spring mass system.
24. Displacement of structures.
25. Failure criterion of an Earth retaining structures.
26. Vertical stress distribution in Geotechnical structures, Moment of Inertia of solid bodies.
27. SDOF, TDOF, MDOF of a vibrating system.
28. Governing Equations applied to fluid flow in conservative and non conservative form, approximate methods of
vibration analysis.
29. Bending of Beams, Multi degrees of vibrating systems.
30. Geometrical description of Aerodynamic Shapes.
31. Bending of beams.

16MA204 LAPLACE TRANSFORMS AND VECTOR CALCULUS 3104
PREREQUISITE
16MA203 Algebra and Calculus
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Apply Laplace transform techniques to solve ordinary differential equations.
CO2 : Find the analyticity of function of complex variables and interpret its transformations.
CO3 : Extend integration to the complex plane.
CO4 : Calculate grad, div and curl and establish identities connecting these equalities.
CO5 : Use Green's, Gauss and Stoke's theorems to simplify calculations of integrals and prove simple results.
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS 20
Transform of elementary functions -Properties - Transform of derivatives and integrals - Transform of unit step function,
Unit impulse function - Transform of periodic functions - Inverse Laplace transforms - Convolution theorem - Initial and
Final value theorems - Solution of linear second order ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients.
COMPLEX VARIABLES AND ITS APPLICATIONS 20
Analytic functions - Necessary and sufficient conditions- Cauchy - Riemann equations - Properties - Construction of
analytic functions - Conformal mapping: Bilinear transformation, w = z + c, cz, 1/z - Complex integration - Statement of
Cauchy's integral theorem - Cauchy's integral formula - Taylor's and Laurent's series expansions - Singular points -
Residues - Cauchy's residue theorem - Contour integration.
VECTOR CALCULUS 20
Gradient, Divergence and Curl - Directional derivative - Solenoidal and Irrotational vector fields - Vector integration -
Green's theorem in a plane, Gauss divergence theorem and Stoke's theorem - Simple applications involving cubes and
rectangular parallelopipeds.
Total Periods(45L+15T): 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T, "Engineering Mathematics for first year", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2016.
2. Grewal B.S, "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 43rd Edition, Khanna Publications, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 10th Edition, Wiley India, 2016.
3. Sastry S. S, "Engineering Mathematics Vol. I & II", PHI learning Pvt. Ltd, 4th Edition, 2014.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES:
1. Second order differential equation in Electric Circuits .
2. Contour Integrals in control theory.
3. Electro Magnetic field theory.
4. Transfer function of mechanical translation systems.
5. Linearizing a non linear function.
6. Image cloning.
7. Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Laplace transform.
8. IIR system design using bilinear transformation.
9. Application ofElectro Magnetic field theory.
10. Feedback control systems for Harmonic Oscillators.
11. Two Dimensional Fluid flows analysis using Cauchy Riemann Equations.
12. Flow over an aerofoil.
13. Deflection of beam, Harmonic excitation in seismic resistant.
14. Single degree and multiple degrees of freedom in structures.
15. Resultant forces in equilibrium of bodies.
16. Applications of Control Theory.
17. Incompressible flow aerodynamics.
18. Applications of fluid flow.

16MA205 STATISTICS AND TRANSFORMS 3104
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Find the statistical measures that describe the distribution.
CO2 : Interpret the attributes of the population by studying the sample drawn from it.
CO3 : Apply Laplace transform techniques to solve second order ODE with constant coefficients.
CO4 : Transform a function in time domain to another function in the frequency domain through Fourier
Transform.
CO5 : Solve difference equations using Z transform.
STATISTICS AND TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS 20

Measures of Central Tendency: Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Standard deviation - Testing of hypothesis - Large
sample tests - Test of significance for single proportion, Difference of proportions, Single mean and Difference of means
- Small sample tests - t-test for single mean and difference of means, F- test for variances, Chi square test for goodness of
fit and independence of attributes.
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS 20
Transform of elementary functions -Properties - Transform of derivatives and integrals - Transform of unit step function,
Unit impulse function - Transform of periodic functions - Inverse Laplace transforms - Convolution theorem - Initial and
Final value theorems - Solution of linear second order ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients.
FOURIER AND Z TRANSFORMS 20
Fourier integral theorem - Fourier transform pair - Sine and Cosine transforms - Properties - Transforms of simple
functions - Convolution theorem - Parseval's identity.
Z transform - Elementary properties - Inverse Ztransform - Convolution theorem - Formation of difference equations -
Solution of difference equations using Z transform.
Total Periods (45L +15T): 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Engineering Mathematics ", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2015.
2. Gupta S.C. and Kapur J.N., "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", 10th Edition ,Sultan Chand, 2002.
REFERENCES
3. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2014
4. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume II, S. Chand & Company
ltd., 2014.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Analysis of statistical data by a census, computer network designs.
2. Sending signals over two way communication medium, analysis of HVAC.
3. Digital signal processing and image processing.

16MA206 COMPLEX VARIABLES AND PARTIAL 3104
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Find the analyticity of function of complex variables and interpret its transformations.
CO2 : Solve the problems using Cauchy's integral and residue theorems.
CO3 : Apply the concepts of vector calculus in determining area and volume.
CO4 : Formulate and solve problems involving functions of several variables in terms of PDE.
COMPLEX VARIABLES AND ITS APPLICATIONS 30

Analytic functions - Necessary and sufficient conditions- Cauchy - Riemann equations - Properties - Construction of
analytic functions - Conformal mapping: Bilinear transformation, w = z + c, cz, 1/z - Complex integration - Statement of
Cauchy's integral theorem - Cauchy's integral formula - Taylor's and Laurent's series expansions - Singular points -
Residues - Cauchy's residue theorem - Contour integration.
VECTOR CALCULUS 15
Gradient, Divergence and Curl - Directional derivative - Solenoidal and Irrotational vector fields - Vector integration -
Green's theorem in a plane, Gauss divergence theorem and Stoke's theorem - Simple applications involving cubes and
rectangular parallelopipeds.
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 15
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions - Solution of first
order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0, z = px + qy + f(p,q) and f(z,p,q) = 0 - Lagrange's linear equation
- Linear homogeneous partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Engineering Mathematics for first year", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2015.
3. William E. Schiesser, "Partial Differential Equation Analysis in Biomedical Engineering Case Studies with MATLAB",
REFERENCES
3. Bali N. P and Manish Goyal, "Text book of Engineering Mathematics", 3rd Edition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2015.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Bio signals.
2. Fluid mechanics.
3. Retinal Oxygen transport, hemodialyzer dynamics.

16MA207 TRANSFORMS AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3104
PREREQUISITES
16MA204 Laplace Transforms and Vector Calculus
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Formulate and solve the functions of several variables in terms of PDE.
CO2 : Construct the Fourier series expansion of a general periodic function.
CO3 : Apply Fourier series to solve boundary value problems.
CO4 : Transform a function using Fourier Transform.
CO5 : Solve difference equations using Z transform.

order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0, z = px + qy + f(p,q) and f(z,p,q) = 0 - Lagrange's linear equation
- Linear homogeneous partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients.
FOURIER SERIES AND BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS 24
Dirichlet's conditions - General Fourier series - Odd and Even functions - Half range sine series and cosine series -
Parseval's identity - Harmonic Analysis.
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations - Solutions of one dimensional wave equation.
FOURIER AND Z TRANSFORMS 24
Fourier transform - Inverse Fourier transform - Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms - Properties - Transforms of simple
functions - Convolution theorem - Parseval's identity. Z transform - Elementary properties - Inverse Z transform -
Convolution theorem - Formation of difference equations- Solution of difference equations using Z transform.
Total Period (45+15T): 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume III, S. Chand & Company
Ltd., 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Wylie C. Ray and Barrett Louis C., "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 6th Edition, McGrawHill Inc., 2005.
2. Churchill R.V. and Brown J.W., "Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems", 4th Edition, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
2005.
3. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, "Signals and Systems", 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Solving Equations for Transmission Lines.
2. Determination of Fourier series representation of continuous time and discrete time periodic signals.
3. Computation of Impulse response & Transfer function using Z Transform.
4. Electro Magnetic waves.
5. Fourier series representation of Half wave, Full wave rectifier output.

6 Fourier Transform representation of sine, cosine and Rectangular pulse in frequency domain, control systems,
sample and hold circuits.
7. Noise removal and sharpening of images.
8. Fourier series representation of full wave rectifier.
9. Z-Transform of sampler.

16MA208 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND 3104
NUMERICAL METHODS
PREREQUISITES

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO2 : Construct the Fourier series expansion of a general periodic function.
CO4 : Find numerical solutions of differential equations.

order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0, z= px + qy + f(p,q) and f(z,p,q) = 0 - Lagrange's linear equation
- Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients.
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations - Solutions of one dimensional wave equation -
One dimensional heat equation - Steady state solution of twodimensional heat equation in cartesian coordinates (Insulated
edges excluded).
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF ORDINARY AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 24
Numerical solutions of ODE: Taylor series method - Euler and modified Euler methods - Fourth order Runge Kutta method
for solving first and second order equations - Milne's predictor and corrector methods - Finite difference solution of
second order ordinary differential equation.
Numerical solutions of PDE: Finite difference solution of one dimensional heat equation by explicit and implicit methods
- One dimensional wave equation and two dimensional Laplace and Poisson equations.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume III, S. Chand& Company
Ltd., 2016.
2. Kendall.E. Atkinson, "An Introduction to Numerical Analysis", John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 40th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
2. Wylie C. Ray and Barrett Louis C., "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", McGraw Hill Inc., 2010.
3. Curtis F. Gerald and Patrick O. Wheatley, "Applied Numerical Analysis", Pearson Education, 2012.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDY
Determination of Critical loads for Buckling a Column.

16MA209 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS 3104
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Form PDE and solve first and higher order PDE with constant coefficients.
CO2 : Compute the numerical solution of boundary value problems in partial differential equations using finite
difference method.
CO3 : Find Fourier constants in full and half range series.
CO4 : Use Fourier series to solve the 1D wave and heat equations, 2D Laplace's equations in cartesian
coordinates.
CO5 : Solve the Fourier transforms of functions of one variable.
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF BOUNDARY VALUE

PROBLEMS 24
Solution of of first order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0, z = px + qy + f(p,q) and f(z,p,q) = 0 - Lagrange's
linear equation - Linear homogeneous partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients
- Finite difference solution of second order ordinary differential equation - Finite difference solution of one dimensional
heat equation by explicit and implicit methods - One dimensional wave equation and two dimensional Laplace and
Poisson equations.
FOURIER SERIES ANDBOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS 24
Parseval's identity. Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations - Solutions of one dimensional
wave equation- One dimensional heat equation - Steady state solution of two dimensional heat equation in cartesian
coordinates (Insulated edges excluded).
FOURIER TRANSFORMS 12
Fourier integral theorem - Fourier transform pair - Sine and Cosine transforms - Properties - Transforms of simple
functions - Convolution theorem - Parseval's identity.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume III, S. Chand & Company
Ltd., 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Veerarajan T., "Numerical Methods", Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co. Ltd., 2016.
2. Andrews L.A., and Shivamoggi B.K., "Integral Transforms for Engineers and Applied Mathematicians", Macmillen,
2006.
3. Churchill R.V. and Brown J.W., "Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems", 4th Edition, McGrawHill Book Co.,
2005.
WEB REFERENCE

CASE STUDIES
1. Governing Equations of Fluid flow.
2. Governing Equations of irrotational and incompressible fluid flow. Frequency analysis of vibrating systems.
3. Structural analysis.

16MA210 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND BOUNDARY 3104
VALUE PROBLEMS
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO2 : Find Fourier series solutions.
CO4 : Solve boundary value problems in partial differential equations.

order partial differential equations of the forms f(p,q) = 0, z= px + qy + f(p,q) and f(z,p,q) = 0 - Lagrange's linear equation
- Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients.
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations - Solutions of one dimensional wave equation-
One dimensional heat equation- Steady state solution of twodimensional heat equation in cartesian coordinates (Insulated
edges excluded).
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 15
Finite difference solution of one dimensional heat equation by explicit and implicit methods - One dimensional wave
equation and two dimensional Laplace and Poisson equations.
Total Periods(45 +15T): 60
TEXT BOOKS
2. KendallE. Atkinson, "An Introduction to Numerical Analysis", John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 40th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
2. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Engineering Mathematics'' Volume II, S. Chand & Company
Ltd., 2011.
3. Curtis F. Gerald and Patrick O. Wheatley, "Applied Numerical Analysis", Pearson Education, 2012.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Study of fluid flows.
2. One dimensional consolidation problems, structural dynamics of buildings.
3. Deflection of beams, Evaluation of settlement in buildings, Discharge or seepage rate of flow of hydraulic structures.

16MA211 DISCRETE STRUCTURES AND COMBINATORICS 3104
PREREQUISITES
16MA205 Statistics and Transforms
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Work on discrete structures using the basic concepts of sets.
CO2 : Identify and work on functions required in discrete structures.
CO3 : Apply the rules of mathematical logic for deriving logical conclusions of a given situation.
CO4 : Use the concepts of combinatorics to solve counting problems.
SETS, RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 24

Basic concepts- Algebra of sets - The power set - Ordered pairs and Cartesian product - Relations on sets -Types of
relations and their properties - Relational matrix and the graph of a relation - Equivalence relations - Partial ordering - Poset
- Hasse diagram - Lattices and their properties -Boolean algebra.
Functions-Classification of functions-Types of functions- Composition of functions and inverse of a function.
MATHEMATICAL LOGIC 20
Propositions and logical operators - Truth table - Propositions generated by a set, Equivalence and implication - Basic
laws- Some more connectives - Functionally complete set of connectives- Normal forms - Proofs in Propositional calculus
- Predicate calculus-Quantifiers - Free and bound variables-Valid formulas and equivalences-Inference theory of predicate
calculus.
COMBINATORICS 16
Basics of counting - Counting arguments - Permutations and Combinations -Permutation with repetition- circular
permutation - Pigeonhole principle- Principle of Inclusion and exclusion- Mathematical Induction- Recurrence relations
- Particular solutions -Solving linear recurrence relations -Solution of recurrence equations by using generating functions.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Ralph P.Grimaldi,Ramana B.V. "Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics An Applied Introduction", 5th Edition,
Pearson Education Asia, 2008.
2. Veerarajan T., "Discrete Mathematics", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Kenneth H. Rosen, "Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,2008.
2. Trembly J.P. and Manohar R, "Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science", 30th
Re-print, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Co. Ltd, 2007.
3. Lipschutz S. and Larson M. L., Schaum's "Outline of Theory and Problems of Boolean Algebra and Switching",
2nd Edition, PrenticeHall, 2005.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Graph traversal, database query design and processing.
2. Design of early computers and programming languages.
3. Analysis of algorithms and Optimization of algorithms.

16MA212 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 3 1 0 4
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Work on discrete structures using the basic concepts of sets.
CO2 : Apply the rules of mathematical logic for deriving logical conclusions of a given situation.
CO3 : Use the concepts of combinatorics to solve counting problems.
CO4 : Work on formal languages and turing machines which will be useful and essential in compiler design.
RELATIONS AND MATHEMATICAL LOGIC 18

Cartesian product of sets - Relations on sets -Types of relations and their properties - Equivalence relations - Partial order
relation - Matrix representation of a relation.
Propositions and logical operators - Truth table- Equivalence and implication - Basic laws - Some more connectives -
Normal forms -PCNF and PDNF -Proofs in Propositional calculus.
COMBINATORICS 16
Basics of counting - Counting arguments - Permutations and Combinations - Permutation with repetition - Circular
permutation - Pigeonhole principle- Principle of Inclusion and exclusion- Recurrence relations - Particular solutions -
Solving linear recurrence relations.
AUTOMATA AND TURING MACHINES 26
Languages and Grammars -Phrase Structure Grammar-Classification of Grammars. Finite State Automata -Deterministic
Finite State Automata(DFA), Non Deterministic Finite State Automata (NDFA)-Equivalence of DFA and NDFA -Pushdown
automata - Languages of a Pushdown Automata - Equivalence of Pushdown automata and CFG, Deterministic Pushdown
Automata and Turing Machines.
TEXTBOOKS
1. Ralph P.Grimaldi and Ramana B.V., "Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics An Applied Introduction", 5th Edition,
Pearson Education Asia, 2008.
2. Veerarajan T., "Discrete Mathematics", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Kenneth H.Rosen, "Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications", 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
2. Hopcroft and Ullman, "Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation", NarosaPublishing House,
2002.
3. Trembly J.P. and Manohar R, "Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science", 30th
Re-print, Tata McGrawHill Pub. Co. Ltd, 2007.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Graph traversal, database query design and processing.
2. Analysis of algorithms, Optimization of Algorithms.
3. Communication protocol, artificial intelligence.

16MA213 NUMERICAL METHODS 3104
PREREQUISITES
16MA206 Complex Variables and Partial Differential Equations
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Find solutions of Linear equations.
CO2 : Interpret the interpolating function for a given data.
CO3 : Develop the concept of differentiation and integration numerically.
CO4 : Infer the solution of Differential Equations.
SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS AND INTERPOLATION 25

Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - RegulaFalsi method - Newton's method - Solution of linear system
by Gaussian elimination and Gauss-Jordon methods - Inverse of a matrix by Gauss Jordon method - Iterative methods:
Gauss Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods - Eigen value of a matrix by power method - Interpolation - Newton's forward and
backward interpolation - Lagrange's interpolation - Newton's Divided difference interpolation.
NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION 15
Derivatives using Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Numerical integration by trapezoidal and Simpson's
1/3 and 3/8 rules - Two and Three point Gaussian quadrature formula - Double integrals using trapezoidal and Simpson's
rule.
INITIAL AND BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS 20
Single step methods: Taylor series method - Euler and Modified Euler methods - Fourth order Runge Kutta method for
solving first and second order equations - Multistep methods: Milne's and Adam's predictor and corrector methods.
Finite difference solution of second order ordinary differential equation - Finite difference solution of one dimensional
heat equation by explicit and implicit methods - One dimensional wave equation and two dimensional Laplace and
Poisson equations.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K.,"Numerical Methods", S.Chand Co. Ltd., 2016.
2. Gerald C.F. and WheatleyP.O., "Applied Numerical Analysis", 6th Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Veerarajan T., "Numerical Methods", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd., 2016
2. Burden R.L., and FairesT.D., "Numerical Analysis", 10th Edition, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Steady state behavior of biological linear systems.
2. Dynamic behavior of Biological systems.
3. Dynamics of membrane and nerve cell potentials.

16MA214 PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES 3104
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Define a one dimensional random variable for a data and assess its distributions.
CO2 : Define a two dimensional random variable and find their interdependence.
CO3 : Classify a random process and summarize its properties.
CO4 : Find the spectral density of a random process.
RANDOM VARIABLES AND DISTRIBUTIONS 24
Random variable - Probability mass function - Probability density functions- Properties -Moments - Moment generating
functions and their properties.
Binomial, Poisson, Uniform, Exponential and Normal distributions- Functions of random variable.
TWO DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLE 12
Joint distributions - Marginal and conditional distributions - Transformation of random variables - Central limit theorem -
Covariance - Coefficient of correlation and regression lines.
RANDOM PROCESSES AND SPECTRAL DENSITIES 24
Stochastic processes - Classification - Stationary Processes, Wide sense stationary and Ergodic processes -Auto correlation
- Cross correlation - Properties - Markov, Binomial, Poisson and Sine wave processes.
Power spectral density - Cross spectral density - Properties - Wiener-Khintchine relation - Relationship between cross
power spectrum and cross correlation function - Linear time invariant system - System transfer function - Linear systems
with random inputs - Auto correlation and cross correlation functions of input and output.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Probability, Statistics and Random Processes", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2016.
2. Ibe O.C., "Fundamentals of Applied Probability and Random Processes", 1st Indian Reprint, Elsevier, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Peyton Z. Peebles and Bertram Emil Shi, "Probability Random Variables and Random Signal Principles", 4th Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill Pubishers, 2015.
2. Sheldon M. Ross,"Probability Statistics for Engineering and Scientist", 6th Edition, Elsevier India Pvt Ltd Education,
2010.
3. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K.and GunavathyK.,''Probability, Statistics and Random Process" S.Chand & Co.,
2010.
WEB REFERENCE
https://online courses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_ma08/course
CASE STUDIES
1. To assess the performance of Digital modulation scheme-Binary phase shift keying.
2. The importance of Central limit theory in communication theory.
3. To assess the performance of Analog communication system-double sideband suppressed carrier.

16MA215 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS 3104
PREREQUISITE
16MA207 Transforms and Partial Differential Equations
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Infer the outcome of a random experiment using probability techniques.
CO3 : Interpret the interdependence of two decision variables through regression.
CO5 : Find numerical solutions of system of equations and Ordinary differential equations.
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS AND STATISTICS 24
Discrete and continuous distribution - Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Exponential distribution, Weibull
distribution and Normal distribution.
Measures of Central Tendency: Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode and Standard deviation - Curve Fitting: Fitting of
straight line, Fitting of parabola and exponential curve by the principle of least square method - Karl Pearson's coefficient
of correlation and regression lines.
TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS 12
Testing of hypothesis - Large sample tests - Test of significance for single proportion, Difference of proportions, Single
mean and difference of means - Small sample tests: t- test for single mean and difference of means, F - test for variances.
NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS FOR LINEAR EQUATIONS AND ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS 24
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equation - Regula Falsi method - Newton's method - Solution of linear system by
Gaussian elimination and Gauss Jordon methods - Iterative methods: Gauss Jacobi and GaussSeidel methods. Single step
methods: Taylor series method, Euler and modified Euler methods, Fourth order Runge Kutta method for solving first
order differential equations - Multistep methods: Milne's and Adam's predictor and corrector methods.
TEXT BOOKS
1. VeerarajanT.,"Probability, Statistics and Random Processes", Tata McGrawHill, 2016.
2. Gerald C.F. and WheatleyP.O., "Applied Numerical Analysis", 6th Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Ross S., "A first Course in Probability", 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Gupta S.C., and Kapur V.K., "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", 9th Edition , Sultan Chand, 2010.
3. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Numerical Methods", S.Chand Co. Ltd., 2016.
WEB REFERENCE
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_ma03/preview
CASE STUDIES
1. Power system stability.
2. Analysis of variances in circuits.
3. Load flow Analysis.
4. Error Analysis in measurement system.
5. Noise and Vibration measurements.
6. Discretization of I and II order systems using Runge Kutta method.

16MA216 PROBABILITYAND STATISTICS 3104
PREREQUISITE
16MA208 Partial Differential Equations and Numerical Methods
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO3 : Infer the outcome of a random experiment using probability techniques.
CO5 : Find the reliability of systems.
STATISTICS 15
Types of data, Data collection, Interpretation and Presentation of data, Frequency distribution - Measures of central
tendancy -Variance and Standard deviation - Moments - Correlation - Karl Pearson's coefficient of correlation - Regression
- Regression coefficients - Regression lines.
PROBABILITY 15
Random variable - Probability mass function - Probability density function - Properties - Moment generating functions-
Standard Distributions: Poisson, Exponential, Normal distributions and their properties.
SAMPLING THEORY 15
Testing of hypothesis - Large sample tests:Test of significance for single proportion, Difference of proportions, Single
mean and difference of means - Small sample tests: t- test for single mean and difference of means, F- test for variances, Chi
square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes.
RELIABILITY 15
Definition of reliability, Failures, Classification of failures, Measures of reliability - Failure rate, Mean-time-to-failure
(MTTF), Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF), Reliability function, Reliability specifications - System reliability - Reliability
of series, parallel and standby systems.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Hooda R. P., "Introduction to Statistics", Macmillan India Ltd, 2002.
2. Sheldon M. Ross, "Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists", Elsevier India Private Ltd, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Neil A. Weiss, "Introductory Statistics", Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Ronald E.Walpole, Raymond H. Myers and Sharon L. Myers, "Probability & Statistics for Engineers and Scientists",
Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd, 1998.
3. Gupta S.C. and Kapoor V.K., "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", Sultan Chand & Sons, 2014.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Formation of a linear regression equation for the prediction of surface roughness of a turned work piece.
2. Chi squared test for the thickness measurement of a mechanical parts for 'n' number of successive items.

16MA217 STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS 3104
PREREQUISITE
16MA210 Partial Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Test the hypothesis using small and large sampling and analyze the variance.
CO3 : Find numerical solutions of differential equations.
CO4 : Develop the concept of differentiation and integration numerically.
STATISTICS 24
Testing of hypothesis - Large sample tests: Test of significance for single proportion, Difference of proportions, Single
mean and difference of means - Small sample tests: t- test for single mean and difference of means, F- test for variances, Chi
square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes- Correlation and regression lines - ANOVA table for one
way and two way classification - Completely randomized design - Randomized block design - Latin Square design.
SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS AND INTERPOLATION 18
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - Regula Falsi method - Newton's method - Solution of linear system
by Gaussian elimination and Gauss Jordon methods - Inverse of a matrix by Gauss Jordon method - Iterative methods:
Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel methods - Eigen value of a matrix by power method - Interpolation - Newton's forward and
backward interpolation - Lagrange's interpolation - Newton's Divided difference interpolation - Curve fitting and principle
of least squares.
INITIAL VALUE PROBLEMS, NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION 18
Single step methods: Taylor series method, Euler and modified Euler methods, Fourth order Runge Kutta method for
solving first order equations - Multistep methods: Milne's and Adam's predictor and corrector methods.
Derivatives using Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Numerical integration by Trapezoidal and Simpson's
1/3 and 3/8 rules - Two and Three point Gaussian quadrature formula - Double integrals using Trapezoidal and Simpson's
rule.
TEXT BOOKS
1. VeerarajanT.,"Probability, Statistics and Random Processes", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,2008.
2. Gerald C.F. and WheatleyP.O.,"Applied Numerical Analysis", 7th Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K., "Numerical Methods", S.Chand Co. Ltd.,2010.
2. Veerarajan T., "Numerical Methods", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd, 2011.
3. Sheldon M.Ross., "Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists", 5th Edition,2014.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Environmental related problems.
2. Trial and error method for civil engineering problems.
3. Survey problems(area calculation).

16MA218 NUMERICAL METHODS AND CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS 3104
PREREQUISITE
16MA209 Partial Differential Equations and Fourier Transforms
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Compute the solution of algebraic and transcendental equations and solve the systems of simultaneous
equations.
CO2 : Interpolate the data using forward and backward difference formula for equal intervals and divided
difference formula for unequal intervals.
CO3 : Determine the numerical differentiation and integration.
CO4 : Calculate the solutions of initial value problems for ordinary differential equations using single and multi
step methods.
CO5 : Describe the brachistochrone and isoperimetric problems mathematically and solve it.
NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF ALGEBRAIC AND TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS 12
Linear interpolation methods -Method of False position- Newton's method - Solution of linear system by Gaussian
elimination and Gauss Jordon methods - Inverse of a matrix by Gauss Jordon method - Iterative methods: Gauss Jacobi
and Gauss Seidel methods - Eigenvalue of a matrix by power method.
NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION 24
Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Lagrange's interpolation - Divided differences - Interpolating with a cubic
spline - Derivatives using Newton's forward and backward interpolation - Numerical integration by Trapezoidal and
Simpson's 1/3 and 3/8 rules - Two and Three point Gaussian quadrature formula - Double integrals using Trapezoidal and
Simpson's rule.
INITIAL VALUE PROBLEMS FOR ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12
Single step methods: Taylor series method - Euler and modified Euler methods - Fourth
∞ order Runge Kutta method for
solving first order equations - Multistep methods: Milne's and Adam's predictor and corrector methods.
CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS 12
Optimization of functional - Euler - Lagrange equations - First variation - Isoperimetric problems - Rayleigh - Ritz method.
Total Periods (45L +15T):60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Numerical Methods", Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co. Ltd., 2016.
2. Grewal B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers,2014.
REFERENCES
1. Gerald C.F. and Wheatley P.O., "Applied Numerical Analysis", 6th Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2010.
2. Wylie C. Ray and Barrett Louis C., "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 6th Edition, McGrawHill, Inc., 2005.
3. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K., and Gunavathy K, "Numerical Methods", S.Chand Co. Ltd., 2016.
WEB REFERENCE
CASE STUDIES
1. Fluid Flow Applications.
2. Gas Dynamics and Heat Transfer.
3. Fluid Flow Applications.
4. Control and Dynamic Systems, Approximate method of Vibrations.

16MA219 PROBABILITY AND QUEUEING THEORY 3104
PREREQUISITES
16MA205 Statistics and Transforms
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the knowledge of discrete distributions and solve problems in it.
CO2 : Illustrate the knowledge of continuous distributions and one dimensional random variables which can
describe real life phenomena.
CO3 : Use the concept of two dimensional random variables and apply it to determine correlation and regression.
CO4 : Identify and classify the types of random process and Markov process.
CO5 : Apply the basic characteristic features of queuing system and analyze the queueing models.
RANDOM VARIABLE AND DISTRIBUTIONS 15

Random variable - Probability mass function - Probability density function - Properties - Moments - Moment generating
functions and their properties - Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma and Normal distributions and
their properties - Functions of a random variable.
TWO DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLES 15
Joint distributions - Marginal and conditional distributions - Covariance - Correlation and regression - Transformation of
random variables - Central limit theorem.
RANDOM PROCESSES AND MARKOV CHAINS 15
Classification - Stationary process- Markov process - Poisson process - Markov chains - Transition probabilities -
Limiting distributions.
QUEUEING THEORY 15
Characteristics of Queueing Models - Poisson Queues - (M/M/1):(FIFO/∞),(M/M/1):(FIFO/N), (M/M/C):(FIFO/∞),
(M/M/C):(FIFO/N) models.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T., "Probability, Statistics and Queuing Theory", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2016.
2. Ross S., "A first course in probability", 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Taha H. A., "Operations Research-An Introduction", 7th Edition, Pearson Education Edition Asia, 2011.
2. Allen A.O., "Probability, Statistics and Queuing Theory", Academic press, 2002.
3. Gross D. and Harris C.M., "Fundamentals of Queuing theory", 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2005.
WEB REFERENCE
https://online courses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_ma08
CASE STUDIES
1. Signal modulation and demodulation, calculation of insurance risk.
2. Implications in communication theory.
3. Cryptography and crypt analysis.
4. Scheduling and resource sharing in computer operating systems and analysis of computer networks.

16MA220 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES 3104
PREREQUISITE
16MA219 Probability and Queueing Theory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Formulate and solve real life situations involving linear variables.
CO2 : Optimize transportation and assignment problems.
CO3 : Find integer solutions of Linear Programming Problem.
CO4 : Plan inventory situations.
CO5 : Construct and interpret project network.
LINEAR PROGRAMMING 12
Formulation of Linear Programming models - Graphical solution - Simplex method -Artificial Variable Techniques - Duality
- Primal-dual relationship - Dual Simplex method.
TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS 12
Transportation Problem - Standard transportation problem - Unbalanced transportation problem - Initial Basic feasible
solution by Vogel's Approximation Method - Optimal solution by MODI method - Assignment problem - Standard assignment
problem - Unbalanced assignment problem - Hungarian method - Travelling salesman problem.
INTEGER PROGRAMMING 12
Formulation of Integer Programming models - Gomory's all integer programming problem - Gomory's mixed integer
programming problem - Branch and bound technique.
INVENTORY MODELS 12
Inventory Models - EOQ models (with and without shortages) - EPQ models (with and without shortages) - EOQ with
price breaks - Quantity discounts models - Inventory problems with uncertain demand.
NETWORK SCHEDULING 12
Network and basic components - Rules of network construction - Time calculations in networks - Critical path method -
Project Evaluation and Review Technique - PERT calculations - Resource Analysis in Network Scheduling.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Taha H.A., "Operation Research", 8th Edition, Prentice Hall of India,2011.
2. KantiSwarup,GuptaP.K. and Manmohan, "Operations Research", Sultan Chand & sons, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Fredrick S. Hillier and Gerald J. Liebermann, "Introduction to Operations Research", 8th Edition,McGrawHill, 2011.
2. Anderson, "Quantitative Methods for Business", 10th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2009.
3. Sharma J.K., "Operations Research Theory and Applications", 3rd Edition, MacMillan Business Books, 2006.
WEB REFERENCE
https://online courses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg10
CASE STUDIES
1. Allocation of resources among competitive means, product replacement problem, diet problem.
2. Knapsack problem.
3. Binary Integer Programming for time tabling.
4. Enterprise resource planning.
5. Transportation logistics.

16BS201 PHYSICAL SCIENCES 4004
PHYSICS
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the principle and working of different types of Lasers with their applications.
CO2 : Outline the principle, structure, propagation and applications of Optical fibers.
CO3 : Explain the characteristics of magnetic materials used for storing data.
PHOTONICS 15
Lasers: Introduction - Characteristics of Laser - Principle - Types of lasers - CO2,Nd-YAG and Semiconductor laser -
Applications: 3D profiling - Computer peripherals - Material processing - Holography.
Fiber Optics: Introduction - Principle - Structure - Modes of Propagation -Joining of Fibers - Splicing - Losses in optical
fiber - attenuation, dispersion - Applications - Fiber optical communication - Fiber optic sensors.
MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL MATERIALS 15
Magnetic Materials:Introduction-Classification of magnetic materials - Quantum numbers - Magnetic moment - Classification
- dia, para, ferro and antiferromagnetic materials - Ferrites - Hard and soft magnetic materials - Magnetic recording
materials - Bubble memory - Magnetic principle in computer data storage devices.
Optical Materials: Introduction-Classification of optical materials - Absorption in metals, insulators and Semiconductors
- LED's - Organic LED's - Polymer light emitting materials - Plasma light emitting devices - LCD's - Optical data storage
techniques -DVD, Blue -ray disc and Holographic data storage.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gaur R K and Gupta S L, "Engineering Physics", Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2013.
2. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand & Company Ltd,2014.
REFERENCES
1. Charles Kittel, "Solid State Physics", John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition, 2012.
2. Raghavan V, "Materials Science and Engineering - A first Course", President Hall of India, 5th Edition, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. Laser: http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/syllabus.php?subjectId=1151041
2. Optical Fiber: http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/syllabus.php?subjectId=115103034
3. http://nptel.ac.in/course.php?disciplineId=115

CHEMISTRY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the applications of electrochemical cells and Fuel cells.
CO2 : Explain the properties and applications of engineering polymers.
ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES 18

Electrolytic cells - Electrochemical cells - Reversible and irreversible cells - EMF measurement - Weston Cadmium standard
cell - Electrodes - Single electrode potential - Determination - Nernst equation - Electrochemical series-Types of electrodes-
Silver chloride electrode - Reference electrodes - Calomel electrode - Glass electrode - Measurement of pH - Ion selective
electrodes.
Batteries - Types - Construction, working and applications of alkaline and Lead acid batteries-Modern batteries -Zinc air
battery and Lithium batteries - Battery maintenance-Fuel cells -Types - Construction, working and applications of H2-O2
fuel cells and solid oxide fuel cells.
ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND HIGH POLYMERS 12
Introduction to engineering materials - Polymers - Polymer structure - Nomenclature - Polymerization - Types -Effect of
polymer structure on properties-Standard polymers: Polyethylene, Polypropylene, PVC, PMMA- Engineering polymers:
Teflon, Nylon-6-6, ABS, PET - Speciality polymers: Polycarbonate, Kevlar - Electronic polymers: Polyacetylene, polyaniline,
polythiophene- Structure, preparation, properties and uses - Composites -Types - Polymer matrix composite - FRP-
Nanomaterials - Introduction - Nanochemistry - Nanomaterials - Synthesis - Sol-gel - Hydro thermal - Applications.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C and Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai publishing Co., 2015.
2. Ragunath L, "Engineering Chemistry", 1st Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Dara S S, "A text book of Engineering Chemistry", S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2013
2. Shashi chawla, "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 12th Edition, Dhanpat rai publications, 2010.
3. Vairam S and Suba Ramesh "Engineering Chemistry", 2nd Edition, Wiley India Private Limited; 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122101001/downloads/lec-23.pdf
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/104105039

16BS251 BASIC SCIENCES LABORATORY 0021
PHYSICS LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Determine the rigidity and young’s modulus of a material.
CO2 : Estimate the efficiency of the solar cell and to study its characteristics.
CO3 : Determine the wavelength of laser and to determine the particle size.
CO4 : Demonstrate the Sputtering unit and study lattice parameters of materials using XRD.
CO5 : Calculate the acceptance angle and numerical aperture of the optical fibers.
CO6 : Determine the dielectric constant value of the given material.
CO7 : Estimate the energy band gap of a semiconductor.
CO8 : Estimate the energy loss in a magnetic material.
CO9 : Determine the thickness of the thin object and Thermal conductivity of bad conductor.
CO10 : Determine the co-efficient of viscosity of the given liquid.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Determination of Rigidity Modulus of the wire by using Torsional pendulum.

2. Determination of Young’s Modulus of the given material of the rectangular bar using Cantilever method.
3. Estimation of the efficiency of a silicon cell (solar cell) and to study its characteristics.
4. Find the Wavelength of the Laser source and to determine particle size by forming the diffraction pattern.
5. Demonstration of Sputtering Unit and determination of lattice parameters of crystalline materials using XRD.
6. Estimation of Acceptance angle and Numerical Aperture (NA) of the Optical fiber.
7. Determination of the Dielectric Constant of the material.
8. Determination of the band gap of the given Semiconductor diode.
9. Estimation of the Energy loss in a magnetic material - B-H curve.
10. Determination of the thickness of the thin object by optical method – Air Wedge.
11. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lee’s Disc method.
12. Determination of viscosity of the liquid by Poiseuille’s method.

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Analyse the various water quality parameters quantitatively.
CO2 : Determine the strength of acid using pH meter.
CO3 : Estimate the mixture of acids by conductometric method.
CO4 : Estimate the elements present in alloys by EDTA method.
CO5 : Estimate the ferrous iron in solution using potentiometer.
CO6 : Estimate nickel in solution by spectrophotometry.
CO7 : Determine the efficiency of corrosion inhibitors.
CO8 : Analyse the anodizing of aluminium and thickness of the anodic film.
CO9 : Determine the molecular weight of polymers.
CO10 : Demonstrate the particle size analysis of Nanomaterials.
1. Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA method.

2. Estimation of alkalinity of water.
3. Estimation of dissolved oxygen by Winkler’s method.
4. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid using pH meter.
5. Estimation of mixture of acids by conductometric method.
6. Estimation of Ni in steel/Cu in brass by EDTA method.
7. Estimation of ferrous iron by potentiometric method.
8. Estimation of Nickel using DMG by spectrophotometric method.
9. Determination of efficiency of corrosion inhibitors.
10. Anodising of aluminium and determination of thickness of anodic film.
11. Determination of molecular weight of the polymer by Oswald Viscometry.
12. Demonstration of particle size analysis of a nanomaterial.

16PH207 ENGINEERING PHYSICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the generation of laser light and classify the different optical fibers with their applications.
CO2 : Explain the characteristics of sound waves and the factors affecting the acoustics of buildings.
CO3 : Describe the elastic properties of matter.
CO4 : Summarize the properties of fluids and to measure the pressure using gauges.
CO5 : Interpretthe behaviour of gas mixture under varying pressure, temperature and volume.
PHOTONICS AND ACOUSTICS 18

LASERS:Characteristics of Laser - Principle of spontaneous emission and stimulated emission- Types of lasers - Principle,
Construction, Working, Properties, Merits, Demerits and applications of CO2 andNd-YAG laser - Applications: 3D profiling
- Material processing - Holography.
FIBER OPTICS:Principle- Structure - Modes of propagation - Classification based on materials and refractive index profile
- Photonic sensors - Temperature and Displacement measurement.
ACOUSTICS: Classification of sound - Characteristics of musical sound - Weber-Fechner law - Reverberation time -
Absorption coefficient and its determination - factors affecting acoustics of buildings - Remedies.
PROPERTIES OF MATTER 17
PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS: Concepts of stress and Strain - Elastic limit - Hooke's law - Factor of safety - Lateral strain
- Poisson's ratio -Types of Elastic Modulii and relationship between elastic constants - Non linear Elastic Properties -
beyond the Elastic range - Fracture - Yield Point - Yield Strength - Tensile Strength - Ductility - Hardness - Mohs hardness
Scale - Toughness.
PROPERTIES OF FLUIDS: Definition of fluid - Real and Ideal fluids - Density, Specific Weight, Specific Volume, Specific
gravity, Viscosity, Surface Tension and Capillarity - Fluid Static Pressure - Absolute and gauge pressures - Manometers.
BASICS OF THERMODYNAMICS 10
Boyles law - Charles law- ideal gas equation - Dalton's law of partial pressure - PVT behaviour of gas mixtures - Thermal
equilibrium - Zeroth law of thermodynamics - Thermodynamic systems and Carnot engine - Intrinsic and extrinsic properties
- Heat, work and internal energy - Law of conservation of energy - First law of thermodynamics.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
2. William D.Callister Jr, David G. Rethwisch "Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction", Wiley India (P)
Ltd., 8th Edition, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Rajput, R.K., "A Text book of Fluid Mechanics in SI Units", 7 th Edition, S.Chand and Company, 2007.
2. Younus.A.Cengel, and Michael A.Boles, "Thermodynamics", Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES
6. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_me16/preview

16PH208 PHYSICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the generation of laser light and classify the different optical fibers with their applications.
CO2 : Explain the characteristics of sound waves and the factors affecting the acoustics of buildings.
CO3 : Gain the knowledge of crystal structures and crystal defects.
CO4 : Describe the elastic properties of matter.
CO5 : Summarize the properties of smart materials.
PHOTONICS AND ACOUSTICS 18
LASERS: Characteristics of Laser - Principle of spontaneous emission and stimulated emission- Types of lasers -
Principle, Construction, Working, Properties, Merits, Demerits and applications of CO2 andNd-YAG laser - Applications:
3D profiling - Material processing - Holography.
FIBER OPTICS: Principle- Structure - Modes of propagation - Classification based on materials and refractive index
profile - Photonic sensors - Temperature and Displacement measurement.
ACOUSTICS: Classification of sound - Characteristics of musical sound - Weber-Fechner law - Reverberation time -
Absorption coefficient and its determination - factors affecting acoustics of buildings - Remedies.
CRYSTAL PHYSICS 9
Introduction - Lattice - Bravais Lattice - Lattice Planes - Miller Indices - d-spacing in cubic lattice - Relation between miller
indices and d spacing of a cubic system - Cubical Crystal System - Types - SC, BCC,FCC and HCP structures - Calculation
of Co-ordination number, Number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius and Atomic Packing Factor - Crystal defects -
point, line and surface defects.
Concepts of stress and strain - Elastic limit - Hooke's law - Factor of safety - Lateral strain - Poisson's ratio -Types of
Elastic Moduliiand relationship between elastic constants - Non-linear Elastic Properties - Beyond the Elastic range -
Fracture -Yield Point - Yield Strength - Tensile Strength - Ductility - Hardness - Mohs hardness Scale - Toughness.
SMART MATERIALS 9
Introduction to Smart materials - Actuator and actuator materials - Piezoelectric and Electrostrictive material -
Magnetostrictive material - Shape memory alloys - Electro-rheological fluids - Electromagnetic actuation - Role of Actuators
and Actuator materials.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gaur R K and Gupta S L, "Engineering Physics", Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2013
2. William D.Callister Jr, David G. Rethwisch "Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction", 8th Edition,Wiley
India (P) Ltd., 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Brain Culshaw, "Smart Structure and Materials", 2nd Edition, Artech House, 2004.
2. Jayakumar S, "Engineering Physics", R K Publishers, 2003.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/materials-science-and-engineering/
6. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_me16/preview

16PH209 APPLIED PHYSICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Demonstrate the principle and working of different types of Lasers including their applications.
CO2 : Explain the principle, structure, fabrication and classification of Optical fibers.
CO3 : Gain the knowledge of joining the optical fibers, attenuation, dispersion and application of optical fibers.
CO4 : Explain the elastic and plastic nature of the material.
CO5 : Apply the concept of generation, detection and application of Ultrasonic waves.
CO6 : Explain the methods for producing and measuring vacuum and Thermodynamics.
LASERS 9
Introduction - Characteristics of Laser - Einstein's Theory - Principle of spontaneous emission and stimulated emission -
Types of lasers - Principle - Construction - Working - Properties - Merits - Demerits and applications of CO2,Nd-YAG and
Semiconductor laser - Applications: 3D profiling - Computer peripherals - Material processing - Holography.
FIBER OPTICS 9
Introduction - Principle - Structure - Modes of propagation - Fabrication method - Crucible-crucible technique - Classification
based on modes of Propagation, materials and refractive index profile - Joining of Fibers - Splicing -Losses in optical fiber
- Attenuation, dispersion - Applications - Fiber optical communication - Fiber optic sensors - Temperature and Displacement
measurement.
Elasticity: Elastic and Plastic materials - Hooke's law - Elastic behavior of a material - Stress-Strain diagram - Factors
affecting elasticity - Three Moduli of Elasticity - Poisson's Ratio - Torsional Pendulum - Twisting couple on a cylinder -
Young's Modulus - Uniform bending - Non-uniform bending.
ULTRASONICS 6
Production - Magnetostriction generator - Piezoelectric generator - Detection - Properties - Acoustical Grating - Cavitation
- Applications - Drilling, Welding, Soldering and Cleaning - Non-Destructive Testing - Pulse Echo method - Ultrasonic
Imaging.
VACUUM TECHNOLOGY 6
Concepts of vacuum - Throughput, Pumping Speed, Effective Pumping Speed and Conductance - Types of Pumps -
Rotary - Diffusion - Turbo Molecular Pump - Operation of Pressure gauges - Pressure range - Measurement of Vacuum
using Pirani and Penning gauges - Working of a vacuum system.
THERMODYNAMICS 6
Introduction to Thermodynamics - Heat and Work - Law of conservation of energy - Zeroth and First Law of Thermodynamics
- Carnot Heat Engine.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
2. Avadhanalu M N and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand and Company Ltd, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Marikani A, "Engineering Physics", PHI Learning Private Limited, 2013.
2. Rao V V, Ghosh T B and Chopra K L, "Vacuum Science and Technology", Allied Publishers Limited, 1998.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ph01/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_ae04/preview
4. http://www.physicsclassroom.com/class/thermal?
16PH210 BIOPHYSICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the basics of mechanics and their applications.
CO2 : Summarize the properties of fluids.
CO3 : Gain the knowledge of ionizing and non-ionizing radiations and their effects on biological system.
CO4 : Explain the concept ofgeneration, detection and application of Ultrasonic waves.
CO5 : Summarize crystal systems and crystal defects.
BASICS OF MECHANICS 12
Kinematics and Dynamics: Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration - Uniform Circular Motion, Relative Motion - Force,
Newton's Laws of Motion and Law of Gravitation - Principle of Superposition - Equilibrium of Forces - Linear Momentum,
Conservation of Linear Momentum - Impulse.
Work and Energy: Work done by a Constant Force and a Variable Force; Kinetic Energy and Work-Energy Theorem,
Potential Energy and Conservative Forces, Energy Diagrams; Elastic and Inelastic Collisions - Power.
Angular Motion: Angular Displacement, Angular Velocity and Angular Acceleration - Dynamics of Angular Motion -
Torque - Angular Momentum.
FLUIDS 9
Viscosity - Co-efficient of critical velocity - Poiseuille's formula for co-efficient of viscosity and its correction - Determination
of co-efficient of viscosity by capillary flow method - Comparison of viscosities - Oswald's viscometer - Viscosity of a
highly viscous liquid - Stoke's method for the Co-efficient of a highly viscous liquid - Variations of viscosity with
temperature and pressure - Viscosity of gases - Mayer's formula for the rate of flow of a gas through a capillary tube -
Rankine's method for the determination of viscosity of a gas.
ELECTRO MAGNETIC RADIATIONS 9
Radiation - Types of radiation - Ionization and Excitation - Interaction of radiation with matter - Linear energy transfer -
Attenuation -attenuation co-efficient - Biological effects of radiation - Direct and indirect effects: chronic and acute
effects - Biological effect of Microwave and RF wave - Thermal and non-thermal effects on whole body - Types of optical
radiations - UV, visible and IR - Optical properties of tissues - Applications of optical radiations in detection and treatment
of skin disorders - Medical applications of Lasers.
ULTRASONICS 6
Introduction - Production - Magnetostriction generator - Piezoelectric generator - Detection of ultrasonics - Properties
- Acoustical Grating - Cavitation- Non-Destructive Testing - Pulse echo method - ultrasonic imaging -Medical Applications.
CRYSTAL PHYSICS 9
Introduction - Lattice - Bravais Lattice - Lattice Planes - Miller Indices - d-spacing in cubic lattice - Relation between miller
indices and d spacing of a cubic system - Cubical Crystal System - Types - SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures - Calculation
of Co-ordination number, Number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius and Atomic Packing Factor - Crystal defects -
Point, Line and Surface defects - Role of imperfection in electrical and optical properties.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
2. Herman Cember, Thomas E Johnson. "Introduction to Health Physics", 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Murugesan R., "Properties of Matter and Acoustics", S.Chand and Company, 2005.
2. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S.Chand & Company Ltd, 2014.
3. Johns and Cunningham, "The Physics of Radiology", 3rd Edition, Thomas, 1969.

WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/torque-angular-momentum
2. http://www.eng.ucy.ac.cy/cpitris/courses/ECE477/presentations/English/05.%20Tissue%20Optics.pdf
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/fluids#fluid-dynamics
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/113106032/4%20-%20Crystal%20structure.pdf

16PH211 NANO MATERIALS 3003
PREREQUISITE
16PH207 Engineering Physics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the elements of Nanotechnology.
CO2 : Outline the various fabrication methods of nanomaterials.
CO3 : Summarize the various characterization techniques of nano structures and their applications.
CO4 : Relate the properties of smart and nano materials and their applications.
BASICS AND SCALE OF NANOTECHNOLOGY 12
Definition of a nanosystem - Dimensionality and size dependent phenomena - Surface to volume ratio - Fraction of surface
atoms - Surface energy and surface stress - surface defects - Properties at nanoscale: optical - mechanical - electronic and
magnetic properties.
CLASSIFICATION AND FABRICATION OF NANOSTRUCTURES 13
Classification based on dimensionality - Quantum Dots,Wells and Wires - Carbon based nano materials -buckyballs -
nanotubes - graphene-Top Down and Bottom Up Process:Metal Nanocrystals by Reduction - Solvothermal Synthesis -
Photochemical Synthesis - Sonochemical Routes - Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) - Metal Oxide Chemical Vapor
Deposition (MOCVD) - Ball Milling - Electrodeposition - Spray Pyrolysis - Flame Pyrolysis - DC/RF Magnetron Sputtering
- Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE).
CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES 12
X Ray Diffraction (XRD) - Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) -Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) - Atomic
Force Microscopy (AFM) - Optical: Ultaviolet Absorption and Photoluminescence Technique - Solar energy conversion
and catalysis - Applications: Sensors, Carbon nanotubes and fullerenes.
SMART MATERIALS 8
Magnetostrictive material - Shape memory alloys - Applications of SMA in Precision equipments for automobiles - SMA
- Phases - Shape memory effect - Pseudoelastic effect - Ni-Ti alloys.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Pradeep T., "A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
2. Hari Singh Nalwa, "Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology", Academic Press, 2002.
REFERENCES
1. Nabok A., "Organic and Inorganic Nanostructures", Artech House, 2005.
2. Dupas C., Houdy P., Lahmani M., "Nanoscience: Nanotechnologies and Nanophysics", Springer, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.understandingnano.com/nanomaterials.html
2. http://nanoyou.eu/attachments/188_Module-1-chapter-7-proofread.pdf
3. https://webdocs.cs.ualberta.ca/~database/MEMS/sma_mems/sma.html

16PH212 MATERIALS SCIENCE 3003
PREREQUISITE
16PH209 Applied Physics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Recall the properties of semiconducting materials and functioning of semiconducting devices.
CO2 : Explain the fabrication techniques of Integrated circuits and the recent trends in Integrated Circuits
Technology.
CO3 : Explain the properties and applications of magnetic materials.
CO4 : Summarize the relations involved in dielectric materials and outline the properties, preparation and
applications of Nano materials.
SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS 13
Elemental and compound semiconductors - Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors -Properties - Classical theory and
energy band theory - Motion in a magnetic field - parallel electric and magnetic field - Perpendicular electric and magnetic
field - Semiconductor Theory - Charge densities in semiconductors - Mobility and Conductivity - Drift and Diffusion
Current -Material preparation - Czochralski's technique and zone refining technique - Hall effect - Hall co-efficient in
extrinsic semiconductors, experimental determination of Hall co-efficient - Application of Hall effect - Semiconductor
devices - LED, Solar Cells, Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and Strain Gauges.
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FABRICATION 10
Classification of ICs - Manufacturing Process of Monolithic ICs - Silicon wafer preparation - Epitaxial growth - Oxidation
- Photolithography - Diffusion - Metallization - Circuit Probing - Encapsulation.
Construction of a monolithic bipolar transistor - PNP Transistors - Thick and Thin Film Technology - Recent Trends in IC
Technology.
MAGNETIC MATERIALS 9
Definition of fundamental terms - Material - Classification - Dia, Para, Ferro and ferri magnetic materials - Properties -
Heisenberg and Domain theory of ferromagnetism - Hysteresis - Hard and soft magnetic materials - Ferrites - structure,
preparation and applications - Magneto optical recording.
DIELECTRIC MATERIALS 7
Introduction to Dielectric materials- Electrical susceptibility - Dielectric constant - electronic, ionic, orientational and
space charge polarization - frequency and temperature dependence of polarization - Internal field - Dielectric loss -
Dielectric Strength - Factors influencing dielectric strength - dielectric breakdown- Capacitor materials - Ferroelectric
materials- Piezoelectrics- Pyroelectrics and Ferroelectrics - Properties and applications.
NANOPHASE MATERIALS 6
Nanophase materials: Fabrication Techniques - Top down process - Ball Milling - Bottom up process - PVD,CVD, Sputtering
- GMR - Nanodevices - Spin Valve, CNT - Fabrication , Laser ablation, Plasma arc method - Structure, Properties and
applications of CNT - Fullerenes - Properties and applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
2. Robert W. Kelsall, lan W. Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, "Nanoscale Science and Technology", John Wiley and
Sons Ltd, 2004.
3. Salivahanan S, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", Tata McGraw - Hill, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. W. R. Fahmer, "Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics", Springer, 2006.

2. Raghavan V, "Materials Science and Engineering - A first Course", 5th Edition, President Hall of India, 2004.
3. Dally J.W and Riley W.F., "Experimental Stress Analysis", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL Reference: Fundamentals of Electronic Materials and Devices - https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/
noc17_mm07/preview,
2. Nanomaterials - https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mm05/preview
3. https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/magnetic-forces-and-magnetic-fields,
4. http://physics.info/dielectrics.

16PH213 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS 3003
PREREQUISITE
16PH209 - Applied Physics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Recall the properties of conducting materials including the factors influencing the conductivity.
CO2 : Discuss the materials used for highly loaded metal contacts and to understand the properties and
applications of semiconducting and magnetic materials.
CO3 : Explain the behavior of the dielectric material in the external electric field including various polarization
mechanisms and to understand the dielectric breakdown mechanism including the factors affecting the
dielectric strength.
CO4 : Classify the various insulating materials used in electrical apparatus.
CO5 : Illustrate the properties, preparation and applications of Nanomaterials.
CONDUCTING MATERIALS 9
Introduction - Review of metallic conduction on the basis of free electron theory - Fermi-Dirac distribution - Variation of
conductivity with temperature and composition - General properties and specifications of pure copper and aluminum -
Wiedemann Franz law - Fermi Energy - Contact potential - Materials and alloys for high conductivity - Characteristics of
brass and different types of bronzes - Different types of solders - Metals and alloys for different types of fuses - Fusing
current and fuse ratings - Materials used for highly loaded metal contacts, electrical carbon material, characteristics of
different carbon and graphite brushes - Materials of high resistivity - Alloys for use in electrical resistance, arc-lamps and
electric furnaces.
SEMICONDUCTING AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS 9
Semiconductors: Elemental and Compound semiconductors - Basic ideas of amorphous and organic semiconductors -
Direct and Indirect Band Gap Semiconductors.
Magnetic Material: Introduction - Classification - Ferromagnetism - Hysteresis curve - Ferromagnetic domains - Curie -
Weiss law - Hard and soft magnetic materials and applications - Ferrites - Magnetic materials used in electrical machines,
instruments and relays.
DIELECTRIC MATERIALS 9
Introduction - Microscopic displacement of atoms and molecules in an external DC electric field - Polarization and
dielectric constant - Dielectric susceptibility - Polarization mechanisms - Temperature and frequency dependence of
dielectric constant - Dielectric breakdown - Ferroelectric materials - Piezoelectrics - Pyroelectrics and ferroelectrics -
Dielectric materials as electrical insulators.
Dielectric breakdown - Mechanism of breakdown in gases, liquids and solids - Factors influencing dielectric strength
Capacitor materials.
INSULATING MATERIALS 9
Introduction - Good insulator properties and classification on temperature basis - Common insulator materials used in
electrical apparatus - Inorganic materials: Mica, glass, porcelain, asbestos - Organic materials: Paper, rubber, cotton, silk,
fibre, wood, plastics, Bakelite - Resins and varnishes - Liquid insulators; Transformer oil - Gaseous insulators: Air, SF6 and
hydrogen - Ageing of Insulators.
NANO MATERIALS 9
Introduction to Nano materials - Fabrication Techniques - Top down process - Ball milling, Lithography - Bottom up
process - PVD, CVD, Sputtering, Liquid phase - Sol-gel - GMR - Structure, properties and applications of CNT - Fullerenes
- Properties and applications.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Indulkar .C .S and Thiruvengadam .S, "Introduction to Electrical Engineering Materials", S.Chand and Company,
4th Revised Edition, 1994.
2. Dekker .A .J, "Electrical Engineering Materials", Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
3. William D. Callister Jr, David G. Rethwisch, "Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction", Wiley India (P)
Ltd., 8th Edition, 2009.
REFERENCES
2. Raghavan V, "Materials Science and Engineering - A first Course", Prentice Hall of India, 5th Edition, 2004.
3. Jayakumar S, "Materials Science", R. K. Publishers, 2008.
4. Arumugam M, "Materials Science", Anuradha Publications, 2006.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.electrical4u.com/electrical-engineering-materials/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112108150/pdf/Lecture_Notes/MLN_14.pdf

16PH214 SMART AND NANO MATERIALS 30 0 3
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Recall the electrical conductivity of metals and outline the properties of dielectric materials.
CO2 : Illustrate the detailed analysis of the smart material response of systems exhibiting shape memory effects
and to predict the linear and non-linear behavior of smart structures by sensors.
CO3 : Summarize the relations involved in dielectric materials and outline the properties of Nano materials.
CO4 : Explain the principles of nanoelectronics and to apply the concept for fabricating the Nano devices.
CONDUCTING AND DIELECTRIC MATERIALS 15

Conducting Materials: Introduction - classical free electron theory of metals - Electrical and thermal conductivity -
Wiedemann - Franz law - Lorentz number - Factors affecting the resistivity - Draw backs of classical theory - Quantum
theory - Fermi distribution function - Density of energy states - Carrier concentration in metals.
Dielectric Materials: Introduction - Electrical susceptibility - Dielectric constant - Electronic, ionic, orientational and
space charge polarization - Internal field - Claussius - Mosotti relation- Dielectric loss - Dielectric breakdown.
SMART MATERIALS 10
Magnetostrictive material - Shape memory alloys - Electro-orheological fluids - Electromagnetic actuation - Role of
Actuators and Actuator materials.
NANO MATERIALS 10
Introduction to Nano materials - Fabrication Techniques - Top down process - Ball milling, Lithography - Bottom up
process - PVD, CVD, Sputtering, Liquid phase - Sol-gel - GMR - Structure, properties and applications of CNT- Fullerenes
- Properties and applications.
NANOELECTRONICS AND NANODEVICES 10
Introduction to Nanoelectronics - Nanoelectromechanical Systems (NEMSs) - Fabrication:Lithography and applications
- Nanodevices - Single Electron Transistors - Operating Principles and Applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
3. W. R. Fahmer, "Nanotechnology and Nanoelectronics", Springer, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Raghavan V, "Materials Science and Engineering-A first Course", Prentice Hall of India, 5th Edition, 2004.
2. Robert W. Kelsall, lan W. Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, "Nanoscale Science and Technology", John Wiley and
Sons Ltd, 2004.
3. Jayakumar S, "Materials Science", R.K.Publishers, 2008
4. Dally J.W and Riley W.F., "Experimental Stress Analysis", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
2. http://lamp.tu-graz.ac.at/~hadley/nanoscience/lectures.html

16PH215 NANO AND QUANTUM PHYSICS 3003
PREREQUISITE
16BS201 Physical Science
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Infer the basic principles of Nanotechnology and its interdisciplinary behaviour.
CO2 : Illustrate the dual nature of matter waves and Schrodinger's wave equation.
CO3 : Appraise the functionality of primary devices at ultra-low dimensions.
CO4 : Relate the multidisciplinary nature of nanotechnology with computer science and fundamental electronics.
BASICS OF NANOTECHNOLOGY 9
Introduction - History - Macro, Micro, Meso and Nano Length Scales - Basic Principles of Nano Scale Materials - Surface
to Volume Ratio - Size Dependent Properties at Nanoscale - Classification of Nanostructures - Nanoscale and its significance
- Top-down and Bottom-up approaches.
QUANTUM PHYSICS 9
Inadequacies of Classical Mechanics - Duality nature of electromagnetic radiation - De Broglie hypothesis for matter
waves - Heisenberg's uncertainty principle -Schrödinger's wave equation - Particle confinement in 1D box (Infinite Square
well potential) - Bit and Qubit - Quantum dot cellular automata.
OPTICAL AND ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 9
Introduction to physical properties of nanomaterials - Melting points and lattice constants - Surface Plasmon resonance
- Quantum size effects - Surface scattering - Quantum transport - Effect of microstructure.
NANOELECTRONICS 9
Quantum Mechanical Tunneling - Single Electron Box - Single Electron Devices and Transistors - Logic Circuits Using
Molecules - Nanowire Diodes, Transistors and Interconnects - Nanorobotics and Nanomanipulation.
APPLICATIONS 9
Flexible and Plastic Electronics - Carbon Nanotube Electronics - LEDs Based on Nanowires, Nanotubes and Nanorods -
Lasers Based on Nanodots and Nanowires - Nanocomputers - Wearable Technology - MEMS -NEMS based data storage.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kelsall R.W, Hamley I.W, Geoghegan M, “Nanoscale Science & Technology”, 1st Edition, John. Wiley & Sons,
2005.
2. Cao G.Z, Wang Y, “Nanostructures & Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties & Applications”, 2nd Edition, World
Scientific Publishing, 2011.
3. Petty M. C., “Molecular Electronics: From Principles to Practice”, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Vishal Sahni et.al. "Nanocomputing: The future of computing", Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2008.
2. Avadhanalu M N, and Kshirsagar P G, "A Textbook of Engineering Physics", S. Chand and Company Ltd, 2014.
3. Poole C.P, Owens FJ, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, 1st Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.
4. Pradeep T, “Nano: The essentials - Understanding Nanoscience and Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
5. Nalwa H.S, “Nanostructured Materials & Nanotechnology”, Concise Edition, Academic Press, 2007.
6 Nielsen, Michael A.; Chuang, Isaac L. “Quantum Computation and Quantum Information”, Cambridge University
Press, 2010.

WEB REFERENCES
2. http://lamp.tu-graz.ac.at/~hadley/nanoscience/lectures.html
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/physics/8-04-quantum-physics-i-spring-2013/lecture-videos/

16PH216 BIOMATERIALS 3003
PREREQUISITE
16PH210 Biophysics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the structure-property relationship in biological and biomaterials.
CO2 : Clarify the types, properties and biomedical applications of metallic alloys, ceramics, polymers and
Composites.
CO3 : Describe the methods for surface modification of biomaterials.
CO4 : Characterize biomaterials with suitable analytical techniques.
CO5 : List the materials for tissue engineering and elucidate scaffold fabrication methods.
STRUCTURE OF BIOMATERIALS AND BIOCOMPATIBILITY 9

Definition and classification of bio-materials - Structure, property relationship of biological and biomaterials - mechanical
properties - viscoelasticity - Testing of mechanical properties of bone - Biomaterials - wound- healing process - Body
response to implants - Blood compatibility - Biocompatibility testing of materials - Carcinogenicity.
METALLIC ALLOYS AND CERAMICS 9
Metallic implant materials - Types, composition, properties, manufacturing and applications of stainless steels -co-based
alloys - Ti-based alloys - Dental metals - Corrosion of metallic implants - Ceramic implant materials: Aluminum Oxides -
Zirconia - Hydroxyapatite - Glass ceramic carbons - Medical applications.
POLYMERS AND COMPOSITES 9
Polymerisation - Polyolefin - Acryrilic polymers - Rubbers - High strength thermoplastics - Medical applications: Composites
- Structure, mechanics, applications and biocompatibility - Nanostructured Biomaterials.
SURFACE MODIFICATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF BIOMATERIALS 9
Modification with hydroxyl apatite - Polymers and methods - X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy - Auger Electron
Spectroscopy -Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry - Surface Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption- Ionization Mass
Spectrometry - Infrared IR Spectroscopy - Raman Spectroscopy - Electron Energy Loss Spectroscopy.
SCAFFOLD MATERIALS FOR TISSUE ENGINEERING 9
Materials for hard and soft tissue engineering, fabrication methods - solvent casting, particulate leaching techniques, gas
foaming, electrospinning, self assembly - Rapid prototyping and 3D printing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Park .J.B and Lakes.R.S., "Biomaterials", 3rd edition, Springer Publications,2007.
2. M Jaffe, W Hammond, P Tolias, T Arinzeh, "Characterization of Biomaterials", Woodhead Publishing series in
Biomaterials, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Park J.B., Bronzino.D.J."Biomaterials: Principles and applications" CRC Press, 2002.
2. Swaminathan Sethuraman, Umamaheshwari Krishnan, Anuradha Subramanaian , "Biomaterials and Nanotechnology
for Tissue Engineering", CRC Press,2016.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.doitpoms.ac.uk/tlplib/bones/bone_mechanical.php
2. https://www.nibib.nih.gov/science-education/science-topics/tissue-engineering-and-regenerative-medicine
3. http://www.uotechnology.edu.iq/appsciences/filesPDF/material/lectures/4c/8-Biochmical1.pdf

16PH217 AIRCRAFT MATERIALS AND PROCESSES 3003
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify the requirements of materials in aerospace application.
CO2 : Describe the various materials used in the manufacturing of aircraft.
CO3 : Outline the concept of corrosion and heat treatment processes.
CO4 : Explain the application of ceramics and composites in aerospace vehicle design.
ELEMENTS OF AEROSPACE MATERIALS 12

Structure of solid materials - Atomic and lattice structure - x-ray diffraction - Imperfection in crystals - Physical metallurgy
- General requirements of materials for aerospace applications - Strain hardening - Creep and fatigue - Comparative study
of materials - Ceramics - Plastics and composites.
FURNISHING MATERIALS 9
Plastic - Wood - Rubber in aircraft manufacture - Methods of testing and storage - Paints - Surface finishes - Specifications:
Indian standard - British - American and International Standards.
CORROSION AND HEAT TREATMENT OF METALS AND ALLOYS 12
Types of corrosion - Effect of corrosion on mechanical properties - Stress corrosion cracking - Corrosion resistance
materials for space vehicles - Heat treatment of carbon steels - Aluminium alloys - Magnesium alloys - Titanium alloys -
Heat resistance alloys - Ferrous materials - Non-ferrous materials and alloys.
CERAMICS AND COMPOSITES 12
Introduction - Powder metallurgy - Modern ceramic materials - Cements - Cutting tools - Glass ceramic - Production of
semi-fabricated forms - Plastics and rubber - Carbon composites - Fibre reinforced composite materials - Fabrication
processes involved in metal matrix composites - Shape memory alloys - Applications in aerospace vehicle design.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Titterton G., "Aircraft Materials & Processes", 5th Edition, Sterling Book House, 1998.
2. Van Vlack L. H., "Elements of Materials Science and Engineering", 6th Edition, Pearson, 1994.
REFERENCE
Raghavan V., "Materials Science and Engineering", 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aerospace_materials
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aircraft
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/101104010/

16PH252 PHYSICS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Calculate the size of the powder particle and determine the acceptance angle of optical fiber.
CO2 : Determine the velocity of the ultrasonic waves and acoustic impedance.
CO3 : Estimate co-efficient of viscosity of the given liquid and Young's Modulus of the bar.
CO4 : Determine the efficiency of a solar cell and its characteristics.
CO5 : Demonstrate Sputtering unit and study the lattice parameters of materials using XRD.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Particle size of the given powder using He-Ne laser and demonstration of particle size analyser.
2. Velocity of the Ultrasonic waves in the given liquid medium and to determine the acoustic impedence using
ultrasonic interferometer.
3. Co-efficient of Viscosity of the given liquid by Poiseuille's method.
4. Acceptance angle and Numerical Aperture (NA) of the given Optical fiber.
5. Young's Modulus of the given material of the rectangular bar using cantilever method.
6. Efficiency of a silicon cell (solar cell) and to study its characteristics.
7. Demonstration of Sputtering unit.
8. Determination of lattice parameters of crystalline materials - XRD pattern.

16CH203 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Correlate the properties of important polymers and nanomaterials with their industrial applications.
CO2 : Describe the applications of electrochemical and fuel cells.
CO3 : Outline the mechanism of various types of corrosion and their control methods.
CO4 : Summarize the various types of fuels and their production processes.
POLYMER CHEMISTRY 9
Polymer - Types- Nomenclature - Classification of polymers - Polymerization - Types - Mechanism of polymerization(free
radical mechanism) - Effect of polymer structure on properties of polymers - Weight average-number average-transition
temperature - polymer index - Engineering polymers: Teflon, ABS, PET, Polycarbonate -structure, preparation, properties
and uses - Compounding -Fabrication: Compression, Injection, Extrusion and Blow moulding.
NANOCHEMISTRY 7
Introduction - Nanomaterials - Properties of bulk and nano materials - Difference between bulk and nano materials -Size
dependent properties of particles, clusters, rods, wires and tubes - Carbon Nano Tubes - Applications-Nanomaterials -
Synthesis - Sol-gel - Hydro thermal - Applications.
Electrode potential - Single electrode potential - Nernst equation - Problems - Types of electrodes - Reference electrodes
- Calomel and Glass electrodes - Electrochemical series - Significance-Electrochemical cells - Galvanic and concentration
cells. Batteries: Types - Primary and secondary batteries-Lead acid, Lithium and Nicad batteries - Maintenance and
hazards. Fuel cells: H2-O2 fuel cells and solid oxide fuel cells - Construction and working.
CORROSION CHEMISTRY AND CONTROL 9
Corrosion - Types of corrosion and mechanism - Thermodynamics of corrosion - Galvanic corrosion - Mechanism-
Factors influencing corrosion - Corrosion control - Design and cathodic protection methods - Metallic coatings -
Electroplating(Cr and Ni) and Electroless plating(Ni) - Organic coatings - Paints.
FUELS AND COMBUSTION 10
Fuels: Classifications - Properties - Calorific value - Determination - Bomb calorimeter - Solid fuels - Coal - Proximate and
ultimate analysis - Manufacture of metallurgical coke - Liquid fuels - Classifications - Petroleum - Straight run, cracked and
polymer petrol - Synthetic petrol - Fischer Tropsch process - Gaseous fuels - Classifications: Water gas, producer gas,
LPG and CNG - Biodiesel - Fuels for IC engines - Octane number - Cetane number.
Combustion: Combustion equations -Theoretical air requirements - Problems - Flue gas analysis - Orsat method.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C and Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., 2016.
2. Ragunath L., "Engineering Chemistry", 1st Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Dara S S., "A text book of Engineering Chemistry", 12th Edition, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2013
2. Shashi chawla, "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 3rd edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.
3. Vairam S and Suba Ramesh, "Engineering Chemistry", 2nd Edition, Wiley India Private Limited, 2013. .
WEB REFERENCES

16CH204 CHEMISTRY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Demonstrate the water treatment methods for industrial and domestic use.
CO2 : Describe the applications of electrochemical cells and corrosion control methods.
CO3 : Explain the applications of important polymers and carbon nanotubes and outline the classification and
properties of various refractory materials and important lubricants.
CO4 : Explain the various instrumental methods of analysis and their applications.
WATER TREATMENT 9
Water Quality parameters: Alkalinity, Turbidity, Fluorides, Hardness - Units of hardness - Estimation of Hardness by
EDTA method - Disadvantages of hard water - Corrosion - Water softening and purification - Internal conditioning-
External conditioning - Zeolite process - Demineralization - Potable water - Domestic water treatment - Physical and
chemical methods of disinfection of water - Break point chlorination - Desalination - Reverse osmosis.
ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION CHEMISTRY 9
Electrode potential - Single electrode potential - Nernst equation - Problems - Types of electrodes -Reference electrodes
- Calomel and Glass electrodes - Electrochemical cells - Electrochemical series - Applications.
Corrosion: Types of corrosion and mechanism - Thermodynamics of corrosion - Galvanic corrosion - Mechanism -Factors
influencing corrosion - Corrosion control - Design and cathodic protection methods.
HIGH POLYMERS 9
Introduction - Polymer structure - Nomenclature - Polymerization - Types - Preparation, properties and applications of
Standard polymers: Polyethylene, HDPE, Polypropylene, PVC, UPVC, CPVC and PMMA - Engineering polymers: Teflon,
Nylon - 6-6, ABS - Composites - Types - Polymer matrix composite - FRP.
ENGINEERING MATERIALS 9
Cements - Setting and hardening of cement - Special cements - Refractories - Classification - Properties - Manufacture of
alumina, magnesite and zirconia bricks - Cermets - Lubricants - Mechanism of lubrication - Liquid lubricants - Properties
- Solid lubricants: Graphite and molybdenum disulphide.
Nanomaterials - Introduction to nanochemistry - Carbon nanotubes - Types of carbon nanotubes - Applications.
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 9
Beer-Lambert's law - UV-Visible spectroscopy and IR spectroscopy - Principle and Instrumentation - Estimation of iron by
colorimetry - Flame photometry - Principle - Instrumentation - Estimation of sodium by flame photometry - Atomic
absorption spectroscopy - Principle - Instrumentation - Estimation of nickel by atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C and Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., 2016.
2. Ragunath L., "Engineering Chemistry", 1st Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Dara S S., "A text book of Engineering Chemistry", 12th Edition, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2013
2. Shashi chawla, "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 3rd edition, Dhanpat Rai publications, 2010.
3. Rajput R.K, "Engineering materials", S. Chand & Co. publications Ltd, 2006.
WEB REFERENCES
16CH205 APPLIED CHEMISTRY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the applications of electrochemical cells and fuel cells.
CO2 : Explain the mechanism of various types of corrosion and control methods.
CO3 : Explain the properties and applications of engineering polymers and nanomaterials.
CO4 : Outline the various grades of solvents used for cleaning electronics.
CO5 : Explain the various instrumental methods of analysis and their applications.
Electrolytic cells - Electrochemical cells - Reversible and irreversible cells - EMF measurement - Weston Cadmium standard
cell - Electrodes -Single electrode potential - Determination - Nernst equation - Electrochemical series - Types of
electrodes - Silver chloride electrode - Reference electrodes - Calomel electrode - Glass electrode - Measurement of pH.
Batteries: Types - Construction, working and applications of alkaline and Lead acid batteries - Modern batteries - Zinc air
battery and Lithium batteries - Battery maintenance and hazard - Fuel cells - Types - Construction, working and applications
of H2-O2 fuel cells and solid oxide fuel cell.
CORROSION CHEMISTRY AND CONTROL 9
Corrosion - Types - Chemical corrosion - Electrochemical corrosion - Galvanic corrosion - Mechanism - Factors influencing
corrosion - Corrosion control - Design and cathodic protection methods - Metallic coatings - Electroplating (Cr and Ni)
and Electroless plating (Ni) - Corrosion inhibitors - Types.
ENGINEERING POLYMERS AND NANO MATERIALS 10
Polymer - Introduction - Nomenclature - Polymerization - Types - Standard polymers: Polyethylene, polypropylene, PVC,
PMMA - Engineering polymers: Teflon, Nylon6-6, ABS, PET - Speciality polymers: Polycarbonate, Kevlar - Electronic
polymers: Polyacetylene, polythiophene - structure, preparation, properties and uses - Composites - Types - Polymer
matrix composite - FRP
Nanomaterials - Introduction to Nanochemistry - Nanomaterials - Synthesis - Sol-gel - Hydro thermal - Applications.
CHEMICALS FOR CLEANING ELECTRONICS 5
Cleaning of electronics - Various solvents used - Electronic grades - Semiconductor grades - Specifications - Advantages
and disadvantages.
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 9
Beer-Lambert's law - UV-Visible spectroscopy and IR spectroscopy: Principle and Instrumentation - Estimation of iron by
colorimetry - Flame photometry - Principle - Instrumentation - Estimation of sodium by flame photometry - Atomic
absorption spectroscopy - Principle - Instrumentation - Estimation of nickel by atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jain P C & Monica Jain, "Engineering Chemistry", 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., 2015.
2. Ragunath L, "Engineering Chemistry", 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Dara S S, "A text book of Engineering Chemistry", 12th Edition, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2013.
2. Shashi Chawla "A Textbook of Engineering chemistry", 3rd Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010.
3. Vairam S & Suba Ramesh, "Engineering Chemistry", 2nd Edition, Wiley India Private Limited, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES

16CE231 APPLIED GEOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Infer the internal structure of earth composition and symmetry elements of important crystallographic
systems.
CO2 : Identify the physical properties of rock forming minerals and various types of rocks.
CO3 : Recognize the classification of geological structures.
CO4 : Recognize seismicity of the world, the role of plate tectonics and the measurement of earthquake.
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 10
Introduction to role of geology in civil engineering- Various core and applied branches of geology - Internal structure of
earth composition - Introduction to plate tectonics- Continental drifting - Weathering and types - Work of river, wind, sea
and ground water.
MINERALOGY 10
Elementary knowledge on symmetry elements of important Crystallographic systems - Physical properties of common
rock forming minerals - Physical Properties of minerals: Quartz family, Feldspar
family,Augite,Hornblende,Biotite,Muscvite,Calcite,Garnet - Physical and Engineering properties of clay minerals -
Elementary knowledge on Ore minerals - Coal and Petroleum.
PETROLOGY 7
Classification of rocks and their distinctive properties - Description - Occurrence- Distribution - Engineering Properties
of Igneous rocks: Granite, Syenite, Diorite, Gabbro, Pegmatite, dolerite and Basalt - Sedimentary rocks: Sandstone,
Limestone, shale, conglomerate and Breccia - Metamorphic rocks : Quartzite, Marble, Slate, Phyllite, Gneiss and Schist.
STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY 7
Attitude of beds - Introduction to Geological maps and their importance in civil engineering projects - Uses of Clinometer
and Brunton compass in Geological mapping - Gnesis - Classification of geological structures; Folds, faults and joints .
ELEMENTS OF SEISMOLOGY 11
Causes and effects of earthquake -Elastic rebound theory - Indian Seismicity -Epicentre - Hypocentre - Primary, shear and
Rayleigh waves - seismogram - Magnitude - Richter's scale, Surface wave and Moment magnitude scale - Mercalli
Intensity Scale .
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Parbin Singh A., "Text Book of Engineering and General Geology", 8th Edition, S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2015.
2. Garg S.K., "Physical and Engineering Geology", 3rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Dugal S.K., "Engineering Geology", McGraw Hill Education(India) (P)Ltd. 2014.
2. Blyth F.G.M., "A Geology for Engineers", 2nd Edition, Arnold, 2016.
3. Reddy D.V., "Engineering Geology", 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd., 2017.
WEB REFERENCE
NPTEL Course on Engineering Geology http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105106/

16BM202 HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the body planes and organization of tissues.
CO2 : Explain the components and functions of cardiovascular, nervous, respiratory, digestive, excretory and
Sensory system.
NERVOUS AND SENSORY SYSTEM 15
Origin of anatomical names - Prefixes and suffixes -Anatomical positions and body planes - Electrical activities - Membrane
potential - Action potential - Organization of tissues - Structure and functions of nervous system - Brain and spinal cord
- Functions of CNS - Nerve conduction and synapse - Reflex action- Somatic and autonomic nervous system - Physiology
of vision, hearing, integumentary, olfactory systems - Taste buds.
CARDIO VASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 20
Composition of blood - Structureof circulatory system - Heart -Cardiac cycle- Blood pressure - Feedback control for blood
pressure - Nervous control of heart - Cardiac output - Coronary, pulmonary and peripheral circulation. Structure of
respiratory system - Trachea - Lungs - Physiological aspects of respiration - Exchange of gases - Regulation of respiration
-Lung volume and vital capacities of the lungs- Disturbance of respiration function - Pulmonary function tests.
DIGESTIVE AND EXCRETORY SYSTEM 10
Digestive system - Organization of GI system - Functions of liver and pancreas, digestion and absorption process -
Movement of food stuff in GI tract - Structure of Kidney and Nephron - Mechanism of urine formation - Urine reflex.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Anne Waugh and Allison Grant, Ross and Wilson "Anatomy and Physiology in health and illness", 12th Edition,
Churchill Livingstone Elsevier, 2014.
2. John E Hall, Guyton and Hall, "Text book of Medical Physiology", 13th Edition, Saunders, 2013.
3. William F.Ganong, "Review of Medical Physiology", 22nd Edition, Mc Graw Hill,2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Elaine.N. Marieb, "Essentials of human Anatomy and Physiology", 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Gillian Pocock, Christopher D. Richards, "The human Body - An Introduction for Biomedical and Health Sciences",
Oxford University Press, 2009.
3. Sarada Subramanyam, Madhavan Kutty K. and Singh H.D., "Text Book of Human Physiology" S.Chand and
Company, 1996.

16BM203 BIOCHEMISTRY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Elucidate the structure and functions of subcellular organelles and biomolecules.
CO2 : Describe metabolism on liver, muscle, heart and brain.
CO3 : Describe the procedures for assessment of functions of liver and kidney.
CO4 : Explain the principles of biochemical techniques.
BIOMOLECULES 15
Biochemistry of living cell - Structural features of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells - Functions of cell organelles - Sub
cellular fractionation using differential centrifugation - Classification, structure and functions of carbohydrates, lipids,
proteins and nucleic acids - Enzymes - Classification, kinetics, inhibition, assay of enzymes - Diagnostic enzymes -
Hormones - Chemical nature, general mode of action - Assay of hormones.
METABOLISM 15
Metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins in major organs - liver, muscle, heart and brain - Inherited metabolic
disorders of carbohydrate, lipid and protein metabolism. Metabolic Integration in conditions like Diabetes, starvation.
Gene expression and its regulation.
CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY 15
Principles and applications of chromatography, electrophoresis, spectroscopic techniques. Organ analysis: Assessment
of kidney and liver functions. Blood gas analysis. Regulation of acid-base balance. Measurement of electrolytes. Uses of
radioisotopes in biology and medicine.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Michael M. Cox and David L. Nelson, "Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry", W. H. Freeman and Company,
6th Edition, 2012.
2. Keith Wilson and Walker, "Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology", 7th Edition,
REFERENCES
1. Reginald H. Garrett and Charles M. Grisham, "Biochemistry", Brooks Cole Publishers, 5th Edition, 2012.
2. Robert K. Murray and Victor W. Rodwell," Harper's Illustrated Biochemistry, Lange Medical Books, 29th Edition,
2012.
3. Donald Voet, Judith G. Voet and Charlotte W. Pratt, "Fundamentals of Biochemistry", John Wiley and Sons,
4th Edition, 2010.

16BM207 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 3003
PREREQUISITES
16BM203 Biochemistry
16BM202 Human Anatomy and Physiology
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the alterations in cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, kidney, urinary tract, nervous system
functions and hematology.
CO2 : Describe the basis of disorders of cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal systems, kidney and urinary
tract, nervous system.
CO3 : Explain the diagnosis of disorders of cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal systems, kidney and
urinary tract, nervous system.
CO4 : Explain the molecular basis of micro and macro vascular complications of diabetes.
CO5 : Describe the molecular mechanisms of microbial pathogenesis and the laboratory diagnosis ofInfectious
diseases.
DISORDERS OF CARDIOVASCULAR AND RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 15
Alterations in circulatory and respiratory functions - Diagnosis of cardiovascular disorders - ECG, non invasive cardiac
imaging, diagnostic cardiac catheterization and coronary angiography; disorders of rhythm, heart. Coronary and peripheral
vascular disease - Therapeuticapproaches - Atherosclerosis - Hematologic alterations and hematopoietic disorders -
Hypertension and its management - Diagnosis of respiratory disease - Procedures, chest imaging - Diseases of the
respiratory system: asthma, bronchiectasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, interstitial lung diseases, disorders
of pleura, mediastinum, ventilation - Sleep apnea - Therapeutic approaches.
DISORDERS OF GASTROINTESTINAL SYSTEM, KIDNEY AND URINARY TRACT 12
Alterations in gastrointestinal, renal systems and urinary tract function - Gastrointestinal endoscopy - Diseases of the
esophagus and peptic ulcer - Acute appendicitis and peritonitis - Liver and Biliary tract disease - Evaluation of liver
function, hepatitis, fatty liver, cirrhosis and its complications - Diseases of the gall bladder, bile ducts, pancreas. Disorders
of the kidney and urinary tract - Acute kidney Injury, chronic kidney disease, dialysis in the treatment of renal failure -
Glomerular, tubulointerstitial diseases - Nephrolithiasis.
DISORDERS OF NERVOUS SYSTEM 7
Nervous system dysfunction - Diagnosis of neurologic disorders - Neuroimaging, electrodiagnostic studies of nervous
system disorders - EEG, evoked potentials and EMG - Biology of neurologic diseases - Diseases of the central nervous
system, Nerve and muscle disorders - Diseases of the senses.
DIABETES MELLITUS 5
Type I and Type II Diabetes mellitus - Molecular basis of diabetic complications - Microvascular and Macrovascular
complications - Diabetic neuropathy, retinopathy and nephropathy - Management of diabetes mellitus.
INFECTIOUS DISEASES 6
Molecular mechanisms of microbial pathogenesis, genomics and infectious disease, immunization principles and vaccine
use - Bacterial, viral, fungal pathogens and diseases.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Kasper, Fauci, Haucer, Longo, Jameson, Loscalzo Harrison's "Principle of Internal Medicine", 19th Edition, McGraw
Hill Education, 2012.

REFERENCES
1. Ramzi S Cotran, Vinay Kumar & Stanley L Robbins, "Pathologic Basis of diseases", 7th Edition,WB Saunders Co.
2005.
2. Harsh Mohan, "Text book of Pathology", 6th Edition, Jaypee Publishers, 2010.
3. Underwood JCE, "General and Systematic Pathology", 5th Edition,Churchill Livingstone, 2009.

16BM251 BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify the biomolecules present in a given sample by qualitative analysis.
CO2 : Determine the concentration of biomolecules in the biological samples.
CO3 : Measure the activities of enzymes and study their properties.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Preparation of buffer and measurement of pH, qualitative and quantitative analysis of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and
nucleic acids - Thin layer chromatography of lipids - Chromatography of protein hydrolysates - Enzyme kinetics - assay
of enzyme activity, study of effect of substrate and enzyme concentration, effect of pH, temperature and inhibitors.
REFERENCES
1. S.Sadasivam and A. Manickam , "Biochemical Methods", New Age International Publishers, 2nd Edition,2005.
2. Arti Nigam and ArchanaAyyagari, "Lab manual in Biochemistry, Immunology & Biotechnology", Tata McGraw
Hill,, 2008.

16BM252 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Identify parts of cardiovascular and skeletal system.
CO 2 : Measure blood pressure, respiration rate and acquire ECG.
CO 3 : Perform tests to assess vision and hearing.
EXPERIMENTS
Identification of functional parts of the cardiovascular and skeletal systems - Blood groups - Blood cell counts and
Hemoglobin - Measurement of blood pressure - Measurement of respiration parameters - Acquisition of biosignals: ECG
- Testing of vision and color blindness - Testing of hearing and recording of audiogram.
REFERENCE
Charles Henry Stowell, "A Handbook of Simple Experiments in Physiology", Burdett & Co, 2006.

16BM255 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITE
16BM202 Human Anatomy and Physiology
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Perform the procedures for assay of biomarkers for assessment of organ functions.
CO2 : Infer Histopathological conditions through microscopic observations.
CO3 : Culture and identify bacterial pathogens.
EXPERIMENTS
Preparation of serum and assay of biomarkers - Observation of histopathological slides - Pure culture techniques for
bacterial pathogens - Biochemical Tests for identification of bacteria - Antibiogram.
TEXT BOOK
Kasper, Fauci, Haucer, Longo, Jameson, Loscalzo Harrison's, "Principle of Internal Medicine", 19th Edition,Tata
McGraw Hill Education, 2012.
REFERENCE
Underwood JCE, "General and Systematic Pathology", Churchill Livingstone, 5th Edition, 2009.

ENGINEERING SCIENCES (ES)

16ME205 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the vectorial and scalar representation of forces and moments.
CO2 : Determine the components of a force and resultant of a system of forces.
CO3 : Determine the support reactions on a structure and connection forces in trusses.
CO4 : Evaluate various forces considering frictional forces.
CO5 : Calculate the moment of inertia of laminas.
CO6 : Solve kinematics and Kinetics by applying their fundamental concepts
EQUIVALENT FORCE SYSTEMS AND EQUILIBRIUM 12

Review of Units - Dimensions and vector algebra - Forces and their types - Resolution of forces - Resultant and
Equilibrium of bodies due to coplanar and non - coplanar concurrent forces - Moment of forces - Equilibrium of rigid
bodies due to non - concurrent forces - Equivalent forces and moments.
ANALYSIS OF STATICALLY DETERMINANT STRUCTURES 12
Classifications of structures - Analysis of simple plane trusses - Beams: Types of Beams, Types of loads - Determination
of support reactions - Analysis of Frames - Forces in Cables .
FRICTION AND MOMENT OF INERTIA 12
Concepts of friction - Laws of friction - planar analysis of rigid bodes - Center of gravity of standard areas by integration
method - Center of gravity and moment of inertia of laminas.
KINEMATICS AND KINETICS 24
Kinematics: Introduction - Types of motion - Motions with uniform velocity, uniform acceleration, acceleration with
gravity - Projectiles - Rotation of rigid bodies - Kinetics: Applications of Newton's second law of motion, D'Alemberts
principle, Work and Energy method - Motion of connected bodies - Impulse and momentum - Impact of elastic bodies.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Bansal R.K., "Engineering Mechanics", Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2015.
2. Beer F.P and Johnson Jr. E.R., "Vector Mechanics for Engineers", Vol. 1 Statics and Vol. 2 Dynamics, McGraw - Hill
International Edition, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Palanichamy M.S and Nagan S., "Engineering Mechanics - Statics & Dynamics", Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011.
2. Kottiswaran N., "Engineering Mechanics", Balaji Publication (P) Ltd, 2015.
3. Rajasekaran S and Sankarasubramanian G., "Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics", Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME206 METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 3003
PRE-REQUISITES
16CH203 Engineering Chemistry
16PH211 Nano Materials
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe phase diagrams and phase transformations of metals.
CO2 : Outline the heat-treatment processes.
CO3 : Identify the suitable materials for engineering applications.
CO4 : Explain the testing of materials to determine mechanical properties.
PHASE DIAGRAMS 12
Gibb's phase rule - Binary isomorphous alloy systems - Non-equilibrium cooling - Binary eutectic system - Eutectoid,
peritectic and monotectic reaction - Phase diagrams with intermediate phases and compounds - Iron - carbon diagram
- Ternary phase diagrams - Development of microstructures.
HEAT TREATMENT OF STEELS 9
TTT & CCT diagram: Principles, purpose - Classification of heat treatment processes: Annealing, normalizing, stress
relieving, hardening, tempering - Overview of heat treatment of non ferrous materials - Surface Treatment: Carburizing,
vacuum carburizing, nitriding, plasma nitriding, carbonitriding, flame and induction hardening.
METALLIC MATERIALS 6
Ferrous Materials - Steels - Classification of Steels - Effect of alloying additions on steel - Stainless steels - Maraging
Steels - HSLA - Cast Iron and its types - An overview of non-Ferrous materials.
MATERIALS TESTING 18
Deformation Mechanisms: Dislocations - Edge and Screw - Mechanisms of plastic deformation - Slip and twinning -
Hardness Testing: ASTM Standards and specification - Brinell hardness testing - Rockwell hardness testing - Vickers
hardness testing and knoop hardness testing - Nano indentation - Tension Testing: ASTM Standards and specification,
Testing procedures - Determination of tensile properties - Impact Testing: Izod and Charpy Impacts tests - Ductile to
Brittle Transition Temperature (DBTT) - Fatigue and Creep Testing:ASTM Standards and specification - Introduction
- Stress cycles - S-N curves - Factors affecting fatigue - Introduction to creep, creep testing and stress rupture testing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sidney H.Avner, "Introduction to Physical Metallurgy", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2010.
2. Raghvan V., "Physical Metallurgy- Principles and Practice", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Dieter George. E., "Mechanical Metallurgy ", 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2001.
2. Rajan.T.V, Sharma.C.P. and Ashok Sharma., "Heat Treatment - Principles and Techniques", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall
of India, 2004.
3. Vijendra Singh, "Physical Metallurgy", Standard Publishers Distributors, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

16ME207 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 3104
PRE-REQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Appraise the fundamental concepts of Thermodynamics.
CO 2 : Apply the First Law of Thermodynamics to Flow and Non-Flow systems.
CO 3 : Apply the Second Law of Thermodynamics to various thermal systems.
CO 4 : Outline the properties of pure substances.
CO 5 : Choose the properties of Steam and analyze Rankine Cycle.
CO 6 : Identify Thermodynamic relations for thermal systems.
LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS 30
Microscopic and Macroscopic approaches - Concept of Continuum - Thermodynamic Systems - Property - State and
Process - Point and Path Functions - Thermodynamic Equilibrium - Quasi Static Process - Work and Heat Concept of
Temperature - Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics. First Law of Thermodynamics: Statement - Internal Energy - Specific Heat
Capacities -Enthalpy- Application to Non - Flow Systems - Steady Flow Energy Equations - Application to various flow
systems.
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Statements and their equivalence - Cyclic Heat Engine - Refrigerator and Heat Pump -
Reversible and Irreversible Processes-Carnot Cycle and Carnot Theorem - Clausius Inequality - Clausius Theorem -
Entropy - Principle of increase of entropy - Entropy generation - Available Energy - Availability and Irreversibility -Second
Law Efficiency - Third law of Thermodynamics.
PROPERTIES OF PURE SUBSTANCES 20
Thermodynamic properties of pure substances in solid, liquid and vapor phases - Phase Rule -P-V,P-T, T-V, T-S,H-S
diagrams - P-V-T surfaces - Thermodynamic properties of steam - Steam formation - Use of Steam Tables Mollier Diagram
- Determination of Dryness fraction - Rankine cycle - Modified Rankine Cycle - Methods to improve efficiency of Rankine
cycle - Reheat and Regenerative cycles - Binary Vapour Cycle.
THERMODYNAMIC RELATIONSHIPS 10
Exact differentials - Maxwell Relations - TdS Equations - Specific heat relations - Clausius Clapeyron Equation Joule
Thomson Coefficient.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Yunus.A.Cengel, and Michael A.Boles, "Thermodynamics", 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.
2. Nag.P.K, "Engineering Thermodynamics", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. VanWylen G.J, Sontag R.E. "Classical Thermodynamics", 3rd Edition, Wiley Eastern, 1987.
2. Arora C.P, "Thermodynamics", 12th Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
3. Natarajan E., "Engineering Thermodynamics - Fundamentals and Applications", 2nd Edition, Anuragam Publications,
2014.
DATA BOOK
Kothandaraman C.P., Steam Tables, 4th Edition, New Age International, 2015.
WEB REFERENCE
http://www.nptel.ac.in/downloads/112108148/

16ME255 ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Plan the layout of domestic water service connection using PVC pipes.
CO2 : Make the required fitment in wood and metallic pieces using appropriate tools.
CO3 : Recall meal joining and basic manufacturing processes.
CO4 : Demonstrate wiring layout and measure the electrical parameters and outline the concept of electrical
safety.
CO5 : Demonstrate basic electronic circuits in PCB and outline the concepts of electronic circuits.
CO6 : Install OS and its drivers from scratch.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
CIVIL ENGINEERING
1. Study of plumbing components such as valves, taps, couplings, unions, reducers, elbows and adhesives.
2. Hands-on-exercise: Basic pipe connections.
3. Safety aspects in plumbing.
4. Study of home plumbing.
5. Cutting and Threading of Pipes.
6. Study on purpose of different pipe material.
7. Making pipe connection for motor and turbine.
8. Measuring and marking practice of G.I. pipes - connection to service line.
9. Demonstration on making of domestic water service connection using mixed pipes.
10. Demonstration of domestic water service connection.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
1. Making a fitting joint: V joint / square joint.
2. Making a carpentry joint: T joint/ Dove Tail joint.
3. Weld Joints of Lap joint / T joint.
4. Rivet of joints of sheet metal.
5. Demonstration on Foundry and Smithy practices.
6. Demonstrate the basic machining operations.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. Measurement of electrical quantities: Voltage, current, power and power factor in RLC circuit.
2. Fluorescent lamp wiring.
3. Staircase wiring.
4. Residential house wiring using switches, fuse, lamp and energy meter.
5. Measurement of earth resistance, winding resistance and insulation resistance.
6. Study of Indian Electricity rules and safety.
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
1. Study of operating procedures of CRO, DSOs, Multimeters etc.,
2. Resistor colour coding and measurement of parameters of square wave and sine wave signals (peak-peak, RMS,
period and frequency).
3. Study of logic gates.
4. Soldering practices using general purpose PCB.

COMPUTER SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE
1. Demonstration of personal computer components and assembly of personal computer.
2. Analysis of BIOS chip settings and installation of operating systems (Linux and Windows).
3. Installation of peripheral drivers.
4. Configuring peer to peer network communication.
5. Experimenting with system level commands in Linux OS.
6. Trouble shooting on PC.
NOTE: The chairperson of the respective Board of Studies may choose minimum of 12 exercises from the given list of
exercises.

16ME256 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 0042
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Recall the BIS conventions and construct the plane geometric entities like conics, special curves.
CO2 : Project orthographic views of points and straight lines.
CO3 : Draw orthographic projections of solids and the sections of solids.
CO4 : Develop the surfaces of the simple solids.
CO5 : Draw the isometric views and projections of simple solids.
CO6 : Convert the isometric projection to orthographic projections.
CO7 : Make basic engineering drawings using drafting software.
INTRODUCTION 3
Drawing Instruments - Drawing Sheet size and Layout - BIS conventions and specifications - Lettering - Geometrical
Constructions and Dimensioning - Scales: Reducing Scale and Enlarging Scale.
PLANE GEOMETRY 4
Curves used in Engineering Practices: Construction of Conics by eccentricity method - Cycloidal Curves - Involutes of
Polygons and Circle - Construction of tangent and normal at a point on the curves.
SOLID GEOMETRY 22
Orthographic Projection: Principles of Orthographic projection - First angle projection - Conventional representation
Projection of Points and Straight Lines: Projection of points, Projection of straight lines inclined to both the reference
planes by rotating line method - Determination of True length and True inclinations.
Projection of Solids: Projection of simple solids like Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone with the axis inclined to one
reference plane and parallel to other plane.
Section of Solids and Development of Lateral Surfaces: Section of Solids in Simple Position when the cutting plane is
inclined to one of the reference planes and perpendicular to the other - Obtaining True Shape of section, Development of
lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.
PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS 10
Isometric Projections: Principles, views of Simple Solids and Truncated Solids - Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders, Cones and
Sphere.
Conversion from Pictorial Projection to Orthographic Projection: Visualization concepts - Layout of views - Simple objects
in three dimensions and obtaining orthographic projection.
COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING 21
1. Introduction to software - Layout of software, standard tool bars/Menus, coordinate systems and reference
planes - selection of drawing size and scale - Title block.
2. Commands and Creation of points, lines, planes and dimensioning methods.
3. Drawing, viewing and editing 2D and 3D Drawings and creating texts.
4. Orthographic projections of simple solids.
5. Drafting of Section of solids and development of solids.
6. Isometric projection of simple solids and truncated solids.
7. Conversion from pictorial projection to orthographic projection.
Note: Exercises should be practiced by using drawing instruments and drafting software.
Total Periods: 60

TEXT BOOKS
1. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., "Engineering Graphics", 14th Edition, New Age International (P) Limited, 2016.
2. Murthy S T, "Computer Aided Engineering Drawing", I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Limited, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., "Engineering Drawing", 50th Edition, Charotar Publishing House, 2010.
2. Kumar M.S., "Engineering Graphics", D.D. Publications, 2007.
3. Dhananjay A Jolhe, "Engineering Drawing with an Introduction to AutoCAD", McGraw Hill Education, 2007.
PUBLICATION OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS:

1. IS 10711 - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Size and lay out of drawing sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) - 2001 & SP 46 - 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 - 1986 & SP 46 - 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. IS 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) - 2001: Technical drawings - Projection Methods.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME257 MACHINE DRAWING 0042
PREREQUISITE
16ME256 Engineering Graphics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Represent the geometric features and parts conventionally.
CO2 : Select fits and tolerances required for the assembly parts to meet the functional requirements and
represent them in drawings using appropriate symbols.
CO3 : Read the industrial drawings and interpret the dimensions and manufacturing details.
CO4 : Draw the views of typical sub assemblies with conventional representation.
INTRODUCTION AND CONVENTIONS 8

Introduction to machine drawing - Conventional representation of geometric elements: Drilled, tapped holes, countersunk
and counter bored holes, internal and external threads, undercuts, grooves, chamfers, fillet radii and keyways - Conventions
to represent standard components and fasteners.
FITS AND TOLERANCES 16
Limits, fits and tolerances - Calculation of minimum and maximum clearances and allowances - Geometric tolerances:
Introdcution, Form and Position tolerances - Method of indicating geometric tolerances on part drawings - Methods of
indicating the surface roughness - Interpretation of Industrial part drawings.
DISMANTLING, MEASUREMENT OF PART DIMENSIONS, ASSEMBLY SKETCHING PRACTICE
AND ASSEMBLY 21
• Flange coupling
• Plummer block
• Screw jack
• Drill jig
Total Periods: 60
REFERENCES
1. Gopalakrishnan.K.R, "Machine Drawing", 6th Edition, Subhas Stores, 2012.
2. Hand book of BIS, SP: 46-2003, "Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges", 2003.
3. Design Data, Data Book of Engineers by PSG College of Technology, Kalaikathir Achchagam, 2012.
4. ASME Y 14.5M- 2009, "Dimensioning and Tolerancing", ASME, 2009.

16ME271 COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING GRAPHICS LABORATORY 1 0 2 2
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Recall the BIS conventions and construct the plane geometric entities like conics, special curves.
CO2 : Project orthographic views of points and straight lines.
CO3 : Draw orthographic projections of solids and the sections of solids.
CO4 : Develop the surfaces of the simple solids.
CO5 : Draw the isometric views and projections of simple solids.
CO6 : Convert the isometric projection to orthographic projections.
INTRODUCTION 2
Drawing Instruments - Drawing Sheet size and Layout - BIS conventions and specifications - Lettering - Geometrical
Constructions and Dimensioning, Scales - Reducing Scale and Enlarging Scale.
PLANE GEOMETRY 3
Curves used in Engineering Practices: Construction of Conics by eccentricity method - Cycloidal Curves - Involutes of
Circle, Square - Construction of tangent and normal at a point on the curves.
SOLID GEOMETRY 12
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION
Principles of Orthographic projection - First angle projection - Conventional representation.
PROJECTION OF POINTS AND STRAIGHT LINES
Projection of points, Projection of straight lines inclined to both the reference planes by rotating line method - Determination
of True length and True inclinations.
PROJECTION OF SOLIDS
Projection of simple solids like Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone with the axis inclined to one reference plane and
parallel to other plane.
SECTION OF SOLIDS AND DEVELOPMENT OF LATERAL SURFACES
Section of Solids in Simple Position when the cutting plane is inclined to one of the reference planes and perpendicular to
the other, Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.
PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS 10
ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS
Principles, views of Simple Solids and Truncated Solids - Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinders, Cones.
CONVERSION FROM PICTORIAL PROJECTION TO ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION
Visualization concepts - Layout of views - Simple objects in three dimensions and obtaining orthographic projection.
COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING 18
1. Introduction to software - Layout of software, standard tool bars/ Menus, coordinate systems and reference
planes - selection of drawing size and scale - Title block.
2. Commands and Creation of points, lines, planes and dimensioning methods.
3. Drawing, viewing and editing 2D Drawings and creating texts.
4. Orthographic projections of simple solids.
5. Drafting of Section of solids and development of solids.
6. Isometric projection of simple solids and truncated solids and convert to orthographic views.
Total Periods: 45

TEXT BOOKS
1. Venugopal, K. and Prabhu Raja, V., "Engineering Graphics", 14th Edition, New Age International (P) Limited, 2016.
2. Murthy, S. T., "Computer Aided Engineering Drawing", I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Limited, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Bhatt, N.D. and Panchal V.M., "Engineering Drawing", 50th Edition,Charotar Publishing House, 2010.
2. Natarajan, K.V., "A Text book of Engineering Graphics", Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2009.
3. Kumar, M.S., "Engineering Graphics", D.D. Publications, 2007.
4. Annaiah, M.H., "Computer Aided Engineering Drawing", New Age International Publishers, 2009.
PUBLICATION OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

1. IS 10711 - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Size and lay out of drawing sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) - 2001: Technical products Documentation - Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) - 2001 & SP 46 - 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 - 1986 & SP 46 - 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. IS 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) - 2001: Technical drawings - Projection Methods.

16CE202 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, TECHNIQUES AND 3003
EQUIPMENT
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illuminate the properties, tests of bricks, cement and aggregate.
CO2 : Describe the types of foundations and categorize the masonry construction.
CO3 : Recognize the plastering, Proofing, and understand the vertical techniques and equipments used in
Construction.
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 9
Brick: Manufacturing, properties, classification and tests - Stones: Quarrying, dressing and properties - Aggregates-
Classification and properties - Cement: Manufacturing, properties, types and tests - Alternate civil engineering materials
- Steels - Types, properties.
CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 10
Foundation - Types - Brick masonry -Stone masonry - Types - Mortar- Types- - Flooring -Types- Roofing- Pitched roof-
Types- Flat roof- Types- Plastering- Flooring -Types- Modern Construction practices.
SERVICE REQUIREMENTS 8
Painting - Distempering - White washing - Fire Protection - Thermal insulation - Ventilation and air conditioning - Acoustics
and Sound insulation - Damp proofing - Termite proofing.
VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION 9
Staircases - Types - Staircase planning and geometric rules -Construction practice- Lift: Types - basic Components - Lift
well construction - Safety rules- Escalators and walk ways - Basic concept and Construction practice. Lift with and
without head room - Ramps.
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT 9
Selection of equipment for earth work - Types of earthwork Equipment- Equipment for earth moving operations-Equipment
for foundation and pile driving- Equipment for compaction, batching, mixing, and concreting- Equipment for material
handling and erection of structures- Equipment for dredging , trenching, tunnelling, Tower crane.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert L Peurifoy and William B Ledbetter., " Construction Planning, Equipment and Methods ", 6th Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Arora S P and Bindra S P., " A text book of Building Construction: Including Engineering Materials for Engineering
Students", 5th Edition, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Rajput R K., "Engineering Materials", 5th Edition, S.Chand & Co, 2008.
2. Punmia B.C., "Building Construction", Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
3. Bindra and Arora, "Building Materials and Construction", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 2013.
4. Gurcharn Singh., "HandBook of Civil Engineering", 12th Edition, Standard publishers & distributors, 2012.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102088/ nptel-aic/ building materials and construction -intro.pdf

16CE204 SOLID MECHANICS 3104
PREREQUISITE
16ME205 Engineering Mechanics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the concepts of the stress, strain and Changes in dimensions and volume, Relationship between
elastic constants.
CO2 : Construct the Shear force and Bending Moment due to lateral loads on beams.
CO3 : Recognize the torsion on shafts and shear stress distribution of various sections and apply it to closed
coiled helical spring.
CO4 : Compute the deflection of beams using different methods.
CO5 : Summarize the principal stresses, principal planes and its angles and thin cylindrical and spherical
Shells.
STRESS, STRAIN AND DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS 10

Stress and strain due to axial force - Elastic limit - Hooke's law - Factor of safety - Stepped bars -uniformly varying sections
- Stresses in composite bars due to axial force and temperature- Lateral strain - Poisson's ratio - Volumetric strain - Changes
in dimensions and volume, Relationship between elastic constants.
TRANSVERSE LOADING ON BEAMS 20
Relationship between load, shear force and bending moment - Shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever,
simply supported and overhanging beams under concentrated loads, uniformly distributed loads and uniformly varying
load -Theory of simple bending-Analysis of stress- Deflection of beam - Double integration method - Macaulay's method
- Moment area method.
TORSION AND SPRING 15
Theory of torsion and assumptions - Equation of pure Torsion - Polar modulus - Stresses in solid and hollow circular
shafts - Power transmitted by a shaft- Shear stress distribution - Shear flow - Application to closed coiled helical spring -
Deflection of helical coil spring under axial load.
PRINCIPAL STRESSES AND STRAINS (TWO DIMENSIONAL ONLY) 10
State of stress at a point - Normal and tangential stresses and their planes - Principal Stress and their planes - Plane of
maximum shear stress - Analytical method - Mohr's circle method.
THIN CYLINDERS AND SPHERES 5
Hoop and longitudinal stresses in thin cylindrical and spherical shells under internal pressure - Change in length,
dimension and volume.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Vaidyanathan R, Perumal P and Lingeswari S., "Mechanics of Solids and Structures -Vol I", 1st Edition, Laxmi
Publications, 2016.
2. Bansal R.K., "Strength of Materials", 4th Edition, Laxmi Publications, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Punmia B.C, Ashok Jain and Arun Jain., "Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures - Vol-I", 2nd Edition, Laxmi
Publications, 2015.
2. Kazmi S.M.A ., "Solid Mechanics" , 1st Edition ,Tata McGraw Hill Edu. Pvt. Ltd.,2014.
3. Hearn E J, "Mechanics of Materials" Vol I, Butterworth-Heinemann. Oxford, 2010.
WEB REFERENCE

16CE205 FLUID MECHANICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 : Describe the basic concepts, properties of fluid and to infer fluid Statics.
CO2 : Recognize fluid kinematics and examine the equation of motion of dynamics flow.
CO3 : Examine the losses in different types of pipe flows and summarize the concepts of boundary layer.
CO4 : Compute the flow using dimensional and model analysis.
FLUID STATICS 10
Fluid - Definition, Difference between solid and fluid - Units and dimensions - Properties of fluids : Viscosity, Compressibility,
Vapour pressure, Capillarity and Surface tension. Fluid statics: Pressure - Pascal's law - Relationship between Pressures
- Pressure measurements by manometers - Hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surface - Buoyancy - Stability of
floating and submerged bodies, Relative Equilibrium.
FLUID KINEMATICS 7
Fluid Kinematics: Types of flow - Velocity field and acceleration - Continuity equation for one and three dimensional flow
-Equation of streamline -Stream function - Velocity potential function - Flow Nets and their utility - Circulation stagnation
point - Separation of flow.
DYNAMICS OF FLOW 10
Equations of motion - Euler's equation along a streamline - Bernoulli's equation - Applications :Venturimeter, Orifice meter,
Pitot tube- Energy correction factor- Momentum correction factors- Linear momentum equation - Moment of momentus
equation and application - Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics -Electromagnetic flow meter, ultrasonic flow
meter.
FLUID MEASUREMENTS AND PIPE FLOWS 10
Laminar flow - Reynolds experiments and Reynolds number -Viscous flow through pipes and between parallel plates -
Hagen Poiseulle's equation - Turbulent flow - Darcy Welsbach formula - Moody diagram-Flow through pipes - Major and
minor losses - Pipes in series and in parallel - Total Energy and Hydraulic energy gradient line - Power transmission -
Laminar and turbulent boundary layers, boundary layer separation and methods of control.
DIMENSIONAL AND MODEL ANALYSIS 8
Dimensional analysis - Rayleigh's method - Buckingham's π-Theorem - Similitude and models - Scale effect and distorted
models.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Subramanya. K, Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2016.
2. P.N.Modi and S.M.Seth., "Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics", 18th Edition, Rajsons Publications (P) Ltd., 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Frank M. White, Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2010.
2. Bansal R.K., "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines", 9th Edition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2015. 3.
Yunus A. Cengel and John M. Cimbala, "Fluid Mechanics" Fundamentals and Applications, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

16CE208 HYDROLOGY AND HYDRAULICS ENGINEERING 3003
PREREQUISITE
16CE205 Fluid Mechanics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Explain the importance of Hydrologic cycle, the measurement and estimation of rainfall data.
CO 2 : Study the importance of runoff and its computation in the hydrologic design.
CO 3 : Estimate flood and drought.
CO 4 : Identify the Hydraulically Most Efficient Open Channel Section.
CO 5 : Calculate the force exerted by jet and compute the efficiency of different types of pumps and turbines.
PRECIPITATION AND ABSTRACTION 8

Hydrological cycle- Meteorological measurements - Requirements, types and forms of precipitation-Rain gauges-Spatial
analysis of rainfall data using Thiessen and Isohyetal methods- Interception- Evaporation-Horton's equation, soil-moisture
relationship-Pan evaporation measurements and evaporation suppression- Infiltration-Horton's equation-Double ring
infiltrometer, infiltration indices.
RUNOFF 8
Watershed, catchment and basin - Catchment characteristics - Factors affecting runoff - Runoff estimation using empirical
- Strange's table and SCS methods - Stage discharge relationships- Flow measurements-Hydrograph - Unit Hydrograph -
IUH.
FLOOD AND DROUGHT 8
Natural Disasters-Flood Estimation- Frequency analysis- Flood control- Definitions of droughts- Meteorological,
hydrological and agricultural droughts- IMD method-NDVI analysis- Drought Prone Area Programme (DPAP).
OPEN CHANNEL FLOW 6
Open channel -Types of flow - Specific energy and Specific energy curves - Uniform flow - Chezy's formula - Kutter's
formula -Manning's formula -Most economical section - Rectangular and trapezoidal section -Non-Uniform flow -Hydraulic
jump - Measurement of flow in irregular channels.
TURBINES 7
Force exerted by jet on curved surfaces-Components of Hydro Electric Power Plant - Classification of Turbine - Pelton
wheel - Kaplan turbine - Francis turbine - Construction and working - Velocity triangles - Work done - Design aspects -
Draft tube theory -Specific speed -Cavitation - Selection of turbines.
PUMPS 8
Classification - Centrifugal pump - Component and Working - Velocity triangle -Work done - Losses and Efficiencies -
Specific speed - Multi-stage Centrifugal pump - Characteristic curves - Net Positive Suction Head - Reciprocating pump
-Component and Working - Discharge, Work done, Coefficient of discharge, Slip -Indicator diagram -Effect of acceleration
and friction - Air vessels.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Modi P.N and Seth S.M, "Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines", 20th Edition, Standard
Book House, 2015.
2. Subramanya.K., Engineering Hydrology, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013 .
3. JayaramiReddy P., "Hydrology", Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.

REFERENCES
1. Bansal R.K, "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines" Laxmi Publications, 2015.
2. Subramanya K, "Flow in open channels", Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 2009.
3. Robert W.Fox and Alan T. Mc Donald, "Introduction to Fluid Mechanics", 7th Edition, John Willey & sons, 2009.
4. Vedula .S and Mujumdar .P.P, "Water Resources Systems", McGraw Hill International Book Company, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105103096 ?

16CE271 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND PRACTICES 0021
LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Summarize the different materials used for construction.
CO2 : Demonstrate the basic testing procedures for materials.
CO3 : Arrange the different types of bonds in brick masonry.
1. TESTS ON CEMENT: Fineness - Initial and Final setting time -Specific gravity -Soundness -Standard consistency-
Compressive strength
2. TESTS ON FLY ASH: Fineness - Initial and Final setting time -Specific gravity -Soundness -Standard consistency-
Compressive strength
3. TESTS ON BRICKS: Compressive strength -Water absorption and Efflorescence test - Soundness -Hardness test
4. TESTS ON FLYASH BRICKS: Compressive strength -Water absorption and Efflorescence test-Soundness-Hardness
test
5. ARRANGEMENT OF BONDS IN BRICK MASONRY: English Bond- Flemish Bond- Zig Zag Bond- Rat-Trap Bond

16CE272 COMPUTER AIDED CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING 0042
PREREQUISITE
16ME256 Engineering Graphics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Show the residential building with load bearing wall (RCC roof) and RCC framed Structures.
CO2 : Sketch the various types of commercial building and educational buildings.
CO3 : Demonstrate the industrial building and perspective view for small buildings.
CO4 : Plan of Electrical wiring for residential building.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Fundamental commands of AutoCAD (2D&3D) Software to draft the building drawings
Building drawing in accordance with IS: 962- 1989 Code of practice for Architectural and Building drawing for the
following using Auto CAD:
1. Study of vastu concepts for building plan
2. Study of building regulations
3. Setting out of Simple Building and Draw the joinery details : Doors, windows
4. Plan and elevation of different types of Staircases
5. Residential building
6. Commercial building
(i) Office building
(ii) Shopping complex
7. Educational building
8. Industrial building
9. Perspective view for small buildings
10. Plan of Electrical wiring and plumbing layout for residential building
TEXT BOOKS
1. Shah M.G, Kale C.M and Patki S.Y., "Building Drawing with an Integrated Approach to Built Environment", 5th
Edition,Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Limited, 2015.
2. Verma B.P., "Civil Engineering Drawing", 11th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2014.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102101/nptel.aic/building drawing -intro.pdf

16CE253 FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Evaluate the concepts of Bernoulli's theorem and compute the rate of flow.
CO2 : Examine the major and minor losses in pipes and Estimate the stability of floating bodies.
CO3 : Recognize the flow over notches and weirs.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verification of Bernoulli's theorem.
2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of given Orifice meter.
3. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of given Venturi meter.
4. Measurement of air velocity using by Pitot tube assembly.
5. Determination of Friction factor for a given set of pipes.
6. Determination of minor losses in the given set of pipes.
7. Calculation of the rate of flow using Rota meter.
8. Determination of Coefficient of discharge, velocity and Contraction of Orifice.
9. Determination of rate of flow through Mouthpiece.
10. Determination of Meta centric height using Ship Model.
11. Flow over Weirs and Notches.
12. Demonstration of laminar and turbulent flows using Reynold's apparatus.

16CE257 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISTIES
16CE204 Solid Mechanics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the basic concepts of Brinell hardness number & Rockwell hardness number for various specimens.
CO2 : Identify the Impact energy of the specimen using Charpy impact and Izod impact test.
CO3 : Demonstrate the Shear stress, rigidity modulus and stiffness of the given helical spring by conducting
Tension & Compression test on spring.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Plot the relationship between stress and strain in Tension test on mild steel.
2. Brinell, Rockwell and Vicker's Hardness tests.
3. Izod and Charpy Impact test
4. Evaluation of Tension and Compression strength of springs.
5. Determine the young's modulus, bending stress of a simply supported beam with central point load and UDL using
deflection test.
6. Verify Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
7. Test involving torsion to obtain the torque vs. angle of twist and hence the Modulus of rigidity.
8. Determine the shear strength (ultimate shear stress) of the mild steel specimen by using double shear Method.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105108/nptel.aic/Strength of materials -intro.pdf

16CE258 HYDRAULICS ENGINEERING LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITES
16CE205 Fluid Mechanics
16CE253 Fluid Mechanics Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the flow measurement and loss of specific energy in open channel.
CO2 : Sketch the surface profile of a Free and Forced vortex flow and predict the errors in pressure Gauges.
CO3 : Estimate the performance characteristics curves of pumps and turbines.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of conjugate depth and loss of specific energy in a hydraulic jump.
2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge by Venturi flume.
3. Impact of jet vanes.
4. Determination of surface profile of a Free and Forced vortex Flow.
5. Calibration of Pressure Gauges
6. Performance Characteristics of Centrifugal pump
7. Performance Characteristics of Reciprocating pump
8. Performance Characteristics of Jet Pump
9. Performance Characteristics of Submersible pump
10. Performance Characteristics of Gear pump
11. Performance Characteristics of Turgo Impulse turbine
12. Performance Characteristics of Pelton Wheel turbine
13. Performance Characteristics of Francis turbine

16AE204 AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the concepts of basic electrical and electronics used in the aircraft.
CO2 : Illustrate the operation of motor, generator and batteries.
CO3 : Explain the operation of power supply unit and distribution of power in the aircraft.
CO4 : Discuss the various controls and transducers.
FUNDAMENTAL OF ELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS 12

Electrical fundamentals : Electron theory, Electrostatics and Capacitors - Direct current - Current, Voltage and Resistance
- Power and Energy - Electromagnetism and inductors- Alternating current and transformers- Safety- Electronic
fundamentals: Semiconductor theory- Diodes - Transistors - Integrated circuits.
DC AND AC MACHINES AND BATTERIES 18
Generators and Motors: Generator and motor principles - AC generators - Three-phase generation and distribution - AC
motors - Practical aircraft generating systems - Batteries: Overview - Storage cells - Lead-acid batteries - Nickel-cadmium
batteries - Lithium batteries - Nickel-metal hydride batteries - Battery locations - Battery venting - Battery connections.
POWER SUPPLIERS AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION 20
Power supplies: Regulators - External power - Inverters - Transformer rectifier units - Transformers - Auxiliary power unit
(APU) - Emergency power - Distribution of power supplies: Single engine/general aviation - Twin engine general aviation
aircraft - Larger aircraft systems -Split bus system - Parallel bus system - Split/parallel bus system - Standby and essential
power -Battery charging - Control and protection - Load shedding- Wiring and circuit protection.
CONTROLS AND TRANSDUCERS 10
Switches - Relays and contactors - Variable resistors - Linear displacement transducers - Fluid pressure transducers -
Temperature transducers - Strain transducers - Rotary position transducers - Reliability requirements for aircraft electrical
and electronics components compare to domestic applications.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mike Tooley and David Wyatt, "Aircraft Electrical and Electronic Systems", 1st Edition, Elsevier Ltd. 2009.
2. Scott Kenney, "Fundamentals of Aircraft Electronics", 1st Edition, Avotek Information Resources, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. "Aircraft Wiring and Electrical Installation", 1st Edition, Avotek Information Resources, 2005.
2. Thomas K.Eismain "Aircraft electrical and electronics systems", 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.

16AE206 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS 3003
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to,
CO1 : Describe the properties of fluids.
CO2 : Apply the governing equations of fluids.
CO3 : Describe viscous flow and flow losses.
FLUID STATICS 15
Types of substances and their significance- Units and dimensions - Properties of fluids - Density, Specific weight,
Specific volume, Specific gravity, Temperature, Viscosity, Compressibility, Vapor pressure, Capillary and Surface tension,
etc.,-Concept of fluid static pressure, absolute and gauge pressures - Pressure measurements by manometers - Numerical
problems.
FLUID DYNAMICS 19
Types of flow -Velocity field and acceleration - Continuity equation- Flow visualization - Lines of flow - Navier Stokes
Equation - Equation of streamline -Stream function - Velocity potential function- Equations of motion - Euler's equation
along a streamline - Bernoulli's equation - Applications -Venturi meter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube - Numerical Problems.
VISCOUS FLOW 11
Laminar flow between parallel plates - laminar flow through circular tubes (Hage Poiseuille's Equation) - Flow through
pipes (Darcy Weishback equation) - Chezy's Formula - Minor Losses and Major losses - Flow losses - Numerical Problems.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Frank M.White, "Fluid Mechanics", 8th Edition, Mc Graw Hill Publications,2015.
2. Dr.Modi. P.N & Dr. Seth. S.M., "Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines", 20th Edition, Rajsons
publications Pvt. Ltd., 2015.
REFERENCES
1. K.L.Kumar, "Engineering Fluid Mechanics", 8th Reprint Editon, S.Chand & Co., 2014.
2. Cohen Kundu, P. K., Cohen, I. M., and Dowling, D. R., "Fluid Mechanics", 5th Edition, Academic Press, 2012.
3. Bansal.R.K, "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines", 5th Edition,Laxmi publications (P) Ltd, 1995.
4. Streeter.V.L, and Wylie.E.B, "FluidMechanics", 9th Edition, Mc Graw-Hill, 1998.
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL Course: nptel.ac.in/courses/112105183/.
2. NPTEL Course: http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/fluid-mechanics.html.

16AE207 THERMODYNAMICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain basic concepts and the applications relevant to first and second law of thermodynamics.
CO2 : Describe entropy and availability concepts and compare different air cycles.
CO3 : Explain thermodynamics of one-dimensional flows and air compressor.
BASIC CONCEPT AND FIRST LAW 5

Basic concepts - Concept of continuum - Macroscopic approach - Thermodynamic systems - Property State, Path and
Process - Thermodynamic equilibrium - Quasi-static process - Work and Heat - Zeroth law of thermodynamics - Concept
of temperature and heat -Concept of ideal and real gases - First law of thermodynamics - Application to closed and open
systems -Internal energy -Specific heat capacities Enthalpy - steady flow energy equations -Applications to various
thermal equipments -Numerical examples.
SECOND LAW ENTROPY AND AVAILABILITY 10
Second law of thermodynamics - Statements, Reversibility and Irreversibility - Carnot cycle and Carnot theorem -Heat
Engine -Heat Pump -Basics of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning -Thermodynamic scale of temperature -Clausius inequality
-Entropy -Principle of increase of entropy -Availability and energy Numerical examples.
AIR CYCLES 10
Otto, Diesel, Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles - Air standard efficiency - Mean effective pressure - Actual
and theoretical PV diagrams of four stroke and two stroke IC Engines.
THERMODYNAMICS OF ONE DIMENSIONAL FLUID FLOW 10
Application of Continuity and energy equations - Properties of steam - Rankine cycle - Isentropic flow of ideal gases
through nozzles - Simple jet propulsion system - Thrust rocket motor - Specific impulse.
AIR COMPRESSORS 10
Classification and working principle -Work of compression with and without clearance -Isothermal and Isentropic efficiency
of reciprocating air compressors multistage compression and intercooling -Various types of compressors.
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Nag P. K., "Engineering Thermodynamics", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013.
2. Yunus A Cengel, "Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach" , SI Edition Paperback, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Radhakrishnan E., "Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
2. Mayhew A. and Rogers B., "Engineering Thermodynamics", E.L.B.S Edition, Longman Green & Co. Ltd., 2004.
3. Van Wylen G. J. and Sonntag R. E., "Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics", 6th Edition, S.I.Version, 2003.
4. Oates, G.C., "Aero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Components", AIAA Education Series, 1985.
5. Ganesan.V., "Gas Turbines", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105123/4.
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101097/.

16AE208 CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR AIRCRAFT APPLICATIONS 3003
PREREQUISITES
16AE204 - Aircraft Electrical and Electronics
16MA204 - Laplace Transforms and Vector Calculus
16MA209 - Partial Differential Equations and Transform
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the modeling of physical systems using transfer function and study the basic fundamentals of
(feedback) control systems.
CO2 : Determine the time domain responses of first and second-order systems to different inputs.
CO3 : Determine the stability of a closed-loop control system and apply root-locus technique control systems.
CO4 : Determine the frequency domain responses of first and second-order systems using bode plot.
INTRODUCTION 9
Historical review - Open loop and closed loop - Effects of feedback - Transfer function - Block diagram representation of
control systems, Reduction of block diagrams -Signal flow graph representations - Control systems applications in
aircrafts, missiles, spacecrafts.
MODEL REPRESENTATIONS 10
Mathematical models of physical systems - Simple pneumatic, hydraulic and thermal systems - Mechanical system -
Electrical system - Analogies introduction to state space - Concept of state variables and state models, derivation of state
models from block diagram with reference to aircraft models.
TIME RESPONSE AND STEADY STATE ERRORS 10
Response of systems to different inputs, Step input, impulse, ramp, parabolic and sinusoidal inputs - Time response of
first and second order systems - Steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit - Automatic controls
systems - Introduction to P, PI, PID controllers.
CONCEPT OF STABILITY 8
Characteristic equation, location of roots in S-plane-Concept of stability -Routh-Hurwitz criteria of stability - Relative
stability-Nyquist stability Criterion-Root locus Techniques - Construction of root locus.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE AND APPLICATIONS 8
Frequency response - Correlation between time and frequency response - Gain and phase margins - Bode plot method -
Applications of Aircrafts Flight control systems.
Total Periods:45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", 5th Edition, Pearson,2010.
2. Pallet, E.H.J. "Automatic Flight Control", 2nd Edition, Shroff Publishers, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Gene F. Franklin, J. D. Powell, Abbas E, "Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems, 6th Edition, Pearson, 2009.
2. Norman S. Nise, "Control Systems Engineering", 4th Edition, John Wiley, 2004.
3. Richard C. Dorf, Robert H. Bishop, "Modern control systems", 11th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
4. Rao V. Dukkipati., "Analysis and design of control systems using MATLAB", New Age International Publishers,
2006.
5. Roger Pratt, "Flight control systems", Institution of Electrical Engineers, 2000.

16AE210 DIGITALAND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 3003
PREREQUISITES
16AE203 - Aviation Development
16AE204 - Aircraft Electrical and Electronics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the number systems and logic gates.
CO2 : Design of Combinational and sequential circuits such as adders, subtractors, counters and shift registers.
CO3 : Describe AVR RISC Controller architecture.
CO4 : Develop program for interfacing devices with Microcontroller kit.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 15
Introduction to logic gates: Boolean Algebra Theorems - De Morgan's theorem - Logic Gates-Design procedure of
Combinational circuits: Adders- Subtractors - Design of sequential circuits with state diagram, State table, State minimization
and State assignment- Asynchronous/Ripple counters- Shift registers- Conversion of Analog to Digital and Digital to
Analog.
AVR RISC MICROCONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE 15
AVR RISC microcontroller Architecture: AVR Architecture overview - Memories - I/O Ports - Timers/Counters - USART -
ADC.
INTERFACING WITH MICROCONTROLLER 15
Getting started with ARDUINO IDE -C Language Basics-Functions-Arrays and strings-Input and Output-Programs using
ARDUINO-Interfacing ARDUINO with Sensors: Pressure, Temperature, Speed - Bluetooth and Ethernet.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Morris Mano M, "Digital Design", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Programming and Interfacing ATMEL's AVRs, Thomas Grace, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning, 2016.
3. Simon Monk, "Programming Arduino, Getting Started with Sketches",McGraw Hill Education TAB, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Alan B.Marcovitz, "Introduction to Logic Design", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. Richard H. Barnett,Sarah CoxLarry O'Cull" Embedded C Programming and the Atmel AVR, 2nd Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2003.
3. Data Sheet of Atmega328.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106086/1.
2. www.nptel.aurdiono
3. www.arduino.cc

16AE251 ENGINEERING MECHANICS LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : Perform experiments relevant to concepts of Engineering Mechanics.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verification of Lami's Theorem and Polygon law of forces.
2. Determination of Beam support reactions
3. Verification of the law of moments using Bell Crank Lever.
4. Experiment on Plane truss.
5. Determination of centre of gravity of lamina.
6. Determination of Moment of Inertia of flywheel and Compound Pendulum.
7. Experiment on Friction.
8. Experiment on dynamic equilibrium
9. Experiment on projectile motion
REFERENCES
1. Gaur R K and Gupta S L, "Engineering Physics", 3rd Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2013.
2. William D.Callister Jr, David G. Rethwisch "Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction", 8th Edition,
Wiley, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103109/.
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/engg_mechanics/ui/TableofContents.

16AE252 AERO ENGINEERING WORKSHOP 0042
PREREQUISITE
16AE203 - Aviation Development
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : Demonstrate knowledge on paper modeling, RC simulator and parametric modeling.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
AERO MODELING
1. Preparation and launching of paper models
2. Fabrication of NACA airfoils using thin plywood
3. Fabrication of Wing, Fuselage and Tail
4. Preparation and launching of water rocket
RC SIMULATOR
1. Taxing, Ground Roll and Take off of a Radio Controlled Airplane
2. Trimming of airplane to steady and level flight
3. Landing of airplane.
COMPUTER AIDED PARAMETRIC MODELING

1. Modelling of Wright Flyer
2. Modelling of Boeing 747
3. Modelling of SR71 Black Bird
Case Study: 3D printing of few modelled airplane

16AE253 COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING AND MODELING 0042
LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Sketch and project the layouts of aircraft components.
CO2 : Assemble the components and draft the models.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
SKETCHES AND LAYOUTS
1. Plane Geometry: Construction of plane figures and curves.
2. Projections: point and lines
3. Solid Geometry: orthographic views.
4. Layout of typical aircraft wing.
5. Layout of typical fuselage structure.
MODELING, ASSEMBLY AND DRAFTING

6. Modeling an isometric part design.
7. Assembling of knuckle joint component.
8. Assembling of screw jack component.
9. Drafting an isometric projection to different orthographic views.
10. Cross sectional view of the component.

16AE254 MECHANICAL SCIENCES LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITES
16PH207 - Engineering Physics
16PH217 - Aircraft Materials and Processes
16AE206 - Mechanics of Fluids
16AE207 - Thermodynamics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Demonstrate the basic experiments on fluid mechanics.
CO2 : Demonstrate the basic experiments on Strength of Materials.
CO3 : Demonstrate the basic experiments on Thermodynamics.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
FLUID MECHANICS
1. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Venturi meter
2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Orifice meter
3. Determination of friction factor for flow through pipes
4. Experiments on flow losses in pipes
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
5. Construction of Stress-Strain diagrams
6. Brinell and Rockwell Hardness tests
7. Izod and Charpy Impact tests
8. Determination of Tension and Compression strength of springs
THERMODYNAMICS
9. Plot the valve and port timing diagram
10. Determination of brake thermal efficiency of a 4 stroke engine.

16EC203 PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the construction and operation of DC machines.
CO2 : Explain the construction and operation of transformers.
CO3 : Describe the construction, operational details of induction motors and its applications.
CO4 : Understand the concepts of special machines and its applications.
DC MACHINES 11
Construction of DC machines - Principle of operation of DC generators - EMF equation - Types of DC generators and their
characteristics - Principle of operation of DC motors - Types of DC motors and their characteristics - Starters - Speed
control of DC motors - DC machine application.
TRANSFORMERS 9
Construction and principle of operation of single phase transformer - EMF equation - Types - transformer on no-load and
load - Equivalent circuit - Open circuit and short circuit tests - Auto transformer.
INDUCTION MOTORS 12
Construction and principle of operation of 3-phase induction motor - Types - Slip - Torque characteristics - Starting
methods - Speed control methods - Single-phase induction motor: Construction and principle of operation,types -
Applications.
SPECIAL MACHINES AND ITS APPLICATIONS 13
Stepper motors - Types- Synchronous motor - Reluctance motor and hysteresis motor - Switched Reluctance Motor
(SRM) - Universal motor - Linear Induction Motor (LIM) - Brushless DC (BLDC) Motor, DC and AC servomotor.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gupta J.B, "Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines", 14th Edition, S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2009.
2. Kothari D.P. and Nagrath I.J., "Electric Machines", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Theraja B.L., "Electrical Technology Vol. II AC/DC Machines", 2nd Edition, S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2008.
2. Mehta V.K. and Rohit Mehta, "Principles of Power System", 3rd Edition, S.Chand and Company Ltd., 2006.
3. Mittle. V.N. and Arvind Mittle, "Basic Electrical Engineering", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
2007.

16EC204 SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3024
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : State the different SI units and standards of measurement, measure electrical and non electrical parameters.
CO2 : Explain the functional block diagram of digital instruments and special instruments with applications.
CO3 : Illustrate the VI source code using VI programming.
CO4 : Model and Construct VI codes in Virtual Environment with real time sensor interfacing on NI DAQ card.
SCIENCE OF MEASUREMENTS AND CLASSIFICATION OF TRANSDUCERS 14

Basics of measurements - Unit and calibration- Calibrations and standards- Static characteristics - Errors in measurements
- Dynamic characteristics- Measurements of electrical parameters using bridges (Qualitative Treatment) - Measurement of
voltage, current, phase and frequency using CRO - Classification of Transducers - Principles and measurements - Types:
LVDT, Pressure, Displacement, Temperature- Fibre optic sensors - Film sensors - Introduction to MEMS and Nano
sensors.
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS 10
Digital -Voltmeter, ammeter, ohmmeter, wattmeter and multimeter, Digital Storage Oscilloscope, Digital Voltmeters -
Introduction, DVM's based on V - T, V - F - Digital measurement of time.
Special Instruments: Harmonic Analyzer - Spectrum Analyzer - Frequency counters-Time interval measurements - Concepts
of Smart Meters - Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) -Tachometers-Accelerometer.
PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT IN VI 12
LabVIEW software - Architecture - Block diagram -Data flow programming - Editing debugging and running a VI Concept
of VIs - Display types - Digital - Analog - Chart - Loops - Case and sequence structures -Types of data - Arrays -Formula
nodes -Local and global variables - Simple Programs.
DATA ACQUISITION HARDWARES 9
Serial Interfaces - RS232 -RS485 - Communication protocol - Highway Addressable Remote Transmitter (HART) - IEEE 488
BUS- Instrument connectivity - GPIB- DAQ Card - Hardware Installation.
Total Periods: 45
SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Measurement of voltage, current, phase and frequency using CRO.
2. Measurements of electrical parameters using Bridges.
3. Characteristics of strain gauge.
4. VI programs such as (Celsius to Fahrenheit conversion, Arithmetic Operations)
5. Implementation of VI using real time sensor interfacing in LabVIEW environment.
Periods: 15
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. A.K.Sawhney, "A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation", Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P)
Ltd., 2010.
2. D. Patranabis, "Sensors and Tranducers", Prentice Hall of India Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Jovitha Jerome, "Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW", Prentice Hall of India Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

REFERENCES
1. Kalsi H.S, "Electronic Instrumentation", 16th Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
2. Albert D.Helifrick and William D. Cooper, "Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques",
Prentice Hall of India Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009

16EC210 MICROCONTROLLER AND RISC PROCESSORS 3003
PREREQUISITES
16EI204 Digital Logic Circuits
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the internal architecture, addressing modes and the instruction sets of 8051.
CO2 : Develop program for On -chip peripherals and real world application program for interfacing ADC, DAC, LCD,
matrix key board and Stepper motor with 8051 using assembly language and C .
CO3 : Explain the ARM programming model and its processor architecture.
CO4 : Describe 32 bit and 16 bit ARM instructions .
CO5 : Develop embedded C programming for ARM Architecture.
THE 8051 ARCHITECTURE, INSTRUCTION SET AND PROGRAMMING 18

8051 Microcontroller Hardware - Input/output pins - Ports and circuits - External memory - Counters and Timers -Serial
Data Input/output - Interrupts.
8051 Addressing Modes - Arithmetic Instructions - Logical Instructions - Single bit Instruc tions - Assembly language
programming - 8051 interfacing to external memory - 8051 C Programming: Data types and time delay - I/O Programming -
Logic operations - Data conversion programs - Accessing code ROM space, data serialization - 8051 programming in
Assembly and C: Timer/Counter - Serial port - Interrupts.
REAL WORLD INTERFACING WITH 8051 10
Interfacing LCD, matrix key board, ADC interfacing - ADC0808, MAX112 - 8051 interfacing to a stepper motor - DAC
interfacing - DAC0808.
Case study: Interfacing of Blue tooth and Zigbee with 8051.
THE ARM RISC ARCHITECTURE 5
The ARM programmer's model - 3 stage and 5 stage pipeline ARM organization - ARM processor cores - ARM7 TDMI,
ARM9TDMI - ARM Development Tools.
ARM INSTRUCTIONS 12
Exceptions - Conditional execution - Branch and branch with link and exchange - Software interrupt - Data processing
instructions - Single word and unsigned byte data transfer instructions - Half word and signed byte data transfer
instructions - Multiple register transfer instructions - Swap instructions - The thumb instruction set - Efficient C
Programming on the ARM architecture - Overview of C Compilers and Optimization, Basic C Data Types, C Looping
Structures, Register Allocation, Function Calls.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kenneth Ayala, "The Microcontroller Architecture - Programming and Applications", 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning,
2004.
2. Steve Furber, "ARM System-on - chip-architecture", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Jamice Gillispit Mazidi, "The 8051 micro controller and Embedded System", 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education 2006.
2. Andrew Sloss, "ARM System Developer's Guide: Designing and Optimizing System Software", 1st Edition, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2005.
WEB REFERENCE
nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/microcontrollers/micro/ui/Course_home2_5.htm

16EC256 MICROCONTROLLERS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Develop Assembly language program to perform arithmetic and logical operation for 8051.
CO2 : Develop C program for 8051 on chip peripherals.
CO3 : Develop interfacing programs for 8051 microcontroller using Embedded C.
CO4 : Develop real time interfacing programs for ARM controller in Embedded C.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
8051 PROGRAMMING
ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING
1. To perform Arithmetic Operations
2. Sorting of an array
EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING
1. On-chip Timers of 8051 in Interrupt Mode and Polling Mode.
2. On-chip Serial Port (UART) to establish communication between a PC and an 8051 Microcontroller.
3. Interfacing of LCD
4. Interfacing of Temperature Sensor through an external ADC
5. Interfacing Motors (DC Motor, Stepper Motor) with 8051 Microcontroller.
EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING USING LPC2148 ARM MICROCONTROLLER

1. Study of LPC2148 ARM Microcontroller
2. Developing Embedded C Applications for programming GPIO Ports (LED, LCD, Keypad etc)
3. Developing Embedded C Application for displaying date and time using On-chip RTC Module on LCD.
Required Tools : KEIL IDE

16EE207 NETWORKS AND LINEAR CIRCUITS 3104
PREREQUISITES
16EI201 - Electric Circuits and Electron Devices
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the inter-relationship between two port network parameters, perform interconnection of two port
networks and construct ladder and lattice networks.
CO2 : Obtain network functions of two port networks and interpret the properties of driving point and transfer
functions.
CO3 : Synthesize RL, RC and LC driving point impedance and admittance functions.
CO4 : Obtain and analyze the transient response of RL, RC and RLC circuits.
CO5 : Determine the current, voltage and power in three phase ac circuits.
TWO PORT NETWORKS 13

Characterization of Linear Time Invariant two port networks - Z, Y, ABCD and h parameters - Reciprocity and Symmetry -
Inter relationships between the parameters - Inter-connections of two port networks - Ladder and Lattice networks - T &
Π Representation.
NETWORK FUNCTIONS 14
Concept of Complex frequency, Transform Impedances Network functions of one port and two port networks, concept of
poles and zeros, properties of driving point and transfer functions, time response and stability from pole-zero plot.
NETWORK SYNTHESIS 10
Realization concept - Hurwitz property - Positive real function - Properties - Synthesis of RL, RC and LC, driving point
impedance and admittance functions using Foster and Cauer forms.
TRANSIENT ANALYSIS 10
Source free and forced responses of RL, RC & RLC circuits with DC and sinusoidal excitation.
THREE PHASE CIRCUITS 13
Star delta connections - Phasor diagram - Solution of three phase balanced circuits and unbalanced circuits - Three phase
power measurement using watt meter method.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. John Bird, "Electric Circuit Theory and Technology", 4th Edition, Newnes Publication, 2010.
2. Van Valkenburg M. E., "Network Analysis", 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Sudhakar A and Shyammohan, "Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, 2007.
2. Van Valkenburg M.E., "Introduction to Modern Network Synthesis", Wiley Eastern Limited, 1999.
3. Jagan N.C. and Lakshminarayanan C., "Network Analysis", B.S. Publications, 2008.
4. Chakrabati A, "Circuits Theory (Analysis and synthesis)", Dhanpath Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 1999.
5. Suresh Kumar K.S., "Electric Circuits and Networks", Pearson Education, 2009.
6. J. David Irvin, "Basic Engineering Circuit Analysis",10th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Publisher, (E-Book).

16EE209 ELECTROMAGNETICS 3104
PREREQUISITES
16PH209 - Applied Physics
16MA204 - Laplace Transforms and Vector Calculus
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the concepts of Electrostatics and applications.
CO2 : Understand the concepts of Magnetostatics and applications.
CO3 : Applying Divergence and Stoke's theorem and basic laws of EMF to explain Maxwell's equations.
CO4 : Explain Electrodynamic Fields and wave propagation.
ELECTROSTATIC FIELD AND APPLICATIONS 20

Review of Vector Calculus: Coordinate systems, Coordinate transformation, Gradient of scalar fields, Divergence and Curl
of vector fields. Divergence theorem - Stoke's theorem - Coulomb's law - Electric field intensity - Electric fields due to point,
line, surface and volume charge distributions - Electric flux density - Gauss law - Electric potential - Potential gradient -
Poisson's and Laplace equations - Field due to dipoles - Dipole moment -Polarization - Conductors and Dielectrics -
Boundary conditions - Capacitance -Dielectric strength - Energy stored in capacitor - Energy density.
MAGNETOSTATIC FIELD AND APPLICATIONS 20
Introduction - Lorentz force - Biot Savart's Law - Ampere's Circuital Law - Applications - Magnetic flux - Magnetic flux
density - Scalar and Vector magnetic potentials - Force on a moving charge and current elements - Current and current
density - Force and Torque on closed circuit - Introduction to magnetic materials - Magnetization and Permeability -
Magnetic boundary conditions - Magnetic circuit - Faraday's Law - Self Inductance and mutual inductance - Inductance
of solenoids, toroids and transmission lines - Time varying magnetic field - Relation between field theory and circuit
theory.
ELECTRODYNAMIC FIELD AND WAVE PROPAGATION 20
Conduction current and Displacement current - Maxwell's equation in point and integral forms - Wave equations - Wave
propagation in free space - Wave propagation in Dielectrics - Propagation in good conductors - Poynting Theorem and
Poynting Vector - Skin depth - Wave polarization - Plane wave reflection and refraction.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. William H.Hayt, Jr. John A. Buck, "Engineering Electromagnetics", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. K. A. Gangadhar and P. M. Ramanathan, "Electromagnetic Field theory", New 5th Edition,Khanna Publishers, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Joseph A. Edminister, "Theory and Problems of Electromagnetics", Schaum Series, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Mathew N. O. Sadiku, "Elements of Electromagnetics", 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2006.
3. John D. Kraus, "Electromagnetics", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill, 1999.
4. Kraus and Fleish, "Electromagnetics with Applications", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1999.
5. David K Cheng, "Field and Wave Electromagnetics", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
WEB REFERENCE

16EE225 ELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Demonstratethe construction, working principle and applications of electrical machines and transformers.
CO 2 : Explain the number systems, logic gates and combinational circuits.
CO 3 : Design sequential circuits.
CO 4 : Explain counters and shift registers.
CO 5 : Describe the internal architecture, addressing modes and the instruction sets of 8051.
CO 6 : Develop basic programs with 8051 microcontroller.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 15
Ohm's Law - Kirchoff's Law - Series and Parallel Connections, Star - Delta Transformations.
Dc Motor - Construction And Principle Of Operation - Different Types - EMF Equation - Significance of Back EMF -
Speed, Torque, Speed-Torque Characteristics - Output Power - Efficiency. Ac motor: Three phase induction motor -
Principle of operation - Types - Slip - Speed - Torque Characteristic - Speed control - Introduction to alternators.
Transformers: Construction and operation of single phase transformer.
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 12
Introduction to Logic Gates: Boolean Algebra Theorems - De Morgan's Theorem - Logic Gates- combinational circuits: -
Adders- Subtractors -Design of Sequential Circuits with state Diagram, State table, State minimization and State assignment-
Asynchronous / Ripple Counters-Shift Registers.
THE 8051 ARCHITECTURE, INSTRUCTION SET AND PROGRAMMING 18
8051 Microcontroller Hardware - Input/output pins - Counters and Timers - Serial Data Input/output -Interrupts - 8051
Addressing Modes - Arithmetic Instructions - Logical Instructions - Single bit Instructions - Simple programs - 8051
interfacing to a stepper motor.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kothari D.P., & Nagrath I.J., "Electric Machines", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Private Limited, 2004.
2. Morris Mano M, "Digital Design", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. Kenneth J.Ayala, "The Microcontroller Architecture - Programming & Applications", 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning,
2004.
REFERENCES
1. Gupta J.B., "Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines", 14th Edition, S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2009.
2. Theraja, B.L., "A Text Books of Electrical Technology ", S.S.Chand and Co., 1998.
4. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Jamice Gillispit Mazidi, "The 8051 micro controller and Embedded System", 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2006.

16EE226 ELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Summarize the basic laws and apply them to solve the Electric circuits.
CO2 : Outline the principle and operation of DC machines.
CO3 : Outline the principle and operation of AC machines and transformers.
CO4 : Illustrate the different types of measuring instruments and sensors.
CO5 : Demonstrate the various electrical safety systems and importance of illumination.
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 10
Introduction to DC and AC circuits - Active and Passive elements - Ohm's law - Kirchhoff's law - Voltage and Current
relations for R,L,C - Generation of AC - Average and RMS values - Power and Power factor - Introduction to three phase
systems - Types of connections, relationship between line and phase values.
ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS 10
Working principle, construction and applications of DC machines and AC machines - Introduction to three phase induction
motors.
Construction and Principle of operation of Transformers- Single phase and Three phase transformers.
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND SENSORS 10
Basic principles and classification of instruments- Moving coil and moving iron instruments- Measurement of single
phase and three phase power- Energy meter - Vibration measurement - Piezo electric transducers - Humidity and moisture
measurement.
Satellite Imaging and sensing sensor, light sensor - Fiber-optic based radiation measurement.
ELECTRICAL SAFETY, WIRING 8
Safety measures in Electrical systems - Types of wiring - Service mains, Meter and Distribution Board - Basic principles of
Earthing - Measurement of Earth resistance - Types of earthing - Protective devices: Fuses, MCB, ELCB.
ILLUMINATION 7
Energy efficient lamps - Types of lamps - Requirements of good lighting - Design of illumination schemes.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. R.Muthusubramanian, S.Salivahanan and K.A.Muraleedharan, "Basic Electrical, Electronics and Computer
Engineering", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-HillEducation Publishing Company, 2006.
2. Bhattacharya S.K., "Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering", 1st Edition, Pearson education, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Kothari D.P., &Nagrath I.J., "Electric Machines", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Private Limited, 2004.
3. SawhneyA.K. "A course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation", DhanpatRai & Sons, 2004.
4. Smarajt Ghosh, "Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering", 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2007.
5. Gupta. J.B., "Utilization of Electric Power and Electric Traction", 10th Edition, S.K. Kataria and Sons.

16EE255 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND DEVICES LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Verify laws and network theorems and interpret the results.
CO2 : Determine the frequency and transient responses of series and parallel RL, RC and RLC circuits and interpret
the results.
CO3 : Simulate the device characteristics with PSPICE/Multisim.
CO4 : Design electrical and electronic applications by using the components.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Measurement of resistance, inductance and capacitance.
2. Verification of Circuit Laws and Network Theorems.
3. Characteristics of BJT, UJT and MOSFET.
4. Electric Circuit Simulation Using PSPICE and Multisim.
i. Steady-state analysis of DC circuits.
ii. Steady-state analysis of single and three phase AC coupled circuits.
iii. Transient analysis of RL, RC and RLC Circuits.
iv. Frequency Response of circuits A) Series Resonance B) Parallel Resonance.
5. Applications.
i. Design of mobile charger.
ii. Design of Regulated Power Supply.
iii. Design of Voltage Doubler circuit.
iv. PCB design and testing of Simple Circuits.

16EE256 BASIC ELECTRICAL SIMULATION LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Verify laws and theorems by digital simulation.
CO2 : Obtain the voltage, current and power in different branches of DC circuits by digital simulation.
CO3 : Obtain the active power, reactive power, apparent power and power factor of single phase and three phase AC
circuits by digital simulation.
CO4 : Study the transient and frequency response of circuits by digital simulation.
CO5 : Obtain and analyze the output of diode bridge rectifier and zener voltage regulator by digital simulation.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Simulation of simple electric circuits.
2. Circuit Laws and Network Theorems.
3. Transient response of electric circuits.
4. Frequency response of RLC resonance circuits.
5. Power and power factor of single phase and three phase AC circuits.
6. Diode bridge rectifiers.
7. Zener voltage regulator.
8. Relay driver circuits using Transistor, and MOSFET.

16EE270 ELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Verify Electric circuit laws and interpret the results.
CO2 : Choose the appropriate speed control method for DC motors, Induction motors and to obtain their Performance
characteristics.
CO3 : Perform load test on single phase induction motors and interpret the results.
CO4 : Demonstrate simple combinational and Sequential logic circuits.
CO5 : Develop programs using 8051 instruction set.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verification of Ohm's Law and Kirchhoff's Law.
2. Load test on DC shunt motor.
3. Speed control of DC shunt motor.
4. Load test on single phase Induction motor.
5. Speed control of three phase slip ring Induction motor.
6. Combinational Circuit Experiments.
a. Adder
b. Subtractor
7. Sequential Circuit.
a. Ripple Counter
b. Shift register
8. Eight Bit Architecture - using 8051 Instruction set.
9. Sorting of Array - using 8051 Instruction set.
10. Interfacing Stepper Motor 8051.

16EI201 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND ELECTRON DEVICES 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Determine the current and voltage by applying laws for DC circuits.
CO2 : Apply network theorems for analyzing DC Circuits.
CO3 : Compute impedance, admittance, power and power factor of AC circuits.
CO4 : Analyze the resonant and coupled circuits.
CO5 : Interpret the device characteristics and its applications.
DC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 15
Charge, current, voltage, power and energy- Ideal voltage and current sources - Independent sources- Dependent
sources- Circuits elements - Voltage and current division in series and parallel circuits - Network analysis using Mesh and
nodal analysis - Source transformation- Star delta transformation- Circuit theorems: Thevenin, Norton, Superposition,
Reciprocity and Maximum Power transfer theorem.
AC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 15
Sinusoidal voltage and current- RMS value- Form factor -Phasor representation of sinusoidal voltage-Current, Voltage-
Current relationship in R,L and C Circuits-Impedance and admittance- Power factor concepts in RL , RC and RLC circuits-
Impedance combination- Real power-Reactive power, complex power, apparent power-Analysis of simple series and
parallel circuits, concepts of three phase circuits.
RESONANCE AND COUPLED CIRCUITS 10
Series and Parallel Circuits - Half power frequencies-Bandwidth and Q Factor of Resonant circuits - Self and Mutual
Inductance - Dot Convention-Coefficient of coupling - Sinusoidal steady state analysisof coupled Circuits - Transient
analysis of Electric Circuits.
DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS 20
Diodes - Characteristics, design of regulated power supply- BJT: Characteristics and h-parameters for CE, CB, CC
configurations - Biasing circuits and types - Transistor as a switch - Transistor amplifier circuits- Characteristics and
applications of UJT, SCR, DIAC, TRIAC, JFET, MOSFET and IGBT.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. John Bird, “Electric Circuit Theory and Technology”, 4th Edition, Newnes Publication, 2010.
2. Robert. L. Boylestad, Louis Nashalskey, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 11th Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Joseph A.Edminister, MahmoodNahri, "Electric Circuits", Schaum's Series, 5th Edition, McGrawHill Publications.,
2010.
2. William H.Hayt, Jack E.Kemmerly and Steven M.Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", 8th Edition, McGrawHill
Publications, 2013.
3. Charles. K. Alexander, Mathew. N.O.Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", 5th Edition, Mc GrawHill
Publications, 2013.
4. Salivahanan.S, Suresh Kumar.N and Vallavaraj.A, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, McGrawHill
Publications, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17-ee02/preview
2. www.vidyathiplus.in/2011/11electronic-device-and-circuits-edc.html/
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/117106108

16EI202 THERMAL ENGINEERING AND FLUID MECHANICS 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify air standard cycles.
CO2 : Explain the working of internal combustion engines
CO3 : Analyse the heat processes in engineering applications.
CO4 : Summarize the properties of fluid.
CO5 : Appraise the dynamics of flow.
CO6 : Describe performance of hydraulic machines.
GAS POWER CYCLES 12

Air standard cycles - Otto cycle, diesel cycle, dual cycle, Brayton cycle - Determination of efficiency and mean effective
pressure.
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES 5
Classification of I.C. engines - Working of four stroke and two stroke cycle engines - Working principle of spark ignition
and compression ignition engines- Actual PV diagrams - Valve timing and port timing diagram.
HEAT TRANSFER 9
Modes of heat transfer- One dimensional conduction heat transfer - composite walls, convection heat transfer - Free and
forced convection - Cooling of electronic components: Thermoelectric cooling - Chip cooling.
PROPERTIES OF FLUID 10
Surface tension - Capillarity - Viscosity - Newton's law - Fluid pressure and pressure head - Manometer- Types of flow-
Reynolds number concept.
KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS OF FLOW 7
Continuity equation in three dimensions - one dimensional flow - Applications- Euler's equation of motion- Bernoulli's
Equations from Euler's equation- Applications.
FLOW THROUGH PIPES 7
Loss of energy in pipes - Major losses - Minor losses - Darcy Weisbach equation - Chezy's formula.
TURBINE AND PUMPS 10
Classification of turbines - Turbine characteristics - Speed governance - Classification ofpumps- Centrifugal pumps -
Working principle- Reciprocating pumps - Working principle.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rajput R.K., "Thermal Engineering", 6th Edition, Lakshmi Publications, 2006.
2. Bansal R.K, "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines", 9th Edition, Laxmi Publication Pvt. Ltd, 2012.
3. Rajput R.K, "A text book of fluid Mechanics", 8th Edition, S.Chand and Co, 2007.
4. Ballaney P.L., "Thermal Engineering", 25th Edition, CRC Publications, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Holman J. P, "Thermodynamics", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995.
2. Yunus A Cengel and Michael A Boles, "Thermodynamics an Engineering Approach", 7th Edition, McGraw Hill
Publications , 2006.
3. Sarkar B.K, "Thermal Engineering", Vol.2, McGraw Hill Publications, 2002.
4. Nag P. K, "Engineering Thermodynamics", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2005.
WEB REFERENCE
nptel.ac.in/courses/108105017/
16EI203 ELECTRICAL MACHINES 3104
PREREQUISITE
16EI201 Electric Circuits and Electron Devices.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the construction, principle of operation of DC machines.
CO2 : Discuss the construction and operation of transformer.
CO3 : Outline the features of induction machines and synchronous machines.
CO4 : Discuss the construction, principle of operation of induction motors.
CO5 : Understand the construction, principle of operation of special electrical machines.
DC MACHINES 14
DC Machines: Constructional features - Principle of operation - Types - EMF and torque equations- Characteristics of
different types of DC generators and motors - Starting, braking and speed control of DC motors.
TRANSFORMERS 14
Transformers: Principle, theory of an ideal transformer - EMF equation - Constructional details of core and shell type
transformers - Open circuit and short circuit test - Equivalent circuit and efficiency - Auto transformers.
AC MACHINES 18
Induction Machines: Construction and principle of operation - Types- Torque equation - Slip-Torque characteristics-
Equivalent circuit and efficiency - Starting, braking and speed control methods.
Synchronous Machines: Construction - Type - EMF equation and phasor diagram - Working principle of synchronous
motors - Starting method - V curves - Hunting.
FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MACHINES 14
Single phase induction motor - Double field revolving theory - Equivalent circuit - Starting methods of single phase
induction motors - Special machines: Servomotors, reluctance and hysteresis motor, repulsing motor, stepper motors,
linear induction motors and brushless DC motor.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Deshpande, "Electrical Machines", 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
2. Gupta J.B, "Theory and performance of Electrical Machines",14th Edition, Kataria and sons, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Kothari D.P., Nagrath I.J., "Electric Machine",4th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2016.
2. Bhattacharya S.K, "Electrical Machines", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2009.
3. Theraja. B.L, "Electrical Technology", Vol II, S.Chand and Co. Ltd., 2008.
WEB REFERENCES

16EI204 DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS 3003
PREREQUISITE
16EI201 Electric Circuits and Electron Devices.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Simplify the Boolean expressions.
CO2 : Design the combinational logic circuits.
CO3 : Design synchronous and asynchronous sequential logic circuits.
CO4 : Explain the concepts of logic families
CO5 : Distinguish the features of memory devices.
CO6 : Implement the combinational circuits using programmable logic devices and HDL.
BOOLEAN FUNCTIONS 5
Review of number systems - Boolean algebra - Minimization of Boolean expressions - Canonical and standard forms -
Digital logic gates - NAND and NOR based logic -Gate level minimization.
COMBINATIONAL LOGIC CIRCUIT 10
Analysis and design of combinational logic circuits: Arithmetic units - Decoders - Encoders - Multiplexers - Demultiplexers
- Code converters - Parity circuits - Comparators - Applications of combinational logic circuits.
SEQUENTIAL LOGIC CIRCUIT 10
Latches - Flip-flops - Analysis of clocked sequential circuit - Sequential circuit design - Shift registers - Synchronous
counters - Asynchronous counters.
ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL LOGIC CIRCUIT AND DIGITAL LOGIC FAMILIES 10
Analysis of asynchronous and design procedure for fundamental mode circuits - Races - Hazards - Digital IC specification
terminology - Transistor and transistor logic - Complementary metal oxide semiconductor logic.
MEMORY, PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES AND HDL 10
Memory: RAM architecture - Types of RAM - ROM architecture - Types of ROM - Programmable logic devices: Concepts
of PLA, PAL, FPGA - Implementation of combinational logic using PLA and PAL - HDL :Preface to Verilog programming-
Combinational logic circuits.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Morris Mano, "Digital Design", 12th Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., 2012.
2. Charles H.Roth, "Fundamentals of Logic design", 7th Edition, Thomson Learning, 2014.
3. Doald P.leach, Albert Paul malvino and Goutam Saha , "Digital Principles and Application, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Mandal S.K., "Digital Principles and System Design", McGraw Hill Publications, 2013.
2. David J.Comer, "Digital Logic and State Machine Design", 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2008.
3. Michael D.Ciletti, " Advanced Digital Design with Verilog HDL", Reprint, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.,Ltd.,2005.
4. Anil K.Maini, "Digital Electronics Principles, Devices and Applications", 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons Ltd.,
2007.
5. Salivahanan S and Arivazhagan S., "Digital Circuits and Design", 3rd Edition, Vikas Publishing House, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/106108099/digital%20systems.pdf
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/117106086/1

16EI219 CIRCUITS AND DEVICES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the fundamentals of Electric Circuits and to solve Circuits using Network Theorems.
CO2 : Explain the features of PN Junction Diode, Transistor and to describe the operational characteristics and its
applications.
CO3 : Gain knowledge on special Semiconductor Devices and its application.
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND NETWORK THEOREMS 20

Introduction to Circuits and Components (R,L,C) - Star Delta Transformation - Delta Star Transformation- Introduction to
AC and DC circuits - Sinusoidal Voltage and Current - RMS value - Form Factor - Kirchoff's Laws - Network Theorems -
Thevenin - Norton - Superposition - Maximum Power Transfer - Reciprocity Theorem.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SEMICONDUCTOR AND DIODE THEORY 15
Review of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors - PN Junction Diode-Power Supply Circuit - Zener Diode -Voltage
Regulator - BJT construction and working principle - BJT configurations - JFET construction and working - MOSFET
construction and working - Characteristics and its applications.
SPECIAL PURPOSE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 10
Tunnel Diodes - Varactor Diode - SCR - UJT - DIAC - TRIAC - Photodiode - Phototransistor - Applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS
1. Joseph A. Edminister, Mahmood Nahvi, " Electric Circuits", Schaum's Series,5th Edition,McGraw Hill Publications,
2010.
2. Salivahanan.S, Suresh Kumar. N and Vallavaraj. A, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Charles K. Alexander, Mathew N.O. Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill
Publications,2013.
2. Jacob Millman, Christos C.Halkias, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2012.
3. Sudharkar.A and Shyam Mohan. S.P, "Circuits and Network Analysis and Synthesis", 4th Edition, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17-ee02/preview
2. www.vidyathiplus.in/2011/11electronic-device-and-circuits-edc.html/

16EI220 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the concepts of measurement systems.
CO2 : Select an appropriate meter for the given applications.
CO3 : Design and analyse bridge circuits for measurement of resistance and impedance.
CO4 : Analyse the characteristics of transducers used for measuring physical parameters.
CO5 : Identify and select suitable measurement instruments for measuring parameters like strain, pressure, motion,
light radiations, heat and temperature.
CO6 : Explain electronic sensors used in modern applications.
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 10
Basics of measurements - Units and standards - Errors in measurements - Error correction methods - Statistical analysis of
error data - Review of analog meters - Digital Multimeter - Digital Storage oscilloscope.
MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE AND IMPEDANCE 10
Principle, construction and working of D'arsonval galvanometer and vibration galvanometer - Wheatstone bridge, Kelvin
bridge, Schering bridge, Maxwell's bridge, Hay's bridge, Anderson bridge.
CLASSIFICATION OF TRANSDUCERS 10
Characteristics of transducers -Selection of transducers -Resistance transducers: Resistance potentiometer - Strain gauge -
Resistance thermometer - Thermistor - Hot-wire anemometer - Piezoresistive Sensor and Humidity Sensor - Inductance
transducers: LVD - Induction potentiometer - Variable Reluctance Transducers - Capacitance Transducers -Thermo
Electric Sensors: Thermocouple.
APPLICATIONS OF SENSORS 15
Motion Sensors: Capacitor plate sensor - Inductive sensors - LVDT Accelerometer - Rotation sensors - Rotary encoders -
Light Radiation: Photo sensors - Fiber-optic applications - Light transducer - Solid-state transducers and liquid crystal
devices -Electronic Sensors: Proximity detectors - Ultrasonic - Photo Beam Detectors - Hall Effect Sensors - Doppler
Detectors - Liquid Level Detectors, Flow Sensors, Smoke Sensors.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sawhney A.K, "A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation", 19th Edition, Dhanpat
Rai and Co., 2011.
2. Vijayachitra S., "Transducers Engineering", 1st Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Doebelin E.O and Manik D.N., "Measurement Systems - Applications and Design", Special Indian Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
2. Patranabis D., "Sensors and Transducers", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
3. Murthy D.V.S., "Transducers and Instrumentation", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

16EI251 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND ELECTRON DEVICES LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Verify laws and network theorems.
CO2 : Obtain the characteristics of semiconductor devices
CO3 : Simulate the device characteristics and circuit analysis using software tools.
CO4 : Design simple application circuits using electrical and electronic components.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Measurement of resistance, inductance and capacitance using electronic test meters.
2. Verification of Circuit Laws and Network Theorems.
3. Characteristics of BJT, UJT, MOSFET and IGBT.
4. Measurement of resistance and inductance of a choke coil.
5. Electric Circuit Simulation Using MATLAB
i. Basics functions of MATLAB.
ii. Steady-state analysis of circuits: Solution of algebraic equation.
iii. Introduction to Simulink and Simulation of RL, RC and RLC Circuits.
6. Electric Circuit Simulation Using PSPICE and Multisim.
7. Steady-state analysis of DC circuits.
8. Steady-state analysis of single and three phase AC coupled circuits.
9. Transient analysis of RL, RC and RLC Circuits.
10. Frequency Response of circuits
A) Series Resonance B) Parallel Resonance
11. Applications
i. Design of mobile charger.
ii. Design of Regulated Power Supply.
iii. PCB design and testing of Simple Circuits.

16EI252 DIGITAL LOGIC CIRCUITS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Design and Implement combinational logic circuits using gates.
CO2 : Design and Implement synchronous sequential logic circuits.
CO3 : Design and Implement asynchronous sequential logic circuits.
CO4 : Simulate digital circuits using software packages.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Design and implementation of combinational logic circuits.
2. Design and implementation of synchronous sequential circuits.
3. Design and implementation of asynchronous sequential circuits.
4. Verification of NAND gate with CMOS logic.
5. Simulation of combinational logic circuit using Verilog.
6. Realization of Boolean functions using programming techniques using software packages.
7. Design of digital clock.

16EI263 CIRCUITS AND DEVICES LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course,students will be able to
CO1 : Verify Network Theorems and interpret the Results.
CO2 : Determine frequency response of Series, Parallel RLC Circuits and characteristics of SemiConductor
Diodes, Interpret the results.
CO3 : Obtain the performance parameters graphically for BJT, FET and Power Control Devices Experimentally.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verification of Network Theorems.
2. Frequency response of series and parallel resonance circuits.
3. PN Junction Diode and Zener Diode Characteristics and applications.
4. BJT - Configuration and Characteristics.
5. FET - Configuration and Characteristics.
6. Characteristics of power control device.
7. Design of power supply circuit using electronic components.

16EI264 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Analyse the characteristics of transducers.
CO2 : Design of Signal conditioning unit for measuring Physical Quantities.
CO3 : Simulate the Resistance and Impedance measurement using ELVIS Kit.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Measurement of Linear Displacement using LVDT.
2. Hall Effect Transducer for Electrical measurement.
3. Analyze the static characteristics of RTD.
4. Analyze the dynamic characteristics of RTD.
5. Analyze the characteristics ofCapacitive Transducer.
6. Design of Bridge Circuit for the measurement of Resistance and Impedance.
7. Design a Signal conditioning for the measurement of Strain.
8. Design a Signal Conditioning Circuit for a Temperature Sensor using Bridge Circuit.
9. Design of Burglar Alarm Circuit using LDR.

16BM204 FRONTIERS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Elucidate the recent advancements in the fields of biomedical computing, biomechanics, tissue engineering.
CO2 : Realize the knowledge about the various career opportunities in the fields of biomedical engineering.
PERSPECTIVES IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 5

Evolution of the modern health care system - Introduction to biomedical engineering - Role of biomedical engineers -
Major players in biomedical engineering equipments - OEM. Professional status of biomedical engineering - Professional
Societies.
BIOMEDICAL COMPUTING, IMAGING AND INSTRUMENTATION 10
Recent advancements in the fields of Internet of Things in medicine, virtual reality in surgery, data analytics for health
care, mobile application development for health care, softwares related to health care, BSP - Medical imaging processing
and analysis, wearable medical devices, diagnostics and therapeutic equipments, career opportunities.
BIOMECHANICS AND REHABILITATION ENGINEERING 15
Recent advancements in the fields of medical robotics, design and development of prosthetics and orthotic devices,
clinical biomechanics,design of artificial organs, sports medicine rehabilitation engineering, career opportunities.
TISSUE AND MOLECULAR BIOENGINEERING 15
Research advancements in the fields of tissue engineering, clinical genomics, proteomics, pharmacogenomics, cancer
biology, molecular diagnostics, stem cell technology, 3D-Bioprinting technology, career opportunities.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Joseph D. Bronzino, Donald R. Peterson, "The Biomedical Engineering Handbook", 4th edition, CRC Press, 2015.
2. Arthur B. Ritter, Vikki Hazelwood, Antonio Valdevit, Alfred N. Ascione. "Biomedical Engineering Principles", 2nd
Edition, CRC Press, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.embs.org
2. www.bmes.org
3. www.tissue engineering international & regenerative medicine society.org

16BM205 ELECTRON DEVICES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the operation, characteristics and applications of semiconductor diodes.
CO2 : Gain knowledge on working principle of transistors (BJT and FET) and its applications.
CO3 : Gain working knowledge on devices with its applications.
FUNDAMENTALS OF SEMICONDUCTOR AND DIODE THEORY 15

Semiconductor Theory - Classical theory and Energy Band theory - Charge densities in semiconductors - Mobility and
Conductivity - Drift and Diffusion current. PN junction diode and zener diode theory - Characteristics and Applications:
clippers and clampers, voltage multipliers - Rectifiers - Voltage regulator.
TRANSISTOR THEORY 15
Construction and working of BJT - Characteristics and application - Transistor modelling (Ebermoll's model, h-parameter
model) - Transistor configurations - Construction and working of JFET - MOSFET: Characteristics and its applications -
Performance comparison.
SPECIAL DEVICES AND APPLICATION 15
Features and application: PNPN diode - IGBT - GTO - DIAC - TRIAC - SCR - UJT - Photodiode - Phototransistor -
Optocoupler - Schottky diode - Tunnel diode - Varactor diode - PIN diode.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert. L.Boylestad, Louis Nashalskey, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 11th Edition, Pearson Education, India,
2015.
2. Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkias, Satyabrata Jit "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2015.
REFERENCES
1. Thomas L Floyd, "Electronic devices conventional current version", 9th Edition, Pearson Education, India, 2016.
2. Donald.A. Neamen, "Semiconductor Physics and Devices basic principles", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Salivahanan.S, Suresh Kumar.N and Vallavaraj.A, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2012.
4. Mital G.K. and Gupta M, "Electronic Devices and Circuits", 22nd Edition, Khanna Publisher, 1999.

16BM208 NETWORK ANALYSIS 3104
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Determine the current and voltage by applying laws and network theorems.
CO2 : Reduce the complex circuits to simple circuits using reduction techniques and star delta transformations.
CO3 : Reduce the complex circuits to simple circuits and apply mesh and nodal analysis to compute the current
and voltage magnitudes in different branches of the given circuit.
CO4 : Compute impedance, admittance and Obtain the transient response of series and parallel AC circuits and
frequency response of AC circuits.
CO5 : Explain the operational amplifiers and its applications.
DC AND AC CIRCUIT ANALYSYS 15

Concepts of circuits, basic laws - Ohm's Law and Kirchhoff's laws - Resistors topology, voltage and current division,
Wye-Delta transformations, applications - Circuit analysis fundamentals, nodal analysis, mesh analysis capacitor, inductors,
sinusoids and phasors; real power-reactive power, complex power, apparent power impedance and admittance RC/RL
circuits.
NETWORK THEOREMS 15
Circuit theorems: superposition, source transformation, thevenin's theorem, norton's theorem, power transfer, circuit
theorems for AC circuits - superposition, thevenin's theorem, norton's theorem.
TRANSIENT AND RESONANCE 10
Step and sinusoidal response of series RLC circuits, frequency response of series and parallel RLC circuits, resonance of
RLC circuits.
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 5
Operational amplifiers fundamentals, inverting and noninverting amplifier, summing and differential amplifier,cascade Op
Amp circuits, integrators, differentiators
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Joseph A.Edminister, MahmodNahri, "Electric Circuits", Schaum's Series, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill Education,
2010.
2. Ramakant A Gayakwad, "Op - Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits", PHI Learning Private Limited, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. William H.Hayt, Jack E.Kemmerly and Steven M.Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis", 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education ,2013.
2. Charles. K. Alexander, Mathew.N.O.Sadiku, "Fundamentals of Electric Circuits", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Education,2013.
3. John Bird, "Electric Circuit Theory and Technology", 4th Edition, Newnes Publication, 2010.

16BM253 COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITE
16BM203 Biochemistry
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : List the biological databases and their information content.
CO 2 : Retrieve data from biological and medical databases.
CO 3 : Analyze gene sequences for coding and non coding regions, regulatory elements
CO 4 : Analyze protein sequences, predict structure and functions.
EXERCISES
Biological databases - DNA, RNA, proteins - Primary and secondary databases - Sequences and structure databases -
Databasesof model organisms - Databases of medical literature - Data retrieval - Data analysis - Tools and applications:
Sequence analysis - DNA - genes, exons, promoters and enhancers, terminal elements, phylogenetic analysis secondary
and tertiary structure prediction - Proteins - Sequence analysis and structure prediction - Homology Modeling, threading
and ab initio prediction.
REFERENCES
1. Mount DW, "Bioinformatics Sequence and Genome analysis", Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2010.
2. Hooman Rashidi, Lukas K. Buehler, "Bioinformatics Basics: Applications in Biological Science and Medicine", 2nd
Edition, CRC Press/Taylor & Francis Group, 2015.
3. Andreas D. Baxevanis (Ed), B. F. Francis Ouellette (Ed), "Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the Analysis of
Genes and Proteins", 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2014.

16BM254 ELECTRON DEVICES LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Measure signal parameters using oscilloscopes.
CO2 : Construct and test the operation of semiconductor diodes and BJT characteristics experimentally.
CO3 : Obtain the performance parameters for JFET, MOSFET, UJT and power control device (SCR, DIAC,
TRIAC) experimentally.
CO4 : Construct, test and obtain experimental characteristics of Photodiode and Photo- transistor.
CO5 : To verify the characteristics of circuits using simulation tool.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Measurement of Voltage, frequency and phase angle using CRO and DSO.
2. PN Junction Diode and Zener Diode Characteristics and applications.
3. BJT - Configuration and Characteristics.
4. FET and MOSFET- Configuration and Characteristics.
5. UJT Characteristics and application.
6. Characteristics of power control devices (SCR, DIAC, and TRIAC).
7. Characteristics of Photodiode, Phototransistor and optocoupler.
8. Simulation Study on Diode, BJT and verify the same with virtual lab.

16CS204 FRONTIERS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify the importance of Computers in all Fields.
CO2 : Classify the IOT and Mobile Applications.
CO3 : Understand the applications of Data Science and HPC.
COMPUTERS AND APPLICATIONS 15

Computers are Ubiquitous - Computers in Mechanical, Chemical and Aerospace Engineering - Product/Process Design
and Simulation - Applications: CFD, CAD, Flow Sheeting and Automated in Chemical Manufacturing Process.
Computers in Medical Applications - Computer Graphics - Medical Imaging - Bio-Informatics - Applications: Protein
structure prediction - Automated NMR Protein Structure Determination - Stem Cell Image recognition.
Computers in Forecasting - Applications: Weather and Stock Exchange Prediction.
IOT AND MOBILE APPLICATIONS 15
IOT - Architectures - Applications in Telecommunications, Informatics, Electronics and Social Science - Privacy in Computer
and Networks Security - Privacy - Preserving Technologies for Location - Based Services and Mobile Applications.
DATA SCIENCE AND HPC 15
Data Science - Introduction - Data Management - Data Visualization - Applications - Parallel and Distributed Computing
- Cloud Computing - Parallel Computing - HPC - Introduction - Applications.
Total Periods: 45
REFERENCES
1. "Data Management Planning and Execution", Texas Advanced Computing Center Data Management and
Collections Group, 2012.
2. Ovidiu, Peter Friess "Internet of Things - From Research and Innovation to Market Deployment", River Publishers
Series in Communication, 2014.
3. Cathy O'Neil and Rachel Schutt. Doing Data Science, Straight Talk from the Frontline.O'Reilly. 2014.
4. GPU Programming Guide, version 5.0, NVIDIA.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.slideshare.net/midhiraj/application-of-computer-in-chemical-industry-53941767
2. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1319157816300799
3. https://www.aspsys.com/solutions/hpc-applications
6. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0167739X14002519

16CS206 PROBLEM SOLVING THROUGH PROGRAMMING IN C 3104
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 : Classify Data Types and cite their significance.
CO2 : Select appropriate decision–making and looping constructs in Programming
CO3 : Apply Modularization Techniques for problem solving through Programming.
CO4 : Summarize Input / Output processing by manipulating Files.
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING 8
Fundamentals of Computing – Historical perspective – Early Computers – Computing Machine – Problems –
Pseudo Code and Flowcharts – Memory – Number System Representation and Conversion – Variables – Values –
Instructions – Programs.
INTRODUCTION TO C 17
The Language of C – Phases of developing a running Computer Program in C – Data concepts in C – Constants –
Variables – Expressions – Operators and Operator precedence in C – Statements – Declarations – Input/Output
Statements – Compound Statements – Selection Statements – Conditions – Logical Operators, Precedence’s –
Repetitive Statements – While Construct – Do–While Construct – For Construct – Arrays – Multidimensional
Arrays and Matrices.
MODULAR PROGRAMMING AND EXAMPLE PROBLEMS 17

Functions: The Prototype declaration – Function definition – Function Call: Passing arguments to a Function – Call
by Value – Call by Reference – Scope of Variable Names – Recursive Function Calls – Sorting problem: Selection
Sort, Insertion Sort, Comparison between Sorting Algorithms – Sorting in Multidimensional Arrays – Sorting in
Strings – Search Problem: Linear Search and Binary Search – Comparison between Search Procedures – Recursive
and Iterative formulations.
MORE DATA TYPES IN C 18

Pointers: Pointer Variables – Declaring and dereferencing Pointer Variables – Pointer Arithmetic – Examples –
Accessing Arrays through Pointers – Pointer Types – Pointers and Strings – String Operations in C – Structures in
C – Motivation, Examples, Declaration and use – Operations on Structures – Passing Structures as Function
Arguments – Type Defining Structures – Self–referential Structures – File Input/Output in C – Streams – Input/
Output and Error Streams – Opening, Closing and Reading from Files – Programming for Command Line Arguments.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. H. M. Deitel, P. J. Deitel, “C: How to Program”, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Kernighan and Ritchie, “The C Programming Language”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1988.
REFERENCES
1. R. G. Dromey, “How to Solve it by Computer”, Pearson, 1982.
2. A.R. Bradley, “Programming for Engineers”, Springer, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/programming-and-data-structure.html

16CS208 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the basic concepts of Oop in C++, Class, Overloading, Inheritance and Polymorphism.
CO2 : Interpret the basics of Java, Interface, Packages, String handling and Exception handling.
CO3 : Apply the concepts of multithreading in different applications, I/O Streams.
CO4 : Construct programs using the concepts of Applet in AWT Control, Event handling, Swing concepts and
Java database connectivity.
OOP WITH C++ 12
An Overview of C++ - Advantageof OOP - Object and Class - Arrays - Pointers - Function Overloading – Operator
Overloading - Constructors - Inheritance - Method Overriding - Abstract class - Encapsulation - Runtime Polymorphism-
Templates.
BASICS OF JAVA, STRING HANDLING, INPUT AND OUTPUT 12
History and Features of Java - JDK, JRE and JVM - Variable and Data Types - Keywords and Operators - Java Array -Java
inheritance - Interfaces and Packages - String: String Comparison - String Concatenation - Substring - String Bufferclass
- File I/O Stream - ByteArray I/O Stream - Sequence I/O Stream - Buffered I/O Stream - File Writer and Reader - DataI/O
Stream.
MULTITHREADINGAND EXCEPTION HANDLING 8
Multithreading - Life Cycle of a Thread - Creating Thread - Thread Priority - Thread Synchronization - Inter-thread
Communication - Exception Handling: Try and Catch Block - Multiple Catch Block - Nested try - Finally block –Throw and
Throws keyword.
APPLET, AWT, SWING AND JDBC 13
Applet Life Cycle - Graphics in Applet - Displaying image in Applet - Jappletclass - Parameter in Applet and AWT
Controls - Event Handling - Event classes and Listener Interfaces - Adapter classes - Basics of Swing: Jbutton class -
JradioButton - JtextAreaclass - LayoutManagers: BorderLayout - GridLayout - FlowLayout - BoxLayout - CardLayout -
JDBC: JDBC Drivers - Steps to Connect to the database - Statements.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Herbert Schildt, “C++: The Complete Reference”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2012.
2. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference Java”, 9th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. E. Balaguruswamy, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013
2. E. Balaguruswamy, “Programming with Java”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007
3. Deitel H M and Deitel P J, “JAVA - How to Program”, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall of India / Pearson Education,
2007.
4. Steven Holzner et al, “Java 2 Programming”, Dream Tech Press, 2009.
5. Bernard Van Haecke, “JDBC 3 Java Database Connectivity”, Wiley-DreamTech Press India Pvt. Ltd., Edition,
2002.

16CS226 PROGRAMMING IN C 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 : Classify data types and cite their significance.
CO2 : Choose appropriate decision–making and looping constructs in programming.
CO3 : Apply modularization techniques for problem solving through programming.
CO4 : Administer input/output processing by manipulating files.
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING 6
Fundamentals of Computing – Historical perspective – Early computers – Computing machine – Problems – Pseudocode
and flowcharts – Memory – Number System Representation and Conversion - Variables – Values – Instructions –
Programs.
INTRODUCTION TO C 14
The language of C – Phases of developing a running computer program in C – Data types – Constants – Variables –
Expressions – Operators and Operator precedence in C – Statements – Declarations – Input/Output Statements – Compound
Statements – Selection Statements – Conditions – Logical Operators – Repetitive statements – While construct – Do-
while Construct – For construct - Arrays – Multidimensional Arrays and Matrices.
MODULAR PROGRAMMING 6
Functions: Prototype declaration – Function definition – Function call: Passing arguments to a function – Call by value
– Call by reference – Scope of variable names – Recursive function calls.
MORE DATA TYPES IN C 19
Pointers: Pointer variables – Declaring and dereferencing pointer variables – Pointer Arithmetic – Examples – Accessing
arrays through pointers – Pointer types – Pointers and strings – String operations in C – Structures in C – Motivation –
Examples – Declaration and use – Operations on structures – Passing structures as function arguments – Type defining
structures – Self–referential structures – File input/output in C – Streams – Input/output and error streams – Opening,
closing and reading from files – Programming for command line arguments.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Deitel H.M., and Deitel P.J., “C: How to program”, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Kernighan and Ritchie, “The C Programming Language”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1988.
REFERENCES
1. Dromey R.G., “How to Solve It by Computer”, Pearson, 1982
2. Bradley A.R., “Programming for Engineers”, Springer, 2011
WEB REFERENCES
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/programming-and-data-structure.html

16CS227 DATA STRUCTURES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate various linear and non-linear data structures.
CO2 : Make use of Sorting Techniques in the design of software development.
CO3 : Choose appropriate searching and indexing techniques for better application development.
LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 15

Abstract Data Types (ADT) - Arrays and its Representations - List ADT - Array Based Implementation - Linked List
Implementation - Doubly-Linked Lists - Circularly Linked Lists - Applications of Lists - Stack ADT - Implementation of
Stack and its Applications - Queue ADT - Implementation of Queue and its Applications.
NON LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 10
Tree ADT - Tree Traversals - Binary Tree ADT - Expression Trees - Applications of Trees - Binary Search tree ADT - Graph
and its Representations - Graph Traversals.
SORTING TECHNIQUES 10
Heap - Binary Heap - Applications of Priority Queues, Preliminaries - Insertion Sort - Shell sort - Heap sort - Merge sort -
Quick sort
SEARCHING TECHNIQUES 10
Linear Search - Binary Search - Hashing - Separate Chaining- Open Addressing - Rehashing- Extensible hashing -
Overflow handling - Indexing - B Tree Indexing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Weiss M.A., "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
2. Tenenbaum M., Langsam Y., and Augenstein M.J. "Data Structures using C", Pearson Education, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, "Fundamentals of Data Structures", 2nd Edition, GalgotiaBook Source, Gurgaon,
1976
2. Aho AV., Hopcroft J.E., and Ullman J.D., "Data Structures and Algorithms", 1st Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
3. Gilberg R.F., Forouzan B.A., "Data Structures", 2nd Edition, Publisher Thomson India Edition, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
3. https://itunes.apple.com/us/course/data-structures/id546468797

16CS255 SIMULATION LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Use the basic commands and features of the drafting software to create geometric models.
CO2 : Construct orthographic views from the geometric models.
CO3 : Explain the fundamentals of electric circuit's signals using Simulation software.
CO4 : Experiment with open source simulation software's for code generation from flowcharts, pseudo code
and Visual patterns.
AUTOCAD
1. Study of capabilities of Drafting and Modeling software - Coordinate systems (absolute, relative, polar) - Creation
of simple geometrical entities.
2. Drawing of a Title Block with necessary text and projection symbol.
3. Drawing of front view and top view of simple solids like prism, pyramid, cylinder, and cone dimensioning.
MATLAB
1. Matrices and Vectors
2. Arithmetic Operators
3. Functions and Graphics
a. Elementary Functions
b. Linear Algebra
c. Differential Equations
d. Fourier Transformations
4. Generation of basic signals
5. Filtering of a signal
6. Simulink
GRAPHICAL CODING SOFTWARE TOOLS

1. DRAKON
Implementation of generating executable code from Flow charts and pseudo codes
2. FLOWGORITHM
Implementation of generating executable code from Flow charts and pseudo codes
3. SCRATCH
Implementation of simple applications through programming paradigms using visual platform.

16CS256 PROGRAMMING USING C LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret and apply the Commands in Linux.
CO2 : Select appropriate Decision making and Looping constructs in Programming.
CO3 : Construct Programs using Derived Data Type.
CO4 : Apply Modularization Techniques for problem solving through Programming.
CO5 : Summarize Input / Output processing by manipulating Files.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. I/O Statements, Operators and Expressions.
2. Decision making and Looping.
3. Functions and Recursion.
4. Pointers.
5. Arrays.
6. String Manipulation.
7. Structures and Union
8. Files.
9. Command Line Arguments

16CS258 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Develop programs using concepts of Object Oriented Programming.
CO2 : Develop programs using Control structures and Inheritance.
CO3 : Develop various java applications and GUI programming concepts.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Simple programs in C++ basic concepts
2. Simple programs in Java to demonstrate the usage of Control structures.
3. Real time application programs to illustrate the use of Inheritance.
4. Demonstration of Exception handling.
5. Simple real time application programs to illustrate the use of Packages.
6. Simple real time application programs to illustrate the use of Multi Threads.
7. Demonstration of the use of Text fields, Buttons, Scrollbar, Choice, List and Check box using Swing Technology
8. Demonstration of the use of various Layouts like Flow Layout, Border Layout, Grid layout, Gridbag layout and
card layout
• Creation of applets incorporating the following features:
• Color palette creation with matrix of buttons.
• Setting of background and foreground of the control text area by selecting a color from colorpalette.
• Selection of foreground or background use check box control as radio buttons.
• Setting of background images.
9. Creation of Menu and Menu Bar
10. Illustration of File operations.
11. Programs using JDBC Connectivity.

16CS276 PROGRAMMING IN C LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret and apply the commands in Linux.
CO2 : Choose appropriate decision-making and looping constructs in programming.
CO3 : Develop programs using derived data type.
CO4 : Apply modularization techniques for problem solving through programming.
CO5 : Administer input/output processing by manipulating files.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
2. Decision making and Looping.
4. Pointers.
5. Arrays.
7. Structures and Union.
8. Files.
9. Command Line Arguments.

16CS277 DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Experiment with the simulation of Arrays, Stack, Queues and Lists.
CO2 : Interpret the implementation of Binary Trees and Hashing.
CO3 : Simulate Graph representations and its traversals.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Implementation of Sorting and Searching using Array ADT
Insertion Sort
Quick Sort
Merge Sort
Linear and Binary Search
2. Implementation of the following ADTs
List
Stack
Queue
Tree
3. Implementation of hashing techniques
Separate Chaining
Open Addressing
Extensible Hashing
4. Implementation of Graph Traversals
Breadth First Search
Depth First Search

16IT203 RECENT TRENDS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the evolution and services of IT.
CO2 : Identify the concepts of web evolution and computing techniques.
CO3 : Analyze the cutting edge applications and trends in mobile technology.
CO4 : Show the technologies behind anytime/anywhere connectivity and smart decision making using analytics.
CO5 : Infer the concepts of analytics.
CO6 : Identify recent trends and security issues in IT.
RECENT TRENDS IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 15

Introduction-Evolution of IT - IT Products and Services - Major Players in IT Industry - Emerging Markets and Opportunities-
Web Evolution 2.0 to 5.0 - Smart World and IoT- Industrial Automation 4.0 - Autonomous Systems - Cyber Physical
Systems - Cloud Computing.
MOBILE TECHNOLOGIES 15
Portable Hardware Devices - Smartphones - Tablets - Mobile Applications - Wearables - Smart Watches - Google Glasses
- Global Positioning Systems (GPS) - Anywhere/Anytime Connectivity.
SECURITY AND TRENDS IN ANALYTICS 15
Big Data Analytics - Predictive Analysis - Emerging Technologies - Holistic View of Analytics - Virtual Reality - Augmented
Reality - Human Computer Interface - Security - Cyber Security - Digital Security - Digital Marketing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Abdelsalam A Helal "Any Time- Anywhere Computing: Mobile Computing Concepts and Technology", 2nd Edition,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2005.
2. Michael Minelli, Michele Chambers, Ambiga Dhiraj, "Big Data- Big Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and
Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses", 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.deepdotweb.com/marketplace-directory/listing/evolution-marketplace
2. www.iot-now.com/tag/url
3. www.informationvine.com/Answers
4. www.gartner.com
5. https://www.nap.edu/read/11896/chapter/5

16IT204 C PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the commands in LINUX.
CO2 : Apply various constructs for a given problem.
CO3 : Analyze and use functions and pointers to solve the given problems.
CO4 : Solve the problems using arrays and structures.
CO5 : Apply file concept to solve the problems.
CO6 : Illustrate about Runtime Environment.
Introduction to Linux Operating System - Basic Commands of Linux -Structure of C Program - Data types, Operators
and Expressions - Formatted Input and Output Statements - Control Flow Statements - Functions and Program Structure
- Recursion Functions - Pointers - Arrays and Strings - Structures - Unions - Standard Input and Output - File Access -
Runtime Environment
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie,"The C Programming Language", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
2012.
2. Paul L. Anderson and Gail C. Anderson, "Advanced C Tips and Techniques", Howard Wams & Company Hayden
Books, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2012.
3. Richard Stones, NeilMathew, "Beginning Linux Programming", 4th Edition, Wiley India Pvt.Ltd, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Yashwant Kanetkar, "Let us C", 13th Edition, BPB publishers, 2014.
2. Herbert Schildt, "C: The Complete Reference", 4th Edition, Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. David Hasking, "C Programming in Linux", 1st Edition, Ventus Publishing APs, 2009.
4. Mark G.Sobell, "A Practical guide to Linux Commands, Editor and Shell programming", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall
PTR Publication, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104128//

16IT205 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the basics of Python environment, data types and operations.
CO2 : Develop simple Python scripts using control statements and data types.
CO3 : Construct object oriented programs using functions.
CO4 : Outline the concepts of inheritance and polymorphism.
CO5 : Apply overloading concepts in various applications.
CO6 : Outline the concept of handling the exception through handlers.
INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON 15
Python Features - Python Interpreter - Program Execution - The Interactive Prompt - Python Data Types and Operations:
Python Object Types, Numeric Types - String - Lists and Dictionaries - Tuples- Files - Statements and Syntax -Python
Statements - While and For Loops - Iterations and Comprehensions - Simple Programs using Python Data Types and
Statements.
OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS IN PYTHON 15
Introduction - Objects and Classes - Creating Python Classes - Inheritance: Basic Inheritance, Multiple Inheritance -
Polymorphism-Abstract Base Classes-Functions - Python Built - In Functions-def Statements -def Executes at Runtime -
Definitions and Calls - Intersecting Sequences -Scopes and Nested Functions -Argument - Passing Basics.
OVERLOADING AND EXCEPTIONS 15
Operator Overloading - The Basics- Indexing and Slicing- Index Iteration-Iterable Objects- Membership- Attribute Access-
Object Destruction- Exceptions - Exception Basics-Catching Exceptions- Raising Exceptions- UserDefined Exceptions-
The try/except/else Statement- The try/finally Statement- Unified try/except/finally- The Raise Statement- Exception
Objects- Nesting Exception.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dusty Phillips, "Python 3 - Object Oriented Programming", 2nd Edition, Packet Publishing Ltd. 2015.
2. Mark Lutz, "Learning Python", 5th Edition, O'Reilly Publishing, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Joshua Welsh, "Python for Beginners: The Ultimate Guide to Python Programming; Learn Python FAST!",
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2016.
2. Leonardo Gorman, "Python for Beginners: A Simple and Concise Guide to Learn Coding Fast", CreateSpace
Independent Publishing Platform, 1st edition, 2016.
3. Martin Laredo, "Python Programming For Beginners: Crash Course", CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform,
2016.
WEB REFERENCES
2. python-course.eu/course.php

16IT208 JAVA PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify the basic concepts of Java language.
CO2 : Construct Java programs for interface, inheritance, packages and multithreading.
CO3 : Construct GUI applications using Applet, AWT and Swing.
CO4 : Develop Java applications using JDBC.
CO5 : Develop Java applications using collection framework classes and I/O classes.
CO6 : Develop Java application using files and client/server concepts.
INTRODUCTION TO OOPS AND JAVA CONCEPTS 15

Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming - Java Evolution - Overview - Data Types-Variables - Control Statements -
Methods and Classes - Arrays- String Handling - Inheritance - Packages - Interfaces- Exception Handling- Multithreaded
Programming.
APPLET, AWT, SWING AND JDBC 8
Applet Applet Class - Event Handling - AWT : Working with Windows -Graphics and Text - AWT Controls -Layout
Managers and Menus - Swing Components - Java Database Connectivity with JDBC.
JAVA COLLECTION FRAMEWORK, I/O STREAMS AND NETWORKING 12
Java Collection Framework : Vector- List- Treeset -Hashset- Autoboxing -Annotations - Input Output : Stream Classes-
Byte Stream-Character Stream -Serialization - Files - Networking : InetAddress -URL Connection- TCP/IP Client Sockets-
TCP/IP Server Sockets -Datagrams.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Herbert Schildt, "JavaTM: The Complete Reference Java", 9th Edition, Tata McGrawHill Publications, 2014.
2. Steven Holzner et al, "Java 2 Programming", Dream Tech Press, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Y.Daniel Liang, "Introduction to Java Programming: Brief Version", 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014.
2. Elliote Harold Rusty, "Java Network Programming", 4th Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES

16IT254 C PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Analyze and apply appropriate decision-making and looping constructs in C programs.
CO2 : Develop programs using derived data types & user defined data types and files.
CO3 : Implement basic commands of Linux in C language.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of basic commands of Linux.
3. Decision Making and Looping.
5. Pointers.
6. Arrays.
8. Emulate basic commands of Linux using C.
9. Structures and Union.
10. Files.
11. Command line arguments.
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://cse02-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/(Computer programming lab)

16IT255 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Develop Python script using data structures, control statements and functions.
CO2 : Create Python script using classes, objects and inheritance.
CO3 : Apply the concept of exception handling, and overloading.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Shell Scripting, GUI Environment.
2. Python Programming Basics.
3. Lists, Dictionaries, Tuples, Range, Strings.
4. Control Statements - if, while, for.
5. Built-In Functions.
6. Objects, Classes, Constructors and Destructors.
7. Function and Modules.
8. Overloading.
9. Inheritance.
10. Polymorphism.
11. Exception handling.

16IT256 JAVA PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Construct simple Java programs using control structures, classes, methods, arrays, string, interface,
inheritance, packages and multithreading; Test control structures using JUnit.
CO2 : Use Applet, AWT and Swing components to construct interactive Java applications.
CO3 : Develop Java application using database connectivity, collection framework classes and apply the
concepts of socket programming to create client/server applications.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Control Structures and test them using JUnit.
2. Classes and Methods.
3. Arrays and String.
4. Exception handling.
5. Inheritance.
6. Interfaces.
7. Packages.
8. Multithreading.
9. Applet and AWT.
10. Database connectivity using JDBC.
11. Java Collection Framework.
12. Client/Server applications using TCP/IP and UDP.
WEB REFERENCES

OPEN ELECTIVES (OE)

16AE2E18 AIRPORT MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course,students will be able to
CO1 : Illustrate the air transport commercial practices and uses.
CO2 : Explain themanagement perspectives.
CO3 : Explain about the economical strategy of airline industry.
CO4 : Describe the scheduling procedures based on various factors.
AVIATION INDUSTRY & AIRLINE MANAGEMENT 15

Development of air transportation - Comparison with other modes of transport - Role of IATA and ICAO - The general
aviation industry airline - Factors affecting general aviation - uses of aircraft - Airport: Airline management and Organization
- Levels of management, functions of management, Principles of Organization planning the Organization - Chart, Staff
departments and line departments.
AIRLINE ECONOMICS 15
Forecasting: purposes, methods - Airline pricing: pricing and demand, types of passenger fares, pricing process, airline
costs, pricing and output determination - Aircraft selection process: Technical aspects, Fleet rationalization, Fleet
commonality, Factors affecting choice of fleet, Fleet planning process.
PRINCIPLES OF AIRLINES SCHEDULING 15
Equipment maintenance - Flight operations and crew scheduling - Ground operations and facility limitations - Equipments
and types of schedule - Hub & spoke scheduling - Aircraft reliability - Maintenance schedule and its determination -
Aircraft scheduling with reference to engineering.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. L Alexander T Wells,"Air Transportation", 7th Edition,Wadsworth Publishing Company, 2011.
2. Fedric J.H. "Airport Management",Digitized Edition,Richard D. Irwing,2007.
REFERENCES
1. Gene Kropf "Airline Procedures", Himalayan Book house, 1949.
2. Wilson & Bryon "Air Transportation". Himalayan Book house , 2006.
3. Philip Locklin D "Economics of Transportation", Richard D. Irwing, 1972.

16AE2E20 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLAND AERODROME DESIGN 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the basic necessity of air traffic control services and its operations.
CO2 : Illustrate the functions of radar and various air traffic service responsibilities.
CO3 : Interpret the aerodrome design requirements in runway markings and lighting systems.
CO4 : Describe the significance of visual aids used in airports.
BASIC CONCEPTS 15
Objectives of ATS - Parts of ATC service- VFR and IFR operations - Classification of ATS air spaces in India and overseas
airport- Altimeter setting procedures- Varies kinds of separation- Vertical lateral and longitudinal separations based on
time / distance - RNAV and RNP -ATC clearances -Flight plans - Position report.
ATC SERVICES 15
Radar service -Identification procedures using primary/secondary radar -Use of radar in area and approach control
services - Assurance control and coordination between radar / non radar control - Emergency service - Flight information
and advisory service -Alerting service - Co-ordination and emergency procedures - Rules of the air.
AERODROME PHYSICAL DATA AND NAVIGATION SERVICES 15
Aerodrome data-Aerodrome reference code - Aerodrome reference point - Aerodrome elevation - Aerodrome reference
temperature - Instrument runway physical Characteristics: length of primary and secondary runway- Visual aids for
navigation-Wind direction indicator - Landing direction indicator- Various markings-general requirements -Various lighting
systems - Aerodrome beacon, Identification beacon - VASI and PAPI - Visual aids for denoting obstacles.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Nolan M S, "Fundamentals of Air Traffic Control" 5th Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2010.
2. DGCA, "Aircraft Manual" (India) Volume I & II", The Sterling book house, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. AAI, "Manual of air traffic services",4th Edition, Part-I, 2015.
2. ICAO 9157 Document, "Aerodrome Design Manual ",1st Edition,Part-VI, 2016.

16AE2E22 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of thecourse, students will be able to
CO1 : Recognize the use of various types of permanent fastening and sheet metal maintenance and repair.
CO2 : Explain the primary defects to be noted and procedure to rectify the same.
CO3 : Describe the problems in aircraft systems and maintenance.
CO4 : Describe the safety precautions and practices.
AIRFRAME WELDING AND MAINTANANCE 15

Equipments used in welding shop and their maintenance - Ensuring quality welds - Welding jigs and fixtures -Soldering
and brazing. Inspection of damage - Classification: Repair or replacement - Sheet metal inspection - N.D.T. Testing -
Riveted repair design Damage investigation -Reverse technology.
Review of types of plastics used in airplanes - Maintenance and repair of plastic components - Repair of cracks holes etc.-
Various repair schemes - Scopes - Inspection and Repair of composite components - Special precautions - Autoclaves.
HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEM MAINTANANCE 15
Trouble shooting and maintenance practices - Service and inspection - Inspection and maintenance of landing gear
systems - Inspection and maintenance of air-conditioning and pressurization system water and waste system- Installation
and maintenance of Instruments - Handling - Testing - Inspection- Inspection and maintenance of auxiliary systems - Fire
protection systems - Ice protection system - Rain removal system - Position and warning system - Auxiliary Power Units
(APUs).
AIRCRAFT CONTROL ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 15
Balancing of control surfaces - Inspection and maintenance-Helicopter flight controls - Tracking and balancing of main
rotor -Hazardous materials storage and handling Aircraft furnishing practices - Equipments - Trouble shooting -Theory
and practices.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kroes, Watkins and Delp, "Aircraft Maintenance and Repair" 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1992.
2. Harry A Kinnison, "Aviation Maintenance Management, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,2004.
REFERENCES
1. Larry Reithmeir, "Aircraft Repair Manual", Palamar Books, 1992.
2. Brimm D.J. Bogges H.E, "Aircraft Maintenance", Pitman Publications, 1940.

16AE2E25 MODELING OF MINI AND MICRO AIR VEHICLES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe Unmanned Aerial Vehicles and the standards followed.
CO2 : Describe the components of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
CO3 : Tell about the components, requirements and operations of propulsion system used in UAV
CO4 : Describe Flight controllers and its functions
INTRODUCTION 15
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle - Introduction and developments, applications. UAS Classification -Fixed wing, Flapping Wing,
Rotary wing, Multi rotors. Design Standards - USA and Europe.
Fixed Wing - components and Working Principle. Propulsion systems - Electric and Engine powered, control system,
Telemetry. Multi rotors - Components. Effect of Environment in UAV systems.
Case Study: DJI Spark.
PROPULSION SYSTEMS 12
Electric - Brushed and Brushless Motors, Electronic Speed Control Unit, Power Source. Propellors - Nomenclature
and Types. Engine - types of engine, fuel types. Engine control systems.
FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM 18
Commercial Flight Controllers. Arduino, Raspberry Pi, TI CC3200 MCU boards, Break Out Boards. Sensors - accelerometer,
gyros, magnetometer, barometric sensor, Ultrasonic transducers.
Case Study: Aurdupilot Flight Controller.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Reg Austin, ‘Unmanned Aircraft Systems: UAVs Design, Development and Deployment’, John Wiley & Sons Ltd
2010.
2. Kimmon P Valavanis, George J Vachtsevanos, ‘Handbook of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles’ Springer, 2015
REFERENCES
1. Ridhwan U Razeen, ‘Design of Midrange Unmanned Aerial Vehicle’, Lap Lambert Academic Publishing, 2015.
2. Paul Gerin Fahlstrom, Thomas James Gleason, ‘Introduction To UAV Systems’, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2012.

16AE2E26 FUNDAMENTALS OF APPLIED AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the components of aircraft.
CO2 : Describe the basic principles aircraft.
CO3 : Describe the communication systems and their development.
CO4 : Discuss basic electronics concepts.
AVIATION DEVELOPMENT 11
History of Aviation - Components of an Airplane and their functions - Conventional and Powered Controls - Basic
Instruments for flying - Frontiers of Aerospace Engineering.
SCIENCE OF FLIGHT 11
Aerodynamics: Science behind bird Flight, Aerodynamic characteristics of Airfoils - Basic ideas about Air breathing and
Rocket Engines.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 12
Aircraft communication systems - Global positioning system principles - Auto Pilot System.
FLIGHT SIMULATOR BASICS 11

Learning your Airplane – Pre-flight procedures – Basic aircraft controls – Instrument panel – Taxiing – Take-off – Cruising
– Landing – Stalling and amp; recovery – Navigation controls – Visual Flight Rules – Instrument Flight Rules –Flying at
night – Flying in changing weather conditions – Cross-Country flight.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Anderson, J.D., “Introduction to flight”, 8th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2015.
2. Dala R. Cundy, Rich S. Brown, “Introduction to Avionics”, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Ralph D. Bent & James L. Mackinley, “Aircraft Basic Science”, 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1988.
2. Powell J. “Aircraft Radio Systems”, 9th Edition, Pitman publishers, 2006.

16BM2E31 HEALTHCARE TECHNOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the nutritional value of the food intake.
CO2 : Familiar with recorders used in hospitals.
CO3 : Differentiate diagnostic & therapeutic devices.
CO4 : Explain the technology behind the working of the medical devices.
INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH 15
Introduction to health science. Carbohydrates, Vitamins, Minerals, Proteins. Blood and Body Fluids. Maintaining acid
base balance. Major food adulterants - Effects on health - Significance. Adverse effects of tobacco and alcohol consumption.
Types and Origin of Biosignals. Range of values of life saving parameters. Cause and effects - Blood Pressure, cardiac
failure, diabetes. Increase of cholesterol level. Respiratory problems. Cancer. Viral, bacterial, fungal infections.
BASIC BIOMEDICAL MEASURING DEVICES 15
Measurement of blood pressure-Direct & Indirect methods. Cardiac output, cardiac rate, heart sound. Respiratory rate,
Lung volumes and capacities.Temperature sensors. Pulse Oximeters. Blood cell counters. Blood glucose monitors-Multi
Para monitor, Concept of Biotelemetry. Smart Home Technologies.
BIOMEDICAL IMAGING AND THERAPEUTIC DEVICES 15
X-Ray, CT, MRI, Ultrasound Scanning-Principle, Image Interpretation, Limitations. Hemodialysis:principle,
dialyzingmembrane, instrumentation. Defibrillators, pacemakers.Biomaterials: stent, heart valves, concept of targeted
drug delivery.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Joseph J.carr and John M. Brown, "Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology", John Wiley &Sons, 1997.
2. Khandpur R.S, "Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation", 3rd edition,Tata McGraw-Hill, 2014.
3. Carolyn D. Berdanier, Johanna T. Dwyer, David Heber. "Handbook of Nutrition and Food", 3rd Edition, CRC Press,
2013.
REFERENCES
1. John G. Webster, "Medical Instrumentation Application and Design", John Wiley &Sons, 1998.
2. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J.Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer, "Bio-Medical Instrumentation and Measurements", 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2005.

16BM2E32 MATERIALS IN MEDICINE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Classify materials used for implant applications
CO2 : Indicate their structure property relationships and tissue response to the materials used.
CO3 : Describe the properties of metallic alloys and ceramic materials, polymer, composite materials as suitable
for biomedical applications.
CO4 : Categorize the materials for soft and hard tissue replacements.
CO5 : Describe the concepts of tissue engineering.
STRUCTURE OF BIOMATERIALS AND BIOCOMPATIBILITY 15

Classification of biomaterials, structure property relationship in biomaterials - Mechanical properties and testing,
viscoelasticity. Body response to implants, biocompatibility testing of materials, standards for testing. Metallic implant
materials. Ceramic implant materials. Polymers. Composites. Nanostructured Biomaterials, Surface modification and surface
characterization of Biomaterials. Issues and challenges in the use of metallic alloys, ceramics, polymers and composites.
TISSUE REPLACEMENT IMPLANTS 20
Soft-Tissue replacements - sutures, skin implants - artificial skin and tissue engineered skin, maxillofacial augmentation-
ear and eye implants, maxillofacial reconstruction. Blood interfacing implants - Blood substitutes and catheters;
cardiovascular grafts and stents; heart valve implants- mechanical models and design, total artificial heart, left ventricular
assist devices - design; Artificial kidney - hemodialysis, modeling of transport phenomena in dialysis. CAD tools in
design and CFD tools in testing of designs. 3D printing and digital manufacturing of artificial organs. Hard tissue
replacement implants - artificial ligaments and tendons, bone cements, long bone repair- bone screws and pins, intramedullary
wires, cortical and cancellous bone plates. Joint replacements - total hip replacement, knee replacements, meniscal repair.
Dental restorations and implants.
TRANSPLANTS AND TISSUE ENGINEERING MATERIALS 10
Transplants - immunological considerations, blood transfusions, organ transplants. Tissue engineering -scaffold materials,
scaffold fabrication methods, cells and signaling molecules, tissue engineering of bone, cartilage, liver, skeletal muscle.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Park J.B and Lakes R.S, "Biomaterials", Springer Publications, 3rd Edition, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Park J.B., Bronzino.D.J, "Biomaterials: Principles and applications", CRC Press, 2002.
2. Qizhi Chen George Thouas, "Biomaterials - A basic introduction", CRC Press, 2012.

16BM2E33 PRINCIPLES OF TELEMEDICINE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Demonstrate understanding of the underlying technology principles of a telemedicine system (TMS).
CO2 : Explain the architecture of telemedicine systems.
CO3 : Demonstrate awareness of the main approaches to providing remote solutions to deliver patient care.
CO4 : Evaluate the process and business considerations when defining and implementing a TMS in the remote
medical care context.
INTRODUCTION TO TELEMEDICINE 9
Definitions of telemedicine - History of telemedicine - Organs and forms of telemedicine - Evolutionand benefits of
telemedicine - Impactof telemedicine on healthcare delivery - Issuesin telemedicine - Typeof digital information (audio,
video, still images, text and data).
ARCHITECTURE OF TELEMEDICINE SYSTEMS 9
Telemedicine as a system - Criticalsub-systems of telemedicine - Regulatory sub-system - Optionalsub-system of
telemedicine - Telecommunicationsapproach - Elementsof telecommunications systems - POTS, Wireless System.
Modalities of telecommunications systems (e-health) - Wireless Communication and Satellite Communications - VSAT
based dedicated videoconferencing system - Mobileapplications of telemedicine (m-health).
COMPUTER AND NETWORKING TECHNOLOGIES FOR TELEMEDICINE 9
Internet based telemedicine practices - WWW approach - Applied web browser for healthcare practice - PCbased audio
and video conferencing. Types of network topologies - LAN, WAN and Body Sensor - Personal Area Network (Adhoc
network) - 3 tier architecture model.
DATA AND INFORMATION STANDARDS IN TELEMEDICINE 9
Role of standards in healthcare - HealthLevel Seven (HL7) - Digital Imaging and Communication in Medicine (DICOM),
Logical Observation Identifiers Names and Codes (LOINC), Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine - Clinical Terms
(SNOMED). Adoption of Information Systems. Standards in Healthcare - Ethicaland legal aspects of telemedicine,
confidentiality of data, and the law, patient rights and consent-Security /access to medical records, reimbursements.
Values to the patient, clinician, and health care organization training, cost, administration, challenges to successful
implementation - Healthcare Management Information Systems.
CLINICAL AND TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF TELEMEDICINE 9
Applications of telemedicine - Perspectives of clinicians - Telemedicine and diagnostic imaging (teleradiology) - Telemedicine
and monitoring of physiological parameters (telehealth) - Telemedicine and surgery (telesurgery). Diffusion of IT Innovations
in Healthcare - Healthcare Status, Delivery Systems & Issues in Developing Countries like India - Future of Healthcare -
Challenges and Future Trends including Opportunities for rural and emergency /disaster healthcare projects.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Olga Ferrer Roca, M.Sosa Iudicissa (editors), "Hand Book of Telemedicine", IOS Press, 2002.
2. Norris A.C, "Essentials of Telemedicine and Telecare", John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
REFERENCES
1. Wootton R, Craig J, Patterson V, "Introduction to Telemedicine", Royal Society of Medicine Press Ltd, 2ndEdition,
2006.
2. Maheu M.M., Whitten. P. Allen, "E-Health, Telehealth, and Telemedicine", Jossy-Bass, 2001.
3. Latifi R, "Current Principles and Practices of Telemedicine and e-Health", IOHS Press, 2008.

16BM2E34 BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Explain the basic chemistry and life cycle of living organism
CO2 : Express the importance of biological theories
CO3 : Explain the architecture and major mechanisms involved in human body
CO4 : Explain the importance of survival mechanism and daily functions of the body
CO5 : Apply engineering methods for biological problems
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 15
Introduction: Concepts of science-living organims: Cells-Cell theory, structure and function, Cell growth,cycle and
differentiation. Chemistry of Biology-bonds. Genetic basis- DNA, RNA, Protein and genetic variation, mutations, Darwin’s
Theory of Evolution.
BIOLOGICAL ARCHITECTURE AND SURVIVAL 15
Molecular Machines/Motors-cytoskeleton-Enzymes-Biosensors.Introduction to Nervous system and Immune system.
BIOLOGICAL ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 15
Stems cells-tissue engineering, Systems approach-Systems biology-DNA computing, Categories of Biological utilization-
Biorobotics, Biomaterials,Bionics/Hybrid systems, Biomimetics. Engineering Design.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS
1. Arthur T.Johnson, “Biology for Engineers”, CRC Press,2010.
2. S. Thyagarajan, Selvamurugan.N, Rajesh M.P, Nazeer R.A, Richard W Thilagaraj, Barathi.S, Jaganathan M.K,
“Biology for Engineers”. Mcgraw-Hill Education, 2013.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jeremy M.Berg, John L.Tymoczko and LubertStryer, “Biochemistry”, W.H.Freeman and Co. Ltd., 2006.
2. Jon Cooper, “Biosensors a practical approach”, Academic Press, 1994.
3. Freifelder D., Physical Biochemistry,”Application to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology”, 2nd edition,
W.H.Freeman& Company, San Fransisco, 1982.
4. SwaminathanSethuraman, Uma Maheswari Krishnan, Anuradha Subramanian, Biomaterials and Nanotechnology
for Tissue Engineering, CRC Press, 2016

16BM2E35 HOSPITAL SYSTEM MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Design hospital plans with their specifications and requirements.
CO2 : Plan hospital budgets with due knowledge in health financing and insurance.
CO3 : Implement hospital codes in health care systems and manage biomedical equipment purchase & servicing
CO4 : Practice engineering ethics and moral to uphold the human value in the hospital environment.
CLASSIFICATION OF HOSPITAL SYSTEMS 9

Classification of hospital systems-Role of Administrator-Primary Health Center. Hospital Services- Organization of
Outpatient, inpatient, supportive, casualty & emergency service systems.
PLANNING OF SERVICE DEPARTMENTS 9
Ancillary services-laboratory services, physiotherapy, occupational therapy, blood transfusion services, radio diagnosis,
hospital pharmacy, nursing services, dietary services, transport services, communication services. Supportive Services -
Electrical system-Generator standby power-Air conditioning system-Water supply and sanitary system-Firefighting
equipment –Alarm system -Housekeeping and maintenance services
HOSPITAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS 9
Hospital information system and management- Admission/Discharge records of patients, patient billing, maintenance of
patients’ record - Functional characteristics of HIS-Infection control in hospitals- Pest control, hospital waste management-
Lighting in hospital.
CLINICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS 9
Need for a biomedical equipment consultant - Purchase of Biomedical Equipment- Justification , planning specification,
budgeting, tendering, evaluation, selection, installation, commissioning, acceptance. Maintenance of equipment- In-
house and contract, various types of contracts, PM & CM- TQM applications-Types of Biomedical equipment.
MEDICAL ETHICS 9
Introduction to medical ethics- un ethics in hospitals- perspective of medical ethics- Ethics of the Individual-The patient
as a person- the family and society in medical ethics- Death and dying- The labour laws applicable to Hospitals.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Goyal R.C, “Hospital Administration and Human Resource Management”, PHI, 4th Edition, 2006.
2. Kunders G.D, “Hospitals – Facilities Planning and Management”, 5th Edition, New Delhi, 2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Cesar.A.Caceres and Albert Zara, “The Practice of Clinical Engineering”, Academic Press, New York, 1977.
2. Goel.S.L and R.Kumar, “Hospital Administration& Management”, Deep &Deep Publications, New Delhi, 1999.
3. Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, McGraw Hill, New York,1996.
4. Lele R.D, “Computer in Medicine”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2005.

16BM2E36 PERSPECTIVES IN ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Exercise engineering concepts for sensory, motor and communication rehabilitation.
CO2 : Describe the design criteria for prosthetic and orthotic devices.
CO3 : Use specific devices for communication disorders rehabilitation.
INTRODUCTION 9
Rehabilitation concepts – Engineering concepts in sensory rehabilitation, motor rehabilitation, communication disorders
SENSORY REHABILITATION 12
Rehabilitation of the blind – Visual Prosthetics, Reading aids, tactile vision. Types of deafness, audiograms, speech tone
and pure tone audiometry, Assistive Technology for Deaf.
MOTOR REHABILITATION 15
Orthotics and prosthetics in rehabilitation-multidisciplinary approach, Motor control ,motor learning and neural plasticity
in orthotic and prsthetic rehabilitation,Materials and technology, Prosthetics for Upper and lower extremity amputations,
Orthoses for ankle impairments —knee impairments, spinal dysfunctions and paraplegia.
ALTERNATIVE AND AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNICATION 9
Augmentative Communication, Control and Computer Access – AAC - Language representation methods, User Interface,
Outputs, Acceleration Techniques, Cost-Effectiveness of High Vs Low Technology Approaches, computer access
techniques for physically disabled. Case study: Human Cognition in the Design of Assistive Technology for those with
Learning Disabilities.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Joseph D Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering Handbook”,4th edition, CRC Press, 2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. R. A Cooper, H. Ohnabe, and D. A. Hobson, “An Introduction to Rehabilitation Engineering”, Taylor &Francis,
2007.
2. Donald G. Shurr, ýJohn W. Michael, ýThomas Michael Cook, “Prosthetics and Orthotics”, 2nd Edition, prentice hall,
2002.
3. Michelle M. Lusardi, Millee Jorge, Caroline C. Nielsen “Orthotics and Prosthetics in Rehabilitation”, 3rd Edition,
saunders, an imprint of Elsevier Inc. 2013.
4. Soonhwa Seok,ý Edward L. Meyen,ý Boaventura DaCosta “Handbook of Research on Human Cognition and
Assistive Technology: Design, Accessibility and Transdisciplinary Perspectives”ist edition ,medical information
science refence,2010.

16CE2E51 GLOBAL WARMING AND CLIMATE CHANGE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Illustrate the importance of ozone in environment and explain the effects of green house gases in the
atmosphere.
CO 2 : Summarize the components of atmosphere, concepts of lapse rate and behaviour of atmosphere.
CO 3 : Assess the impacts of climate change on various sectors and recall the initiatives taken, to suppress the
climate change.
CO 4 : Solve the problem of global warming with the new technologies available, in their respective domains.
EARTH'S CLIMATE SYSTEM 7

Role of ozone in environment-Ozone layer-Ozone depleting gases, Green House Gases -Green House Effect, Radiative
Effects of Greenhouse Gases- Global Warming - Carbon Cycle.
ATMOSPHERE AND ITS COMPONENTS 9
Importance of Atmosphere-Physical Chemical Characteristics of Atmosphere-Vertical structure of the atmosphere-
Composition of the atmosphere-Atmospheric stability-Temperature profile of the atmosphere-Lapse rates-Temperature
inversion- Effects of inversion on pollution dispersion.
IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE 10
Causes of Climate change - Change of Temperature in the environment-Melting of ice Pole- Sea level rise-Impacts of
Climate Change on various sectors -Agriculture, Forestry and Ecosystem - Water Resources - Human Health -Industry,
Settlement and Society - Methods and Scenarios - Projected Impacts for Different Regions- Uncertainties in the Projected
Impacts of Climate Change -Risk of Irreversible Changes.
OBSERVED CHANGES AND ITS CAUSES 10
Climate change and Carbon credits- CDM- Initiatives in India-Kyoto Protocol-Intergovernmental Panel on Climate change-
Climate Sensitivity and Feedbacks -The Montreal Protocol - UNFCCC - IPCC -Evidences of Changes in Climate and
Environment on a Global Scale and in India .
CLIMATE CHANGE AND MITIGATION MEASURES 9
Clean Development Mechanism -Carbon Trading- Examples of future Clean Technology - Biodiesel - Natural Compost -
Eco- Friendly Plastic - Alternate Energy - Hydrogen - Bio-fuels - Solar Energy - Wind - Hydroelectric Power -Mitigation
Efforts in India and Adaptation funding, Key Mitigation Technologies and Practices.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dash Sushil Kumar, "Climate Change - An Indian Perspective", Cambridge University Press India Pvt. Ltd, 2007.
2. Adaptation and mitigation of climate change-Scientific Technical Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. J.M. Wallace and P.V. Hobbs,"Atmospheric Science", Elsevier / Academic Press 2006.
2. Jan C. van Dam, "Impacts of Climate Change and Climate Variability on Hydrological Regimes", Cambridge University
Press, 2003.
WEB REFERENCE
http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=850

16CE2E52 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Distinguish between Hazard, Risk, Vulnerability and Disaster; explain disaster management cycle.
CO 2 : Identify the causes and effects of Natural and Manmade disaster.
CO 3 : Predict the amount of disaster that can occur and give solution after the occurrence of disaster.
CO 4 : Explain the techniques through which disaster can be mitigated.
INTRODUCTION TO DISASTER 9
Meaning, Nature, Importance of Hazard, Risk, Vulnerability and Disaster-Dimensions & Scope of Disaster Management
- India's Key Hazards -Vulnerabilities - National disaster management framework - Disaster Management Cycle.
NATURAL DISASTER 9
Natural Disasters- Meaning and nature of natural disaster: Floods, drought, cyclone, earthquakes, landslides, avalanches,
volcanic eruptions, Heat and cold waves, their types and effects- Climatic change: global warming, Sea level rise, ozone
depletion.
ANTHROPOGENIC DISASTER 9
Man Made Disasters: Nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters, building fire, coal fire, forest fire, oil fire,
air pollution, water pollution, deforestation and industrial waste water pollution.
DISASTER MANAGEMENT 10
Pre- disaster stage (preparedness) - Preparing hazard zonation maps, Predictability/ forecasting and warning - Preparing
disaster preparedness plan -Land use zoning - Preparedness through Information, education - Emergency Stage - Rescue
training for search & operation - Immediate relief - Assessment surveys - Post Disaster stage - Rehabilitation - Social
Aspect - Economic Aspect and Environmental Aspect.
DISASTER MITIGATION 8
Meteorological observatory - Seismological observatory - Hydrology Laboratory and Industrial Safety inspectorate -
Technology in Disaster Management -Emergency Management Systems (EMS) in the Disaster Management Cycle -
Remote Sensing and Geographic Information Systems (GIS) in Disaster Management.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sharma.S.R, "Disaster management", A P H Publishers, 2011
2. VenuGopalRao.K, "Geoinformatics for Disaster Management", Manglam Publishers and Distributors, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Singh.R.B, "Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability andMitigation", Rawat Publications, 2006.
2. Gupta.H.K, "Disaster Management", University Press, 2003.
3. Gupta.M.C, "Manuals on Natural Disaster management in India", National Centre for Disaster Management, IIPA,
New Delhi, 2001.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/mod2/4.htm

16CE2E53 WASTE MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the sources, effects & remedies of water and air pollution.
CO2 : Summarize the concepts of air quality sampling and monitoring.
CO3 : Describe the concepts of Noise pollution and their standards.
CO4 : Categorize the different types of solid waste and its disposal techniques.
CO5 : Explain the effects of E-waste and the processing technologies of E-waste.
SOURCES AND EFFECTS OF WATER POLLUTION

9
Pollutants and Pollution sources - Pollution due to industrial, agricultural and municipal wastes - Biological aspects of
stream pollution - Eutrophication - Aeration to pollution - Benthal decomposition in streams -Factors affecting self-
purification of stream -Flow measurements - Limitation of disposal by dilution-Causes - Effects / Significance - Analysis
- Tests - Standards of water quality -Water pollution control legislation.
SOURCES AND EFFECTS OF AIR POLLUTION 9
Sources and Classification of air pollutions - Particulate and gaseous pollutants - Effects of air pollution on human beings,
materials, vegetation, and animals - Greenhouse effect - Global warming - Ozone layer depletion -Prevention and control
of air pollution - Control of particulates- Air pollutants sampling - Air quality monitoring - Air pollution control legislation.
NOISE POLLUTION & CONTROL 9
Sources, effects of noise pollution - Fundamentals of sound - Generation, propagation, etc., sound measurements, sound
level meters - Noise standards - Control and Preventive measures.
MUNICIPAL SOLIDWASTE MANAGEMENT 9
Sources and types of municipal solid wastes - Waste generation rates - Factors affecting generation- Characteristics-
Methods of sampling and characterization- Effects of improper disposal of solid wastes -Public health and Environmental
effects - Elements of solid waste management - Integrated management -Social and Financial aspects -Public awareness
- Role of NGO's - Environmental protection legislation.
E -WASTE MANAGEMENT 9
e-waste - sources - Classification- Characteristics - Effects of pollution on land, water bodies and human health - Collection
methods - Processing and Treatment techniques - New Recycling technologies - Reuse- Disposal techniques -
Environmental protection legislation - Future perspectives of electronic scrap.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ronald E. Hester and Roy M. Harrison, "Electronic waste management", 1st Edition, Royal society of chemistry,
2009.
2. Metcalf M.C and Eddy M .C., "Wastewater Engineering - Treatment & Reuse", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 2003.
3. Rao M. N and Rao H.V.N., "Air Pollution Control", 1st Edition, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2005.
REFERENCE
Birdie G.S and Birdie J.S., "Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering", 9th Edition, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES

16CE2E54 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the basic concepts and components of GIS.
CO2 : Illustrate techniques used for storage of spatial data and data compression.
CO3 : Explain the techniques of data input and topology.
CO4 : Summarize the concepts of spatial data quality and data standards.
CO5 : Outline the practices used for input, management and output of spatial data.
FUNDAMENTALS OF GIS 9
Introduction to GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems -GIS and Information Systems - Definitions - History of
GIS - Components of GIS: Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods - Proprietary and open source Software - Types of
data - Spatial, Attribute data- Types of attributes - Scales/ levels of measurements.
SPATIAL DATA MODELS 9
Database Structures - Relational, Object Oriented - Entities - ER diagram - Data models - Conceptual, logical and physical
models - Spatial data models - Raster Data Structures - Raster Data Compression - Vector Data Structures - Raster vs
Vector Models- TIN and GRID data models.
DATA INPUT AND TOPOLOGY 9
Scanner - Raster Data Input - Raster Data File Formats - Georeferencing - Vector Data Input -Digitiser - Datum Projection
and reprojection -Coordinate Transformation - Topology - Adjacency, connectivity and containment - Topological
Consistency - Non topological file formats -Attribute Data linking - Linking External Databases - GPS Data Integration.
DATA QUALITY AND STANDARDS 9
Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, positional accuracy, temporal accuracy, thematic
accuracy and lineage - Metadata - GIS Standards - Interoperability - OGC - Spatial Data Infrastructure.
DATA MANAGEMENT AND OUTPUT 9
Import/Export - Data Management functions- Raster to Vector and Vector to Raster Conversion - Data Output - Map
Compilation - Chart/Graphs - Multimedia - Enterprise vs. Desktop GIS- Distributed GIS-Demonstration for Generation of
Map using QGIS.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kang-Tsung Chang, Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 2nd Edition, Mc-Graw Hill Publishing, 2011.
2. Ian Heywood, Sarah Cornelius, Steve Carver, Srinivasa Raju, -An Introduction Geographical Information Systems,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
REFERENCE
C.P. Lo Albert K.W. Yeung, Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems, Prentice-Hall India
Publishers, 2006.
WEB REFERENCE
http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/modern-surveying-techniques.html

16CE2E55 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN INDUSTRY 3003
Course Outcomes
CO 1 : Identify the suitable technology for the prevention of industrial pollution.
CO 2 : Plan a waste and energy audit.
CO 3 : Illustrate the Environmental management laws pertaining to Industrial Pollution as per ISO 14001.
CO 4 : Assess the risk factor in an Industrial project and draft a report.
CO 5 : compare between the various cleaner technologies adopted in different Industries.
INDUSTRIAL WASTE, TYPES AND ITS CONTROL 11

Nature and characteristics of industrial wastes - Prevention versus control of industrial pollution- Linkage between
technology and pollution prevention - Tools for clean processes, reuse, recycle, recovery, source reduction, raw material
substitution-toxic use reduction and process modifications.
ENERGY AND WASTE AUDIT 9
Unit operations in separation technology - Separation technologies as tools for waste minimization- process optimization
for cleaner industrial processes- Flow sheet analysis- Energy and resource (material and water) audits for efficient usage
and conservation -Waste audits, emission inventories and waste management hierarchy for process industries.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 10
EMAS, ISO 14000 - EMS as per ISO 14001:2015– benefits and barriers of EMS – Concept of continual improvement and
pollution prevention - environmental policy – initial environmental review – environmental aspect and impact analysis –
legal and other requirements- objectives and targets – environmental management programs – structure and responsibility
– training awareness and competence- communication – documentation and document control – operational control –
monitoring and measurement – management review.
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND RISK ASSESSMENT 9
Environmental regulations and policies- Environmental protection laws and acts- Environmental management systems -
Strategies for management of resources - Corporate and international charters and protocols - Risk assessment -
Environmental impact assessment - Industrial ecology - Pollution prevention -Waste minimization and sustainable
development- Life cycle assessment- Environmental audits- Eco-labelling of products - Performance indicators-
Environmental economics.
CASE STUDIES 6
Case studies on industrial applications of cleaner technologies in chemical, metallurgical, pulp and paper, textile,
electroplating, leather, dairy, cement and other industries
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. R. Sullivan, Hugh, Wyndham, Effective Environmental Management: Principles and Case Studies, Allen & Unwin
Academic, 2001.
2. C. J. Barrow, Environmental Management: Principles and Practice (Routledge Environmental Management Series)
Routledge, 1st edition, 1999.
REFERENCES
1. F. B. Friedman, Practical Guide to Environmental Management, Environmental Law Institute, USA, 9th edition
2003.
2. G. Burke, Ben R. Singh and L. Theodore, Handbook of Environmental Management and Technology, Wiley-
Inderscience, 2nd edition, 2000.
3. B. Taylor, Effective Environmental, Health, and Safety Management Using the Team Approach, Wiley-Inderscience,
2005.
4. D. L. Goetsch and S. B. Davis, ISO 14001: Environmental Management, Prentice Hall, 2000.
16CS2E51 DATA ANALYTICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 : Understand the basic functionalities of Data Mining Techniques.
CO2 : Apply Data Analytics algorithms to the analysis of Business problems.
CO3 : Apply Algorithms to build Machine Intelligence.
CO4 : Describe Big Data Analytics Tools.
CO5 : Use statistical methods and Visualization to quickly explore Data.
DATA MINING 9
Relation To Statistics - Databases - Data Mining Functionalities - Steps in Data Mining Process - Architecture of Typical
Data Mining Systems - Classification Of Data Mining Systems - Overview Of Data Mining Techniques.
PREDICTIVE MODELING 12
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases - Classification and Prediction: Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction
- Classification by Decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification - Other Classification Methods -Prediction - Clusters
Analysis: Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis - Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods.
OVERVIEW OF BIG DATA ANALYTICS 12
Introduction to Big Data - Big Data Analytics Applications - Time Series Analysis - Introduction to Map Reduce / Hadoop
TECHNOLOGIES AND TOOLS FOR DATA ANALYTICS 12
Data visualization techniques using R Tool: Histograms - Box plots - Scatter plots - Time series - Spatial Data - Spark -
Introduction to Exploratory Data Mining - Association Rule Mining-Clustering and Classification Techniques using
WEKA Tool
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, "Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques", Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011
2. Cathy O'Neil and Rachel Schutt,"Doing Data Science, Straight Talk from the Frontline", O'Reilly, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, "Mining of Massive Datasets", Cambridge University Press, 2011.
2. Joel Grus, "Data Science from Scratch", Copyright c 2015
3. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", OReilly Media, 4thEdition, 2015.

16CS2E52 JAVA PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret Java programs using Object Oriented Concepts.
CO2 : Design Simple Java Applications involving GUI and Threading.
CO3 : Develop Network based Java Programs with Java Database Connectivity.
INTRODUCTION TO JAVA 9
Object Oriented Language: Overview - JAVA Environment - Comparing JAVA, C and C++ - Keywords and Operators -
Identifiers - Literal - Expressions - Control Statements - Arrays and Strings - Command Line Arguments - Data Members
- Methods - Overloading Constructors - Class Assignment - This - Static members and methods - Final - Super keyword
- Exception Handling.
INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND THREADS 9
Abstract Classes - Inheritance: Types - Single - Multilevel - Hierarchical - Interfaces: Defining - Implementing - Packages:
Introduction - Importing packages - Implementation - Multithreaded Programming: Thread model - Creating a Thread -
Thread Priority - Synchronization - Inter Thread Communication.
AWT AND APPLET 9
HTML: Introduction - Webpage Design - Basic Tags - Simple Programs - Applet: Lifecycle - Simple Applet Display - Labels
- Text fields - Buttons - Combo Boxes - Passing Parameters to Applet - AWT: Windows Fundamentals - AWT Controls -
Event Handling: Sources of Events - Event Delegation Model - Event Classes - Event Listener Interfaces - AWT Classes
- Working with Graphics - Working with Color - Working with Font - Layout Managers - Menu Bars and Menus.
JAVA COLLECTION FRAMEWORK AND DATABASE CONNECTIVITY 9
Java Collection Framework: Vector - List - TreeSet - HashSet - Enumeration - Autoboxing - Annotations - JDBC: Architecture
- JDBC Connectivity - Drivers - Setting up a Database - Setting up Tables - Establishing Connection - Getting Data From
a Table - Select - Update - Record Sets - Prepared Statements - Callable Statements.
INPUT/OUTPUT STREAMS AND NETWORKING BASICS
9
Input Output: I/O Classes and Interfaces - The Character Stream - BufferedReader and BufferedWriter - Serialization - Files
- Java and Net: Stream Classes - Socket - InetAddress - URL Connection - TCP/IP Sockets - Datagrams - Simple Client/
Server Program.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
Herbert Schildt, "The Complete Reference Java", 7th Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2011.
REFERENCE
E. Balaguruswamy,"Programming with Java", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.

16CS2E53 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Review the Basic Functional Units, Addressing modes and Machine Instructions of a Computer.
CO2 : Analyze the Memory types used in Systems, working of External Devices and Standard I/O Interfaces.
CO3 : Infer the Basic Processing Unit and Execution of Instructions.
BASIC STRUCTURE OF COMPUTERS 9
Computer Types - Functional Units - Basic Operational Concepts - Bus Structures - Performance - Processor Clock - Basic
Performance Equation - Clock Rate - Performance Measurement.
MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS AND PROGRAMS 9
Memory Location and Addresses - Memory Operations - Instructions and Instruction Sequencing - Addressing Modes
- Assembly Language - Basic Input and Output Operations - Stacks and Queues - Subroutines - Additional Instructions
- Encoding of Machine Instructions.
INPUT/OUTPUT ORGANIZATION 9
Accessing I/O Devices - Interrupts - Interrupt Hardware - Enabling and Disabling Interrupts - Handling Multiple Devices
- Controlling Device Requests - Exceptions - Direct Memory Access - Buses - Interface Circuits - Standard I/O Interfaces
- PCI Bus, SCSI Bus and USB.
MEMORY SYSTEM 9
Basic Concepts - Semiconductor RAM Memories - Read Only Memories - Speed, Size and Cost - Cache Memories:
Mapping Functions - Replacement Algorithms - Performance Considerations - Virtual Memories - Secondary Storage
BASIC PROCESSING UNIT 9
Fundamental Concepts - Execution of a Complete Instruction - Multiple Bus Organization - Hard-Wired Control -
Microprogrammed Control.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic and Safwat Zaky, "Computer Organization", 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011.
2. William Stallings, "Computer Organization and Architecture - Designing for Performance", 9th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. David A Patterson and John L Hennessy, "Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware Software Interface",
4th Edition, Elsevier, Reprint 2012.
2. David A Patterson and John L Hennessy, "Computer Architecture- A Quantitative Approach", 5th Edition, Elsevier,
Reprint 2012.

16CS2E54 COMPUTER NETWORKS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand and explore the basics of Computer Networks, Various Protocols and World Wide Web
Concepts.
CO2 : Describe a Network and flow of Information and further concepts of Network Security, Mobile and Ad hoc
Networks.
OVERVIEW OF THE INTERNET 15
Protocol - Layering Scenario - TCP/IP Protocol Suite: The OSI Model, Internet History Standards and Administration -
Comparison of the OSI and TCP/IP Reference Model -Physical Layer: Guided Transmission Media - Wireless Transmission
Media -Data Link Layer - Design issues - CRC Codes - Elementary Data Link Layer Protocols - Sliding Window Protocol
-Multi Access Protocols - ALOHA - CSMA - Collision Free Protocols - Ethernet - Physical Layer - Ethernet Mac Sub layer
- Data Link Layer Switching and Use of Bridges - Learning Bridges - Spanning Tree bridges, Repeaters- Hubs - Bridges -
Switches - Routers and Gateways.
NETWORK LAYER 15
Network Layer Design Issues - Store and Forward Packet Switching Connection Less and Connection Oriented networks
- Routing Algorithms - Optimality Principle - Shortest Path - Flooding - Distance Vector Routing, Control to Infinity
Problem - Hierarchical Routing - Congestion Control Algorithms - Admission Control - Internetworking: Tunneling -
Internetwork Routing - Packet fragmentation - IPv4 - IPv6 Protocol - IP addresses - CIDR - IMCP - ARP - RARP - DHCP.
TRANSPORT LAYER AND APPLICATION LAYER 15
Services provided to the Upper Layers Elements of Transport Protocol - Addressing Connection Establishment - Connection
Release - Connection Release - Crash Recovery - Internet Transport Protocols UDP - RPC - Real Time Transport Protocols
- Internet Transport Protocols - Introduction to TCP - TCP Service Model - TCP Segment Header - Connection Establishment
- TCP Connection Release - TCP Connection Management Modeling - TCP Sliding Window - TCP Congestion Control -
Future of TCP - Application Layer - Introduction - Providing services - Applications layer paradigms - Client server model
- Standard client - Server application - HTTP - FTP - Electronic mail - TELNET - DNS - SSH
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, "Data Communications and Networking", 5th Edition, TMH, 2013.
2. Andrew S Tanenbaum, "Computer Networks" 4th Edition, Pearson Education.
REFERENCES
1. S. Keshav, "An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks" 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
2. W. A. Shay, "Understanding Communications and Networks", 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning.
3. Chwan-Hwa (John) Wu, J. David Irwin, "Introduction to Computer Networks and Cyber Security", CRC Press.
4. L. L. Peterson and B. S. Davie, "Computer Networks", 4th Edition, ELSEVIER.
5. James F. Kurose, K. W. Ross, "Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet", 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education.

16EE2E30 RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the principle and operation of solar thermal power generation systems, power conditioning
circuits and MPPT algorithms.
CO2 : Summarize the concepts and classifications of wind energy systems and Ocean Thermal Energy
Conversion.
CO3 : Instantiate the concepts, needs and functions of miscellaneous sources.
INTRODUCTION AND SOLAR ENERGY CONVERSION 15

Trends in energy consumption - World energy scenario - Energy sources and their availability - Principle of solar thermal
power generation - Low and medium temperature systems - Stirling cycle - Brayton cycle - Solar radiation and measurement
-Types of Solar Collectors - Block Diagram of Solar Power Generation System - Solar cells and their types - Power
Conditioners - Charge controllers - PV arrays - Maximum Power Point Tracking - Synchronized Operation with grid supply
- Economic analysis of PV systems.
WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS, ENERGY FROM OCEANS 15
Basic principle of wind energy conversion - Nature of wind - Power in the wind - Components of a wind energy conversion
system - Classification of WECS - Generator control - Load control.Ocean thermal energy conversion - Method of ocean
thermal electric power generation - Energy from tides - Ocean Waves - Mini, Micro hydel power generation.
MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES 15
Principle and operation - Types - Efficiency - Effect of Polarization on Efficiency - Construction and Working of H2O2 and
Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell - Introduction to Hydrogen Energy Production and Storage - Solar Pond - Magneto
Hydro Dynamic Systems - Geo-thermal Energy - Biomass Energy Conversion Technologies.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao. S and Paruklekar, "Energy Technology - Non Conventional, Renewable and Conventional", Khanna Publishers,
1999.
2. Mukund R. Patel, "Wind and Solar Power Systems", CRC Press LLC, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Rai G. D, "Non Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, 1993.
2. Garg, H. P, and Prakash J., "Solar Energy - Fundamentals and Applications", Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. Charles E. Brown, "World Energy Resources", Springer, 2002.
WEB REFERENCE

16EE2E31 POWER GENERATION SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the concept of economics of power generation.
CO2 : Demonstrate the different types of conventional power generation schemes.
CO3 : Outline the different types of non conventional power generation systems.
ECONOMICS OF POWER GENERATION 10

Economics of generation - Load duration curve - Load, demand and diversity factors, Plant capacity and plant use factors
- Choice of type of generation - Choice of size and number of units - Cost of energy generated - Tariffs.
CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION 20
Comparison of power generation systems, layout and working of steam, diesel, low &high head hydro-power plants -
Pumped storage plants - Economic operation of steam - Hydro plants -Inter connected operations division of load in inter-
connected system, economic loading of steam and hydro power plants.
Nuclear power plants - Principle of power generation, location, advantages and disadvantages of nuclear power plants -
Reactor control - Reactor safety waste disposal.
NON-CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION 15
Basic concepts, principles of working and layout of solar, wind, tidal, biomass and geothermal power generation.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar and Chakrabarti, "A text book on Power Systems Engineering", Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
2004.
2. Wadhwa C.L., "Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electric Energy", 3rd Edition,New Age International Ltd.,
2011.
REFERENCES
1. Deshpande M.V, "Elements of Electrical Power systems Design", Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2001.
2. Peter Gevorkian, "Sustainable Energy Systems Engineering", McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Bent Sorensen, "Renewable Energy, Elsevier", Academic Press, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES

16EE2E32 TROUBLESHOOTING OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the principle of domestic equipments and appliances.
CO2 : Interpret types of batteries in UPS and SMPS.
CO3 : Demonstrate and troubleshoot the problems in washing machine, microwave oven, mixer and grinder.
DOMESTIC APPLIANCES 12
Working principles and circuits of common domestic equipments and appliances - Calling Bell, Buzzer, Alarms, Electric
Iron, Heater, Light Electric Kettle, Heater / Immersion Heater, Hot Plate, Oven, Geyser, Cooking range, Mixer, Washing
machine, Motor Pump set, Concept of Neutral and Earth.
UPS/INVERTER 10
Various types of batteries used in UPS and Inverters and their maintenance - Different types of inverter, UPS, Working
principle, specifications, explanation with the help of block diagram.
SMPS 4
Block Diagram of Switch mode power supplies and their working principles.
WASHING MACHINE 9
Different types of machines, washing techniques, parts of manual, semi automatic and fully automatic machines, basic
working principle of manual, semi automatic and fully automatic machines, study the working of motors, different types of
timers, power supply circuits.
MICROWAVE OVEN 6
Different types of oven, study the various functions of Oven, Electrical wiring diagram of microwave oven, working of
Power supply - Thermostat controls.
MIXER & GRINDER 4
Various parts & functions of Mixer/Grinder, speed control circuit & automatic over load protector.
Total periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. David Herres, "Troubleshooting and Repairing Commercial Electrical Equipment", 1st Edition, McGraw-Hill Education,
2013.
2. Mark Brown,Jawahar Rawtani andDinesh Patil, "Practical Troubleshooting of Electrical Equipment and Control
Circuits", 1st Edition, Newnes Books, 2013.

16EC2E31 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the generation and detection of analog modulation systems.
CO2 : Describe the operating principle of radio receiver and transmitter.
CO3 : Explain the generation and detection of waveform coding techniques.
CO4 : Describe the generation and detection of digital modulation techniques.
CO5 : Outline the various multiuser communication systems.
ANALOG MODULATION 17
Amplitude Modulation - Generation & Demodulation of AM waves, DSBSC waves and Coherent Detection of DSBSC
signal - Quadrature Carrier Multiplexing - Generation of SSB waves - Demodulation of SSB waves - Frequency Modulation
- Narrow & wide-band FM, Bandwidth of FM waves - Generation & Demodulation of FM waves - Noise in AM & FM
system.
RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND RECEIVERS 7
Radio Transmitter - Classification of Transmitter - AM Transmitter - FM Transmitter - Variable reactance type and phase
modulated FM Transmitter - RadioReceiver - Superheterodyne receiver - FM Receiver - Amplitude limiting.
WAVEFORM CODING AND DIGITAL MODULATION 12
Sampling theorem, Sampling of low pass and band pass signals, Generation and Detection of PAM, PWM, PPM,Pulse
code modulation, DM, ADM ,PSK, ASK and FSK.
MULTI - USERRADIO COMMUNICATION 9
Advanced Mobile Phone System (AMPS) - Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) - Code division multiple
access (CDMA) - Cellular concept and Frequency Reuse - Channel Assignment and Hand - Overview of Multiple Access
Schemes - Satellite Communication.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Simon Haykin, "An Introduction to Analog and Digital Communication Systems", 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2012.
2. George Kennedy and Bernard Davis, "Electronics & Communication System", 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
3. Rappaport T.S, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
REFERENCES:
1. B. P. Lathi, "Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems", 4th Edition, John Wiley &Sons,2011.
2. Simon Haykin, "Communication Systems", 4th Edition,John Wiley & Sons, 2014.
3. Taub H and Schilling D.L, "Principles of Communication Systems", 4th Edition,Tata McGraw Hill, 2014.
4. B.Sklar "Digital communications: Fundamentals and Applications", 2nd Edition,Pearson Education, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES

16EC2E32 EMBEDDED ANALOG INTERFACING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the concepts of design of measurement systems.
CO2 : Examine the different types of ADCs in measurement systems.
CO3 : Discuss the different types of ADC interfaces, sensors and peripherals used with processors.
CO4 : Categorize the different control systems used in measurement.
CO5 : Describe the different analog interfacing techniques.
MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DESIGN AND ADC CONVERTERS 15

Characteristics of instrumentation - Measurement accuracy - Measurement standards - Dynamic Range - Calibration -
Bandwidth - Processor through put - Digital Interfacing advantages- Types of ADCs - ADC Comparison - Sample and
Hold - Tracking ADC - Flash ADC - Successive Approximation ADC - Dual - Slope(Integrating) ADC - Sigma - Delta ADC.
INTERFACES, SENSORS AND PERIPHERALS 15
Microprocessor interfacing - Clocked interfaces - Serial interface - Multi Channel ADC's - Internal microcontroller ADCs
- Codecs - Interrupt rates - Temperature sensors - Optical sensors - CCDs - Magnetic sensors - Motion/Acceleration
sensors - Strain gauges - Solenoids - Heaters - Coolers - LEDs - DACs - Digital potentiometers - Analog switches - Stepper
motors - DC motors.
OUTPUT CONTROL METHODS 8
Measuring period versus frequency - Voltage-to-frequency converters - Open-loop control - Negative feedback and
control - Microprocessor-based systems - On-Off control -Overshoot - Proportional control - Proportional integral,
derivative control - Motor control - Predictive control - Measuring and analyzing control loops.
ANALOG INTERFACING 7
Standard Interfaces - IEEE 1451.2-4 - 20 ma current loop - Field bus - Microcontroller supply and reference - Resistor
networks - Multiple input output - AC control - Voltage monitors and supervisory circuits - Driving bipolar transistors/
MOSFET - Reading negative voltages.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Stuart R. Ball, "Analog Interfacing to Embedded Microprocessor Systems", 2nd Edition,Newnes, 2003.
2. John G. Webster, "Handbook of Measurement, Instrumentation & Sensors", John Wiley & Sons Inc, New York,
1998.
REFERENCES
1. Dogan Ibrahim, "Microcontroller-Based Temperature Monitoring and Control", 2nd Edition,Newnes, 2002.
2. Ramon Pallas - Areny and John G. Webster, "Sensors and Signal Conditioning", 2nd Edition,Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
2012.

16EC2E33 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the operation of thyristors and their applications.
CO2 : Illustrate the operation of various sensors and Actuators.
CO3 : Describe the concept of communication, vehicle motion control and integrated body.
CO4 : Exemplify the practical application on Pulse Width Modulation and power electronics converters in
conditioning the power supply.
THYRISTORS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS 10

Introduction - Applications - Principle of operating of an SCR - Two - Transistor Analogy of SCR - DIAC - TRIAC - GTO
- IGBT - MCT - Basic Triggering circuits for Thyristors -Rectifier Circuits using SCR - Protection of power devices.
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS 15
Sensors: Oxygen (O2/EGO) sensors, Throttle Position Sensor (TPS), Engine Crankshaft Angular Position (CKP) sensor,
Magnetic reluctance position sensor, Engine speed sensor, Ignition timing sensor, Hall effect position sensor, Shielded
field sensor.
Actuators: Fuel metering actuator, Fuel injector, Ignition actuator exhaust after-treatment systems - AIR, Catalytic converter,
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR).
Electronic Engine Control: Engine parameters, variables, engine performance terms, Electronic fuel control system,
Electronic ignition control, idle speed control, EGR Control.
AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS 10
Communication: Serial data, communication systems, protection, body and chassis electrical systems, remote keyless
entry and GPS.
Vehicle Motion Control: Cruise control, chassis, power brakes, Antilock Brake System (ABS), electronic steering control,
power steering, traction control and electronically controlled suspension.
Integrated Body: Climate control systems, electronic HVAC systems, safety systems - SIR, interior safety, lighting,
entertainment systems.
APPLICATIONS ON VARIOUS FIELDS 10
Electronic timers - Digital counters - Voltage regulators - Voltage doubler - Online and offline ups - Switched mode power
supply - Pulse Width Modulation in power supplies.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mohammed H. Rashid, "Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education
India,2003.
2. Bhattacharya. S, Chatterjee.S.K, "Industrial Electronics and Control", 1st Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1995.
3. William B. Ribbens, "Understanding Automotive Electronics", 6th Edition,SAMS/Elsevier Publishing, 2003.
REFERENCES
1. David Patterson and John L. Henessay, "Computer Organization and Design", 5th Edition, Morgan Kauffman, 2013.
2. Sen.P.C, "Power Electronics", 1st Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
3. Robert Bosch Gambh, "Automotive Electrics Automotive Electronics Systems and Components", 5th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2007.
4. James T. Humphries and Leslie P., "Industrial Electronics", 2nd Edition, Delmar Publications, 1993.

16EC2E34 CONSUMER ELECTRONICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the types and working principles of microwave ovens and washing machines.
CO2 : Explain the operations of air conditioners and refrigerators.
CO3 : Discuss the operation of different electronic systems used in car.
CO4 : Describe the basic functions of digital consumer appliances.
MICROWAVE OVENS AND WASHING MACHINES 13

Microwave Ovens - Microwaves (Range used in Microwave ovens) – Magnetrons – Microwave oven block diagram –
LCD timer with alarm – Single-Chip Controllers – Types of Microwave oven – Wiring and Safety instructions - Washing
Machines - Electronic controller for washing machines – Washing machine hardware and software – Types of washing
machines – Fuzzy logic washing machines - Features of washing machines.
AIR CONDITIONERS AND REFRIGERATORS 10
Air Conditioning – Components of air conditioning systems – All-water air conditioning systems – All-air conditioning
systems – Unitary and central air conditioning systems – Split air conditioners. Refrigeration – Refrigerants – Refrigeration
systems – Domestic refrigerators.
IN-CAR COMPUTERS 10
Electronic ignition – Lock system – Antilock Braking System (ABS) – Electronically Controlled Suspension (ECS) –
Instrument panel displays – Air bag system – Vehicle proximity detection system – Car navigation system.
HOME/OFFICE DIGITAL DEVICES 12
Digital clocks – Block diagram of a digital clock – Dishwasher - – Set-Top boxes – Digital cable TV – Video on demand.
– Facsimile machine – Xerographic copier – Barcode scanner and decoder – Automated Teller Machines (ATMs) -
Electronic Fund Transfer.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Bali, S.P., “Consumer Electronics”, Pearson Education, 2008 Edition.
2. Anand, M.L, “Consumer Electronics”, 3rd Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. B.R. Gupta and V. Singhal, “Consumer Electronics”, S.K. Kataria & Sons, 2013.
2. Schuler C.A.and Mc Namee W.L., “Modern Industrial Electronics”, McGraw Hill, 2002.
3. Shanefield, D.J., “Industrial Electronics for Engineers, Chemists and Technicians”, 1st Edition, Jaico Publishing
House, 2007.

16EC2E35 MEMS AND NEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the concepts of microsystem technology and materials for MEMS.
CO2 : Explain the considerations, constraints and process in the design of MEMS devices
CO3 : Understand the operations of microsensors and mciroactuators.
CO4 : Outline the concepts of nanosystems.
OVERVIEW OF MICROSENSORS AND MEMS 14

Introduction - MEMS and microsystem products - Microsystems and microelectronics - Applications of microsystems in
automotive industry and other industries – Materials - Silicon - Silicon compounds - Silicon piezoresistors - Gallium
Arsenide - Quartz - Piezoelectric crystals - Polymers - Packaging materials.
MICROSYSTEM DEISGN 9
Design considerations - Design constraints - Selection of materials - Manufacturing process - Signal transduction –
Packaging - Process design - Photolithography, thin film fabrications, Geometry shaping - Mechanical design - Design of
silicon die for micropressure sensor.
MICROSENSORS 9
Introduction – Microsensors - Biomedical sensors - Pressure sensors - Thermal sensors - Chemical sensors - Optical
sensors - Microactuation – MEMS with micro actuators – Essential packaging techniques.
INTRODUCTION TO NANOSYSTEMS 13
History of nanotechnology: Macro, micro, meso and nano length scales – Sizing features – Nanosystem Synthesis and
Design – Design and optimization of nano and Microsystems in the behavioral domain – Biomemitics, Biological Analogies
and Design of NEMS – Scaling laws – Model development of micro and nanoactuators.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Tai-Ran-Hsu, “MEMS and Microsystems design and manufacture”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002.
2. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, “Nano- and Micro-Electromechanical Systems: Fundamentals of Nano-and
Microengineering”, CRC Press, 2002
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John A Pelesko and David H. Bernstein, “Modeling MEMS and NEMS”, CRC Press, 2002.
2. Chang Liu, “Foundation of MEMS”, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005.
3. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, “MEMS and NEMS: Systems, Devices, and Structures”, CRC Press, 2002
4. Stephen D. Senturia, “Microsystem Design”, Springer International Edition, 2011.

16EI2E26 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On Successful Completion of course, students can able to
CO1 : Explain programming concepts of virtual instruments.
CO2 : Implement programming structure in LabVIEW
CO3 : Acquire data from hardware systems.
CO4 : Develop VI programs for specific applications.
LABVIEW ENVIRONMENT 15
Overview: Virtual Instruments, block diagram and architecture of a Virtual Instrument - Conventional Instruments versus
virtual Instruments graphical user interfaces 'G' programming, comparison with conventional programming- LabVIEW:
Key terms, front panel, block diagram, graphical programming pallets - Sub VI's, icon and connector panels - Data types -
Data flow programming - Editing, debugging and running a virtual instruments, object properties and their configuration -
Typical examples.
PROGRAMMING STRUCTURE 15
Loops, auto- indexing - Shift registers - CASE structure - State machine - Formula node - Sequence structures: flat and
stacked - Arrays and clusters functions, polymorphism, error clusters and error handling functions - Visual displays:
Waveform charts, waveform graphs, XY graphs and intensity graphs - Strings and string functions - File I/O - Attribute
modes: Local and global variables.
DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM 10
Overview - Key terms, DAQ and other data acquisition acronyms - Connecting computer to real world - Signals - Selecting
and configuring DAQ measurement hardware - Data acquisition in LabVIEW - Understanding analog and digital I/O - NI-
DAQmx Tasks-VISA.
APPLICATIONS 5
Temperature indicator using NI- Thermocouple module, simulation of ON/OFF controller and PID controllers, image
acquisition and processing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jeffrey Travis, Jim Kring., "LabVIEW for Everyone", 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
2. Sumathi S. and Surekha P., "LabVIEW based Advanced Instrumentation Systems", 1st Edition, Springer Publications,
2007.
REFERENCES
1. Robert H. Bishop, "Learning with LabVIEW", 6th Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
2. Gary Johnson, Richard Jennings, "LabVIEW Graphical Programming",4th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications,2006.
3. Sanjay Gupta and Joseph John, "Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW", 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Publications,
2006.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/106373645/Virtual-Instrumentation-Architecture.
2. www.vignanuniversity.org/subjectsnew/MT330.pdf.

16EI2E27 ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the factors in measurement techniques for voltage, current, power and energy.
CO2 : Design a bridge circuit for the measurement of resistance and impedance.
CO3 : Describe the working of meters used for electronics applications.
CO4 : Use the display and recording devices.
MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES 15

Types of ammeters and voltmeters - PMMC instruments - Moving iron instruments - Dynamometer type instruments -
Rectifier type instruments - Errors and compensation in various types of instruments - Electrodynamometer wattmeter -
Theory and its errors - Methods of correction - LPF wattmeter- Phantom loading - Measurement of power in three phase
circuits - Three phase wattmeters-Induction type KWH meter - Calibration of wattmeter - Single phase induction type
energy meter.
MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE AND IMPEDANCE 15
DC Bridges - Wheatstone bridge, Kelvin double bridge and direct deflection methods- AC bridges - Maxwell, Wien's
bridge, Hay's bridge and Anderson's bridge - Capacitance Measurement - Maxwell's inductance capacitance bridge,
Schering bridge - High resistance measurement: Megger - Earth measurement.
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS 15
DC and AC Voltmeters - Multimeter, power meter, Q-meter, digital voltmeter, digital multimeter, microprocessor based
digital multimeter - Industrial calibration of multimeter -Scope meter - Digital method of measuring frequency, period,
phase difference, pulse width, time interval, total count - Function generator -Cathode ray oscilloscope - Digital storage
oscilloscope - X-Y charts -Strip chart recorders - Magnetic tape recorders - Logic analyzers- Data loggers.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sawhney A. K., PuneetSawhney, "A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation",
Dhanpath Rai & Co Pvt., Ltd., 2012.
2. Ernest O.Doebelin, Dhanesh N Manik, "Measurement systems", McGraw-Hill Publications, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Gupta J.B, "A Course in Electronic and Electrical Measurements and Instrumentation", S.K. Kataria and Sons,
Delhi, 2012.
2. Kalsi H.S, "Electronic Instrumentation", McGraw Hill Publications, 2012.
3. Golding E.W and Widdis F.C, "Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments", Reem Publications Ltd.,
2011.
WEB REFERENCES
1. nptel.iitg.ernet.in/Electrical and Electronic Measurements(Video)

16EI2E28 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the components of Programmable logic controllers.
CO2 : Elaborate the hardware modules in PLC and its functioning.
CO3 : Develop PLC Ladder logic programs for sequential control applications.
CO4 : Establish communication between PLC and PC. CO5: Apply PLC in robotic and CNC machine applications.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE 8

Evolution of Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) - Advantages over hardwired relay and microcontrollers - Components
in PLC - PLC Scan time
I/O MODULES AND MEMORY 7
Digital input module -Digital output module - Analog input module - Analog output module -- Local and remote I/O
expansion - Special purpose modules - Memory organization - I/O addressing - Programming devices.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER SOFTWARE 15
PLC programming - Basic relay logic instructions - Timers and Counter instructions - Data transfer instructions - Data
manipulation instructions - Program control instructions - Simple programs using LD instructions - Functional block
diagram programming and sequential chart programming: Simple example programs
PLC NETWORKING, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE 8
Types of networking - Connecting PLC with other PLC and PC - PLC Installation procedure - Preventive maintenance and
trouble shooting of PLCs
PLC APPLICATIONS 7
Controlling a Robot and CNC machine using PLC.Case study of Bottle filling system.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Petruzella F.D., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill Publications, 2016.
2. Webb J.W. and Reis R.A., "Programmable Logic Controllers: Principles and Applications", 5th Edition, Prentice Hall
India Pvt. Ltd, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Gary D., " Introduction to Programmable Logic Controller", 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning India Ltd., 2016.
2. Bolton W., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 6th Edition, Elsevier Newnes Publications, 2015
3. Parr E.A., " Programmable Controllers - An engineer's guide", 3rd Edition, Elsevier Newnes Publication, 2003.
4. Johnson C.D., "Process Control Instrumentation Technology", 8th Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., 2014.
WEB REFERENCES

16EI2E29 SENSORS AND INTERNET OF THINGS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the interfacing and challenges in smart sensors.
CO2 : Describe the building blocks of Internet of Things
CO3 : Know the hardware aspects of Raspberry Pi
CO4 : Perform programming and Hardware Interfacing with Raspberry Pi
SMART SENSORS 15
Primary sensors - Excitation - Amplification - Filters - Converters - Compensation- Information coding and processing -
Data communication - Standards for smart sensor interface - Automation-Interface electronic circuit for smart sensor -
Electronics interfacing overview and technology design rules - Challenges for interfacing the smart sensor
INTERNET OF THINGS 15
Characteristics of IoT- Physical design - Protocols - Logical design - Functional Blocks - Communication Models -
Wireless sensor networks - Cloud computing- Big data analytics - Communication protocols - Embedded systems -IoT
Levels and deployment templates.
RASPBERRY PI 15
Hardware aspects- Board details - Overview of available hardware resources - Operating systems- Programming the Pi :
Compilers - GCC and C programming - Python programming for Pi - Hardware interfacing: GPIO interfacing through
Python - LED, buzzer, switch and Sensors Interfacing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, "Internet of Things A Hands-On-Approach", VPT Publisher, 2014.
2. Jacob Fraden, "Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics Designs and Applications", 4th Edition, Springer Publications,
2010.
3. Adrian Mc Ewen and Hakim Caussimally, "Designing the Internet of Things", Wiley Publications Pvt., Ltd.,
Reprint,2016.
REFERENCES
1. Adrian McEwen, "Designing the Internet of Things", 1st Edition, Wiley Publications Pvt., Ltd., 2014.
2. Wolfram Donat, "Learn Raspberry Pi Programming with Python", Technology in Action Publications, 2014.
3. Alex Bradbury and Ben Everard, "Learning Python with Raspberry Pi",Wiley Publications Pvt., Ltd., 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G4-CtKkrOmc
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot-augmented-reality.../lecture/.../iot-introduction

16EI2E30 SENSORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the methods for the measurement of strain and pressure.
CO2 : Describe the methods of measurement for motion and radiation.
CO3 : Identify and select suitable measurement instruments for measuring heat and temperature.
CO4 : Discuss the functions of electronic sensors.
STRAIN AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENT 15

Resistance strain gauge, piezoelectric pressure gauge, characteristics- Electronic circuits for strain gauge, load cells-
Interferometer, fibre-optic methods- Pressuregauges, aneroid capacitance pressure gauge, ionization gauge- applications.
MOTION AND RADIATION MEASUREMENT 15
Motion Sensors: Capacitor plate sensor, inductive sensors, LVDT accelerometer systems, rotation sensors drag cup
devices, piezoelectric devices. Rotary encoders.
Light Radiation: light flux, photo sensors, photomultiplier, photo resistor and photoconductors, photodiodes,
phototransistors, photovoltaic devices, fiber-optic applications, light transducer, solid state transducersand liquid crystal
devices.
TEMPERATURE AND ELECTRONIC SENSORS 15
Heat and Temperature: Bimetallic strip, Bourdon temperature gauge, thermocouples, Resistance thermometers, thermistors,
PTC thermistors, bolometer, pyroelectric detector.
Electronic Sensors: Proximity detectors: Inductive and capacitive, ultrasonic, photo beam detectors reed switch, magnet
and Hall-effect units, doppler detectors, liquid level detectors, flow sensors, smoke sensors.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jack P Holman, "Experimental methods for engineers", 7th Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2001
2. Murthy. D. V. S., "Transducers and instrumentation", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2010
3. Sinclair ,"Sensors and Transducers", 3rd Edition, Newnes Publishers,2001.
REFERENCES
1. Doeblin. E. O., "Measurement Systems: Applications and Design", McGraw-Hill Publications., 2008
2. Bentley, "Principles of Measurement Systems", Addison Wesley Longman Ltd., UK, 2010
3. Patranabis. D.,"Sensors and Transducers", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
WEB REFERENCES

16EI2E33 TELEMETRYAND DATA CONTROL 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On Successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 : Understand the fundamental techniques of telemetry and telecontrol.
CO2 : Gain knowledge on applications of Telemetry and Telecontrol from a remote location.
CO3 : Gain working knowledge on the concept of optical telemetry and Telecontrol.
TELEMETRY FUNDAMENTALS AND CLASSIFICATION 9

Fundamental concepts – Significance, Principle, functional blocks of Telemetry and Telecontrol systemMethods of
telemetry –Electrical, Pneumatic, Hydraulic and Optical Telemetry – State of the art Telemetry standards.
LANDLINE TELEMETRY 6
Electrical Telemetry- Current Systems - Voltage Systems - Synchro Systems - Frequency systems - Position and Pulse
systems - Example of a landline telemetry system.
RADIO TELEMETRY 9
Block diagram of a Radio Telemetry system - Transmitting and receiving techniques - AM, FM, PM, Multiplexing and
demultiplexing - Transmitting and receiving techniques - Digital coding methods - Advantages of PCM, PWM, PM, FSK
- Delta modulation - Coding and decoding equipment - Example of a radio telemetry system.
OPTICAL TELEMETRY 7
Optical fibers for signal transmission - Sources for fiber optic transmission - Optical detectors - trends in fiber - Optic
device development - Example of an optical telemetry system.
DATA CONVERSION TECHNIQUES 9
Digital to Analog Conversion: Performance metrics- Reference multiplication and division- Resistor ladder DAC architecture-
Current steering DAC architecture.
Analog to Digital Conversion: Performance metrics- Flash architecture- Pipelined architecture- Successive approximation
architecture
DATA ACQUISTION SYSTEMS 6
Need of data acquisition systems-Components of data acquisition systems: Sensors-Signal conditioning –A to D
Converters- DAQ hardware- DAQ Software- DAQ Processors.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. D. Patranabis, “Telemetry Principles”, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.
2. Swoboda G., “Telecontrol Methods and Applications of Telemetry and Remote Control”, 4th Edition, Reinhold
Publishing Corp., London, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Gruenberg. L, “Handbook of telemetry and remote control”, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Young R.E., “Telemetry Engineering”, 6th Edition,Little Books Ltd, 2005.
3. Housley T., “Data Communication and Teleprocessing System”, PHI Publications,1997.

16EI2E34 EMBEDDED CONTROL SYSTEM 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Obtain transfer function model of mechanical and electrical systems.
CO2 : Determine time domain and frequency domain analysis of a system.
CO3 : Acquire knowledge on real time issues in controller implementation.
CO4 : Realize the PID in embedded domain
REVIEW OF CONTROL SYSTEM 15

Introduction - Mathematical modeling of physical systems: Mass spring damper system, RLC series and parallel circuit,
Servo motor, DC motor - Closed loop control system - Stability Analysis using location of poles - Time domain performance
criteria - Frequency domain: Bode and Root locus.
ISSUES IN CONTROLLER IMPLEMENTATION 15
Real-time Issues: Real-time issues in controller implementation: Scheduling algorithms and their performance analysis -
Validation techniques for control systems - Performance assessment of control algorithms on the target implementation
architecture for the given application.
PRACTICAL PID 15
Introduction to PID controller – Digital PID: Position and Velocity algorithm – Synthesis of PID: Root locus and Bode
method – Realization of PID in microcontroller using C. Case study: Ball balancing system – Magnetic levitation system
Total Periods : 45
TEXTBOOKS
1. Nagrath I.J. and Gopal M., “Control Systems Engineering”, 5th Edition, New Age International Pvt.Ltd., 2015.
2. J. W. Valavano, “Embedded Microcomputer Systems: Real-time interfacing”, 2nd Edition, Thompson Asia, Pvt Ltd.,
2007.
3. C Wayne Wolf , “Computers as components : Principles of Embedded Computing Systems Design”, Academic
Press, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Charles L. Phillips and H. Troy Nagle, “Digital Control System Analysis and Design”, 4th Edition, PHI
Publications,2009.
2. Gene F. Franklin, J. David Powell and Michael Workman, 3rd Edition, “Digital Control of Dynamic Systems”,
Addison Wesley Longmen, 2009.

16ME2E33 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
On the successful completion of this course, Students will able to
CO1 : Comprehend the input information for human-machine system.
CO2 : Assess the human output, controls and work place design.
CO3 : Appraise the environmental conditions of an industry and the Bio mechanics for the human being for the
industry operations.
CO4 : Categorize the concepts of ergonomics such as Bio thermodynamics and Bioenergetics.
CO5 : Demonstrate the applications of ergonomics for industrial practice.
CO6 : Summarize the human factors applications and the approaches.
INTRODUCTION AND INFORMATION INPUT 11

Definition - Human technological system - Multidisciplinary engineering approach - Human-machine system - Manual,
mechanical - Automated system - Human system reliability - Conceptual design - Advanced development - Detailed
design and development-Input and processing: Text, Graphics, symbols, codes, visual display of dynamic information,
auditory, tactual, olfactory displays.
HUMAN OUTPUT, CONTROLS AND WORKPLACE DESIGN 11
Work - Manual material handling - Motor skill - Human control of systems - Controls data entry devices - Hand tools
and devices - Applied anthropometry - Workspace design and seating - Arrangement of components within a physical
space - Interpersonal aspects of work place design - Design of repetitive task - Design of manual handling task - Work
capacity - Stress and fatigue.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AND BIOMECHANICS 10
Illumination - Climate - Noise - Motion - Sound - Vibration - Colour and aesthetic concepts - Biostatic mechanics -
Statics of rigid bodies - Biodynamic mechanics: Human body kinematics, kinetics, impact and collision.
BIOTHERMODYNAMICS AND BIOENERGETICS 7
Biothermal fundamentals - Human operator heat transfer - Human system bioenergetics, - Thermoregulatory physiology -
Human operator thermo regularity - Passive operator - Active operator - Heat stress.
HUMAN FACTORS APPLICATIONS 6
Human error - Accidents - Human factors and the automobile - Organizational and social aspects - Steps according to ISO/
DIS6385 - OSHA'sapproach - Virtual environments.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Chandler Allen Phillips, "Human Factors Engineering", John Wiley & Sons, 2000.
2. Khan M.I, "Industrial Ergonomics", Prentice Hall of India Ltd, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Querenghi G, "Ergonomics", Jaico Publications, 2003.
2. Mark S Sanders, "Human Factors in Engineering and Design", McGraw Hill Inc., 1993.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/107103004/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/ergonomics-for-beginners-industrial.html

16ME2E34 NON DESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION OF MATERIALS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Classify Engineering Materials and recognize the importance of testing.
CO2 : Outline the concepts, principles and procedure of Liquid Penetrant Testing.
CO3 : Summarize the concepts, principles and procedure for conducting Magnetic Particle Inspection and Eddy
Current Inspection.
CO4 : Illustrate the concepts, principles and methods of Radiographic Testing.
CO5 : Outline the concept, principles and procedure for conducting Ultrasonic and Acoustic Emission Testing.
CLASSIFICATION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS 8

Classification of Engineering Materials - Material Properties: Tensile, Hardness, Toughness, Fatigue and Creep - Need for
testing - Destructive Testing: Tensile, Impact, Hardness and Bend tests - Introduction and classification of NDT.
VISUAL INSPECTION 8
Fundamentals of Visual Testing - Vision, Lighting, factors affecting visual testing - Physical Attributes, physiological
factors and psychological factors - visual testing aid, measuring tools - Borescope, Endoscope, Flexi scope, Welding
Measurement and the gauges.
SURFACE DEFECTS INSPECTION TECHNIQUES 11
Principles - Fluorescent penetrant test - types and properties of liquid penetrants - emulsifiers - developers - Applications
of Penetrant Testing - Advantages and limitations.
Magnetic Materials -magnetisation methods - wet and dry particles inspection - portable, mobile and stationary equipment
- magnetic particle inspection of castings and welding - Demagnetisation - applications.
Generation of eddy currents - eddy current sensing elements, probes, type of arrangement: absolute and differential lift
off, operation, applications, advantages, limitations - Impedance diagrams.
RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING 9
Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and film less techniques, types and use of filters and screens,
geometric factors, Inverse square, law, characteristics of films - graininess, density, speed, contrast, characteristic
curves, penetrameters Exposure charts, Radiographic equivalence. Fluoroscopy-Xero-Radiography, Computed
Radiography, Computed Tomography.
ULTRASONIC AND ACOUSTIC EMISSION TESTING 9
Ultrasonic Testing: Principle, Transducers, transmission and pulse - Echo method - straight beam and angle beam,
instrumentation - data representation, A-Scan, B -scan, C-scan. Phased Array Ultrasound - Time of flight diffraction -
Acoustic emission Technique: Principle, AE parameters and applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Prasad J, Nair C.C.K., "Non-Destructive Testing and Evaluation of Materials", McGraw Hill Eucation (India) Pvt.
Ltd., 2013.
2. Baldev Raj, Jayakumar, T. and Thawasimuthu, M., "Practical Non-destructive Testing", Alpha Science International,
2007.
REFERENCES
1. ASM Handbook, "Non-destructive Evaluation and Quality Control", Vol.17 ASM International, Materials Park,
Ohio, USA. 2007.
2. Peter J. Shull, "Nondestructive Evaluation: Theory, Techniques, and Applications", 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Halmshain R, "Non Destructive Testing", Arnold Associates, 2001.
WEB REFERENCE
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_mm07
16ME2E35 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the need for the Identification of Research problems.
CO2 : Categorize the data collection methods which are used in Research methodology.
CO3 : Analyze the difference between various data analysis tools.
CO4 : Identify and select the proper data analysis tools based on its applications.
CO5 : Choose suitable Experimental technique based on the requirement of their research.
CO6 : Interpret the output results of their Experimental research.
RESEARCH PROBLEM 9
Formulation of Research Problem - Identification and selection of problem - ResearchDesign and Experimental Design,
purpose of using research design and principles of research design - Design Criteria - Different types of Research and
Experimental design.
DATA COLLECTION AND MEASUREMENT 9
Sources of data -methodsof data collection: observation, questionnaire, interview schedules and interviews -Measurement
And Scaling Techniques - Measurement in Research - measurement scales - scaling techniques, scale constitution
techniques - contentanalysis.
PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS OF DATA 9
Processing operations - problems in processing - types of analysis - Multivariate Analysis Techniques - Characteristics
and application of multivariate analysis - Classification of multivariate analysis - important multivariate techniques -
Factor Analysis, path analysis.
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 9
Introduction to Design of Experiments - Methods of DOE - Taguchi approach: Achieving robust design, Steps in experimental
design.
INTERPRETATION AND REPORT WRITING 9
Meaning and techniques of interpretation - Significance of Report writing - Different types and steps in Report writing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kothari C.R, "Research Methodology - Methods and Techniques", Willey Eastern Ltd., 2004
2. Paneerselvam R., "Research Methodology", PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., 2014
REFERENCES
1. Kidder L.H, "Research Methods in Social Relations", Holt Saunders International Japan, 1981.
2. Sedhu A.M and Singh A., "Research Methodology in Social Sciences", Himalaya Publishing House, 1980.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E36 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 : Demonstrate the operations of various automotive sub systems
CO2 : Identify the sensors and actuators support the electronic engine control systems
CO3 : Establish the communication between various electronic peripherals of computerized control systems.
CO4 : Analyze the failure of subsystems and incorporate for the self-diagnosis of automotive systems
CO5 : Describe the automotive instrumentation and vehicle motion control systems
AUTOMOTIVE SUBSYSTEMS 9
Introduction to Automotive Electronics - Engine management system, Transmission and suspension systems,
Entertainment systems, Safety & Warning systems
AUTOMOTIVE SENSORS & ACTUATORS 13
Electronic engine control-Electronic fuel control system, Electronic ignition system.
Overview of automotive sensors: Air flow rate sensor, Engine crankshaft angular position sensor, Hall-Effect position
sensor, Optical crankshaft position sensor, Temperature sensor, Exhaust gas oxygen sensor and Knock sensor.
Actuators: Fuel injection actuator, Ignition actuator, Hydraulic actuators and Electrical actuators-MEMS based sensors
and actuators.
AUTOMOTIVE COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS AND DIAGNOSTICS 9
Overview of automotive communication protocols, CAN, GMLAN, BCAN, LIN & Flexray.
Diagnostics: Calibrations, Diagnostics codes & Freeze frames, Automotive diagnostics: On-board diagnostics, Off-board
diagnostics.
AUTOMOTIVE INSTRUMENTATION AND VEHICLE MOTION CONTROL SYSTEMS 14
Computer based Instrumentation System, Display devices: LED, LCD, Vacuum-fluorescent display, Integrated vehicle
electronic systems, Trip information system and Expert systems.
Cruise control configuration, Digital cruise control-Stepper motor based actuator, Vacuum operated actuator-Antilock
braking system-Electronic suspension system-Electronic steering control.
Total Hours: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Robert Bosch Gmbh, “Automotive Electrics and Automotive Electronics”, John Wiley & Sons, 2008
2. William B. Ribbens, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, Elsevier, 7th Edition, 2014
REFERENCES
1. Tom Denton “Automobile Electrical and Electronic Systems”, Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann, (3rdEdition), 2004.
2. Santini Al, “Automotive Electricity and Electronics”, Cengage Learning, 2012.
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108031/module1
4. http://textofvideo.nptel.ac.in/108108031

16ME2E37 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS FOR ENGINEERS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Classify intellectual property rights
CO2 : Understand patents and patentability criteria
CO3 : Demonstrate patent search in all the aspects
CO4 : Summarize industrial designs
CO5 : Illustrate protection of trade marks
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 6

Introduction, types of intellectual property, international organizations, Agencies and treaties, Importance of Intellectual
property rights. India patent revolutions, India patent office procedures.
PATENTS 12
Introduction to Patents, Patentability criteria - Novelty, Non-Obviousness and industrial applicability The Patent Act,
1970. Inventions not patentable, Patent Specifications: Provisional and complete - Types of patent applications .Compulsory
licensing. Patent application Forms and fees – Types of Patent search
LAW OF COPY RIGHTS 10
Fundamental of copy right law, Originality of material, Rights of Reproduction, Rights to perform the work publicly, copy
right ownership Issues, Copy Right Registration, Notice of copy right, International copy right law, Copy right infringement.
INDUSTRIAL DESIGNS AND TRADEMARKS 17
Need for Protection of Industrial, Designs Subject Matter of Protection and Requirements, The Designs Act, 2000,
Procedure for obtaining Design Protection, Revocation, Infringement and Remedies.
Purpose and function of trademarks , Types of Marks, Acquisition of Trade Mark Rights, Categories of Marks, Trade
names and business names, Protectable matter , Selecting and Evaluating Trade mark Registration process.
TOTAL PERIODS: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Intellectual Property Right, Deborah, E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning, 4th edition, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Intellectual Property Right – Unleasing the Knowledge Economy, Prabhuddha Ganguli, Tata Mc Grew Hill Publishing
Company Ltd, 2001.
2. Ajit Parulekar and Sarita D’ Souza, Indian Patents Law – Legal & Business Implications; Macmillan India Ltd, 2006
3. Wadehra.B.L., Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyright, Designs and Geographical Indications, Universal
law Publishing Co. Ltd., India 2000.
4. Narayanan.P, Law of Copyright and Industrial Designs, Eastern law House, Delhi, 2010
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/Intellectual Property India

16ME2E38 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Express the need for AM process and its distinction from the subtractive process.
CO2 : Describe the different types of AM processes.
CO3 : Outline the modeling and designing of parts for processing in AM
CO4 : Summarize the in-process parameters and their influence
INTRODUCTION AND ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING PROCESS CHAIN 10

Need of AM - The Generic AM Process- Classiûcation of AM Processes - Purpose of AM - The Beneûts of AM -
Distinction between AM and subtractive process-Steps in Additive Manufacture-Variations from One AM Machine to
Another-Metal Systems-Design for AM-Core DFAM Concepts and Objectives-AM Unique Capabilities-Exploring Design
Freedoms-Design Tools for AM.
ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES 20

Photo polymerization Processes-Powder Bed Fusion Processes- Extrusion based Systems -Printing Processes-Sheet
Lamination Processes-Beam Deposition Processes-Direct Write Technologies.
PROCESS SELECTION AND POST PROCESSING 15
Selection Methods for a Part-Challenges of Selection-Production Planning and Control-Preparation of CAD Models – the
STL File-STL File Manipulation-Beyond the STL File-Support Material Removal-Surface Texture & Accuracy Improvements-
Preparation for use as a Pattern-Property Enhancements using Thermal & Non-thermal Techniques-Use of Multiple
Materials in Additive Manufacturing.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker., “Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct
Digital Manufacturing”, Springer, 2015.
2. Mojtaba Khorram Niaki, Fabio Nonino., “The Management of Additive Manufacturing”, Springer, 2018.
REFERENCES
1. Zohdi, Tarek I., “Modeling and Simulation of Functionalized Materials for Additive Manufacturing and 3D Printing:
Continuous and Discrete Media”, Springer, 2018.
2. Wohlers Report 2018, “3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing State of the Industry” Annual Worldwide Progress
Report ISBN 978-0-9913332-4-0.

16ME2E39 INDUSTRY 4.0 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1 : To describe the concepts of Industry 4.0 and discuss IoT applications
CO2 : To explain the methods of smart sensing and networking in Industries
CO3 : To program using IoT based platforms
CO4 : To express the concepts of Data computing technologies and reality modeling
INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRY 4.0 10

Introduction-Evolution of Industry 4.0- Importance of digital transformation- Elements of Industry 4.0 – concept of Cyber
physical systems- Horizontal and vertical integration, scope, benefits and challenges. Introduction to additive manufacturing
- types. IoT applications: Smart Cities and Smart Homes, Connected Vehicles, IoT in Agriculture, IoT in Healthcare and
Activity Monitoring
IoT security risks and pervasive sensing, Smart sensors-architecture-types. Basics of Networking and communication
protocols used in IoT, Machine-to-Machine Communications, Programming platforms: Arduino, Raspberry pi and Python,
Interoperability in IoT.
DATA ANALYTICS 17
Basics of Data handling and analytics: Introduction to Apache Hadoop, Apache Oozie, Apache spark and Apache storm.
Introduction to the concepts of cloud computing - Cyber security. Concepts of Reality modeling: Virtual reality, Augmented
reality and mixed reality. Introduction to Autonomous systems: Artificial intelligence, Digital twin.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Pethuru Raj and Anupama C, “The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use Cases”, CRC
Press, 2017
2. Raman (CRC Press) Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands-on approach”, Universities
Press, 2015
3. Honbo Zhou, ¯The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective , CRC Press, 2012.
4. Pham,D.T., & Dimov.S.S., “Rapid manufacturing”, Springer-Verlag,1st Edition, London, reprint-2012
REFERENCES
1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley, 2014, ISBN:978-1-118-43063-7
2. “The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use Cases”, by Pethuru Raj and Anupama C.
Raman (CRC Press)
3. A. Al-Fuqaha et. al, “Internet of Things: A Survey on Enabling Technologies, Protocols, and Applications”, IEEE
Communication Surveys & Tutorials, Vol. 17, No. 4, 2015.
4. J. Biron and J. Follett, “Foundational Elements of an IoT Solution”, O’Reilly Media, 2016
5. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Florian Michahelles, ¯Architecting the Internet of Things, Springer, 2011.
6. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, ¯The Internet of Things – Key applications and Protocols ,
Wiley, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.i-scoop.eu/industry-4-0/
2. https://www.cleverism.com/industry-4-0/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs22/preview

16IT2E43 ANDROID APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the mobile application development platform, its characteristics, UI resources and lifecycle.
CO2 : Understand the unique aspects of mobile apps development.
CO3 : Design and develop mobile apps, using Android as development platform, with key focus on user
experience design, native data handling and background tasks and notifications.
CO4 : Use the thread services, notifications through broadcast receivers and develop custom animation API's.
CO5 : Identify the difference of native hardware play, location awareness, graphics and multimedia.
CO6 : Demonstrate testing, signing, packaging and distribution of mobile applications.
GETTING STARTED WITH MOBILITY 8

Mobility Landscape-Mobile Platforms- Mobile Apps Development -Overview of Android Platform-Setting up the Mobile
App Development Environment along with an Emulator-A case study on Mobile App Development.
BUILDING BLOCKS OF MOBILE APPS 17
App User Interface Designing - Mobile UI Resources (Layout, UIelements, Draw-able and Menu) -Activity- States and
Life Cycle-Interaction amongst Activities- App Functionality beyond User Interface - Threads - Async Task- Services -
States and Lifecycle-Notifications-Broadcast Receivers-Telephony and SMS APIs- Native Data Handling - On-device
File I/O- Shared Preferences-SQLite and Enterprise Data Access.
SPRUCING UP AND TESTING MOBILE APPS 15
Graphics and Animation -Custom Views- Canvas- Animation APIs-Multimedia: Audio/ Video Playback and Record, Location
Awareness and Native Hardware Access- Debugging Mobile Apps -Test Automation of Mobile Apps- JUnit for Android
-Robotium- MonkeyTalk.
TAKING APPS TO MARKET 5
Versioning-Signing and Packaging Mobile Apps-Distributing Apps on Mobile Market Place.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Anubhav Pradhan, Anil V. Deshpande, "Composing Mobile Apps: Learn, Explore, Apply Using Android", 1st
Edition Wiley publication, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Barry Burd, "Android Application Development All in one for Dummies", 1st Edition, John Wiley & Sons Publication,
2011.
2. Charlie Collins, Michael Galpin and Matthias Kappler, "Android in Practice", DreamTech, 2012.
3. Jeff McWherter and Scott Gowell, "Professional Mobile Application Development", John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,Wrox,
2012.
4. Lauren Darcey Shane Conder, "Teach Yourself Android Application Development in 24 Hours", 3rd Edition, SAMS
Publication, 2013.

16IT2E44 DATA BASE SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the basic concepts and architecture of Database Management System.
CO2 : Make use of relational algebra, SQL queries to manipulate a database for a given domain.
CO3 : Identify and use suitable normal form for designing relational database.
CO4 : Illustrate storage management and file organization concepts.
CO5 : Explain concurrency control and recovery management techniques.
CO6 : Summarize various database system architecture, data warehousing & mining and NoSQL databases.
INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE AND SQL 18

Introduction - Introduction to Relational Model - Relational Algebra Operations - Introduction to SQL - Intermediate SQL
- Advanced SQL: Functions and Procedures - Triggers.
E-R MODEL, DATABASE DESIGN AND FILE STRUCTURE 12
Database Design and ER Model - Relational Database Design - Storage and File Structure: Overview of Physical Storage
Media, Magnetic Disk and Flash Storage, RAID - File Organization - Organization of Records in Files - Data Dictionary
and Storage - Database Buffer.
TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT AND ADVANCED CONCEPTS 15
Transactions - Concurrency Control - Recovery System -Database System Architecture - Data Warehousing and Mining
- Motivation for NoSQL Databases.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth and S Sudarshan, "Database System Concepts", 6th Edition, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2010.
2. Dan Sullivan, "NoSQL for Mere Mortals", Addison Wesley, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, "Database Systems: Design, Implementation and Management", 8th Edition, Thomson
Course Technology, 2009.
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B Navathe, "Fundamental Database Systems", 7th Edition, Addison Wesley, 2016.
3. Raghu Ramakrishnan, "Database Management System", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007.
WEB REFERENCE

16IT2E45 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the basics of Internet.
CO2 : Construct web pages using HTML 5.0
CO3 : Construct web pages using CSS.
CO4 : Construct web pages using XML.
CO5 : Develop programs using JavaScript.
CO6 : Develop programs using VB Script.
INTERNET AND WEB DESIGNING BASICS 12

History of Web - Internet Applications - Protocols - FTP - Telnet - HTTP - SMTP - POP3 - MIME - IMAP - Components
of Web - Web Search Engine - Web Server - Application Server - HTML tags - HTML 5.0.
CSS AND XML 15
CSS: Introduction - Inline Styles - Embedded Style - Conflicting Style Sheets - Linking External Style Sheets - Positioning
Elements - Backgrounds - Element Dimensions - Box Model and Textflow - Media Types - CSS Drop Down Menu - User
Style Sheet - XML: Life of an XML Document - Related Technologies - XML Applications - XML for XML - Behind the
Scenes uses of XML - Exploring the Simple XML Document - Assigning Meaning to XML Tags - Writing Style Sheet for
an XML Document - Attaching a Style Sheet to an XML Document - Structuring Data - Examining the Data - XMLizing the
Data - The Advantages of the XML Format - Preparing a Style Sheet for Document Display.
SCRIPTING LANGUAGES 18
JavaScript : Control Structures -Arrays - Strings - Functions - Objects - JSON - Forms - Events - Designing Simple Web
Pages - VBScript : Control Structures - Arrays - Strings - Functions - Objects - Forms - Designing Simple Web Pages.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel, "Internet & World Wide Web How to Program",4th Edition, Pearson Education,
2007.
2. M. Srinivasan, "Web Technology Theory and Practice", Pearson Education, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Robert W. Sebesta, "Programming the World Wide Web", 8th Edition, Pearson, 2015.
2. Elliotte Rusty Harold, "XML Bible", 3rd Edition, IDG Books India (P) Ltd, 2004.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.w3schools.com
2. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/106105084

16CH2E01 ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Summarise the various types of batteries and applications of advanced batteries.
CO2 : Describe the types and applications of fuel cells. CO3: Explain the methods of production of hydrogen
and its use as a fuel.
BATTERIES 9
Types - Battery characteristics: Voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life,
energy efficiency and shelf life - Primary cells: Fabrication, performance aspects, packing and rating of zinc-carbon,
alkaline, magnesium, silver oxide cells - Lithium primary batteries.
SECONDARY BATTERIES 9
Fabrication, performance aspects and rating of lead acid and sealed lead acid battery, nickel-cadmium,Ni-metal-hydride,
lithium ion batteries, Rechargeable Zinc alkaline batteries and thermal batteries.
ADVANCED BATTERIES 9
Metal/air, zinc-bromine, sodium-beta alumina and lithium/iron sulphide batteries-Photogalvanic cells-Battery specifications
for cars, heart pacemakers, torpedo batteries and satellite batteries.
FUEL CELLS 9
Classification, working principle, components, applications and environmental aspects of alkaline, phosphoric acid, solid
oxide, molten carbonate, direct methanol and proton exchange membrane fuel cells.
HYDROGEN AS FUEL 9
Sources of hydrogen - Hydrogen production: Electrolysis, thermochemical methods, fossil fuel methods and solar energy
method- Gas clean-up - Various methods of hydrogen storage - Hydrogen as an engine fuel - Features and limitations -
Ideal efficiency of a fuel cell.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Dell, Ronald M. Rand and David A. J., "Understanding Batteries", Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001.
2. AuliceScibioh M. and Viswanathan B., "Fuel Cells - Principles and Applications", University Press, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Lindon David, "Handbook of Batteries", McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Kiehne H. A., "Battery Technology Handbook", Expert Verlag, RenningenMalsheim, 2003.
3. Hoogers G. (Ed), "Fuel Cell Handbook", CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003.
4. Palanna O.G., "Engineering Chemistry', Tata Mc.Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES
1. batteryuniversity.com/learn/
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fuel_cell
3. http://www.afdc.energy.gov/fuels/hydrogen_basics.html

16CH2E02 CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the thermodynamics and kinetics of corrosion.
CO2 : Outline the various forms of corrosion and their control methods.
CO3 : Describe the various techniques of corrosion monitoring and testing.
THERMODYNAMICS OF CORROSION 9
Mechanism of electrochemical corrosion - Galvanic and concentration cells - Free energy criteria for corrosion reaction -
Thermodynamic vs kinetic considerations - Emf and galvanic series - Pourbaix diagram of Fe.
KINETICS OF CORROSION 9
Faradays laws - Corrosion rates expressions - Exchange current density - Activation and concentration polarization -
Tafel equation - Mixed potential theory - Combined polarization - Passivity - Potentiostatic polarization curves - Passivating
materials - High temperature corrosion - Pilling-Bedworth ratio - Protective and non protective oxides.
FORMS OF CORROSION 9
Atmospheric corrosion - Galvanic corrosion - Crevice corrosion - Pitting corrosion - Inter granular corrosion -
Mechanically assisted corrosion - Erosion corrosion - Cavitation corrosion - Fretting corrosion - Corrosion fatigue -
Environmentally induced cracking - Stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen embrittment.
CORROSION MONITORING AND TESTING 9
Classification - Weight loss method - Salt spray test - Electrochemical polarization techniques - Tafel extrapolation -
Linear polarization - AC impedance methods - Application of NDT techniques - Outline of on stream and off stream
corrosion monitoring methods.
PREVENTION OF CORROSION 9
Design - Selection of materials - Alloying: Stainless steel and brass - Oxidation resistant materials - Cathodic and anodic
protection methods - Corrosion inhibitors - Vapour phase inhibitors - Surface conversion processes - Metallic coatings -
Ceramic coatings - Superhydrophobic and self healing coatings.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Chatterjee U. K., "Environment degradation metals", Marcel Dekker Inc., 2001.
2. Zaki Ahmad and Digby Macdonald, "Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control", Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2013.
REFERENCES
1. Herbert H. Uhlig and Winston Revie , "Corrosion and Corrosion Control - An Introduction to Corrosion Science
and Engineering", John Wiley & Sons, 1985.
2. Kenneth R Trethewey and John Chamberlain, "Corrosion for Science and Engineering", Longman Inc., 1996.
3. Rajnarayan, "Metallic Corrosion and Prevention", Oxford Publications, 1988.
4. Mars G. Fontana, "Corrosion Engineering", McGraw Hill Inc., 1987.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://corrosion.ksc.nasa.gov/corr_fundamentals.html
2. www.academia.edu/8889383/Thermodynamic_in_Corrosion
3. http://corrosion-doctors.org/Modules/mod-prevention.html

16CH2E03 CHEMICAL SENSORS AND BIOSENSORS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the various types of electrodes used in the biosensors.
CO2 : Summarize the various types of hydrogel based and Fluorophore and Chromophore based biosensors.
CO3 : Explain the determination of various metal ions based on anisotropy.
BIOSENSORS 9
Introduction - Amperometric enzyme electrodes - Characteristics - Enzyme activity determinations - Biosensors for enzyme
immunoassay - Potentiometric enzyme electrodes - Electrode characteristics and performance - pH, glass and ion-selective
electrodes - Solid-state pH and redox electrodes - Gas electrodes.
IMMUNO BIOSENSORS 9
Potentiometric Immunobiosensors: Immobilization techniques - Analytical applications - Principle and measurements of
enzyme thermistor devices - Transducer - Experimental techniques - Types of Biological Element: Immobilized enzymes
and Immobilized cells - Determination of enzyme activities in solution.
CHEMICALLY MEDIATED AND REDOX BASED HYDRO-GEL BASED BIOSENSORS 9
Introduction - Sensing chemistry and materials - Sensing techniques - Transducer types - Transducer-based fiber optic
biosensors - Optical biosensors based on competitive binding - Electron conducting redox polymer in biosensors -
Enzyme electrodes - Specific sensor examples - Hybridization at Oligonucleotide Sensitive Electrodes: Function of
oligonucleotide sensitive electrodes - Hybridization efficiency and sensitivity - Probe oligonucleotide structure and
dynamics - Hybridization conditions - Hybridization kinetics.
FLUOROPHORE AND CHROMOPHORES BASED FIBEROPTIC BIOSENSORS 9
Enzyme based nonmediated fiberoptic biosensors - Chromophores and flurophore detection - Bioluminescence and
chemiluminescence based fiberoptic sensors - Bioluminescent and chemiluminescent reactions - Analytical potential of
luminescent reactions - Applications.
DETERMINATION OF METAL IONS BY FLUORESCENCE ANISOTROPY 9
Theory of anisotropy based determination of metal ions - Fluorescent aryl sulfonamides for zinc determination - Removal
of zinc from carbonic anhydrase - Determination of zinc using reagent approach - Determination of copper and other ions
by using reagentless approach.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Copper J M and Cass E G A, "Biosensors", Oxford University Press, 2004.
2. Brian Eggins, "Chemical Sensors and Biosensors", John Willey & Sons, 2002.
REFERENCES:
1. BansiDhar M, Anthony T, "Advances in Biosensors: Perspectives in Biosensors (Advances in Biosensors)", JAI
Press, 2003.
2. Blum L J and Coulet P R, "Biosensor Principles and Applications", Marcel Dekker Inc, 1991.
WEB REFERENCES
1. www.edgefx.in
2. www.logobook.kz/af/11072868/2296/0199638454_sample.pdf
3. https://www.picoquant.com/applications/category/life-science/fluorescence-anisotropy-polarization

16CH2E04 MODERN ELECTRONIC MATERIALS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the various organic heterocyclic based materials used in electronics.
CO2 : Explain the use of conducting and liquid crystalline polymers in electronics.
CO3 : Outline the applications of optical lithography.
MATERIALS FOR ORGANIC ELECTRONICS 9

Organic thin film transistors and conducting polymer based electrochemical transistors - Electroluminescence -
Electrochromic - Photoelectrochromic materials - Nanowires - Nanoswitches - Nanotransducers - Nanooptical sensors
PENTACENE-POLYTHIOPHENE-INDOCARBAZOLE SYSTEMS 9
Pentacene transistors - Performance - Engineered pentacenes - Reversible functionalization - End substituted derivatives
- Perifunctionalized pentacenes - Heteropentacenes - Semiconductors based on polythiophene and indolo[3-2-B]carbazole
- Polydialkylterthiophenes - Polydialkylquaterthiophenes - Polythiophene nanoparticles - Indocarbazole designs.
POLYMERS IN ELECTRONICS 9
Conducting polymers - Charge transport in conjugated polymers - Electrical properties of doped conjugated polymers
based biosensors - Organic light emitting diodes - Polymers for light emitting diodes - Structure and fabrication methods
- Photoresists - Chemistry - Types - Synthetic photopolymers - Photochemistry of crosslinking -Wafer - Processable
photoresists - Resist processing - Development of crosslinking resists.
OPTICAL LITHOGRAPHY 9
Generalized photolithographic systems - Optical exposure techniques - Contact proximity printing - Projection printing -
Photoresists and substrates - General properties of photoresists - Optical properties of positive photoresists - The wafer
substrate - Substrate topography - Multilayer resist technology - Characterisation of lithographic image.
LIQUID CRYSTALLINE POLYMERS 9
Classification of liquid crystals - Chemical constitution - Liquid crystalline behaviour of polymers - Stability - Applications
- Optoelectronic materials - Displays - Laser writable devices - NLO - Sensors and actuators.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. HagenKlauk, "Organic Electronics: Materials, Manufacturing, and Applications", Wiley-VCH, 2006.
2. Donald A M, Windle A H, and Hanna S, "Liquid Crystalline Polymers", Cambridge University Press, 2006
REFERENCES
1. Kenneth G Budinski and Michael K Budinski, "Engineering Materials: Properties and Selection", Prentice Hall,
2004.
2. ArnostReiser, "Photoreactive Polymers the Science and Technology of Resists", Wiley Interscience, 1989.
3. Kohler M and Fritzsche W, "Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques", Wiley, 2007.
4. Arora G D, "Liquid Crystals and Polymers", Sarup and Sons, India, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photolithography
2. willson.cm.utexas.edu/Teaching/.../Files/Liquid%20Crystalline%20Polymers.pdf
3. https://www.researchgate.net/.../263713988_Advanced_Materials_for_Organic_Electron

16CH2E05 CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the concept and types of nanomaterials.
CO2 : Describe the various methods of chemical synthesis of nanomaterials. CO3: Explain the methods of
functionalisation of nanomaterials and carbon nanomaterials.
INTRODUCTION TO NANOMATERIALS 9
Colloids - Concepts of nanomaterials - Size and confinement effects - Size induced metal to insulator transition - Surface
to volume ratio - Size effect on the lattice parameter - Energy levels in nanocrystals - Properties: Electronic, optical,
magnetic, thermal, mechanical and electrochemical properties.
TYPES OF NANOMATERIALS 9
Quantum dots - Wells - Wires - Nanoclusters - Nanorods - Nanofibers - Metal, semiconductor,oxide nanoparticles -
Polymer nanoparticles - Organic-inorganic hybrids - Porous materials (micro, meso and nano) - Self assmebled monolayers.
CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS 9
Nucleation- Mechanism of homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation - Growth process: Isotopic and anisotopic
growth and seed mediated growth - Oswald ripening - Quenching process - Turkevich reduction - Electrochemical
synthesis - Micelles - Synthesis: Sol-gel synthesis, nonaqueous sol-gel synthesis, solvothermal, microwave technique,
sonochemical synthesis and biological synthesis - Shape control with biomolecules - Microbial synthesis.
FUNCTIONALIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS 9
Stabilization methods: Electrostatic stabilization and steric stabilization - Functionalization of nanoparticles - Monolayer
protected clusters (MPCs) - Ligand exchange reaction - Metal nanoparticles stabilization.
CARBON NANOMATERIALS 9
Carbon nanotubes (CNTs): Structure and properties - Single walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs) - Multiwalled carbon
nanotubes (MWNTs) - Synthesis of CNTs: Arc discharge synthesis, laser ablation synthesis, thermal and chemical vapor
deposition methods - Functionalization of CNTs - Fullerenes: Synthesis and properties.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Cao G., "Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications", ICP, London, 2004.
2. Pradeep T., "Nano: The Essentials", Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Brinker C. J., Scherer G.W., "Sol-Gel Science, The Physics and Chemistry of Sol Gel Processing", Academic press
inc., CA,1990.
2. Sergeev G. B., "Nanochemistry", Elsevier, Netherlands, 2006.
3. Ozin G. A., Arsenault A.C., "Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials", RSC, 2009.
4. Niederberger M. and Pinna N., "Metal Oxide Nano Particles in Organic Solvents: Synthesis, Formation, Assembly
and Application", Springer-Velvag London, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/103103033/module9/lecture1.pdf
2. www.fi.tartu.ee/~rynno/raamat/Introduction%20in%20nanomaterials-sisu.pdf
3. https://www.uni-muenster.de/Chemie.pc/eder/research/nanocarbon.html

16PH2E01 PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the Physics principles of functional semiconductor devices.
CO2 : Outline the optical transport properties of semiconductors.
CO3 : Gain the knowledge of optical transport properties of Semiconductors.
CO4 : Explain the functioning of semiconductor devices and active and passive optoelectronic devices.
PROPERTIES OF SEMICONDUCTORS 9
Crystal structure- reciprocal lattice - Brillouin zone and rules for band (k-space) representation -Dynamics of electrons
in periodic potential: Kronig-Penny and nearly free electron models - Real methods for band structure calculations;
Bandgaps in semiconductors - Holes and effective mass concept - Properties of conduction and valence bands -
semiconductor defects - lattice mismatched structures - strained epitaxy.
ELECTRONIC LEVELS IN SEMICONDUCTORS 9
Particles in an attractive potential, bound states - Bloch theorem - Fermi distribution and energy - Density of states -
Valance and conduction band density of states - intrinsic carrier concentration - intrinsic Fermi level - Extrinsic
semiconductors: n and p type doping - Densities of carriers in extrinsic semiconductors and their temperature dependence
- extrinsic semiconductor Fermi energy level - Degenerate and non-degenerate semiconductors - Tailoring electronic
properties: alloys and quantum wells.
CHARGE TRANSPORT 9
Scattering Mechanism: electron - electron and electron - phonon scattering -Transport under an electric field - carrier
transport by diffusion - charge injection and quasi - Fermi levels - Carrier generation and recombination - current
conductivity.
OPTICAL TRANSPORT 9
Electron - hole pair generation and recombination: band to band -direct and indirect band gap transitions- intra band -
impurity related transitions, free - carrier and phonon transitions - Excitons: Origin, electronic levels and properties -
Radiative and non-radiative recombination -Shockley - Read - Hall and Auger processes - Carrier transport - continuity
equations - Optical constants: Kramers - Kronig relations.
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 9
Processing of Semiconductor devices - PN Semiconductor junctions - Homo and hetero junctions -Semiconductors -
MOS capacitor - MOSFET - Zener-Bloch oscillations - Resonant tunnelling - Quantum structures - density of states and
excitons - semiconductor photonic structures: 1D, 2D and 3D photonic crystals - Active and passive optoelectronic
devices: performance and response enhancement.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Neamen, D. and Biswas, D., "Semiconductor Physics and Devices", McGraw-Hill, 2012.
2. Pierret, R.F., "Semiconductor Device Fundamentals", Pearson, 2006
3. Sze, S.M. and K.K. Ng, "Physics of Semiconductor Devices", Wiley, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Brennan, K.F. "The Physics of Semiconductors", Cambridge University Press, 1999.
2. Umesh K. Misra and Jasprit Singh, "Semiconductor Device Physics & Design", Springer, 2008.
WEB REFERENCES

16PH2E02 FUNDAMENTALS OF MEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the basics of MEMS and micro fabrication.
CO2 : Explain the electrical and mechanical concepts of MEMS.
CO3 : Describe the various sensing and actuating technique.
CO4 : Recall the applications of polymers and optical MEMS.
INTRODUCTION TO MEMS AND MICRO FABRICATION 9

History of MEMS Development - Characteristics of MEMS-Miniaturization - Micro electronics integration -Mass fabrication
with precision - Sensors and Actuators - Energy domain - Sensors, actuators - Micro fabrication : Microelectronics
fabrication process- Silicon based MEMS processes - New material and fabrication processing - Points of consideration
for processing - Anisotropic wet etching - Isotropic wet etching - Dry etching of silicon - Deep reactive ion etching (DRIE)
and Surface micromachining process- structural and sacrificial material.
ELECTRICALAND MECHANICAL CONCEPTS OF MEMS 9
Conductivity of semiconductors - crystal plane and orientation - stress and strain - Definition - Relationship between
tensile stress and strain - mechanical properties of Silicon and thin films - Flexural beam bending analysis under single
loading condition - Types of beam - longitudinal strain under pure bending - Deflection of beam - Spring constant -
torsional deflection - intrinsic stress - resonance and quality factor.
ELECTROSTATIC AND THERMAL PRINCIPLE SENSING AND ACTUATION 9
Electrostatic sensing and actuation - Parallel plate capacitor - Application - Inertial, pressure and tactile sensor parallel
plate actuator - comb drive - Thermal sensing and Actuations - Thermal sensors - Actuators- Applications Inertial, flow
and infrared sensors.
PIEZORESISTIVE, PIEZOELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC PRINCIPLE SENSORS AND ACTUATOR 9
Piezoresistive sensors - Piezoresistive sensor material - stress in flexural cantilever and membrane- Application -Inertial,
pressure, flow and tactile sensor - Piezoelectric sensing and actuation - Piezoelectric material properties -Quartz- Lead
Zirconate Titanate (PZT) - PolyVinyliDene Fluoride (PVDF) - Zinc Oxide (ZnO) - Application -Inertial, Acoustic, tactile,
flow - surface elastic waves Magnetic actuation - Micro magnetic actuation principle - Deposition of magnetic materials
- Design and fabrication of magnetic coil.
POLYMER AND OPTICAL MEMS 9
Polymers in MEMS- polymide-Eightepoxy groupsSU-8 Liquid Crystal Polymer (LCP)-Poly DiMethyl Sioxane (PDMS) -
Poly Methyl MethAcrylate (PMMA) - Parylene - Flurocorbon, Applications: Acceleration, pressure, flow and tactile
sensors -Optical MEMS-passive MEMS optical components - lenses-mirrors-Actuation for active optical MEMS.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS
1. Chang Liu, "Foundations of MEMS", Pearson Indian Print, 1st Edition, 2012.
2. Gaberiel M. Rebiz, "RF MEMS Theory,Design and Technology", John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
REFERENCES
1. Charles P. Poole and Frank J. Owens, "Introduction to Nanotechnology", John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
2. Julian W.Gardner and Vijay K Varadhan, "Microsensors, MEMS and Smart Devices", John Wiley & sons, 2001.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://compliantmechanisms.byu.edu/content/introduction-microelectromechanical-systems-mems
2. http://www.tf.uni-kiel.de/matwis/amat/semitech_en/kap_7/backbone/r7_1_3.html
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MEMS_magnetic_actuator

16PH2E03 NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the new developments in non conventional and renewable energy studies.
CO2 : Recall the basics of solar radiation and application of solar energy.
CO3 : Explain the significance of wind energy and bio-mass energy.
CO4 : Discuss the principles and applications of ocean and tidal energy.
CONVENTIONAL AND NON-CONVENTIONAL SOURCES 9

Introduction to Energy Sources: Energy Consumption - World Energy Futures - Discussion on conventional Energy
Sources - Availability and Non-conventional Energy Sources - Green coal technologies - Petroleum and natural gas -
Nuclear fuels and power plants - Hydro sources and power plants - Energy strategies - Energy conservation - Energy
audit - Cost of energy.
SOLAR RADIATION AND APPLICATIONS OF SOLAR ENERGY 9
Solar radiation: Solar spectra-latitude and longitude - Solar window - Seasonal variations - Daily variation - Hour angle -
Calculation of angle of incidence - Angstroms equation and constants - Solar radiation data - Daily global radiation
calculations.
Applications of solar energy: Solar water heating systems - active and passive- Solar space heating and cooling systems
- Solar desalination systems - Solar thermal power systems - Solar cells - Performance of solar cell - Estimation of power
obtain from solar power - Solar panels - PV systems.
WIND ENERGY 9
Wind energy - Energy chains - Application - Historical background - Merits and limitations - Nature of wind - Planetary
and local day / night winds - Wind energy quantum - Wind power density - Power calculations - Power in wind turbine -
Efficiency - Kinetic energy - Torque thrust calculations - Velocity at different heights - Site selection - Favorable wind
speed range - Wind energy conversion system - Energy pattern factor
BIOMASS ENERGY 9
Principles of bio-conversion - Anaerobic/aerobic digestion - Types of bio-gas digesters - Gas yield - Combustion
characteristics of bio-gas - Utilization for cooking - IC engine operation and economic aspects - Waste to biomass
resources - Terms and definitions - Incineration, wood and wood waste, harvesting super trees and energy forests -
Pyrolyis.
OCEAN AND TIDAL ENERGY 9
Ocean: Ocean energy conversion - Energy sources in ocean - Ocean tidal, Wave and Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion
(OTEC), Ocean saline gradient concept - Electrical and non electrical routes - Bipolar, Mono polar - HVDC cable Transmission
- Merits and demerits of ocean energy technologies.
Tidal Energy: Tides - Spring tide, Neap tide - Daily and monthly variation - Tidal range - Tidal power - Types of tidal power
plants - Single basin and double basin schemes - Main requirements in tidal power plants - Energy storage - Prospects of
tidal power in world.
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rai.G.D, "Non-Conventional Resources of Energy", Khanna publishers, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. Khan.B.H, "Non-Conventional Energy Resources", The McGraw Hills, 2nd Edition, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Rao.S. & Parulekar, "Energy Technology", Khanna publishers, 4th Edition, 2005.
2. Pai.B.R, and Ram Prasad, "Power Generation through Renewable Sources of Energy", Tata McGraw Hill, 1991.

3. Bansal, Kleeman and Meliss, "Renewable Energy Sources and Conversion Techniques", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1990.
4. Godfrey Boyl, "Renewable Energy: Power sustainable future", Oxford University Press, 3rd Edition, 2012.
5. John W Twidell and Anthony D Weir, "Renewable Energy Resources", Taylor and Francis, 2006.
6. Freris.L.L, "Wind Energy Conversion systems", Prentice Hall, 1990.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Renewable_energy
2. https:// nptel.ac.in/courses/108108078/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc-BANG/notused/Non-Conventional%20Energy%20Systems-
/Learning%20Materail%20-%20NCES.pdf

16PH2E04 SOLAR TECHNOLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the concepts of solar radiation and collectors.
CO2 : Gain the knowledge of the solar thermal Technologies.
CO3 : Recall the principles and applications of Photovoltaic systems.
CO4 : Explain the concepts of solar passive architecture.
SOLAR RADIATION AND COLLECTORS 9

Energy emitted by sun and energy that reaches the earth - Sun-Earth geometry - Solar angles - Angles of incidence -
Zenith angle - Azimuthal angle - Hour angle - Latitude and longitude - Solar Spectrum and Solar constant - Extraterrestrial
characteristics - Measurement and estimation on horizontal and tilted surfaces - Solar Collector Basics - Flat plate
collector - Evacuated tubular collectors - Concentrator collectors - Tracking systems - Compound parabolic concentrators
- Parabolic trough concentrators - Concentrators with point focus.
SOLAR THERMAL TECHNOLOGIES 9
Solar heating and cooling system - Principle of working - Types - Design and operation - Thermal Energy storage - Types
of thermal Energy Storage systems - Sensible Heat Storage - Liquids - Latent heat Storage -Thermo chemical storage -
Solar thermal power plant - Solar Desalination - Solar cooker - Domestic - Community - Solar pond technology - Principle
of working and description - Solar drying.
SOLAR PV FUNDAMENTALS 9
Semiconductor - Properties - Energy levels - P-N junction - Homo and hetro junctions - Equilibrium condition - Non
equilibrium condition - Basic Silicon Solar cell - Crystalline and multicrystalline - Dark and illumination characteristics -
Efficiency limits - Variation of efficiency with band gap and temperature - Beyond single junction Efficiency Limit -
Efficiency measurements - GaAs Solar cells.
SPV SYSTEM DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS 9
Photovoltaic cell - Photovoltaic module - PV array - Solar cell array design concepts - PV system design - Maximum power
points tracking - Storage autonomy - Centralized and decentralized SPV systems - Stand alone - Hybrid and Grid connected
system - System installation - Operation and maintenances - Field experience - PV market analysis and Economics of Solar
Photovoltaic systems.
SOLAR PASSIVE ARCHITECTURE 9
Passive heating concepts - Direct heat gain - Indirect heat gain - Thermal storage wall - Attached Green house - Isolated
gain and sunspaces - Passive cooling concepts - Evaporative cooling - Shading and ventilation - Radiative cooling -
Green coupling - Application of wind - Water and earth for cooling - Paints and cavity walls for cooling - Roof radiation
traps - Energy efficient landscape design.
Total Periods : 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sukhatme S P, J K Nayak, “Solar Energy, Principle of Thermal Storage and Collection”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2008.
2. Chetan Singh Solanki, “Solar Photovoltaics, Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”, PHI Learning Private
Limited, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Peter Würfel, “Physics of Solar Cells: From Basic Principles to Advanced Concepts”, Wiley-VCH, 2009.
2. Jeffrey M. Gordon, “Solar Energy: The State of the Art”, Earthscan, 2013.
3. Garg H. P. and Prakash J., “Solar Energy Fundamentals and Applications”, TataMcGraw- Hill Publishing, 7th Reprint
2006.

4. Roger A. Messenger and Jerry Vnetre, “Photovoltaic Systems Engineering”, CRC Press, 2010.
5. Kalogirou S. A., “Solar Energy Engineering: Processes and Systems”, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_power
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_energy
4. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/energy-resources-and-technology.html

16PH2E05 NEW ENGINEERING MATERIALS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Outline the properties and Applications of Electro and Magnetorheological fluids.
CO2 : Apply the concepts of photo chromic and thermo refractive glasses.
CO3 : Gain the knowledge of metastable materials.
CO4 : Summarize the Structural and practical applications of Conducting Polymers.
MAGNETO AND ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL FLUIDS 15

Hours Magnetorheological Fluids :Introduction- Theory- Properties- Applications - Magnetostrictive Materials -
Introduction-Origin - Linear Magnetic Striction - Saturation Magnetic Striction - Villari -Wiedemann-Magneto Volume
Effects-Applications.
Electrorheological Fluids: Introduction- Theory- Properties - Characteristics - Giant Electro rheological Fluids – Giant
Electro rheological based micro fluidics - Applications.
PHOTO CHROMIC AND THERMO REFRACTIVE GLASSES 9 HOURS
Introduction - Physical principles of photosensitivity in glasses - Induced coloration of reversible Photo chromic glasses
- Heterogeneous photo chromic glasses -Applications.
METASTABLE MATERIALS 9 HOURS
Thermo responsive Inorganic materials - Introduction - Origin - Phase and Magnetic transitions - Negative thermal
expansion - Applications - Materials with negative Poisson’s ratio - Negative refractive index - Introduction - Theory -
Applications.
CONDUCTING POLYMERS 12 HOURS
Introduction - Structural features - Preparation - Band structure Charge transport - Nature of charge carriers (Soliton,
Plaron, Bipolaron) - models of charge transport-structure-property relationship - semiconducting and super conducting
Polymers : Factors affecting conductivity of Polymers-Copolymerisation -donor, acceptor polymer formation.
Applications of conducting polymers - electronic, electrochemical, photonic applications. Sensors.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. N.M. Wereley, “Magnetorheology: Advances and Applications”, Royal Society of Chemistry, RSC Smart Materials,
Cambridge, UK., 2014 ` DOI: 10.1039/9781849737548.
2. He Tian and Junji, “Zhang Photo chromic Materials: Preparation properties and Applications”, First Edition
Wiley -VCH Verlag Gmbh &Co,KGaA , 2016.
REFERENCE
1. Encyclopedia of Smart Materials, Online ISBN: 9780471216278 ,DOI: 10.1002/0471216275
WEB REFERENCE

16PH2E06 2D MATERIALS FOR GAS SENSING APPLICATIONS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Classify the sensors on the basics of applications.
CO2 : Summarize the structure, properties and gas sensing applications of transition metal dichalcogenides
CO3 : Analyze the gas sensing properties of Molybdenum Diselenide and Molybdenum ditelluride
CO4 : Apply the knowledge of materials for improving gas sensing performance
SENSORS 9
Sensor classifications according to the energy domains - Introduction of advanced sensing materials - properties of
materials - Classification of Chemical sensing mechanism - Study of chemical sensor - Metal oxide chemical sensor,
electrochemical sensors, potentiometric sensors, conductive sensors, amperometric sensors, catalytic gas sensors, enzyme
sensors
TRANSITION METAL DICHALCOGENIDES 9
Two-dimensional transition metal dichalcogenides - Crystal structure - Properties - Transport properties - Optical properties
- Mechanical properties - Fabrication of TMD monolayers - Exfoliation - Chemical vapor deposition - Molecular beam
epitaxy - Electronic band structure - Band gap - Spin-orbit coupling - Emission and absorption of light: excitons
MOLYBDENUM DISELENIDE AND MOLYBDENUM DITELLURIDE 9
Molybdenum Diselenide and Molybdenum Ditelluride - structure, morphology - electron mobility - band gap - Dimension
effect on sensing performance - Characterisation Tools - X-ray Diffraction - Raman spectroscopy - Photoluminescence -
Optical Image - Electrical studies - Packaging for gas sensing device
GRAPHENE BASED MATERIALS 9
Graphene - Structure - Doping - Electronic properties - Optical properties - Electrical studies - Packaging for gas sensing
device - Band gap tuning of graphene based materials
GAS SENSING PERFORMANCE 9
Incorporation of UV light into gas sensors - Schottky barrier modulation of 2D material and metal electrode junction -
Surface functionalization of the 2D channel between source and drain electrodes - Decoration of 2D material with metal
oxides - Annealing the 2D sensing material at proper temperature - Wearable gas sensing device
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Metal Oxide Nanostructures as Gas Sensing Devices, G. Eranna, December 19, 2011 by CRC Press
2. Chang Liu, “Foundations of MEMS”, Pearson Indian Print, 1st Edition, 2012.
3. Gaberiel M. Rebiz, “RF MEMS Theory,Design and Technology”, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Handbook of Gas Sensor Materials : Properties, Advantages and Shortcomings for Applications Volume 1:
Conventional Approaches (Integrated Analytical Systems) 2, 013th Edition, Kindle Edition, Ghenadii Korotcenkov,
Springer, 2013
2. Phaedon Avouris,,”2D Materials: Properties and Devices”, 1st Edition, Cambridge University Press , 2017
WEB REFERENCES
3. nptel.ac.in/courses/104103019/module1/lec5/6

16MA2E05 STATISTICS AND LINEAR PROGRAMMING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the attributes of the population by studying the sample drawn from it
CO2 : Formulate and solve real life situations involving linear variables
CO3 : Study and control repetitive production process using quality control techniques
TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS AND DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 15

Sampling distributions - Tests for single mean, proportion and difference of means (Large and small samples) - Tests for
single variance and equality of variances - Chi-Square test for goodness of fit - Independence of attributes.Completely
randomized design - Randomized block design - Latin square design - 22 factorial design.
STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 10
Control charts for measurements ( c and R charts) - Control charts for attributes (p, c and np charts) - Tolerance limits -
Acceptance sampling.
LINEAR PROGRAMMING 20
Formulation of LPP - Graphical methods for two variables - Simplex method - Big M method - Transportation problem -
Basic feasible solution - North west corner rule - Vogel's approximation method (Unit penalty method) - Matrix minima
method (Least cost method) - Optimal solution - Non-degeneracy and degeneracy problem - Assignment problem-
Balanced and unbalanced- Hungarian method.
Total Periods: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Johnson, R.A., Miller, I and Freund J., "Miller and Freund's Probability and Statistics for Engineers", Pearson
Education, Asia, 8th Edition, 2015.
2. Taha, H.A., "Operations Research", 9th Edition, Pearson India Education Services, Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Walpole, R.E., Myers, R.H., Myers, S.L. and Ye, K.," Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists ", 8th
Edition , Pearson Education , Asia, 2007.
2. Devore, J.L., "Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences", 8th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2014.
3. Winston, W.L., "Operations Research - Applications and Algorithms", 4th Edition, Thomson, 1st Indian Reprint,
2007.
4. Gupta, P.K and Hira, D.S, " Operations Research " , S.Chand and Co, Delhi, 2012.
WEB REFERENCE
https://online courses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg10

16MA2E06 SIMULATION MODELINGAND ANALYSIS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the role of important elements of discrete event simulation and modeling paradigm.
CO2 : Conceptualize real world situations related to systems development decisions, originating from source
requirements and goals.
CO3 : Develop skills to apply simulation software to construct and execute goal-driven system models.
CO4 : Interpret the model and apply the results to resolve critical issues in a real world environment.
INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION 10
Simulation - Advantages, Disadvantages, Areas of application, System environment, components of a system, Model of
a system, types of models, steps in a simulation study - Simulation examples in inventory system.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES 10
Concepts in discrete event simulation - event scheduling/ Time advance algorithm - Simulation using event scheduling.
Random Numbers: Properties, Generations methods, Tests for Random number - Frequency test, Runs test, Autocorrelation
test.
ANALYSIS OF SIMULATION DATA 12
Input Modeling:Data collection, Identification and distribution with data, parameter estimation, Goodness of fit tests,
Selection of input models without data, Multivariate and time series analysis - Verification and validation of Model: Model
Building, Verification, Calibration and Validation of Models.
OUTPUT ANALYSIS 13
Types of Simulations with respect to output Analysis - Stochastic Nature of output data - Measures of Performance and
their estimation - Output analysis of terminating simulation - Output analysis of steady state simulations. Simulation
softwares: Selection of Simulation Software, Simulation packages, Trend in Simulation Software.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Jerry Banks, John S. Carson II, Berry L. Nelson and David M. Nicol, "Discrete Event system simulation", 4th
Edition,Pearson Education Asia, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Averill M. Law and David Kelton W., "Simulation Modelling & Analysis", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2000
2. Narsingh Deo, "Systems Simulation with Digital Computer", 3rd Edition, PHI Publication (EEE), 2004.
WEB REFERENCE

16MA2E07 GRAPH THEORY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Acquire fundamental ideas on graph theory required for the study of Computer Science.
CO2 : Use the Fundamental Theorems in Graph Theory that emphasizes the study of computational and
algorithmic aspects of Graph Theory.
CO3 : Use the properties of trees to find a minimal spanning tree for a given weighted graph.
FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAPHS AND TREES 15

Graphs - Introduction - Isomorphism - Sub graphs - Walks - Paths - Circuits - Connectedness - Components - Euler graphs
- Hamiltonian paths and circuits. Trees - properties of trees - Distance and centers in tree - Rooted and binary trees -
Spanning trees - Spanning trees in a weighted graph. Cut sets - properties of cut set - fundamental circuits and cut sets.
PLANAR, DUAL GRAPHS AND MATRIX REPRESENTATION OF GRAPHS 15
Connectivity and separability - Network flows -1-isomorphism - 2-isomorphism. Planar and dual graphs - Combinatorial
representation - Planar graphs - Kuratowski's graphs - Detection of planarity - Geometric dual graphs. Incidence matrix -
Sub matrices - Circuit matrix - Path matrix - Adjacency matrix. Chromatic number - Chromatic partitioning - Chromatic
polynomial - Matching - Covering - Four color problem.
DIRECTED GRAPHS, GRAPH THEORETIC ALGORITHMS 15
Digraphs - Types of digraphs - Directed paths and connectedness - Euler graphs - Adjacency matrix of a digraph -
Tournament. Algorithms - Connectedness and components - Spanning tree - Fundamental circuits - Cut vertices - Directed
circuits - Shortest path algorithm.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Narasing Deo, "Graph theory with application to Engineering and Computer Science", Prentice Hall India, 2010.
2. West D.B, "Introduction to Graph Theory", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.
REFERENCES
1. Harary F., "Graph Theory", Addison Wesley,1998.
2. Wilson R.J., "Introduction to Graph Theory", 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2000.
WEB REFERENCE

16MA2E08 LINEAR ALGEBRA 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Use the basic concepts of linear algebra to illustrate its power and utility through applications to computer
science and engineering.
CO2 : Learn the concepts of vector space, linear transformations, matrices and inner product space.
CO3 : Solve the problems in cryptography, computer graphics and some physical problems.
LINEAR EQUATIONS AND MATRICES 10

System of linear equations- Gaussian elimination/Jordan-Block Matrices- inverse matrices- elementary matrices- finding
inverse of A-permutation matrix-- LDU factorization.
VECTOR SPACE AND LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS 20
Vector spaces- sub spaces - bases - linear combination-span-linearly dependent-independent- dimensions - finite
dimensional - Row and column spaces - Rank and nullity.
Basic properties of linear transformations -invertible linear transformation- matrices of linear transformations Vector space
of linear transformation - change of bases - similarity.
INNER PRODUCT SPACES 15
Dot products and inner products -the lengths and angles of vectors -matrix representations of inner products - Gram-
Schmidt orthogonalization - projection orthogonal projections - relations of fundamental subspaces - orthogonal matrices
and isometrics - applications in least square solutions.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. Jin Ho Kwak and Sungpyo Hong, Linear Algebra, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2004.
2. Stephen Andrilli and David Hecher, Elementary Linear Algebra, 3rd Edition, Academic Press, 2006.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Charles W. Curtis, Linear Algebra, Springer (2004)
2. Howard Anton and Robert C Busby, Contemporary linear algebra, John Wiley (2003).
3. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, 4th Edition, Wellesley-Cambridge Press (2009).
WEB REFERENCE

16MA2E09 MATHEMATICS FOR DATA SCIENCE 3 0 0 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Interpret the data from the outcome of a measured central value and also to analyse the nature and cause of
variation in the data
CO3 : Transform and decompose matrices such that solution of engineering problems could be achieved.
DISCRIPTIVE STATISTICS 15
Organizing data - Variables and data – grouping data – Graphs(graphs of time series, graphs of frequency distribution) –
pie chart – Measures of central value – simple arithmetic mean, weighted arithmetic mean, median, mode – Measures of
dispersion - Standard deviation, coefficient of variation, variance.
CORRELATION AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS 15
Correlation and causation, Types of correlation, Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation - least square method for fitting
a curve - Regression lines – linear regression equations – coefficient of determination – Analysis of residuals – Estimation
and prediction of regression equations – Multiple linear regression model.
LINEAR ALGEBRA 15
Vectors – basic operations on vectors -Dependence and independence of vectors – Matrix representation of vectors -
Consistency of system of Linear algebraic equations- Solution of system of equations by Gauss Siedel method-
Decomposition of matrices:LU decomposition,QR factorization.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Neil A. Weiss, “Introductory Statistics”, Pearson Education, Seventh Edition, 2007.
2. Charles W. Curtis, “Linear Algebra”, Springer, 2004.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jay L. Devore,” Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences”, Cengage Learning, Seventh Edition,
2009.
2. Stephen Andrilli and David Hecher, “Elementary Linear Algebra”, 3rd Edition, Academic Press, 2006.
WEB REFERENCES
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ma16
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ma07

16EN2E01 EFFECTIVE TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION 2 0 2 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Acquire the grammar skills and their usage
CO 2 : Demonstrate advanced level of written communication skill
CO 3 : Gain proficiency in speaking.
MODULE 1: BASIC GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY (15)
Tenses – Word Formation - Simple & Complex Questions – Conditionals – Modal verbs – Common errors when conveying
good luck and greeting for festivals – Correct usage of Determiners- Reported Speech – Idioms & the use of prepositions
– Question tags – Subject Verb Agreement – Discourse Markers – Homophones & Homonyms – Basic words: greetings
to be used at different times of the day, to express Phrases – Cause & Effect expressions – Phrasal Verbs.
MODULE 2: PRONUNCIATION & ACCENT (15)
Vowels: Breathing and voice tips for vowels-Vowel features: high, low, back, front, rounded, spread, one-part, two-part -
Practicing vowels in words and sentences –Identifying target vowels - Consonants : Breathing and voice tips for
consonants, Consonant features: place, manner, voice, Practicing consonants in words and sentences, Identifying target
consonants– Word Rhythm : Breathing and voice tips for word rhythm, Word rhythm for correct grammar, When to use
syllable stress –Sentence rhythm & Intonation : Breathing and voice tips for sentence rhythm, What is “stress-timed”
rhythm? English intonation patterns, Practice the sentence rhythm & intonation formula– Guided pronunciation practice
in Conversation.
MODULE 3: TAPPING CREATIVITY (SPEAKING & WRITING SKILLS) (15)
Creating & Presenting One’s own action plan, Informal Conversation - Congratulating - Using the Lexicon, Formal&
Informal ways of introducing others -Giving personal details about oneself - Giving instructions & seeking Clarification
-Thanking & responding to thanks - Describing People, Places - Movie review- Book review – Responding to written or
graphic unit – ability to write requests – instructions – ability to write concisely- Effective writing tips in writing memo,
note, email, letter, fax, report, proposal – Dialogue Writing- Sequencing of sentences.
Total hours: 45
TEXTBOOK
1. Anderson V.Paul, Technical Communication, Cengage Learning India Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2015
REFERENCES
1. Mohan, Krishna, Raman, Meenakshi. Effective English Communication. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Dhanavel, S.P. English and Communications Skills for Students of Science and Engineering. Orient BlackSwan,
Chennai, 2011
3. Rizvi, Ashraf M, “Effective Technical Communication”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008

16EN2E02 PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH 2 0 2 3
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Learn phonetic symbols and improve the pronunciation through effective listening.
CO 2: Demonstrate the professional skills in written communication.
CO 3: Acquire the various life skills needed to excel in the professional world.
MODULE 1: LISTENING & SPEAKING COMPETENCIES (15)

Speaking – phonetic symbols and sounds; common errors in pronunciation; features of spoken language; points to be
remembered; exchanging views on a particular technical topic (colleagues, students, teacher and student); explaining/
advocating a stand to public on less known or controversial technical topics; Speaking strategies, interviewing a subject
expert; addressing professionals in a meeting; peer introduction, role play, Dialogues and Conversation techniques,
Listening comprehension –Ted talks
MODULE 2: WRITING SKILLS (15)

Sentence construction- Parallelisms - Error Analysis - Formal letter writing: Framing Statement of Purpose, applying for an
internship to a foreign university; requesting for financial aid for a project from a bank/university; asking for sponsorship
from an organization; Letter writing- permission for industrial visit - identification of social problem & solutions, job
application and resume and quotation letters and note-making- Creative Writing.
MODULE 3: LIFE SKILLS (15)
Manners & Etiquettes - Grooming - Intrapersonal and Inter Personal Communication – Verbal and Non Verbal Skills-
Critical and Creative Thinking- Body Language of self and others. Principles of Group Communication- Negotiation skills-
Interviewing- Presentation Skills: Effective Presentation, Do’s and Don’ts of presentation- audio-video/multimedia
presentation, project presentation and product description. Team work: Importance of Team work and its barriers, Attributes
of a successful team - Interview – Handling Skills – Dress code and color pattern. Group Discussions: General types of
GD, Do’s and Don’ts. Ethics- Importance of ethics and values.
Total hours: 45
TEXT BOOK
Viswamohan, Aysha, English for Technical Communication. Tata Mc Graw,Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Soundararaj, Francis. Speaking and Writing for Effective Business Communication. Macmillan: New Delhi, 2012.
2. Mohan, Krishna & Banerji, Meera. Developing Communication Skills. Macmillan: New Delhi, 2012.
3. Anderson V.Paul, Technical Communication. Cengage Learning India Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2015.
4. Mohan, Krishna., Raman, Meenakshi. Effective English Communication. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009

16NT2E01 FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE AND 3003
NANOTECHNOLOGY
COURSE OUTCOMES
On Completion of this course the students will be able to
CO1 : Understand the various methods of preparation of nanomaterials
CO2 : Comprehend the properties and functions of nanomaterials used in different industries
CO3 : Acquire knowledge on nanotechnology based alternate energy and healthcare applications
BASICS AND SCALE OF NANOTECHNOLOGY 9

Introduction - Time and length scale in structures - Definition of a Nanosystem - Dimensionality and size dependent
phenomena - Surface phenomenon – surface to volume ratio, fraction of surface atoms, surface energy and surface stress,
surface defects - Scientific revolutions - Potential applications involving Nanotechnology - Scope of Nanoscience and
Technology.
NANOELECTRONICS 9
Nano ferroelectrics – Ferroelectric random access memory –Fe-RAM circuit design - Solar energy conversion - Molecular
and printed electronics – Nanoelectronics - Applications in displays and other devices - Nanomaterials for data storage
– NanoBiosensors - Electronic noses – Identification of hazardous solvents and gases – Semiconductor sensor array
STRUCTURAL NANOMATERIALS 9
High strength materials - Carbon nanostructures - Heat exchangers and coolants - Biofouling and corrosion prevention -
Water repellent and insulating paints - Foldable light weight solar cells - Regulation of building environment using
nanosensors - Self-cleaning glass - Self-healing concrete- Fire resistant coating - Waste water treatment by photocatalysis
– Super insulators : aerogels –Nanosorbents.
NANOMATERIALS IN MECHANICAL APPLICATIONS 9
Nanomaterials for corrosion prevention - Hydrogen fuel: storage and harvesting - Emission control – Nano lubricants -
Nanoengines - Nanofluidics – Space applications - Smart and functional fabrics – Fire retardant and insulating materials-
Electrochromic glasses – Self healing materials – Shape memory alloys
NANOBIOMATERIALS 9
Bionics– Swim-suits with shark-skin-effect,Soil repellence, Lotus effect - Nano finishing in textiles (UV resistant,
antibacterial, hydrophilic, self-cleaning, flame retardant finishes) – Modern textiles (Lightweight bulletproof vests and
shirts, Colour changing property, Waterproof and Germ proof textiles - Cosmetics –Sun-screen dispersions for UV protection
using Titanium oxide – Color cosmetics – Nano Drug Delivery systems – Nano Tissue engineering scaffolds
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. T. Pradeep, “A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
2. Hari Singh Nalwa, “Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology”, Academic Press, 2002.
3. Mick Wilson, Kamali Kannargare., Geoff Smith, “Nano technology: Basic Science and Emerging technologies”,
Overseas Press, 2005.
4. Biomedical applications of nanotechnology edited by Vinod Labhasetwar and DiandraL.Lesie – Pelecky.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Mark A. Ratner, Daniel Ratner, “Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea”, Prentice Hall
P7R:1st Edition, 2002.
2. Robert W. Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, “Nanoscale Science and Technology”, John Wiley &
Sons, Ltd., UK, 2005.

3. Mancini L H, Esposito C L., “Nanocomposites: Preparation, Properties and Performance” Nova Science Publisher
Inc., 2008
4. A. Nouailhat, “An Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., UK, 2008.
5. Bandhyopadyay A K., “Nanomaterials” NewAge International (P) Ltd., Publishers., 2008
VIDEO LECTURES
1. Nano structured Materials-Synthesis, Properties, Self Assembly and Applications, http://nptel.ac.in/courses
118102003/, IITD 2014
2. Soft Nanotechnology, https://www.class-central.com/course/nptel-soft-nano-technology-9923, IITKG 2018
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S0101-20612010000300002
2. http://journal.frontiersin.org/article/10.3389/fphys.2014.00002/full

ONE CREDIT COURSES (OC)

B.E. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
16AEI001 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the basics of surface NDE techniques which enable to carry out various inspections in accordance
with the established procedures.
CO2 : Describe the procedure and techniques used for radiographic and ultrasonic testing.
SURFACE NDE METHODS 8

Introduction: Introduction to non-destructive testing - Scope and limitation.
Visual Testing: Principle and various optical aids for inspection - Applications.
Liquid Penetrant Testing: Principle - Procedure - Penetrant testing materials - Penetrant testing methods -Application and
limitations.
Magnetic Particle Testing: Principle - Magnetizing technique - Procedure - Equipment - Magnetic particle testing method
- Application and limitations.
Eddy Current Testing: Principle - Instrumentation - Technique - Procedure - Application and limitations.
RADIOGRAPHIC AND ULTRASONIC TESTING 7
Radiographic testing: Sources - Equipment - Procedure and techniques - Safety precaution
Ultrasonic Testing: Properties of sound beam - Inspection methods - Flaw characterisation technique - Flaw detection
equipment - Modes of display- Application and limitations.
Total Periods:15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jayamangal Prasad, Krishnadas Nair C. G, "Non-Destructive Test and Evaluation of Materials", 2nd Edition,Tata
McGraw Hill Education, 2011.
2. Baldev Raj, Jayakumar T, Thavasimuthu M., "Practical Non-Destructive Testing", 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing
House, 2009.
3. Barry Hull and Vernon John, "Non Destructive Testing", 2nd Edition, Springer, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. ASM Metals Handbook, "Non-Destructive Evaluation and Quality Control", American Society of Metals, 2002.
2. Paipetis, A.S, Matikas T. E and Aggelis D.G, "Emerging Technologies in Non-Destructive Testing", 1st Edition, CRC
Press, 2012.
WEB REFERENCE
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/113106070/.

16AEI002 UAV FOR SOCIETAL AND SPECIAL MISSIONS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the UAV system and sensors used based on their application.
COMPONENTS OF UAV 7
Various types of sensors used - Sensor integration - Data acquisition and data processing- Gimbal units.
UAVAPPLICATIONS 8
UAV - Aerial Imaging - Mapping - Inspection - Search and Rescue.
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Barnhart, R., Hoffman, S., Marshall, D. and Shappee, E. "Introduction to Unmanned Aircraft Systems",
1st Edition,CRC Press, 2012.
2. Fahlstrom, P. and Gleason, T. "Introduction to UAV Systems", 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. 2012.
REFERENCE
Wolf, P., DeWitt, B., and Wilkinson, B. "Elements of Photogrammetry with Applications in GIS", 4th Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2014.

B.E.BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
16BMI001 MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 1001
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : Integrate on clinical and technical application of critical care products, anesthesia
PATIENT MONITORING SYSTEMS 3

Function of each modules used in the patient monitors - cardiac output methods - SPO2 technology, ETCO2 (Main stream,
side stream, micro stream) measurement and types.
ANESTHESIA WORKSTATION 5
Anesthesia workstation overview - Types of anesthesia - Components of anesthesia machine - Respiratory breathing
system - modes of ventilation - difference b/w ICU and anesthesia ventilator.
QUALITY ASSURANCE OF DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENTS 5
CT, cath lab, chest x-ray, C-arm, Dental (intraoral, Otopentogram) , Radiation safety in hosptials- A case study.
ROLE OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERS IN CRITICAL CARE 2
Know the technology - Easy handling - Troubleshooting - Maintenance
HOSPITAL TRAINING
Total Periods: 15
REFERENCES
1. Joseph J Carr, John M Brown, "Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology", Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2011.
2. Fred A MettlerJr, Milton J Guiberteau, "Essentials of Nuclear Medicine Imaging", Elsevier, 5th Edition, 2006
3. RüdigerKramme, Klaus-Peter Hoffmann, Robert S. Pozos (Eds.), "Handbook of Medical Technology", Springer,
2011

16BMI002 FEA - TOOL - ANSYS WORKBENCH 1001
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : Use ANSYS for biomedical applications
INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS AND ANSYS 3

Finite Element Method,History and Evolution of FEM, Basic FEM Concept,FEM Terminologies,FEM Procedure, 1-D, 2-D,
3-D FEM. Ansys Software - Introduction, Introduction to the Graphical User Interface,Unit Systems,Project Schematic,
Analysis systems, Associated Files and storage, Best practices Engineering Data, General Materials, Structural Material
properties, Thermal Material properties, Fatigue and other essential material properties, Material Non-linearity, Explicit
Materials.
CASE STUDIES 12
Geometric Modeling, Sketching, 3-D Operation - Extrude, revolve, Sweep etc. 3-D Modifying advanced operation, 1-D
and 2-D Geometry creation, Importing external geometry files. Meshing/Discretization , 1-D/ 2-D/ 3-D Meshing, Tetra and
Hexa Meshing, Map, sweep and Multi-zone Meshing, Patch Conforming/Patch Independent Meshing, Mesh quality
checking, Case Study on Solenoid Meshing. Boundary Condition and Analysis Settings for Static Structural Analysis,
Essential Boundary Conditions, Natural Boundary Conditions, Direct Solver vs Iterative Solver, Solution Run,
Troubleshooting of error and warning during solution run. Post processing for Structural Analysis, Structural - Stress,
strain, deformation, energy etc. Iso-surfaces, Arranging and re-arranging of output based on requirement, Report
Generation, Case study - Boundary Conditions and Post-processing for Steady State Thermal Analysis, Temperature
Boundary, Convection, heat flux etc. Solution run, Post-processing Case Study: Dental Implant , Knee joint replacements,
Hip implant, Cardiovascular stent, Spinal Implant, Catheter Analysis, Vibration analysis of Medical Devices.
Total Periods: 15
REFERENCES
1. J.N. Reddy, "The Finite Element Method", Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. S.S. Rao "The Finite Element Method in Engineering", 5th edition, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2010
3. Cornelius T. Leondes "Biomechanical Systems: Techniques and Applications, Volume I: Computer Techniques
and Computational Methods in Biomechanics", CRC Press, 2000

16BMI003 BIOINFORMATICS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the primary, protein, structure sequence databases and tools for access, retrieval, analysis,
submission of biological data
CO2 : Explain the denovo ligand and structure based modelling in drug design
DATABASES 5
Overview of Bioinformatics, Scoring Matrices, Nucleotide Sequence Databases - NCBI, DDBJ, EMBL, MGDB, Protein
Sequence Databases - Swissprot, PIR, Protein Structure Databases - PDB, MMDB, Protein Secondary Structure Databases
- SCOP, CATH, Protein Domain Databases - Pfam, PROSITE, Metabolic Pathway Databases - KEGG, Sequence
DATA ANALYSIS 10
Analysis Tools - BLAST, FASTA, Clustal W, T-Coffee, EMBOSS, Structure Visualization - Rasmol, Tertiary Structure
Prediction, Swissmodel, Modeller, Protein Structure Validation - RamPage, SAVS, Active Site Prediction - CASTP, Docking
- AutoDock.
Total Periods: 15
REFERENCES
1. David W. Mount, "Bioinformatics sequence and genome analysis",2nd Edition,Coldspring Harbor Laboratory
press, 2004.
2. Kristian Stromgaard, Povl Krogsgaard-Larsen, Ulf Madsen, "Textbook of Drug Design and Discovery", 5th Edition,
CRC Press, 2016.

16BMI004 BASIC BIOMEDICAL TRAINING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the impact of physiological conditions on the ECG of a patient
CO2 : Demonstrate recording of ECG signals.
CO3 : Explain the construction and working of patient monitors
CO4 : Describe the fundamentals and architecture of anesthesia machine
CO5 : Explain the types of ventilators with advanced applications
CO6 : Explain the basics of ultrasound imaging and trouble shooting
ECG 8
Basics of Cardiac Anatomy, ECG Recordings, ECG Changes Associated with Rhythm Abnormalities, Conduction Defects
and Myocardial Ischemia, ECG Recordings in Physiological and Other Pathological Conditions, ECG Changes in
Miscellaneous Conditions, Troubleshooting of ECG Problems
BEDSIDE PATIENT MONITORING 8
Patient Monitoring, Overview of the Equipment, Acquisition Parameters in PMS Theory, Acquisition Parameters in PMS,
Calibration & Troubleshooting, Future Scenario of PMS
ANESTHESIA 8
Basics Overview, Architecture, Anesthetic gas measurements, Calibrations & Troubleshooting
VENTILATOR 8
Basics of Ventilator, Basics of Ventilation, Ventilation graphics, Modes of ventilation, Components of Ventilator, Biomedical
Perspective, Advanced applications & Summary
ULTRASOUND 8
Ultrasound Basics, Ultrasound System Overview, Ultrasound Imaging, Different Scanning Modes of Ultrasound Imaging,
Diagnostic Ultrasound Registration, Calibration & Troubleshooting, Advanced Applications
Total Periods : 40

16BMI005 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERS
TRAINING (ADVANCED COURSE) 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Explain the fundamentals of radiation physics
CO2 : Explain the effects of radiation on biological tissues
CO3 : Explain the construction and working of X-ray Machine
CO4 : Describe the fundamentals of CT imaging
CO5 : Describe the quality assurance and quality controls for X-ray, CT
CO6 : Explain the basics of site planning and radiation protection
MODULE 40
Introduction to Radiology and Basic Physics, X-ray Basics,X-Ray Components, X-Ray Machines, CT-Biological Effects
of Radiation, CT Basics, Basics of Multi-detector CT, Radiation Safety and Dose in CT, CT Reconstruction Techniques,
CT Dose reduction techniques, CT Post processing & Clinical Applications, Hands on Training on AW Workstation,
Quality Assurance & Quality Control in X-ray and CT, Radiation Safety Protection, CT Equipment Overview, Site
Planning & Installation Guidelines for CT, PM procedures, Procurements & Proactive services.
Total Periods: 40

16BMI006 MR AND LEADERSHIP TRAINING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe about the components and working principles of MRI
CO2 : Explain about the various types of calibration and troubleshooting techniques of MRI.
CO3 : Act effectively in a team environment with adequate communication skills
CO4 : Practice ethics in their profession.
MRI 20
MR Physics, components and processes, MR Safety and Compliance, Specific Site Planning and Installation Requirements,
.Function of each boards / Parts,Basic Models of MR, Factors Affecting Image Quality, System Block Diagram,
SIMULATORS:
Basic Scanning & Quality Assurance, Recent Developments in MR, Basic Troubleshooting, Service Calibration, PM
Procedures, On Watch – Proactive Service, Software Packages, Understanding Image annotation, Subsystem Functions
– Simulators, *RF System, TR & DD Bias, MC Coils Basic &Troubleshooting, Gradient Troubleshooting, Understanding
SPT & WP, LV Shim, DQA Calibration, MRU & O2 Monitor Calibration& testing procedure, DV System Overview, Patient
Table Troubleshooting, SV Systems Differences.
LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT 20
Introduction to Leadership, Leadership Power, Leadership Styles, Leadership in Administration, Introduction to
Communication, Flow of Communication, Listening, Barriers of Communication, Overcome barriers of communication,
Interpersonal Relations, Group Dynamics and Team Building, Industry Expectations v/s career, Understanding Medical
Imaging Equipment, Approach Towards Work & Trouble Shooting, Environment Health & Safety, HIPPA & Medicolegal,
Project Management and Site Planning, Digital Image Processing and Networking, Power & Grounding, Temp & Humidity,
Understanding the Medical Language
Total Periods: 40

B.E. CIVIL ENGINEERING
16CEI001 GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION AND INVESTIGATION - 1001

REPORT PREPARATION
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the various methods of soil exploration and field testing.
CO2 : Develop the Bore Log report of given soil profile.
COURSE CONTENT
Site visit - Soil exploration techniques- Field testing - Bore hole Investigation - Ground water table determination - Bore
Log report preparation from field data - Bearing capacity evaluation for different soil profile - Industrial geotechnical
ethics - Finalized geotechnical approval report for construction.
Total Periods: 15

16CEI002 TENDER DOCUMENT AND PREPARATION 1001
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : Prepare tender document for Civil Engineering works.
COURSE CONTENT
Definition of tender-Reasons to float tender-Competent agency to call tender- Financial limit or powers to call a tender by
various officials in state and central government- Turnkey project-Execution methods - Global tender-company tie up-
Technical bid-Commercial bid -Techno commercial bid-Final selection-Vested powers/authority to finalize the tender in
public sector and in private sector - Single or monopoly tender - Delegation of powers -Documents /drawings to be
attached along with tender documents while selling the tender document and while filling the tender documents -Tender
document notification -Newspaper references.
Total Periods:15

16CEI003 PROJECT MANAGEMENT USING PRIMAVERA 1001
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1 : Plan, Schedule and Cost the Project.
CO2 : Calculate Earned Value Generate Reports.
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction-Navigating-Project Structure-Creating a Project-Creating a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)-Creating
Activity Codes-Adding Activities-Maintaining the Project Documents Library-Creating Relationships-Scheduling-Adding
Constraints-Formatting Data-Defining Resources-Assigning Resources and Costs-Analyzing Resources and Costs-
Optimizing the Project Plan-Baselining the Project Plan-Project Execution and Control-Reporting Performance-Project
Web Site.
Total Periods:15

16CEI004 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify Environmental Impacts and methods of their assessment.
CO2 : Select the mitigation methods of different Environmental Impacts.
CO3 : Interpret the implications Environmental attributes, Environmental settings and EIAnotifications.
CO4 : Summarize the Prediction Methods of assessments of Impacts.
COURSE CONTENT
Concepts of Environmental Impact Assessment Sustainable Development - Methods to Achieve SustainableDevelopment-
Environmental Impact Analysis, Assessment and Statement.
CONCEPTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Project and EnvironmentDescription-Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures-Environmental
MonitoringProgramme.
ENVIRONMENT ATTRIBUTES AND SETTING
Environmental attributes: Air,Water, Noise, Socioeconomic,Cultural and biological-Purposes of defining theEnvironmental
Setting- Inclusion or Exclusion of Environmental Items.
PREDICTION AND METHODS OF ASSESSMENT
Prediction and methods ofassessment of impacts onvarious attributes ofenvironment.
Total Hours:15

16CEI005 BUILDING BYE-LAWS AND APPROVAL DRAWING 1001
PREPARATION
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Implement building bye-laws for preparing the drawings to get the approval from competent authority.
COURSE CONTENT
Introduction to National Building Code (NBC), Building bye-laws formulated by Local Planning Authority (LPA), Town
and Country Planning Authority (TCPA), Municipal Corporation, Punchayat Authorities, etc. preparation of drawings
incorporating necessary standards and submitting for approval from competent authorities. Key factors to be included
while preparing approval drawings- Role of Licensed Building Surveyor (LBS) in preparing and submitting the drawings
for approval. Disadvantages while violating the norm of building bye laws, advantages of getting the drawing approval
from competent authorities. How to become a property evaluator. Procedure for obtaining tax clearance certificate from
revenue and other departments.
Total Hours: 15

16CEI006 WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE SCHEMES 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the various schemes are operating under the TWAD Board
CO2 : Plan and Design the Drinking water supply and Sewer pipeline connections.
COURSE CONTENT
BOARD PROCEEDINGS AND GOVERNMENT ORDERS
1) Stand Alone Water Supply Schemes- Town Panchayats, Municipalities, Corporations, Deposits
2) Combined Water Supply Schemes (CWSS)
3) Under Ground Sewerage Schemes (UGSS) - Municipalities, Corporations, Deposits
4) Miscellaneous- Special Programmes, Deposit Works, Others
5) Industrial Site Visit
Total Hours:15
INDUSTRY DETAILS:
Er.Muthuswamy
Assistant Executive Engineer,
Tamilnadu Water Supply and Drainage Board
Saibaba Colony,
Coimbatore - 641 038.
Mobile : +91 9442194098
Email : samy9498@gmail.com

16CEI007 VALUATION PRACTICE OF IMMOVABLE 1001
PROPERTIES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the various methods of valuation for the buildings.
CO2 : Elucidates the knowledge on varietal computer applications in the valuation process
COURSE CONTENT
History of valuation, Purpose of valuation, Responsibilities of a valuer, Basic principles of valuation.Introduction to
Explanations of various terms used in valuation of land.Extent of land – Unit rate – FSI and plot coverage – Land locked
land – Recess land – Strips of land – FMB &Topo Sketch – Case studies, Introduction – Explanations of various terms
used in valuation of buildings.Replacement value – Depreciation – Present value – Straight line method –Linear method
– Life of structure – Case studies, Different methods of valuation - Guidelines for valuation of residential buildings and
flats – Formats of valuation forms – Model reports,GIS in valuation reports – Introduction to software for valuation of
immovable properties.
Total Hours: 15
INDUSTRY DETAILS
Er.T.ThilakRanjith,
TR Associates Consulting Engineers
404,6th Street Extension,
Gandhipuram,
Coimbatore-641012
Contact: 9486112301
E-mail:thilakranjith19@gmail.com

B.E COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
16CSI001 MAINFRAME TECHNOLOGY 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Summarize the fundamentals of Mainframe Computer, IBM zEnterprise System and Hardware Architecture.
CO2 : Understand theVirtualization and Hipersocket on system z.
Introduction to the new Mainframe -What is a Mainframe - Who uses Mainframe Computers - Introducing the IBM
zEnterprise System - Systemz hardware architecture - Processor units - Networking and Memory - Disk devices - Typical
Mainframe Workloads - Roles in the Mainframe World - z/OS and other mainframe operating systems - Reliability,
Availabilityand Serviceability -Introduction to Systems Management - HMC and SE system management disciplines -
Hardware Management Console Introduction - Support Element Introduction - Introduction to Virtualization - System z
Virtualization - Channel Sub System Overview - Introduction to Network Virtualization - Hipersocket on system z - Key
Functions and Capabilities of IBM z13.
Total Periods: 18
Offered by : IBM, Bangalore

16CSI002 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Identify the basic concept of Shared Memory, Distributed Memory and Vectorization.
CO2 : Understand the Open MP and MPI for Parallelization.
Profiling and Optimization of Sequential Applications - Shared Memory and Distributed Memory Architecture - Modern
Processor Architecture Features - CPU and GPU - Introduction to Vectorization - Introduction to OpenMP - Introduction
to MPI - Performance analysis tools - Gprof, Perf tools, Valgrind Tools - Parallelization of Matrix multiplication - Introduction
to CUDA C programming
Total Periods: 18
Offered by : TCS, Bangalore

16CSI003 EMBEDDED SOFTWARE TESTING 1001
PRE REQUISITE
Knowledge of Embedded Systems
Programming in C/C++
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the Basic Concepts of Embedded Software Testing.
CO2: Understand the Fundamentals of Software Analysis and Testing
BASICS OF EMBEDDED SOFTWARE TESTING

Introduction-Difference between general softwaretesting and software testing for safety, security and mission critical
systems - Need for software testing - Major recalls and impact of recalls - Case Study
FUNDAMENTALS OF SOFTWARE TESTING
Basics of Software Development Life Cycle - Static Analysis,Dynamic Analysis - Code Coverage Including MC/DC and
LCSAJ - Data Flow and Control Flow Analysis -Unit - System - Integration Testing - Code Quality - Software Quality
Metrics - Test Management - Importance of using Qualified Software for Software Testing.
CODING STANDARDS
Coding Standards-Importance and Motivation- MISRA and CERT CodingStandard - Top 10 secure coding best practices
- Advantages of adhering to coding standards.
PROCESS STANDARD
Introduction to ISO 26262 Automotive - IEC 62304 for Medical Devices - Certification process.
Total Periods: 15
Theory will be clubbed with demonstrating following key concepts:
1. Practical Implementation of software testing fundamentals using LDRA Software
2. Adhering to MISRA C Coding Guidelines using LDRA Software
3. Implement above mentioned process standards using LDRA Software.
4. Code Coverage and Executing Test Cases on Raspberry Pi or Arduino.
Offered By: LDRA, Bangalore

16CSI004 NEXTGEN IMAGING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the Basic Concepts Context Setting and Next Gen Imaging.
CO2 : Understand the Fundamentals of Hyper Spectral Imaging and Spectroscopy.
Introduction - Participant Introduction and Involvement Exercise - Context Setting - Expectation Gathering - Computer
Vision in the Industry - Next Gen Imaging - Overview - Technologies for Seeing Invisibles: Thermal Imaging - UV Imaging
- Spectroscopy - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Deep Dive -Spectral Signature and Hyper Cube
concepts - Tools and Software - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Hands on: Software Installation - Overview - Hands-On
Experiments - Hyper Spectral Imaging - Applications of Hyper Spectral Imaging in various business verticals - Overview
about the spectroscopy - Single Pixel - Spectroscopy Concepts - hyper spectral imaging - NIR Spectroscopy - Deep Dive
and applications - Spectroscopy Hands on Software Installation and Data collection for a small experiment.
Total Periods: 18
Offered By: Wipro Technologies, Bangalore

16CS1005 INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN OF WEARABLE 1001
MEDICAL DEVICES
Categories of wearable medical equipments

o Invasive and non invasive
Non invasive physiological parameters
Requirement gathering/clinical observation
Limitations and benefits of wearable devices
Design Components
o Hardware design
o Firmware design
o Algorithm development
o Software design
Validation, Verification and testing
Total Periods: 18

16CS1006 ALGORITHMIC THINKING AND PROBLEM SOLVING 1 0 0 1
The Course Outcomes are:

(a) Good analytical, problem-solving, and critical thinking skills;
(b) Understanding of algorithm design techniques;
(c) Ability to apply algorithms for systematic solution development;
(d) Ability to evaluate the solutions for correctness and efficiency;
(e) Working as part of a group;
Course Contents:
Module I : Algorithmic thinking;
Module II : Problem modeling;
Module III : Choosing the appropriate algorithm design technique;
Module IV : Developing and analyzing the algorithm
Total Periods: 18

BE ELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
16EEI001 INDUSTRIAL IOT (USING FULLY OPEN SOURCE) 1001
PREAMBLE:
The Industrial Internet represents the next big wave of innovation and will fundamentally transform industrial sectors of
the economy. McKinsey Global Institute estimates an annual economic impact of $2.7 trillion to $6.2 trillion by 2025.
Gartner estimates it will lead to a digital workforce and smart machines that will replace 1 in 3 knowledge workers by 2020.
General Electric estimates that the Industrial Internet could add $10-$15 trillion to the global GDP over the next 20 years.
This transformation has already started, yet the Industrial Internet is still in its infancy stage. This course attempts to
introduce the world of Industrial IoT to the students and engage them with practical experiments using open source
industrial IoT technologies for connected motion use cases.
PRE-REQUISITE
Drives and Motion Control
Sensors & PLC
Digital Electronics
Fundamentals of C Programming
CO-REQUISITE
Exposure to Linux Command Line - enables in completing the exercises faster
Introduction to Networking Fundamentals
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Understand the Industrial IoT Architecture (from device to fog to cloud to iSMAC layers)
CO2 : Understand the idea of business transformation using connected car case study - Why you may never buy
a car in the near future?
CO3 : Learn the practically explore the the concepts behind "Connected Motion" Module
No Topic No of Lectures
Module No of
Topic
No Lectures
1 Basics of Industrial IoT 1
1.1 IIoT Architecture Layers
1.1.1 Introduction to IIoT End Point Gateway, Fog Layer and iSMAC Layers
(IoT, Social, Mobile, Analytics and Cloud) 1.1.1
Difference between traditional SCADA/DCS architectures and IIoT architectures -
"Business Transformation Potential" 2
Introduction to IIoT Business Transformation Potential using Connected Car Case Study 1
2.1 Future of Drives - "Connected Motion"
2.2 How connected drives will communicate with car's central computer
2.3 What are the other systems in the connected car - elimination of driver
2.4 Why should car's central computer communicate with the cloud?
2.5 Why you may never buy a car in the near future?

Module No of
Topic
No Lectures
3 Connected Motion
3.1 Drives & Motion Control in a connected world 1
3.2 Introduction to Industrial Ethernet Protocols - (Profinet, EtherCAT, Ethernet/IP, Sercos,
POWERLINK, TSN-OPC-UA, IEEE 802.1 ) 1
3.3 Introduction to key concepts across different Industrial Ethernet Protocols 1
3.3.1 Concept of Time & Need for Time Synchronization (Atomic Clock, Clock, Drift,
Clock Domains, Clock Synchronization, GPS, NTP, PTP, IEEE 1588 1
3.3.2 Scheduling & Traffic Shaping 1
3.3.3 Time triggerred sending & Auto-response capabilites to utilize the underlying
hardware capabiliteis fully 1
3.3.4 Concept of Process Data & Service Data & Configuration Tool/Agents 1
3.4 Introduction to open source POWERLINK technology & how it implements the
key concepts of real time networking 1
3.5 Introduction to Rasperby Pi POWERLINK - open source openCONFIGURATOR 2
3.5.1 Lab experiements - Raspbery Pi POWERLINK Demo - Remote IO 2
3.5.2 Lab experiements - Raspbery Pi POWERLINK Demo - Distributed Remote IO &
Measuring Deterministic Behaviour 2
REFERENCE
www.kalycito.com/rpi2

16EEI002 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND AUDIT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Demonstrate the philosophy of energy audit and energy management.
CO2 : Explain the different energy management methodologies used to develop an energy audit report.
CO3 : Summarize the types of instruments used for energy auditing and monitoring.
GENERAL PHILOSOPHY AND NEED OF ENERGY AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT

Definition and Objective of Energy Management, General Principles of Energy Management, Energy Management Skills.
ENERGY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
Energy Audit: Need, Types, Methodology and Approach. Energy Management Approach: Understanding Energy Costs,
Bench marking, Energy performance, matching energy usage to requirements, Maximizing system efficiency, Optimizing
the input energy requirements, Fuel and Energy substitution.
Energy Audit Reporting The plant energy study report- Importance, contents, effective organization, report writing and
presentation.
ENERGYAUDIT INSTRUMENTS
Instruments for Audit and Monitoring Energy and Energy Savings, Types and Accuracy.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Y P Abbi and Shashank Jain, "Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management", Teri Press, 2006.
2. Barney L. Capehart and Wayne C. Turner, "Guide to Energy Management", 7th Edition, Oxford Books, 2011.

16EEI003 HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE 1001
PREAMBLE
Hybrid Electric Vehicle covers hybrid and electric vehicle engineering concepts, theory and applications relevant to HEV,
PHEV, EREV, and BEV for the passenger car industry. While the theory and concepts readily apply to the commercial
vehicle industry as well, the examples and applications used will apply primarily to the passenger car industry.
BRIEF COURSE OVERVIEW
Define and analyze fundamental electrochemistry of battery operation and performance requirements for HEV,
PHEV, EREV and full electric vehicle applications
Learn to estimate the size of a cell to meet a specific requirement
Learn the functions performed by a Battery Management System (BMS)
Explain different approaches to estimating state of charge (SOC), state of health (SOH), Depth of Discharge (DOD),
Battery Aging & internal Resistance, power and energy
Describe the main hybrid and electric vehicle development considerations and performance requirements for
various vehicle system
Identify how to define key vehicle system requirements and select and size system components that bestmeet
those requirements
COURSE TOPIC AND CONTENTS:
SYSTEMS OVERVIEW, SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND ANALYTICS
Vehicle Development Process Overview
) Requirements Development
Hybrid Components and Architectures
) Major components in hybrid powertrain
) Controls integration
) Component sizing and integration tradeoffs
) Hybrid architecture overview
System Design and Development Considerations
) Vehicle integration (ex. performance, drivability, NVH)
) Powertrain integration (ex. energy, power, efficiency, torque, thermal management)
) HV/LV electrical systems (ex. safety, DC/AC voltage, charging system, efficiency, cables, connectors, fuses,
) Chassis (ex. braking, vehicle dynamics, powertrain to chassis dynamics, ride and handling, steering, fuel
system)
) Displays/information (ex. messages, information aids, usage efficiency aids)
) HVAC (ex. HV compressor, HV heater, cabin comfort, efficiency considerations)
Verification and Validation Considerations
) Verification and validation test requirements and planning
) Component test considerations
) System test considerations
) Fleet testing
ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND BATTERY MATERIALS DESIGN
Electrochemical Principles of Energy Storage Systems
General Overview; Physics and Chemistry of Advanced Lithium Battery Materials
Advanced Positive and Negative Electrodes
Advanced Electrolytes and Recent Developments

Battery Failure Modes, Capacity Fading, and Safety Aspects
Future Trends and New Concepts in Battery Materials and Design
LITHIUM-ION BATTERY DESIGN
Overview of Battery Design
Major Cell Components
Overview of Battery Modeling and Simulation
Lithium-Ion Cell Design Example
HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY CHARGING METHODS & SOME ASPECTS OF BATTERY PACK DESIGN
Basic Battery Reactions
Overcharge Reactions
Consequences of Overcharge
Design Considerations
Thermal Considerations
Charging Infrastructure/methods
Basic Definitions
Conductive Charging
) Method
) Standards
Inductive Charging
DC Charging
) Definition
) Issues: Infrastructure, Thermal, and Life
Grid Infrastructure
) Basic infrastructure
) Grid interactions: bi-directional communication and power flow
Aspects of Battery Pack Design
THERMAL MANAGEMENT FOR BATTERIES AND POWER ELECTRONICS
Introduction
) Thermal control in vehicular battery systems: battery performance degradation at low and high temperatures
) Passive, active, liquid, air thermal control system configurations for HEV and EV applications
Brief Review of Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics, and Heat Transfer
) First Law of Thermodynamics for open and closed systems; internal energy, enthalpy, and specific heat
) Second Law of Thermodynamics for closed systems; Tds equations, Gibbs function
) Fluid mechanics: laminar vs. turbulent flow, internal flow relationships, Navier Stokes equations
) Heat transfer: simple conduction, convection, and radiation relationships; Nusselt number relationships for
convective heat transfer; energy equation
Battery Heat Transfer
) Introduction to battery modeling: tracking current demand, voltage, and State of Charge as functions of time
for given drive cycles
) Development of thermodynamic relationships for cell heat generation
) Lumped cell and pack models for transient temperature response to drive cycles
) Model parametric study results
Thermal Management Systems
) Overall energy balance to determine required flowrates

) Determination of convection and friction coefficients for air and liquid systems in various geometric
configurations: flow around cylinders, flow between plates, flow through channels
) Development of a complete thermal system model and parametric study results
) Temperature control and heat transfer using phase change materials
Thermal Management of Power Electronics
BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
) Block Diagram - Main Functions of a BMS
) Sensing Requirements
) Cell/module level: cell voltage, cell/module temperature, (humidity, smoke, air/fluid flow)
) Pack level: current, pre-charge temperature, bus voltage, pack voltage, isolation
Control Requirements
) Contactor control, pre-charge circuitry
) Thermal system control
Cell Balancing: Active versus passive, strategies
Estimation Requirements
) Strategies: different approaches and benefits of model-based approach
) How to create a model via cell tests
) State of Charge estimation
) State of Health estimation
) Power estimation
) Energy estimation (range estimation)
Electronics Topologies
) Monolithic versus master/slave versus daisy-chain
) Implications of battery pack topologies: parallel strings versus series modules
) Available chipsets for designing electronics
) Other Requirements: CAN communication, data logging, PH/EV charger control, failure modes/detection,
thermal systems control
) Future Directions for Battery Management, Degradation Control

16EEI004 SOLAR PV INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Recall the principles and applications of Photovoltaic system.
CO2: Explain the concept of solar passive architecture
SPV SYSTEM DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS 8

Photovoltaic cell – Photovoltaic module – PV array – Solar cell array design concepts – PV system design – Maximum
power points tracking – Storage autonomy – Centralized and decentralized SPV systems – Stand alone – Hybrid and Grid
connected system – System installation – Operation and maintenances – Field experience – PV market analysis and
Economics of Solar Photovoltaic systems.
SOLAR PASSIVE ARCHITECTURE 7
Passive heating concepts – Direct heat gain – Indirect heat gain – Thermal storage wall – Attached Green house – Isolated
gain and sunspaces – Passive cooling concepts – Evaporative cooling – Shading and ventilation – Radiative cooling –
Green coupling – Application of wind – Water and earth for cooling – Paints and cavity walls for cooling – Roof radiation
traps – Energy efficient landscape design.
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sukhatme S P, J K Nayak, Solar Energy, Principle of Thermal Storage and Collection, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2008.
2. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltatics, Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI Learning Private
Limited, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Peter Würfel, Physics of Solar Cells: From Basic Principles to Advanced Concepts, Wiley–VCH, 2009.
2. Jeffrey M. Gordon, Solar Energy: The State of the Art, Earthscan, 2013.
3. Garg H. P. and Prakash J., Solar Energy Fundamentals and application, TataMcGraw– Hill Publishing, 7th Reprint
2006.
4. Roger A. Messenger and Jerry Vnetre, Photovoltaic Systems Engineering, CRC Press, 2010.
5. Kalogirou S. A., Solar Energy Engineering: Processes and Systems, 2nd Edition, Academic Press, 2013.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_power
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_energy
4. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/energy–resources–and–technology.html

16EEI005 POWER SEMICONDUCTORS-CHARACTERISTICS, 1001
DRIVINGAND APPLICATIONS
COURSE OUTCOMES
After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Understand the Electrical and Switching Characteristics of Power Semiconductor Devices.
CO2: Understand the applications and current trends in Power Semiconductor Devices.
OVERVIEW 5
Types of and classifications – Ratings – Manufacturers – Loss Calculation – Packaging
CHARACTERISTICS 5
Data sheet understandings - Characterization – single pulse testing
DRIVING 5
Basics of gate driver unit – General gate drive requirements – Switching characteristics
APPLICATIONS AND CURRENT TRENDS 5
Major applications of power semiconductors – applications requirements – topologies – current trends in power
semiconductors – simulation tools
REFERENCE:
1. Robert W Erickson, “Fundamentals of Power Electronics”, Second Edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers, New
York 2001.

B.E. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
16ECI001 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 1001
PURPOSE
The purpose of this course is to introduce students on various electronics and communication systems and subsystems
used in automotive electronics application The main objective of this course is to familiarize the students on automotive
electronics fundamentals.
INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES
1. To familiarize with various electrical and electronics system used in automotives.
2. To familiarize with automotive engine components, sensors and actuators.
3. To familiarize with automotive communication protocol and architecture.
4. To familiarize with automotive control system and safety technologies.
AUTOMOTIVE VEHICULAR ELECTRICALAND ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 3
Batteries and Charging Systems: Types of Batteries, Lead-acid, Lithium-ion, Nickel Metal Hydride, Comparison between
Battery Technologies. Charging Systems: Alternators, Charging Circuits. Starting Systems: Starter Motors and Circuits,
Ignition Systems-. Electronic Ignition and Ignition control. Lighting Systems - Head lights, Tail lights, Side lights, Control
of lights, Single and Double-ended schemes. Horn and Sounding Systems, Wiper Systems, Vehicle Electricals- Wire
Harnessing. Power Electronics and Drives
ENGINE SYSTEMS 3
Engine Management Systems - Diesel, Gasoline. Engine Peripherals - Fuel pumps, Solenoids, Catalytic Converters,
Exhaust Systems - EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) control - HVAC Systems - Cooling Systems.
AUTOMOTIVE SENSORS AND ACTUATORS 3
Transducers and principles, Body sensors - Pressure, Temperature, Force, Flow, Torque, Speed, RPM. TPMS (Tyre
Pressure Monitoring System), Security Systems, Park-assist sensors, Tilt sensors, Yaw sensors, NOX sensors, Hall effect
sensors. MEMS in Automotive Applications.
Actuators - Brushless & Switched reluctance Motors, Servo & Stepper Motors, Solenoids, Smart micro Actuators.
TELEMATICS AND VEHICLE NETWORKS 3
OSI Reference Model- Communication Layers, Communication Protocols - Ethernet, TCP, UDP. Networks - CAN, LIN,
MOST, FLEXRAY,Wireless, Ethernet. Vehicle System Architecture - ECU networking, Sensors networking, Timing analysis.
Timing considerations for Networks.
VEHICLE DYNAMICS AND SAFETY TECHNOLOGIES 4
Automotive Control Systems : Digital Control System, Controller Design (proportional, Integral, Derivative Controllers)
Fundamentals of ECUs (Electronic Control Units).
Safety Technologies : Anti lock Braking Systems (ABS), Traction Control, Anti collision technologies. Vehicular Standards
- SAE Standards, EMI-EMC Standards.
Total Periods: 16
TEXT BOOKS
1. Tom Denton, Routledge, "Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems", 3rd Edition, Taylor & Francis Group
London & New York, 2002.
2. Ronald K. Jurgen, "Sensors and Transducers", 2nd Edition, SAE, 2003.
3. Ronald K Jurgen, "Electronic Engine Control technology", Chilton's guide to Fuel Injection, Ford (OPTIONAL)
REFERENCES
1. "Automotive Electricals Electronics System and Components", 4th Edition,Robert Bosch Gmbh, 2004.
2. "Automotive Hand Book", Robert Bosch, Bentley Publishers 1997.
3. "Automotive Sensors", Bosch, 2002.

16ECI002 AUTOMOTIVE CONTROLLER AREA NETWORKS AND 1001
SECURITY
INTRODUCTION 3
Basics of automotive electronic control units and building blocks - Exemplary ECU functionality -overview of automotive
in vehicular architecture.
SECURITY BASICS 3
Security goals - Security threats - Security Mechanisms - Application of security mechanisms in automotive systems.
AUTOMOTIVE CAN NETWORKS 3
Introduction - The CAN Standard - CAN Message - CAN Arbitration - Message Types - A Valid Frame - Error Checking
and Fault Confinement - The CAN Bus - CAN Transceiver Features.
AUTOMOTIVE DIAGNOSTICS OVER CAN 3
On-Board-Diagnostics -OBD Applications - Diagnostics Scan tool - OBD-II signal protocols - Diagnostics over CAN -
Remote Diagnostics and Future trends.
AUTOMOTIVE SECURITY VULNARABILITIES 4
Security Vulnerabilities in vehicular networks- Security Vulnerabilities in Diagnostics networks - Security Vulnerabilities
in multimedia systems - Exemplary CAR hack - Possible mitigations and Security measures.
Total Periods: 16
REFERENCES
1. William Stallings,"Cryptography and network security principles and practice", 5th Edition
2. Nicolas Navet, Francoise Simonot-Lion,"Automotive Embedded Systems Handbook"
3. William Ribbens,"Understanding Automotive Electronics: An Engineering Perspective"
4. Wilfried Voss,"A Comprehensible Guide to Controller Area Network"
5. Other E-Sources will be included in the slides (Most of the lectures will be based on E-Materials)

16ECI003 SIX SIGMA FOR HARDWARE SYSTEM DESIGN 1001
PURPOSE
The purpose of this course is to introduce students on various steps involved in the hardware system design using six
sigma methodology
1. To familiarize with Six Sigma concepts.
2. To familiarize with Hardware design methodology.
3. To familiarize with the process of using Six Sigma in Hardware design.
SIX SIGMA CONCEPTS 4

Introduction to Six Sigma, Historical Perspective, Probability, Ideal scenario for DFSS deployment, DFSS steps, DFSS
Flowchart, Tools requirement.
Hardware system design methodology - Steps & Tasks.
DFSS PHASES & REQUIREMENTS FLOW DOWN 5
DFSS Phases: Requirements, Architecture, Design, Integrate, Optimize, Verify.
VOC to prioritized requirements - Concept,generation and selection - TRIZ - Critical parameter management and requirements
- Decomposition - Reliability modeling and fault tree analysis.
DESIGN, INTEGRATE, OPTIMIZE & VERIFY PHASES 5
Predictive Engineering and Design of Experiments (DOE)- Verification of capability - Verification of Reliability - Agile
concepts.
CONCLUSION 2
Success metrics- Gate reviews- Project Risk Management.
Total Periods: 16
TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES
1. Eric Maass, Patricia D. McNair, "Applying Design for Six Sigma to Software and Hardware Systems".
2. Craig Gygi and Bruce Williams,"Six Sigma for Dummies".
3. Peter Pande and Robert Neuman,"Six Sigma Way: How to maximize the impact of your change and improvement
efforts".
4. George Eckes,"Six Sigma Revolution: How general electric and others turned process into profits".

16ECI004 POSITIONING TECHNOLOGIES 1001
AIM
To provide an overview of various positioning technologies, deployment and their applications.
OBJECTIVES
1. To understand various positioning technologies like Satellite-based, Cellular-based and Indoor positioning.
2. To understand the interaction between various entities involved in aided positioning.
3. To understand and appreciate the usefulness of positioning technologies to human society.
INTRODUCTION TO POSITIONING 4
Speed distance formula - Triangulation - Earth's Ellipsoidal Models - 2D and 3D position coordinates - Satellite based
positioning systems: GPS, GLONASS, BEIDOU, GALILEO, IRNSS.
GPS POSITIONING 4
GPS constellation - Control segment - Space segment - Frequency of operation - PRN codes - Signal acquisition -
Computing position coordinates.
CELLULAR AND AIDED POSITIONING 4
Cell ID - Enhanced Cell ID (ECID) - Observed Time Difference on Arrival (OTDOA) - Assisted GNSS - Sensor augmentation.
APPLICATIONS 3
Navigation - Surveying - Tracking - Emergency calls - Indoor positioning.
INDIVIDUAL ASSESSMENT 1
Total Duration: 16
REFERENCE MATERIALS
1. Frank van Diggelen, "A-GPS: Assisted GPS, GNSS, and SBAS", ISBN-13: 978-1-59693-374-3, 2009.
2. 3GPP TS 25.215, "Technical Specification Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS); Physical Layer;
Measurements (FDD) (3GPP TS25.215 version 6.0.0 Release 6)", V6.0.0 (2003-12), pp. 1-19
3. LTE Location Based Services Technology Introduction (White paper) http://www.rohde-schwarz-wireless.com/
documents/LTELBSWhitePaper_RohdeSchwarz.pdf

16ECI005 CONCEPTUAL NETWORKINGAND ARCHITECTURE
OVERVIEW 2
OSI and TCP/IP Models, explanation of each layer along with real time example, IP Addressing schemes, IPV4 and IPV6
evolution, LAN, WAN, MAN, Networking devices.
NETWORKING INFRASTRUCTURES AND DESIGNS 4
Discovering Network Design Basics, Network design overview, benefits of a hierarchical network design, Network design
methodology
ROUTINGARCHITECTURE 4
Cisco Routers and its types, Types of Routing protocols, Static Routing, Dynamic routing, RIP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP,
Routing Technologies – MPLS, L2VPN, L3VPN, IPSEC VPN
NETWORKING PHASES 3
Planning & Design, Testing and Validation, Implementation and Deployment, Maintenance and change.
DEMO 2
Quick Demo with simulators on building Simple Network Topology - Vlan configurations, Static Routing, Any one routing
protocol implementation.
REFERENCES:
1. Kevin Wallace, Cisco press,Routing and Switching Route 300 - 101 Official Cert Guide
2. David Hucaby, Cisco press, Ccnp Routing and Switching Switch 300 - 115 Official Cert Guide.
3. http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/td/docs/routers/crs/software/crs_r4- /lxvpn/configuration/guide/ vc41crs/ vc41v2
pdf
4. http://www.ciscopress.com/articles/article.asp?p=2180210&seqNum=7

16ECI006 M2M FOR SMART CITIES
PURPOSE
The purpose of this course is to teach the students fundamental requirements and challenges of machine-to-machine
(M2M) communication, Internet of Things and how to integrate such technology into existing infrastructure for Smart
City Applications
PRE-REQUISITES : Basic Electronics skills.
1. To Identify the main challenges associated with M2M Communications today.
2. To familiarize with communication protocol and architecture.
3. To identify the requirements of Smart cities.
4. To design an M2M/IOT network for smart cities
5. To develop application modules for Smart cities.
OUTCOME
LEARNERS SHOULD BE ABLE TO
1. Identify how science and technology have developed to enable the M2M
2. Classify the standards for Various M2M applications
3. Design and Test M2M/ IOT Products
4. Identify the role of M2M in Smart Cities
M2M STANDARDS AND ARCHITECTURE 3
M2M-Smart City- Definition and Requirements – M2M standards– Challenges and issues – ETSI-Security –-M2M
Applications
WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES FOR M2M 4
Machine Type Devices(MTD)-Control Units –Sensors and Actuators-Machine type Communication (MTC) – Frequency
Spectrum-Licensed and Unlicensed-BLE – Other Wireless Technologies.
LORA FOR M2M 4
LoRa- Specifications- LoRa Modules-Types- LoRa Modulation- RF- Power-Bandwidth-Channel Allocations-Spreading -
Transceivers- Point to Point Communication.
SMART CITIES 4
What is Smart City?- Smart City Features- Strategy- Challenges- City Profiles of 20 Smart Cities - City Challenges and
Smart Solution
CASE STUDIES 5
Smart City Design Thinking-Planning -Use case driven Approach-Road Map to Smart City and Smart Villages -Case
Studies.
TEACHING FORM:
· Teaching consists of lectures, seminars, exercises, project, and home assignments.
· Each Module is accompanied by a mandatory assignment for students to be worked on individually as well as in
groups.
· Assignments that have to be worked on in groups are afterwards presented in front of class

TEXT BOOKS
1. David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi,Olivier_Hersent, “M2M Communications, A systematic Approach”, Wiley,
2012.
2. Daniel Minoli, “Building the Internet of Things With IPv6 and MIPv6 , The Evolving World of M2M
Communications”, Wiley 2013.
3. Carol L.Stimmel, “Building Smart Cities Analytics - ICT, and Design Thinking”, CRC Press T&F, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOK
1. Dustdar, Schahram, Nastiæ, Stefan, Šæekiæ, Ognjen, “Smart Cities: The Internet of Things, People and Systems”,
Springer, 2017.

16ECI007 PCB DESIGNING AND FABRICATION
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
After the completion of course,
1. Students will be able to design and print their own PCB
UNITS
COURSE CONTENT
1 Theory and Introduction to Printed Circuit Boards
Entire Overview of the Designing process
Introduction to the Industrial Protocols and Design Specifics
Getting Used to the PCB Designing Tools
Hands On 1 : Developing a Circuit Schematic in PCB CAD
Hands On 2 : Developing the Board File (Gerber file creation)
2 Getting Introduced to the Mechanical Process
Understanding the process flow
Hands On 3 : Converting Board File (Gerber) into “G Code”
Hands On 4 : Understanding and Leveling of engraving/printing surface
3 Hands On 5 : Engraving on PCB Clad
Hands On 6 : Drilling on PCB Clad
Hands On 7 : Cutting of PCB Clad
Hands On 8 : Testing of PCB Clad
4 Overview of Flex PCB design
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Make Your Own PCBs with EAGLE: From Schematic Designs to Finished Boards - Simon Monk

16ECI008 ADVANCED ANALOG SYSTEM DESIGN
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To teach the AVC working methods.
To introduce the theory and applications of DC to DC converters.
To introduce the Low Drop out regulators working principle and its applications.
EXPECTED OUTCOMES
The Student will be able to:
Design Automatic Volume control modules and apply in intended applications.
Design efficient DC to DC converters for the required applications
Design and test the LDO based linear power supply
AUTOMATIC VOLUME CONTROL (AVC) 1

Introduction – Circuit and Description - Need for AVC Applications - Benefits.
DC-DC CONVERTER 1
Introduction - Conversion methods - Circuit and Description - Applications.
LOW DROPOUT REGULATOR (LDO) 3
Brief theory and description - Need for LDO – Comparison – Specifications – Applications - Introduction to Webench.
LAB EXPERIMENTS:
1) DESIGN OF AUTOMATIC VOLUME CONTROL 2
Obtain transfer characteristics
2) DESIGN OF DC-DC CONVERTERS 1

SIMULATION:
Obtain time response
Obtain transfer function
IMPLEMENTATION: 2
Obtain time response using hardware
Obtain transfer function using hardware
3) DESIGN OF LOW DROPOUT REGULATOR 1
SIMULATION: 2
Obtain output characteristics
Transfer characteristics
Measure rippled rejection
Design of LDO using webench
IMPLEMENTATION: 1
Obtain output characteristics using hardware
Transfer characteristics
Measure rippled rejection

16ECI009 ADVANCED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN USING ARM
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide a knowledge foundation in understanding and programming 32bit ARM Processors
To skill students with interfacing sensors, actuators for control applications
To introduce students to learn the CAN bus communications
EXPECTED OUTCOMES
The students will be able to understand the architectural blocks in 32 bit microcontrollers and deploy them as
suitable solution for given projects
The students will be able to understand the PWM concepts and able to implement them in to the real life projects
The students will be able to understand the Communication protocol using CAN BUS and typical application in
Automotive domain
OVERVIEW 3
Review of ARM v7 core and its architecture, Introduction to Advanced ARM CORTEX M4 architecture, Peripherals
overview, Advantages of using Cortex M4,Instruction set implementation ,CPU timers introduction.
FLOATING POINT UNIT 3
Introduction to Floating Point Architecture, Advantages of FPU, Need for FPU, IEEE Standards for implementing FPU,
Various FPU Modules in Cortex M4 Processors, Software flow for FPU implementation.
MOTION CONTROL 3
Introduction to motion control, advantages for using using motion control modules, Implantation of motion control
overview, introduction to PWM Modules, PWM Concepts for Motion Control, Configuration of PWM Modules,
Introduction to encoders ,types of encoders , QEP Module.
SERIAL INTERFACE 6
Types of Serial Interface, Advantages of using serial interface, Comparisons between various serial communication
standards, Introduction to USB, Types of USB Interfacing Standards, Modes of Interfacing.CAN BUS –Advantage of
CAN bus ,Overview of CAN Bus, Implementation of CAN in ARM Cortex M4.
REFERENCES
1. Jonathan W Valvano, Introduction to Arm(r) Cortex -M Microcontrollers,2012.
2. Andrew Sloss, Dominic Symes,Chris Wright, ARM System Developer’s Guide,2004.
3. Datasheet, Technical Documents and Application Notes
4. http://www.ti.com/product/tm4c123gh6pm

16ECI010 ADVANCED MOTOR CONTROL APPLICATION
USING 32-BIT REAL-TIME CONTROLLERS
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide a knowledge foundation in understanding and programming 32 bit real time controllers.
To provide a comprehensive knowledge of interfacing internal peripherals with external sensors and devices.
To introduce students to Brushless DC motors and its control methods.
EXPECTED OUTCOMES
After the successful completion of the course, the student would be able to
Know the function of various architectural components of TI C2000 Real time controller.
To interface various sensors and actuators to Real time microcontrollers and work with various Digital signal
controllers applications
Design the efficient motor driver circuits and algorithm in digital signal processing domain.
OVERVIEW 3
Overview of INSTASPIN, Advantages of using INTASPIN, Architecture of INSTASPIN, Introduction to MotorWare,
Types of MotorWare, Advantages of using MotorWare, Implementation of INSTASPIN in Microcontrollers, Overview of
INSTASPIN based microcontrollers.
BLDC MOTOR 4
Introduction to Motors, Various Types of Motors, Introduction to BLDC Motors, Commutation of BLDC motors, Sensor
less BLDC Motors, Control of BLDC motors.
MOTOR CONTROL DRIVER 3
Introduction to motor drivers, Types of Motor Drivers, Advantages of using Motor Drivers, Implementation of Motor
Drives, Design consideration for motor drivers usage of Digital Signal Controllers in motor control.
REAL TIME IMPLEMENTATION 5
Design Consideration for implementing Motor Control Application, Hardware Flow, Software Flow, and Implementation of
INSTASPIN in software, Coding Standards, Real time control of BLDC motors
REFERENCES
1. Hamid Toliyat and Steven Campbell, “DSP based Electromechanical Motion Control”, CRC Press.
2. Sen M. Kuo and Woon-Seng Gan, “Digital Signal Processors - Architectures, Implementations and Applications”,
Prentice Hall.
3. Chang-liang Xia, “Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motor Drives and Controls”, Wiley Publications.
4. C2000 Teaching ROM CD.
5. Datasheet, Technical Documents and Application Notes: http://www.ti.com/product/tms320f28335.
6. User Guide and Software Codes: http://www.ti.com/tool/tmdsprex28335.

16ECI011 ENERGY EFFICIENT MICROCONTROLLERS AND
ITS APPLICATIONS
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide a knowledge foundation in understanding and programming 16 bit microcontrollers.
To provide a comprehensive knowledge of interfacing internal peripherals with external sensors and devices.
To introduce students to energy efficient microcontroller and programming with low power modes for battery
optimizations.
EXPECTED OUTCOMES
The students will know the function of various architectural components of microcontroller from Texas Instruments
MSP 430 16 bit energy efficient microcontrollers
To interface various Digital modules and Timers for a given application
To interface various sensors and actuators to microcontrollers and work with various applications
OVERVIEW 3
Introduction to CPU Architecture, Basic Block Diagram, Clock Module Overview, clock module configuration, various
frequency settings, Introduction to IDE, compiler and linker file configuration, Interfacing the IDE and HW development
board.
DIGITAL PERIPHERALS 3
Introduction to digital peripherals, Introduction to Input / Output Ports, Modes of operation, Configuration of Digital
ports as Input and Output, Introduction to Low Power Modes. Advantages of using Low Power modes, Various Low
power mode of operations and settings.
TIMERS 5
Introduction to Timers, Various types of timers in Microcontrollers, Advantages of using timers in Embedded systems,
Introduction to Watchdog timer, configuration of watch dog timer and implementation, General Purpose Timer Module
introduction ,Application and settings and implementation of timers.
ANALOG MODULES 4
Introduction to ADC, Need for ADC, Various ADC Modes Of operations, Timing for data conversion, ADC Conversion
calculation, Configuration of ADC,DMA Transfer for results.
REFERENCES
1. John H. Davies, MSP430 Microcontroller Basics, 2013.
2. Chris Nagy, Embedded Systems Design Using the TI MSP430 Series, 2013
3. MSP430 Teach ROM CD.
4. Datasheet Technical Documents and Application Noteshttp://www.ti.com/product/msp430g2553.

16ECI012 INTERNET OF THINGS (IOT) USING CC 3200
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide a knowledge foundation in understanding and programming 32bit ARM Cortex M4 Controllers
To skill students with understanding the various wireless network modes
To given on overview of embedded networking and Internet of Things
EXPECTED OUTCOMES
The students will be able to understand the architectural blocks in 32 bit microcontrollers and deploy them as
suitable solution
To get an overview of available embedded networking mechanisms and work with IoT (Internet of Things)
To get an overview of cloud computing and handling the data to stream to the cloud.
OVERVIEW
Introduction to Internet of Things (IoT). Review of CC3200 core and its architecture, Introduction to advanced ARM
Cortex M4 architecture, Peripherals overview, User API, Power challenges with IoT, CC3200 Simplelink applications,
Starting with IDE.
SIMPLELINK WI-FI CPU
Introduction to CC3200 Simplelink Wi-Fi MCU, hardware Functional Block Diagram, Embedded Software Overview, TI-
RTOS support for CC3200 Simplelink, TI-RTOS configuration for CC3200 Simplelink, Simplelink Wi-Fi certification, Power
Modes.
WLAN CONNECTION
Introduction to WLAN, WLAN parameters, AP/STATION modes and its Security types, Socket connection, Typical
commends and event flow, WLAN AP and WLAN STATION configuration settings.
HANDS-ON WITH CC3200
Brief introduction to CC3200 Peripherals, OUT OF BOX demo, Home and Industrial automation and control, Creating
project0, programming with ADC, Programming with GPIO, enabling interrupt, Introduction to serial interface, Overview
of sensor interface with CC3200, Client severer model basics, MQTT, Cloud experiments, Simple Email application, Emailing
an sensor (ADC) value.
REFERENCES
1. Jonathan W Valvano, Introduction to ARM(r) Cortex -M Microcontrollers,2012.
2. Andrew Sloss , Dominic Symes,Chris Wright, ARM System Developer’s Guide,2004.
3. Datasheet, Technical Documents and Application Notes http://www.ti.com/product/CC3200

B.E. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING
16EI1001 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 1001
AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 2

Basics of Automotive Electrical System, Electrical wiring, power Supply
TRANSMISSION AND BRAKING SYSTEM 5
Transmission System (Front, Rear & 4 wheel Drive, manual, automatic transmission, Differential) - Braking system (Drum,
disc, hydraulic, pneumatic) - Steering system (Rack and pinion, power steering). 4 Stroke / 2 Stroke engine - Compression
ignition and spark ignition - Diesel engine (Direct injection and indirect injection) and Petrol engine (Carburetted and fuel
Injected) - Fuel system : Fuel injection pump, injector and fuel filter - Intake system (Air filter, Turbo charger, inter cooler,
air filter clogging Indicator) - Exhaust system (Silencer, catalytic converter and oxygen sensor) and Cooling systems(Water
Pump, thermostat, radiator, radiator pressure cap and cooling fan).
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT 3
Performance (Speed, power, and torque), Control (Emission, fuel economy, drivability and Safety) & Legislation
(Environmental legislation for pollution and safety norms).Overview of vehicle and Electronic Control Unit (ECU) for
engine control.
CHASSIS SYSTEM 3
Suspension system (Spring, shock absorber and stabilizer bar - Rigid and independent Suspension) - Steering system
(Components of Steering - Manual and power steering (Hydraulic and electric)) - Braking (Components of brakes -
Hydraulic, vacuum, compressed air brakes). Overview of Electronic Control Unit (ECU) for chassis system.
COMFORT SYSTEM 2
Comfort System: HVAC /AC / Heater System (Components - Cooling, heating and ventilation, electrical system (Power
generation, storage, transmission and control)) - Seating / Upholstery / Instruments - Audio - Video - GPS - Overview of
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) for Comfort System.
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOKS
1. Judge. A.W., "Modern Electrical Equipment of Automobiles", 2nd Edition, Springer Publications, Chapman & Hall,
2012.
2. William B. Ribbens, "Understanding Automotive Electronics", 6th Edition, Elsevier Publications, 2003.
REFERENCE
Automotive handbook by "Bosch"
WEB REFERENCES
1. Basic Automotive Electronics and Circuit Overview.
2. https://WWW.youtube.com/watchv = E2nZZCkVreA.

16EIE002 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM IN
PROCESS AUTOMATION 1001
5
DCS Evolution - DCS Overview - CENTUM VP system architecture - System builder - Configuration - Project creation -
Field control station configuration - IOM configuration - Human machine interface - Features - Configuration and working
of loops - Open loop and Closed loop - Different types of graphical user Interface(GUI)
5
Face plate - Tuning window operation - Configuration of loops (Contd) - Cascade loop - Ratio control - Split range control
- Signal Selectors - Multiple cascade - Control group - Trends Sequence Control - Functions
5
Generation of Interlocks using - Sequence tables - Logic charts - Real time graphics Configuration and Assessments
Total Periods: 15
REFERENCE
Training Handout-CENTUM VP Fundamentals & Engineering , 2nd Edition , Manual No:JE Y112JA02E-VPFE,
2012.

16EII003 LABVIEW FOR INSTRUMENTATION 1001
THERMOCOUPLE 3
a. Measurement of Temperature using Thermocouple.
b. Measurement of Cold Junction and Hot Junction Temperature
c. Effect of CJC in the temperature measurement.
d. Measurement of the voltage from the thermocouple and CJC compensation voltage.
e. Determination of the amplifier output voltage, ADC Count and Conversion of voltage to temperature data using
NIST standard
RTD 4
a. Measurement of temperature using the RTD.
b. Measurement of voltage output from the RTD and calculation of the resistance change of the RTD using constant
current excitation.
c. Conversion of measured voltage to Amplifier output voltage, ADC output and conversion to Temperature.
d. Elimination of the lead wire resistance in the 4-wire RTD compared to 2-wire & 3-wire RTD
STRAIN MEASUREMENT SETUP 4
a. Cantilever beam setup strain measurement using strain gauges. (quarter, half and full bridge configuration).
b. Measurement of bridge output voltage for the given excitation voltage.
c. Conversion of the bridge output voltage to amplifier output voltage, ADC counts output and conversion to
displacement.
d. Comparison of the bridge output in quarter, half and full bridge configuration.
DISPLACEMENT MEASUREMENT 4
a. Displacement measurement using LVDT (AC or DC LVDT)
b. Measurement of the output voltage from the LVDT.
c. Conversion of measured voltage to Determination of the measured voltage into Amplified voltage, ADC output
and displacement
d. Effect of residual voltage in LVDT measurement.
e. Calibration of LVDT.
Total Periods: 15
TEXT BOOK
Jovitha Jerome "Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW", PHI Learning Pvt,. Ltd., 2010.

16EI1004 MACHINE LEARNING, PATTERN RECOGNITION 1001
AND OPTIMIZATION USING MATLAB
INTRODUCTION TO OPTIMIZATION & GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION TOOLBOX

l Optimization problem setup
l Linear & Non linear optimization, quadratic programming
l Hands on: Optimization of a function using standard functions
OPTIMIZATION USING ALGORITHMS
l Introduction to Optimization algorithms
l Genetic algorithm & particle swarm optimization
l Multi objective optimization.
l Hands on: Optimization of standard benchmark functions using Genetic algorithm & PSO.
MACHINE LEARNING & PATTERN RECOGNITION
l Introduction to Statistics & machine learning toolbox.
l Introduction to classification and pattern recognition
l Introduction to classification learner
l Hands on: Training a classifier using app, deploying the classifier for classification in MATLAB, Solving cancer
detection problem, classification using KNN algorithm.
NEURAL NETWORK & FUZZY LOGIC DESIGN
l Introduction to Neural network & Fuzzy logic toolbox.
l Classification of cancer cells using neural network.
l Solving the tipping problem using fuzzy inference system.
Hands on: Wine classification using neural network, Deployment of FIS in Simulink.
Total Periods: 15

16EII005 INDUSTRIAL COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL 1 0 0 1
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: To acquire the basic knowledge about serial communication protocol
CO2: To understand the concepts of CAN and Ethernet communication protocols
Allen Bradley (DF1 (Micrologix, PLC5, SLC500)) - Animatics (SmartMotor) - Baldor (Baldor Serial) - CTRTU (CTRTU
protocol dll and help file) - Danfoss (VLT5000 Series) - Emerson Control Techniques (CTRTU) - Eurotherm (Eurotherm 590/
590+, 635) - Flowmax 400i - GE FANUC (Series 90 (SNP) ) - Generic (Modbus Master, GPS (NMEA), Modbus TCP/IP) -
Horner (CsCAN) - IMO (G7) -Mitsubishi (ASeries, FX Series) - Omron C Series- PM Control (ECmotor) - Siemens (PPI,
USS) - Toshiba (Computer Link, Tosvert) - CAN open-DE vicenet- J1939 -CsCAN – Ethernet IP - EtherCAT (In Future) –
Modbus TCP/IP – FTP – ASCII TCP/IP – HTTP – EGD.
Total Periods: 15
TEXTBOOKS
1. Steve Mackay, Edwin Wright, John Park, Practical Data Communications for Instrumentation and Control, Newnes
An imprint of Elsevier publication, 2003.
2. Deon Reynders, Steve Mackay, Edwin Wright, Practical Industrial Data Communications: Best Practice Techniques,
Newnes An imprint of Elsevier publication, 2005.

16EII006 TESTING AND CALIBRATION OF FIELD INSTRUMENTS 1 0 0 1
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, students can able to
CO1:Understand the fundamentals of field instrumentation
CO2:Know the testing and calibration procedure of pressure, flow, level and temperature measuring instruments
CO3:Acquire knowledge on control valves and transmitters
CALIBRATION AND FAMILIARIZATION OF PRESSURE MEASURING INSTRUMENTS: 3

Basics of Pressure Measuring Instruments
Pressure Gauges, Pressure Switches and Air Regulator
Electrical Type
¾ Piezo Electric
¾ Strain Gauge
¾ Capacitive Type
CALIBRATION AND FAMILIARIZATION OF LEVEL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS: 3

Basics of Level Measuring Instruments
DP Level Theory
Level Compensation Methods
Direct Methods
¾ Visual Level Sensing
¾ Float and Magnetic
Indirect Methods
¾ Electrical Operated
¾ Ultrasonic Type
¾ Capacitance Type
FAMILIARIZATION OF FLOW MEASURING INSTRUMENTS: 3

Basics of Flow Measuring Instruments
Types of Flow Measuring Instruments
¾ Differential Type Flow Meters
¾ Variable Area Type
CALIBRATION OF TEMPERATURE MEASURING INSTRUMENTS: 3

Basics of Temperature Measuring Instruments
Calibration of Temperature Measuring Instruments
Temperature Gauges, Temperature Switches, Temperature Sensing Elements- RTD & Thermocouple
CONTROL VALVE: 3
¾ Control Valve with Positioner
¾ I/P, and P/ P Positioner
¾ Overhauling Of Valves
¾ ON/OFF Valve & 3-Way Valve
¾ Solenoid Valve
¾ Butterfly Valve

CALIBRATION AND FAMILIARIZATION OF TRANSMITTERS: 3
¾ Pneumatic
¾ Analog
¾ Digital
¾ Calibration of Transmitters – Temperature, Pressure, Flow & Level
¾ SMART
¾ HART
Total Periods: 15

B.E. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
COURSES OFFERED BYCARBORUNDUM UNIVERSAL LTD -INDUSTRIAL

CERAMICS DIVISION
16MEI001 FAILURE MODE EFFECT ANALYSIS AND RISK ASSESSMENT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : proceed with the procedures and steps involved in the implementation of FMEA.
CO2 : carry out the interfacing between FMEA with other tools to provide the enhanced solutions for the
failures.
CO3 : sketch a FMEA project in a manufacturing industry.
COURSE CONTENT
1. Basics of FMEA and their types
2. Procedure and Steps involved
3. Linking FMEA with other tools
4. Planning a FMEA project
Total Periods: 15

16MEI002 LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : provide the overview of SCM and logistrics and distribution channels
CO2 : illustrate the economic and cost analysis on transportation and effective packing
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction to SCM & Logistics
2. Distribution channels
3. Transportation and cost effective packing
4. International Logistics
Total Periods: 15

16MEI003 QUALITY FUNCTION DEPLOYMENT 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Ellaborate the fundamentals and methodology of QFD
CO2 : Illustrate the main components and phases of QFD
COURSE CONTENT
1. QFD methodology
2. Voice of customer
3. House of Quality
4. Four phases of QFD & case study
Total Periods: 15

16MEI004 TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Summarize the fundamentals, roles and eight pillars of TPM
CO 2 : Work on different methods in implemention and benefits of TPM in an industry
CO 3 : Explore the 5s concept and its mplications imparted in manufacturing industries
CO 4 : Discuss the overview of losses and its impact in manufacturing in technical and financial aspects
COURSE CONTENT
1. Basics, Eight Pillars and role of TPM
2. Implementation methods
3. 5S and it's importance
4. Losses and its impact in manufacturing
5. Benefits of TPM in today's business
Total Periods: 15

COURSES OFFERED BY ROOTS INDUSTRIES INDIA LIMITED
16MEI005 SEVEN QUALITY CONTROL TOOLS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : List the Seven Qualtiy Tools and apply them effectively to solve any TQM problem
CO2 : Prepare suitable control chart for the statistical process control vrialble and attributes
CO3 : Apply the control charts for the study of process capability
COURSE CONTENT
1. Zero Defect Concept
2. Introduction to 7QC Tools
3. Check Sheet
4. Histogram
5. Pareto Diagram
6. Fish Bone Diagram
7. Stratification
8. Scatter Diagram
9. Introduction to Statistical Process Control
10. Variable Vs Attribute Data
11. Measures of Variation (Simulation game)
12. Stability Vs Predictability
13. Control Charts (Activity on Preparation of Control Charts)
14. Interpretation of Control Charts
15. Process Capability Study
16. Activity on Process Capability Study
Total Periods: 15

16MEI006 BASIS OF LEAN 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Illustrate the history of Lean and seven wastes
CO2 : Demonstrate the concepts of 5s, Kaizen and Lean tools
CO3 : Apply the concept of lean for any small and medium scale
COURSE CONTENT
1. Brief History of Lean
2. Seven Wastes
3. Understanding and Eliminating waste
4. 5S + 1S
5. Kaizen
6. Striker game on 5S
7. Lean Tools
8. Value Stream Mapping
9. Standard Symbols for Value Stream Mapping
10. TAKT Time Production
11. Pull Vs Push Production 12. Single Piece Flow
13. Standard Work
14. Autonomation (Jidoka)
15. Case study Presentation
16. Simulation Game on Lean
Total Periods: 15

16MEI007 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Apply quality principles and perform Inspection (Incoming, Inprocess and Final Inspection) in an industry
CO2 : Apply quality mananagement concepts to manage quality of the system.
CO3 : Apply and implement Quality Management Suatem(QMS) for any SME
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction to Quality, Quality Control and Quality Assurance
2. Spiral Progress of Quality Characteristics
3. Incoming Inspection
4. In-process Inspection
5. Final Inspection
6. Barrier Audit
7. Poka - Yoke
8. Activity on Quality Process
9. Introduction to ISO
10. 8 Quality Management Principles
11. Process Approach
12. Types of Audit
13. Management Responsibilities on QMS
14. Product Realization
15. Monitoring and Presentation
16. Case Study Presentation
17. Activity on Quality Management System
Total Periods: 15

16MEI008 TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE 1001
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Concepts of TPM for planned, focused and quality maintenance
CO2 : Educate and train resources on the concepts of TPM for Safety, Health and Environment
CO3 : Apply the concepts to TPM for Brake down maintenaceand access the losses
COURSE CONTENT
1. Introduction to Total Productive Maintenance
2. Roles & Responsibilities for TPM
3. Pillars of TPM
4. Autonomous Maintenance
5. Planned Maintenance
6. Focused Maintenance
7. Quality Maintenance
8. Activity on TPM
9. Initial Phase Management System
10. Education & Training
11. Office TPM
12. Safety, Health and Environment
13. Steps for Implementing TPM
14. TPM Key Indicator
15. TPM & Break down maintenance
16. Six Big Machine Losses
17. Activity on TPM
Total Periods: 15

JIGS AND FIXTURES
Topics Duration (Hours)

Theory
Basics of PLC 1
PLC Blocks & functions 2
Input & Output modules 2
Input & Output devices 2
PLC Selection criteria 2
Hardware aspects of PLC (Only Digital Inputs & Output Devices) 2
Software aspects (Ladder Programming using Latching, Memory, Interlocks,
Timers, Counters,comparators, move instructions) of PLC 2
Practical
Industrial Exercises 3
Total Duration: 16 Hours

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROL (PLC)

Introduction to Jigs and Fixtures 1
Functions & need of Jigs & fixtures 1
Fundamentals of Jigs and Fixtures 1
Supporting and locating principles 2
Clamping and work holding principles 2
Degrees of freedom 1
Materials for jigs / fixture elements 1
Types of Jigs 2
Types of Fixtures 2
Design steps of Jigs & fixture 2
Advantages of Jigs & fixtures 1

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (SCM) & INVENTORY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Supply chain management and its functions 3
Elements of SCM 3
Benefits of SCM 2
Introduction to Inventory Management 1
Inventory Management - Objectives 1
Types of Inventory & their applications 3
Need of Inventory Management 3

INTRODUCTION TO INJECTION MOULDING PROCESS

Types of molding process
Injection molding / compression molding/extrusion/blow molding 3
Types of thermo plastic materials

Amorphous / crystal 3
Molding machine functions

Clamping / injection /open close/ejection /melting 3
Process technics in thermo plastics/thermo set

Pressure / speed / time 3
Process faults and trouble shooting in thermo plastics

All quality related problem 4

TOOL DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY

Tool Design
Part design Analysis (part review for molding feasibility) 1
Type of mold 1
Mold Raw Material Selection 1
Hardening Process 1
Mold process feasibility / lifting / Handling / safety system 1
Single and multi-impression mold design 1
Runner and Gating system 1
Drafting 1
Parting 1
Ejection system 1
Tool Assembly
Cooling 1
Machining Feasibility and Operations 1
Mold Base standards 1
Assembly / basic accessories 1
Trial 1
Inspection and Trial corrections 1

B.TECH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
16ITI001 MOBILE WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 1001

WITH COLDFUSION
The objective of the course is to give an in-depth perspective of Mobile Web Application Development with ColdFusion.
PREREQUISITES
HTML and CSS
Introduction to RDBMS
COREQUISITES
Computer with at-least 4 GB RAM and Windows Operating System
Internet Connection to Install MySQL
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Fundamental understanding on Web App Architecture.
CO2 : Have a clear understanding on implementing Bootstrap to design web pages.
CO3 : Troubleshoot the application logs to find out where the errors are and how to correct them.
CO4 : Understand and Implement ACID properties in multilevel transactional processing.
CO5 : Have a fundamental understanding of Web Services.
INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

HTML5 Semantics - Design Elements - Form Elements - Post Form - Get Form - CSS3 Introduction - Media Queries - Border
Radius - BootStrap Library.
INTRODUCTION TO COLDFUSION
Application Server - Database Server - Page Life Cycle - Versions and Types of ColdFusion - Installation and Configuration-
Install ColdFusion - Configure a Web Site.
SQL
Database Server - Introduction to MySQL - Installation and Configuration - CRUD Operations - PSQL Statements.
APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Fundamentals of Application Development - Page Design - Database Operations - Building a Web Service - Tag based
Application Development.
Sailing with ColdFusion cfsilent - cfform - cfif - cfoutput - cfloop - cfcomponent cffunction - cfargument - cfquery -
cfqueryparam - cfreturn - cftry - cfcatch - cflog - cfmail.
Total Periods : 20
REFERENCES
1. Programming ColdFusion MX, 2nd Edition
Creating Dynamic Web Applications
By Rob Brooks-Bilson
Publisher: O'Reilly Media
2. Learning MySQL
Get a Handle on Your Data
By Seyed M.M. Tahaghoghi, Hugh E. Williams
Publisher: O'Reilly Media
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://www.adobe.com/in/products/coldfusion-family.html
2. http://lucee.org/
3. https://www.mysql.com/

16ITI002 IBM CLOUD PRIVATE WITH LINUX ON Z SYSTEMS 1001
The objective of the course is to emphasize the concept of IBM Mainframe Enterprise System (IBM z)
and its various components which will support for running reliable IBM Cloud Private with Linux
PREREQUISITES
· Enterprise server and virtualization basic concepts
· Basic Cloud Concepts
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Study IBM Mainframe server, IBM z Linux and IBM Cloud Private.
CO2 : Study the benefits of a public cloud on a security-rich, scalable private cloud platform for developing and
delivering cloud-native apps.
CO3 : Understand all these concepts connecting to the real world scenarios about these technologies
INTRODUCTION TO MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to the new mainframe – What is a mainframe – Who uses mainframe computers – Introducing the Mainframe
zEnterprise System – Mainframe hardware architecture – Processor units – Networking and Memory – Disk devices –
Typical mainframe workloads – Roles in the mainframe world – z/OS and other mainframe operating systems – Reliability,
availability, and serviceability
VIRTUALIZATION IN MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to Virtualization – Virtualization benefits – Server virtualization techniques – Mainframe virtualization
technologies – Mainframe virtualization – Storage virtualization – Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics –
Mainframe RAS OS perspective, CDU, Channel Sub System Overview.
IBM Z LINUX 3
IBM z Linux Introduction – IBM LinuxONE – Heavy workloads and thousands of Linux servers in one box.
IBM CLOUD PRIVATE 3
The IBM Cloud Private Introduction – Public and Private Clouds – Protecting Kubernetes and Docker workloads –
Microservice-based apps – Hybrid Cloud.
CASE STUDY: IBM CLOUD PRIVATE OFFERINGS 4

IBM Cloud Private Offerings – Making ICP Real for Business – IBM z14 and IBM Cloud Private.
REFERENCES
1. Introduction to the New Mainframe - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246366.pdf
2. IBM Systems Virtualization: Servers, Storage, and Software http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redpapers/pdfs/
redp4396.pdf
3. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg247316.pdf
4. IBM z, Linux ONE and IBM Cloud Private - www.ibm.com/

16ITI003 BLOCKCHAIN ON IBM MAINFRAME 1001
The objective of the course is to emphasize the concept of IBM Mainframe Enterprise System (IBM z)
and its various components which will support for running reliable IBM Cloud Private with Linux
PREREQUISITES
· Enterprise server and virtualization basic concepts, Basic Cloud Concepts
COURSE OUTCOME
On successful completion of course, students will be able to
CO1 : Understand IBM Mainframe server, IBM Secure Service Container and IBM Blockchain offerings
connecting to the real world scenarios about these technologies
INTRODUCTION TO MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to the new mainframe – What is a mainframe – Who uses mainframe computers – Introducing the Mainframe
zEnterprise System – Mainframe hardware architecture – Processor units – Networking and Memory – Disk devices –
Typical mainframe workloads – Roles in the mainframe world – z/OS and other mainframe operating systems –Reliability,
availability, and serviceability
VIRTUALIZATION IN MAINFRAME 4
Introduction to Virtualization – Virtualization benefits – Server virtualization techniques – Mainframe virtualization
technologies – Mainframe virtualization – Storage virtualization – Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics –
Mainframe RAS OS perspective, CDU, Channel Sub System Overview.
SECURE SERVICE CONTAINER (SSC) 3
Container Technology Introduction – Appliances Details – Secure Service Container Framework Overview – Secure
Service Container Protection – Need for Secure Service Container
IBM BLOCKCHAIN APPLIANCE IN Z 3
The Blockchain Appliance – zBlockchain Appliance – High Secure Business Network (HSBN) – Running Blockchain
Appliance in Secure Service Container
CASE STUDY: IBM BLOCKCHAIN OFFERINGS 4
IBM Blockchain Offerings – Making Blockchain Real for Business – IBM z14 and the new revolutionary transaction
model
REFERENCES
1. Introduction to the New Mainframe - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg246366.pdf
2. IBM Systems Virtualization: Servers,Storage, and Software - http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redpapers/pdfs/
redp4396.pdf
3. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/VM Basics -http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/redbooks/pdfs/sg247316.pdf
4. Blockchain transactions on Z - https://www.ibm.com/itinfrastructure/z/capabilities/blockchain-transactions

EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES (EEC)

16PT201 GENERALAPTITUDE 0 0 22
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Develop and apply vocabulary in ideal situations.
CO2 : Understand the meaning of targeted grammatical structure in written and spoken form
CO3 : Improve on the Deductive and Logical skills.
CO4 : Understand, analyze and perfect a solution.
CO5 : Improve the numerical and conceptual ability.
CO6 : Improve the ability to use measurable data and get reliable results.
CO7 : Understand and apply the advance grammar forms.
CO8 : Understand grammatical structure on written and spoken forms.
CO9 : Demonstrate a better capability for analytical and conceptual thinking.
CO10 : Recognize and comprehend pattern and solve real time problems.
CO11 : Exhibit real time engineering and calculative skills.
CO12 : Improve the psychometric and mental ability.
VOCABULARY AND APPLICATION OF GRAMMAR 12
Vocabulary -Root words, prefix and suffix, synonyms, Antonyms; Homonyms, Verbal analogies, Idioms and phrases;Basic
grammar Noun, pronoun, verb, Articles, Determiners; Adverbs, Adjectives, Conjunctions, prepositions; Comprehension:
Cloze test, Reading charts and graphs.
DEDUCTIVE REASONING 13
Analogy and odd man out, Alphabet and number series Blood relations, Coding and decoding Directions and sense
Linear seating arrangement ; Circular seating arrangement; Puzzles ; Inequality
BASIC MATHEMATICS AND ANALYTICAL ABILITY 20
Percentages, Profit, Loss and Discount, Simple Interest and Compound Interest, Number Systems:LCM and HCF-unit
digit and last two digit- Remainder theorem concept, Ratio and Proportion:Partnership problems- Races and games-
problems based on coins-proportionality and variation, Alligation and Mixtures
ADVANCE GRAMMAR AND COMPREHENSION 12
Advance Grammar- Subject verb agreement, Pronoun agreement, pronoun case, pronoun reference, Phrasal verbs;
Modifiers, Parallel structures, Faulty comparison, Tense shift; Comprehension -Short passage, Nonfiction and information
passage Fact inference and judgment, Philosophy and literature passages Theme detection, Long passage
INDUCTIVE REASONING 13
Statements and action; Statement and assumptions; Syllogism Input and output Data interpretation; Data sufficiency;
Venn diagram based; Visual reasoning.
ENGINEERINGAND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 20
Averages, Time and Work: ,Pipes and cisterns: Time and distance-concept of relative speed Trains, boats and streams,
circular motion: Permutation and combination, Probability-concept of areas,Calendars and clocks
Total Periods: 90
REFERENCES
1. Thorpe Edgar and Thorpe Showich, "Objective English", Pearson Education 2016.
2. Bakshi.S.P, "Objective General English", Arihant Publication 2015.
3. Edgar Thrope, "Test of Reasoning for Competitive Examinations", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2014
4. Sijwali.B.S, "A New Approach to Reasoning Verbal and Non-Verbal", Arihant Publication2015.
5. Anand.P.A, "Quantitative Aptitude", Wiley Publication, 2015.
6. Abhijit Guha, "Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015

16XXXXX MINIPROJECT 0022
• Mini Project in the curriculum can be done individually or by a group of students (4 Maximum) as decided by the
Head of the Department.
• In order to promote interdisciplinary culture, preference should be given for teams formed by students from
various departments with the permission of the Heads of Departments concerned in the second year itself.
• There will be periodic reviews (one review after each internal test) of the progress by the Review Committee as
assigned by the HoD / Director
• The mini project will be assessed by a Review Committee which consists of 3 members out of whom one member
is the Guide.
• For inter disciplinary projects, guides shall be from one or more among the departments to which the students
belong.
• On completion of the mini project, the student shall submit a report in the prescribed form to the department.
Number of copies and the format will be as per the department guidelines.
• The final mini project viva voce shall be conducted by the Review Committee (Guide and HoD or higher nominee)
along with an external examiner.

16XXXXX PROJECT WORK 0 0 16 8
• Project work may be assigned to a single candidate or a group of candidates not exceeding 3 per group.
• There shall be two assessments during the semester by a review committee. The student shall make presentation
on the progress made before the committee.
• The Head of the Department shall constitute a project review committee for each programme.
• The project evaluation shall be carried out by a project committee comprising Head of the Department or his/her
nominee (Chairperson), Project Coordinator, (Prof/Assoc. Prof) and Project Faculty Guide.
• The project work assessment shall be based on :
+ Conceptual understanding of Engineering Fundamentals
+ Ability to design and develop solution and conduct investigation of complex problems
+ Ability to use modern engineering and IT tools
+ Decision making ability
+ Interdisciplinary approach
+ Initiative, leadership, sense of responsibility
+ Ability to produce research information for team
+ Ability to demonstrate understanding of team rules when assigned, share in team work
+ Ability to demonstrate good communication skills
+ Completion of objectives
+ Presentation
+ Answer to queries
• The candidate(s) is expected to submit the project report on or before the last working day of the semester.
• The semester end examination for project work shall consist of evaluation of the final project report submitted by
the candidate or students of the project group by an external examiner followed by a viva-voce examination
conducted separately for each student by a committee consisting of the external examiner, the guide of the project
group and an internal examiner.
• If the project report is not submitted on or before the specified deadline, then the student(s) is deemed to have
failed in the Project Work. The failed student(s) should repeat the same in the subsequent semester.

PROFESSIONAL CORE (PC)

16ME208 MANUFACTURING AND MACHINING TECHNOLOGY 3003
PREREQUISITE
16ME257 Basic Workshop Practices Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the basic foundry processes and their equipments.
CO2: Summarize the types of forming processes and their applications.
CO3: Express about the various welding processes.
CO4: Outline the mechanism of metal cutting and chip formation in machining.
CO5: Explain the machining processes and their applications.
FOUNDRY PROCESSES 10
Patterns: Types, Selection and Allowances. Moulding Sands: Types and Properties, Core: Classification and Requirements
– Core Prints, Sand Moulding Process and Gating systems.
Melting Furnaces: Crucible – Cupola– Induction, Casting: Classification – Investment Casting – Centrifugal Castings –
Die Casting, Fettling and Cleaning of Castings, Casting Defects and Remedies.
METAL FORMING AND JOINING PROCESSES 13
Cold and hot working: Rolling, Drawing, Extrusion and Forging Processes: Operations, Applications and Defects – Sheet
– Metal Cutting: Bending, Blanking, Punching and their applications.
Welding: Classification, Filler and Flux Materials, Welding Electrodes, Oxy–Acetylene Welding – Flames: Types and
Characteristics, Carbon Arc, Submerged Arc, TIG and MIG welding, Weld Defects.
METAL CUTTING AND MACHINING PROCESSES 10
Tool Materials and their properties – Single Point Cutting Tool Nomenclature – Chip formation: Types of Chips, Orthogonal
and Oblique Cutting – Cutting Fluids – Tool Life, Taylor’s tool life equation and Types of Tool Wear –Lathe and Milling:
Working Principle, Operations and Applications.
Drilling: Working Principle – Operation and Applications of Drilling, Reaming, Boring, and Tapping. 8
FINISHING PROCESSES 4
Grinding, Honing and Polishing: Types and Applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao.P.N.,”Manufacturing Technology” Vol–1, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Types, applications and defects in
formed parts.2nd Edition, 2011.
2. Rao.P.N.,”Manufacturing Technology” Vol–2, Metal Cutting and Machine Tools”, Tata McGraw–Hill,3rd Edition,
2010.
REFERENCES
1. Nagpal.G.R., “Metal Forming Processes”, Khanna Publishers, 3rd Edition, 1998.
2. SME, “Tool and Manufacturing Engineers”, Handbook, McGraw–Hill Book Co., Vol. 2, 1984.
3. Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K., “Elements of Workshop Technology”, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt Ltd, 7th Edition, 2007.
WEB REFERENCES

16ME209 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY 2203
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1: Describe Hydrostatic Forces acting on the immersed surfaces.
CO 2: Demonstrate the Equations of Motion with applications.
CO 3: Interpret Viscous Flow Theory.
CO 4: Summarise the losses of energy in flow through pipes.
CO 5: Apply Dimensional Analysis on physical quantities and Model Analysis on Hydraulic Structures.
CO 6: Describe the construction and working of Turbines and Pumps.
INTRODUCTION 20
Review of fluid properties– Pascal’s Law, Pressure at a point in liquid – Hydrostatic forces on Vertical plane surfaces and
Inclined Plane surfaces– Buoyancy – Metacentre – Metacentric Height– Significance of Kinematics and Kinetics, Types
of flow– Equations of motion – Continuity Equation and its applications – Bernoulli’s Equation and Momentum Equation
– Applications of Bernoulli’s Equation.
DIMENSIONAL AND MODEL ANALYSIS 10
Dimensional Homogeneity – Method of Dimensional Analysis: Rayleigh’s Method, Buckingham’s ð-Theorem, Model
Analysis – Similitude – Types of Similitude – Dimensionless Numbers.
VISCOUS FLOW 20
Laminar Flow through circular pipe (Hagen-Poiseuille Equation) – Flow between parallel plates – Laminar and Turbulent
Boundary layer concepts. Frictional losses in pipes – Darcy-Weisbach Equation – Chezy’s Formula – Moody Diagram –
Minor Losses – Flow through pipes in series and in parallel – Hydraulic and Energy Gradients – Power Transmission.
HYDRAULIC MACHINES 10
Classification of Hydraulic Machines, Construction and working principle of Francis Turbine, Kaplan Turbine, Pelton
Turbine, Reciprocating Pump and Centrifugal Pump.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Frank M. White, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw–Hill Higher Education, 7thEdition, 2010.
2. Bansal, R.K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines”, (9th Edition), Laxmi publications (P) Ltd, 2015.
REFERENCES
1. Fox Robert W. and Macdonald Alan T., “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics”,7th Edition John Wiley & Sons, 1995.
2. Modi P.N, Seth S.M “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines” (In SI Units), 19th Edition.
Standard book house Publications (P) Ltd, 2011.
3. Streeter V.L., and Wylie E.B., “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw–Hill, 1983.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in
(a) Fluid Mechanics – http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104118
(b) Fluid Machinery – http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104117

16ME258 MANUFACTURING AND MACHINING 0021
PROCESSES LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : demonstrate the moulding process using appropriate equipments.
CO2 : able to perform various machining operations in lathe by selecting the cutting parameters appropriately.
CO3 : demonstrate the gear generation process using milling machine.
CO4 : facilitate Students to carry out machining operations in Shaping, Slotting and Drilling machines.
CO5 : illustrate the finishing operations using a grinding machine.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
CYCLE I
1. Testing of foundry sand properties.
2. Preparation of core and moulds.
3. Introduction to forging tools , equipments and operations and exercises on simple smithy.
4. Facing , step turning, knurling and taper operation.
5. Turning, grooving, drilling and external threading.
6. Bush fitting and counter boring.
CYCLE II
1. Shaping of a Step block using Shaping machine and machining a ‘V’ Block in a vertical milling machine.
2. Machining of a spur gear and keyways using Universal Milling machine and Slotting machine.
3. Drilling, tapping and reaming of holes using Radial Drilling machine.
4. Machining of a Helical worm gear using Gear Hobbing machine.
5. Grinding of Block using Surface Grinding machine.
6. Grinding of a Single point cutting tool using Tool and Cutter Grinder.
Total Periods: 30

16ME259 METALLURGYAND MATERIALS TESTING 0021
LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the microstructure of the ferrous and Non ferrous Materials.
CO2: Able to demonstrate various Non destructive testing materials.
CO3: Examine physical properties of the materials.
METALLURGY
1. Identification of Ferrous Materials.
2. Identification of Non Ferrous Materials.
3. Hardenablility Test.
4. Demonstration of non destructive testing.
Liquid Penetration Test (LPT)
Magnetic Penetration Test (MPT)
Ultrasonic test (UT)
5. Demonstration of Wear test.
MATERIALS TESTING
1. Plot stress– and strain curve in Tension test.
2. Brinell and Rockwell Hardness tests.
3. Izod and Charpy Impact tests.
4. Evaluation of Tension and Compression strength of springs.
Total Periods: 30

16ME210 KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY 3104
PREREQUISITES
16ME255 Engineering Graphics Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the basic concept of links and joints to develop a mechanism.
CO2: Determine the displacement, velocity and acceleration of the mechanisms.
CO3: Select the belt drives and rope drives for different applications.
CO4: Explain the concepts of gears and calculate the speed of the gear trains.
CO5: Draw the different types of cams and followers & estimate the displacement, velocity and acceleration.
BASICS OF MECHANISM 12
Terminology and Definitions: Mechanism and machines – rigid body, resistance body, link, kinematic pair – Types of
motion – Degrees of freedom – Grashoff’s Law – classification of kinematic pairs – kinematic chain, linkage, Mechanical
Advantage – Kinematic inversion of four bar mechanism – Single and Double slider crank Chain.
Demonstration of simulation software for analyzing the mechanisms.
KINEMATICS 10
Displacement, velocity and acceleration in simple mechanisms – Graphical Method: Velocity and Acceleration Polygons
– Kinematic analysis by Algebraic methods – Acceleration analysis: Klein’s Construction, Coriolis Acceleration.
BELTS AND ROPES 10
Introduction of belt and ropes drives, types – selection of belt drive – materials used for belt and rope drives – Slip and
Creep of belt – tensions in flat belt drive – angle of contact – centrifugal tension – maximum tension of belt.
GEARS AND GEAR TRAINS 15
Gear Terminology – Classification of Gears – Law of Gearing–Velocity of Sliding – Forms of teeth and their comparison–
Involute gears: Arc of the contact – Numbers of teeth pairs in contact – Interference and undercutting – Minimum Number
of teeth to avoid interference – Gear Trains: Simple, Compound, Reverted, Epicyclic gear train.
CAMS 13
Cam: Nomenclature and types – Followers types, and their applications – Types of follower motion: Displacement
Diagrams, Graphical Construction of the cam profile.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rattan S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 4thEdition, 2014.
2. John J. Uicker, Jr.Gordon R. Pennock Joseph E. Shigley, “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, SI Edition, 4th
Edition, Oxford University Press, Incorporated, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Rao J.S and Dukkipati R.V, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, New Age International Publishers, 2nd reprint
Edition, 2006.
2. Robert L. Norton, “Design of Machinery”, Tata McGraw–Hill, 5th Edition, 2011.
3. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines”, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2010.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME211 AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 3003
PREREQUISITE
16ME208 Manufacturing and Machining Technology
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the construction and features of CNC machine tools.
CO2: Explain the concepts of product design and development in additive manufacturing.
CO3: Outline the Anatomy of robot and robot motions.
CO4: Describe the Automated manufacturing systems.
CNC MACHINE TOOLS 12
Constructional features of a CNC Machine Tool, Turning Center, Milling Center – Typical CNC Machine Tools – Machining
Capabilities of a CNC Machine – Tooling for CNC Machine Tools – CNC Programming – Introduction to common CNC
controllers – Features of typical CAM software packages–Introduction to micromachining process– micro milling and
turning.
ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 11
Classification of RP systems – Stereo lithography systems – Fusion Deposition Modeling – Laminated Object Manufacturing
– Laser Engineering Net Shaping (LENS) – Principle – Process parameters – Process details Introduction to rapid tooling
– Direct and indirect method – softwares for RP – STL files.
ROBOTICS 7
Robot Anatomy – Types of Robot configurations – Robot specifications – Basic robot motions – Point to point control
– Continuous path control – Robot parts and their functions – Types of Robot End Effectors/grippers: (mechanical,
pneumatic, hydraulic, magnetic and vacuum grippers) – Robot End – Effector interface – RCC device – Selection and
design considerations of grippers – Applications of Robots.
FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEM 15
Introduction – part families – parts classification and coding – group technology machine cells – benefits of group
technology – FMS – Components of FMS – Types – FMS workstation – Material handling and storage systems – FMS
layout – Computer control systems – Application and benefits – Industry 4.0 – Cyber Physical Production System – Smart
factories and its elements – Industrial strategies – Enterprise Resource Planning.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jon Stenerson and Kelly Curran., ¯ Computer Numerical Control, Prentice–Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2008.
2. Mikell P.Groover, ¯ Automation, Production Systems and computer integrated manufacturing, Pearson Education,
2nd Edition, 2001.
REFERENCES
1. Groover M.P., “Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill Education,
2nd Edition (Special Indian Edition), 2012.
2. Pham D.T. and Dimov S.S., “Rapid Manufacturing, Springer–Verlag, 1st Edition, 2001.
3. Jain V.K., “Introduction to Micromachining”, Narosa publishers, 2nd Edition, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES

16ME212 MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the principles of general measurement system and errors in measurement systems.
CO2: Demonstrate the various sensors for measurement of displacement, velocity and acceleration and temperature.
CO3: Discuss the concepts of the various metrology instruments for dimensional and gear metrology.
CO4: Use the principles of form measurement and surface metrology.
CO5: Discuss the use of laser, CMM and Machine vision system.
MEASUREMENT SYSTEM 15
Definition, Significance of measurement – generalized measurement system – static and dynamic performance characteristics:
Accuracy, precision, threshold, sensitivity, hysteresis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect, system response – Time
delay – Calibration – methods and standards, Errors in Measurements and its types – Sensors for measurement of
pressure, temperature, displacement, speed, force, torque and vibration.
METROLOGY 20
Dimensional Metrology: Limit gauges – Taylor’s principle in gauge design – Slip gauges, Mechanical, Optical, Pnuematic
comparators – Linear and Angular Metrology, Devices.
Gear Metrology: Terminology of screw threads – Measurement of effective diameter of screw threads by 2 – wire and 3–
wire methods – Composite measurement and Gear roll tester.
Form and Surface Metrology: Form measurements: Straightness, Flatness and roundness – Dial gauge, profile projector,
autocollimator – Surface texture: Roughness – Parameters – Importance of surface finish – Methods of measuring surface
roughness – Contact method – Tomilson surface meter – Non-contact method – Optical profiler.
ADVANCED METROLOGY 10
Lasers in Metrology: Laser Interferometer – Machine vision Inspection system – CMM– Construction, types and
Inspection methodology.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Beckwith, “Mechanical Measurements”, Pearson Education India, 6th Edition, 2007.
2. Venkateshan S.P, “Mechanical Measurements”, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. White House D “Surface and their measurements”, Hermes Penton Ltd, 4th Edition, 2002.
2. Holman J.P, “Experimental Methods for Engineers”, Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co. Ltd., 1st Edition, 2004.
3. Bewoor, “Metrology and Measurement”, Tata McGraw–Hill Education, 5th Edition, 2009.
4. Galyer F.W. and Shotbolt C.R, “Metrology for Engineers”, ELBS edition, 2nd Edition, 1990
WEB REFERENCE

16ME213 MECHATRONICS AND AUTOMATION 3003
PREREQUISITE
16EE221 Electrical and Electronics Engineering
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the concept of Mechatronics Systems.
CO2: Categorize the types of controllers used in Mechatronics Systems.
CO3: Use the Programmable Logic Controllers to control various Mechatronics systems.
CO4: Select the types of actuation systems for Mechatronics System applications.
CO5: Describe the working of Various Control Valves used in Fluid Power Systems.
MECHATRONICS SYSTEM AND CONTROLLERS 11
Components of Mechatronics systems, Application of Mechatronics in Manufacturing Automation, Designing of
Mechatronics Systems.
Controllers : Continuous and discrete type – Control Mode – Two Step mode – Proportional Mode – Derivative Mode –
Integral Mode – PID Controllers – Digital Controllers – Velocity Control – Adaptive Control – Digital Logic Control.
Case Studies: Engine Management System, Data acquisition systems.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLC) 12
Programmable Logic Controllers – Basic Structure –Selection of a PLC-Inputs / Output Processing – Memory – Timers &
counters, Internal relays – Programming language – Control Instructions – Data Handling – Scan Cycle – Troubleshooting–
Introduction to HMI and SCADA.
Case Studies: Pick and place robot, Process control system.
ACTUATION SYSTEMS AND CONTROL VALVES 22
Hydraulic and Pneumatic Actuation system: Linear actuators – Single acting and double acting cylinders – Special
cylinders – Tandem, Rodless and Telescopic cylinders. Rotary actuators – Gear, Vane and Piston motors.
Electrical Actuation System: Stepper Motors and Servo Motors–Feedback System – Encoders – PID Function and
Applications.
Control Valves: Director control valve: 2/2, 3/2, 4/2 and 4/3 configurations – Pressure control valve: Pressure relief valve,
Pressure reducing valve, Sequence valve and Counter balance valve – Flow control valve: Pressure compensated and
Non–pressure compensated type – Case Studies: Hydraulic Press Circuit, Electro Hydraulic Drilling Machine Circuit,
Electro Pneumatic Braking circuit.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Bolton W., “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 1999.
2. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid Power with Applications”, Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2005.
REFERENCES
1. Bradley D.A., Dawson D., Buru N.C. and Loader A.J., “Mechatronics”, Chapman and Hall, 1993.
2. Mikell P.Groover. “Automation Production Systems and Computer– Integrated Manufacturing” Pearson Education,
3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Nitaigour Premchand Mahadik. “Mechatronics”, Tata McGraw–Hill publishing Company Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2003.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME261 MECHATRONICS AND METROLOGY LABORATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Design and demonstrate the fluid power circuits with logic sequence using electro pneumatic trainer kit and
Hydraulic Trainer Kit controlled by LabVIEW Software.
CO2: Simulate the Basic Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electro–pneumatic circuits using Automation Studio software.
CO3: Demonstrate the working of Servomotor using PLC program.
CO4: Demonstrate the use of various measuring devices for measurement of displacement, velocity and acceleration
and temperature.
CO5: Illustrate the concepts of various measuring devices for measurement of dimensional Metrology.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
MECHATRONICS LABORATORY
1. Design and testing of Pneumatic circuits with logic sequence using Electro Pneumatic Trainer Kit.
2. Simulation of basic Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electro–Pneumatic, Electro-Hydraulic circuits using Automation Studio
software.
3. Design and testing of Velocity, Direction and Force of Double acting cylinder in Hydraulic Trainer Kit interfaced
with LABVIEW Software.
4. Speed and Position Control of Servo Motor, Stepper Motor using PLC & HMI.
5. Modeling and analysis of basic Electrical, Electronic and Mechanical systems using LABVIEW software.
6. Computerized data logging system with control for process variables like pressure, Flow and temperature.
METROLOGY LABORATORY
1. Measurement of physical variables using LVDT/RTD/ Thermocouple and strain gauge.
2. Measurement of object setting using Proximity sensors and Colour Identification using photo Electric sensor.
3. Gear roll testing and gear concentricity testing.
4. Angular measurement using sine bar, clinometers, bevel protractor.
5. Measurement of gear profile and screw thread using optical profile projector.
6. Measurement using height master, height gauge and limit gauges.
7. Tool geometry measurement using Toolmaker’s microscope.
8. Surface finish measurement of machined components.
9. Measurement of straightness and flatness of the surface plate using Autocollimator.
10. Process Capability Analysis.
Total Periods: 30

16ME262 COMPUTER AIDED MODELING AND 0021
MANUFACTURING LABORATORY
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply parametric modeling techniques to represent engineering systems.
CO2: Build 3D models of engineering components and translate into 2D drawings.
CO3: Import and export CAD/CAM electronic neutral files using IGES STEM, DXF etc.
CO4: Create CNC programs manually to simulate the tool–path for machining.
CO5: Generate NC codes for CNC program using computing tools.
I. MODELING
1. Practice on software commands like protrusion, cut, sweep, draft, loft, blend, rib, Move, Pattern, Mirror, Round,
Chamfer.
2. Surface Representation using curves like Hermite, Spline, Bezier etc.,
3. Representation of solids using Schemes B–rep and C–rep.
4. Assembly – creating assembly from parts – assembly constraints.
5. Conversion of 3D solid model to 2D drawing different views & sections.
6. Practice and application of data exchange formats DXF, IGES, STL and STEP.
7. 3D modeling of machine elements like safety valves, Lathe Tailstock, etc.,
II. MANUFACTURING
1. Manual CNC Part programming using standard canned cycles for Turning and Milling.
2. Computer assisted CNC Part programming and NC code generation for Turning and Milling.
Total Periods: 30

16ME215 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY 2203
PREREQUISITES
16ME209 Kinematics of Machinery
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Determine the dynamic forces in engineering mechanisms.
CO2: Estimate the unbalanced forces due to rotating and reciprocating parts in an engine.
CO3: Appraise the direction control mechanisms in aeroplanes and ships using gyroscopic effect.
CO4: Outline the principle of operation of speed control governors in engines.
CO5: Estimate the frequency of longitudinal and transverse vibration in simple vibratory systems.
CO6: Determine the frequency of torsional vibration in simple vibratory systems.
DYNAMIC FORCE ANALYSIS 14
D’Alembert’s principle – Inertia force and inertia torque – Principle of superposition – Dynamic force analysis in reciprocating
engines – Equivalent dynamical system and crank shaft torque – Turning moment diagram and energy stored in flywheels.
BALANCING 13
Static and dynamic balancing – Balancing of rotating masses, same plane, different planes, single mass and several
masses – Balancing of reciprocating masses – Balancing of single and multi cylinder in–line engines – Primary and
secondary unbalanced forces – Partial balancing of uncoupled locomotives – Tractive force, Swaying couple and Hammer
blow.
MECHANISMS FOR CONTROL 16
Gyroscopic couple and its effect in ship and aeroplane – Governors, types, Centrifugal governors – Watt, Porter and
Proell, Characteristics, Effect of friction – Calculation of equilibrium speed and range of speed, Stability, Sensitiveness,
Hunting and Isochronism.
VIBRATION 17
Basic features of vibratory systems – types – basic elements – Single degree of freedom – Equations of motion – Natural
frequency – Damped free vibration – Types of damping – Damping factor – Logarithmic decrement – Critical speeds of
simple shaft – Forced damped vibration – Magnification factor – Vibration isolation and transmissibility. Torsional
vibrating systems – Natural frequency of single, two and three rotor systems.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Shigley, J.E. and Uicker, J.J., “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2014.
2. Ghosh, A and Mallick, A.K., “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, Affiliated East West Press Private Limited,
3rd Edition, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Rattan, S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2014.
2. Bevan, T, “Theory of Machines”, Pearson India, 3rd Edition, 2010.
3. Rao, J.S. and Dukkipatti R.V, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, New Age International Publishers, 2nd Edition,
1992.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME216 THERMAL ENGINEERING 3104
PREREQUISITE
16ME210 Engineering Thermodynamics
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1: Describe the construction and principle of working of Internal Combustion Engine.
CO 2: Compare various Thermodynamic Cycles.
CO 3: Determine the performance of Air Compressors.
CO 4: Estimate the performance of Refrigeration Systems.
CO 5: Analyze all Air– Conditioning Processes with the help of Psychrometric Chart.
CO 6: Summarise different types of Air–Conditioning Systems.
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES 18
Classifications of IC Engine – Working Principle of Two Stroke and Four Stroke SI and CI Engines and their P–V diagrams
–Valve and Port Timing Diagrams.
Air standard cycles: Assumptions – Otto, Diesel, Dual – Calculation of Mean Effective Pressure and Air Standard Efficiency
– Testing and performance of IC Engines – Heat Balance Sheet – Brayton cycle – Reheat and Regeneration cycles.
AIR COMPRESSORS 12
Classification – working principle – Work of compression with and without clearance – Volumetric efficiency and Isothermal
efficiency – Multistage air compressor with intercooling – Rotary compressors – types – Roots blower and Vane type
blower – Comparison of Rotary and Reciprocating Air compressors.
REFRIGERATION 12
Fundamentals of Refrigeration – Vapor Compression Refrigeration System: Working principle – Superheating and
subcooling – Performance calculations – Vapor Absorption Refrigeration System – Working principle – Ammonia–Water
system – Lithium bromide – Water system – Comparison between vapor compression and vapour absorption systems –
Refrigerants: Classification and properties.
PSYCHROMETRY AND AIR–CONDITIONING 18
Properties of atmospheric air – Psychrometric chart – Property calculations of air vapour mixtures – Psychrometric
processes. Air conditioning systems – summer, winter and Year Round Systems – Description of Window, Split and
Central air conditioning systems – Comfort air conditioning: Requirements, GSHF, RSHF.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Kothandaraman C.P, Domkundwar S and Domkundwar A.V., “A Course in Thermal Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, 5th Edition, 2002.
2. Ballaney P.L., “Thermal Engineering: Engineering Thermodynamics & Energy Conversion Techniques”, Khanna,
5th Edition, 2005.
DATA BOOK
1 Refrigeration Tables – Kothandaraman C.P, New Age International Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2011.
REFERENCES
1 Rajput R.K., “Thermal Engineering”, Laxmi Publishers, 6th Edition, 2006.
2 Ganesan V, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 1995.
3 Arora C.P, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2nd Edition, 2000.
WEB REFERENCES
1. Applied Thermodynamics – http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106133/
2. Refrigeration and Air– Conditioning – http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105128/
16ME217 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 3104
(Common to B.E., Mechanical and Aeronautical Engineering)
PREREQUISITES
16CE204 Solid Mechanics/ 16AE210 Mechanics of Materials
16MA216 Probability and Statistics/ 16MA218 Numerical Methods and Calculus of variation
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the basic steps involved in finite element method and matrix approach in mechanical engineering
applications.
CO2: Apply the concepts of integral formulations and variational approach in structural problems.
CO3: Derive the stiffness matrix for one dimensional element using different approach.
CO4: Solve the heat transfer of steady state one–dimensional problem.
CO5: Derive the finite element formulation for 2–D plane stress and plane strain problem using Constant Strain Triangular
elements.
CO 6: Formulate the stiffness matrix and force vector for any axisymmetric continuum.
INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ELEMENT METHOD AND ANALYTICAL APPROACH 20
Basic Concept, Historical Background, Engineering Applications, General Steps of the FEM, Matrix Algebra, Gaussian
Elimination. Boundary, Initial, and Eigen value Problems, Variational methods of Approximation – Rayleigh–Ritz method
and weighted residual approach.
ONE DIMENSIONAL FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS 20
Finite element modeling – Coordinates and shape functions – Potential energy approach – Galerkin approach – Assembly
of stiffness matrix and load vector – Finite element equations – Quadratic shape functions – Applications to plane trusses
– Steady state heat transfer – Application of one-dimensional heat transfer problems.
TWO DIMENSIONAL FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS 20
Concepts of Plane stress and plane strain – Finite element modeling – Constant-Strain Triangle – Potential energy
approach – Galerkin approach – Element stiffness matrix and force vector – Stress Calculation – Axisymmetric
formulation – Galerkin approach– Element stiffness matrix and force vector – Body forces and temperature effects – Stress
calculations.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Logan, D.L., “A First Course in Finite Element Method”, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
2. Chandrupatla and Belagundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Prentice Hall College Div, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Reddy, J.N., “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw–Hill, 2005.
2. Seshu P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
3. Rao S.S., “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 3rd Edition, Butterworth Heinemann, 2004.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME263 FLUID MECHANICS AND THERMAL ENGINEERING 0021
LABORATORY
PREREQUISITES
16ME209 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Determine the Coefficient of discharge of given flow measurement devices.
CO2: Calculate the performance characteristics of Hydraulic Machines (Turbines and Pumps).
CO3: Conduct the performance Test on Internal Combustion Engines.
CO4: Analyse the performance of Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Systems.
CO5: Evaluate the performance Characteristics of Air Compressors and Blowers.
CO6: Appraise the properties of fuels.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY
FLOW MEASUREMENT
1. Determination of Coefficient of discharge of given Orifice meter and Venturi meter.
2. Determination of Friction factor for a given set of pipes.
3. Determination of minor losses in the given set of pipes.
VELOCITY MEASUREMENT
1. Measurement of velocity of Fluid Flow using Pitot Tube assembly.
HYDRAULICS MACHINES
1. Performance Characteristics of Hydraulics Turbines.(Pelton Wheel and Franchise Turbine).
2. Performance Characteristics of Hydraulics Pumps(Centrifugal Pump, Reciprocating Pump ).
THERMAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
1. Valve Timing and Port Timing diagrams for IC engines.
2. Performance and Heat Balance Test on S.I and C.I engines..
3. Morse Test on Multi Cylinder Engine.
4. Retardation Test on Diesel Engine.
5. Performance and Emission Analysis on IC engine with Data Acquisition System.
6. Study on Fuel Properties (Flash point & Fire Point, Viscosity).
THERMAL SYSTEMS
1. Performance Test on Refrigeration & Air conditioning Equipments.
2. Performance Test on Two Stage Reciprocating Air Compressor and Blower.
Total Periods: 30

16ME264 COMPUTER AIDED ANALYSIS LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Use meshing tools to discretize any domain.
CO2: Analyze one–dimensional bar and beam structure.
CO3: Solve two–dimensional structure using various 2–D elements (tri, quad, mixed, etc).
CO4: Interpret results of thermal stress distribution along plate and cylinders.
INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
Basic Concept, Historical Background, Engineering applications, General description, Comparison with other methods
and FE Analysis software.
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION
1. Modeling and Analysis– General Steps in FEA Package.
2. Simple Modeling using ANSYS.
3. Cleanup and Mid – Surface Extraction using Hypermesh.
4. 1D,2D and 3D Meshing Techniques using Hypermesh.
ONE DIMENESIONAL FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
1. Solve Problems on 1–D Rod/Beam elements using Hypermesh.
2. Solve and draw SFD, BMD for Cantilever, Simply Supported Beam with different load condition using ANSYS.
TWO DIMENESIONAL FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
1. Stress analysis of rectangular L bracket using Radioss.
2. Stress analysis of a rectangular plate with a circular hole using ANSYS.
3. Mode frequency analysis of plates.
AXISYMMETRIC DOMAIN ANALYSIS
1. Stress analysis of an axi–symmetric component using ANSYS.
HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS
1. Thermal stress analysis of plates using ANSYS.
2. Thermal stress analysis of cylinders using ANSYS.
Total Periods: 30

16ME265 FIELD TRAINING 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Appraise the actual working environment prevailing in the industry .
CO2: Outline the structure and functional layout of the organization.
CO3: Recognize the machine tools and other instruments used for production.
CO4: identify the quality management tools being practiced.
Each student is to visit one or more organizations to observe the manufacturing and allied production processes being
practiced and has to submit a report.
ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE 9
Structure of the Organization – Shop Floor Layout – Stores and inventory Management – Practice of industrial Safety and
environmental safety.
PRODUCTION PROCESSES 30
Construction features and functions of machine tools – Work holding and tool holding devices –Types of cuttings tools.
Reading of Drawings – Jobs Sequence of operations performed and selection of cutting parameters – Measuring instruments
used for inspecting the jobs – Limit Gauges.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT AND BEST PRACTICES 6
Quality management tools being practiced in the organization – Best practices.
Total Periods: 30

16ME218 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS 3104
PREREQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe design process, perform design calculations and analyze the theories of failure.
CO2: Design hollow and solid shafts under variable loading used in automobiles industrial applications.
CO3: Design permanent joints (rivets and weld), screws and fasteners used in industrial applications.
CO4: Design helical coil, leaf, disc and torsion springs under various loads used in automobiles and industrial
applications.
CO5: Design and select suitable sliding and rolling contact bearings for static and dynamic load capacities used in
automobiles and agricultural equipment.
CO6: Design connecting rods and flywheels under various loads used in automobiles and industrial applications.
STEADY STRESSES AND VARIABLE STRESSES IN MACHINE MEMBERS 24
Introduction to the design process – Factors influencing machine design – Selection of materials based on mechanical
properties – Impact and shock loading and calculation of principle stresses for various load combinations – Eccentric
loading – Factor of safety – Fatigue Strength – S-N diagram – Theories of failure – Stress concentration – Design of solid
and hollow shafts based on strength and rigidity – Design for static, dynamic and variable loading – Soderberg, Goodman
and Gerber relations.
DESIGN OF WELDED JOINTS AND SCREWED FASTENERS 12
Types of welded joints – strength of a welded joint – Design of parallel and transverse fillet Welded Joints – Eccentric
loading – Form of screw threads – Nomenclature – Bolts of uniform strength – Design of screwed fasteners.
DESIGN OF SPRINGS 12
Design of Helical, Leaf, Disc and Torsional springs subject to constant loads and varying loads – Design of Concentric
torsion springs.
DESIGN OF BEARINGS, CONNECTING ROD AND FLYWHEEL 12
Design of bearings: Mckee’s equation – Sommerfield Number – Rolling and Sliding contact bearings – Design of Connecting
rod. Design of Flywheel.
Total Periods: 60
NOTE:
1. Use of P.S.G. Design data Book is permitted in the Semester Examination.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Richard G. Budynas, Keith J. Nisbett , “Shigley’s Mechanical Engineering Design”, Tata McGraw–Hill, 10th Edition,
2014.
2. Juvinall R.C., and Marshek K.M., “Fundamentals of Machine Component Design”, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd Edition,
2012.
REFERENCES
1. Ugural A.C., “Mechanical Design – An Integral Approach”, McGraw–Hill Book Co, 4th Edition 2004.
2. Norton R.L., “Design of Machinery”, Tata McGraw–Hill Book Co, 3rd Edition 2005.
3. Spotts M.F. and Shoup T.E., “Design of Machine Elements”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2016.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME219 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER 3104
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1: Evaluate steady state heat conduction in different configurations.
CO 2: Analyze the performance of extended surfaces.
CO 3: Demonstrate unsteady state heat transfer in various systems.
CO 4: Apply the principles of free and forced convection in different configurations.
CO 5: Examine the radiation, boiling and condensation heat transfer phenomena.
CO 6: Appraise the performance of heat exchangers and to create analogy among momentum, heat and Mass Transfer
Processes.
CONDUCTION 16
Basic Concepts – Fourier Law of conduction – General differential equation of heat conduction – Cartesian and Cylindrical
Coordinates – Conduction through plane wall, cylinders and spherical systems – Composite systems, Overall heat
transfer coefficient – Critical thickness of insulation. Conduction with internal heat generation – Extended surfaces:
General Equations – Types and applications – Fin efficiency, Effectiveness and performance – Unsteady heat conduction:
Lumped heat analysis – Semi-infinite solids – Infinite solids – Use of Heislers Chart – Conduction Shape Factor –
Introduction to Numerical Methods in heat transfer.
CONVECTION 12
Basic concepts – Convective heat transfer coefficients – Boundary Layer concepts – Forced Convection – Dimensional
analysis – External Flow and Internal Flow – Flow over bank of tubes – Free Convection – Dimensional analysis – Flow
over vertical plate, horizontal plate, cylinders and spheres.
RADIATION 10
Basic concepts – Electromagnetic Spectrum – Laws of Radiation – Black Body Radiation – Grey Body Radiation – Shape
Factor Algebra – Electrical Analogy – Radiation shields – Gas Radiation.
BOILING, CONDENSATION AND HEAT EXCHANGERS 12
Boiling – Pool boiling – Regimes of boiling – flow boiling – correlations in boiling and condensation – Condensation – Nusselts Theory
of Condensation – Film wise, drop wise condensation – Heat exchangers: Types – Overall heat transfer coefficient – Fouling factors
– LMTD method of heat exchanger analysis – Effectiveness – NTU method of Heat exchanger analysis – Heat pipes.
MASS TRANSFER 10
Basic Concepts – Diffusion Mass Transfer – Fick’s Law of Diffusion–Steady State molecular diffusion – Non-Dimensional
Numbers in Mass Transfer – Convective Mass Transfer – Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer Anology –Convective
Mass Transfer Correlations.
Total Periods: 60
NOTE:
1. Use of Standard Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book is permitted in the Semester Examination.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Holman J.P and Souvik Bhatacharyya, “Heat Transfer”,10th Edition Tata McGraw–Hill, 2014.
2. Sachdeva R.C, “Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer”, New Age International, 4th Edition, 2010.
DATA BOOK
1. Kothandaraman C.P, and Subramanyan S.,”Heat and MassTransfer Data book”, NewAge International Publishers,
5th Edition, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. Frank P.Incropera and David P. Dewitt, “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, John Wiley and Sons, 7th
Edition, 2007.
2. Ozisik M.N, “Heat Transfer”, McGraw–Hill Book Co., 6th Editions, 1994.
3. Yunus Cengel, “Introduction to Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer”, McGraw– Hill Education Ltd., 2nd Edition,
2007.
4. Sukhatme S.P, “Heat Transfer”, University Press (India) Pvt. Ltd, 4th Edition, 2005.
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/112108149/

16ME220 INTERNET OF THINGS FOR MECHANICAL 3003
ENGINEERS
PREREQUISITE
16EE221 Electrical and Electronics Engineering
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Appraise the requirements of architectural design of IoT.
CO2: Outline various elements of Industrial IoT.
CO3: Make use of cloud infrastructure for data analytics and visualization.
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS 10
Industry revolution 4.0 – Smart factories – Internet of Things Vision – IoT Strategic Research and Innovation Directions
– IoT Smart – X Applications – IoT and Related Future Internet Technologies.
Definition and characteristics of IOT – Physical design of IOT – Logical design of IOT – IOT enabling technologies – IoT
deployment templates.
INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL IOT 20
Introduction to M2M – Difference between M2M and IoT – IIoT – Interfacing Sensors/Actuators with Microcontrollers
– Automation of Industrial Objects through programming on SPI – Bluetooth and WiFi.
Case Study on Interfacing with Raspberry Pi and Arduino for Sensing and Automation.
IOT INTERGRATION 15
Data Acquisition from Sensors – Cloud Repositories – Pushing sensor data to Cloud – Data Analytics with Visualization
from Cloud.
Case Study Asset Management.
Case Study on Cloud integration of devices like Arduino, Raspberry Pi.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ovidiu and Peter Friess “Internet of Things – From Research and Innovation to Market Deployment”, River
Publishers Series in Communication, 2014.
2. Jean–Philippe Vasseur and Adam Dunkels, “Interconnecting Smart Objects with IP – The Next Internet”, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2010.
3. Dr. Ovidiu Vermesan and Dr. Peter Friess, “Internet of Things: Converging Technologies for Smart Environments
and Integrated Ecosystems”, River Publishers Series in Communication, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Zach Shelby and Carsten Bormann, “6LoWPAN: The Wireless Embedded Internet”, John Wiley and Sons
Publication, 2010.
2. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand and David Boyle, “From
Machine–to–Machine to the Internet of Things”, Academic Press, 2014.
3. Lu Yan, Yan Zhang, Laurence T. Yang and Huansheng Nin, “The Internet of Things: From RFID to the Next–
Generation Pervasive Networked system”, Auerbach Publications, 2008.
4. Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands on approach”, Universities Press, India Pvt
Ltd. 2015.
5. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick and Omar Elloumi, “The Internet of Things: Key Applications and Protocols”,
2nd Edition, Wiley Publications, 2012. Barrie Sosinsky, “Cloud Computing Bible”, Wiley–India, 2010.

16ME267 DYNAMICS AND COMPUTING LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITE
16ME215 Dynamics of Machinery
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Estimate the frequency of vibration of free vibratory systems.
CO2: Determine the unbalanced forces due to rotating masses.
CO3: Demonstrate the gyroscopic effect.
CO4: Examine the characteristics of governors.
CO5: Perform numerical computation using MS excel sheet.
CO6: Write simple program using MATLAB and Scilab.
LIST OF EXERCISES
DYNAMICS LABORATORY
1. Study of undamped free vibration of an equivalent spring mass system.
2. Preparation of cam displacement curve and demonstration of jump speed.
3. Static and dynamic balancing of rotating masses.
4. Pressure distribution in a journal bearing.
5. Characteristics of Watt, Porter, Proell & Hartnell Governors.
6. Motorized Gyroscope– Determination of Gyroscopic Couple.
COMPUTING LABORATORY
MS Excel: Worksheet overview: rows, columns, cell, menus, creating worksheets; opening and saving worksheet; formatting,
printing, charts, window, establishing worksheet links, macros, database, tables, using files with other programs.
MATLAB: Basic structure and features of MATLAB, creating arrays, scripting files, function and function files, Plotting
2D & 3D functions. Introduction to MATLAB Tool boxes: curve fitting, optimization, control system, splines. Introduction
to Simulink – Sim–mechanics and Sim–hydraulics.
Scilab (open source software): syntax, workspace, general programming structure, arrays, if and else function, plotting
functions, Mathematical functions for numerical computation.
NOTE:
1. Perform simple exercises using MS–Excel.
2. Perform/write simple programs using MATLAB and Scilab.
Total Periods: 30

16ME268 HEAT TRANSFER LABOARATORY 0021
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1: Determine thermal conductivity of the different composite systems.
CO 2: Evaluate the heat transfer coefficient between solid and fluid medium under free and forced convection modes.
CO 3: Verify Stefan Boltzmann constant and determine emissivity of grey surface.
CO 4: Analyze the effectiveness of the parallel and counter flow heat exchangers.
CO 5: Evaluate the performance of the heat pipe.
CO 6: Evaluate the boiling and condensation heat transfer processes.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
CONDUCTION
1. Thermal conductivity measurement by guarded plate method.
2. Thermal conductivity of pipe insulation using lagged pipe apparatus.
3. Thermal conductivity studies of a composite wall.
CONVECTION
1. Natural convection heat transfer for a vertical tube (external flow).
2. Forced convection heat transfer for a Horizontal tube (internal flow).
3. Heat transfer studies in a pin fin under forced convection.
RADIATION
1. Emissivity Measurement.
2. Radiation heat transfer studies using Stefan Boltzmann apparatus.
HEAT EXCHANGER
1. Effectiveness of Parallel/Counter flow heat exchanger.
BOILING AND CONDENSATION
1. Performance comparison of Heat pipes.
2. Two phase heat transfer studies using boiling heat transfer apparatus.
3. Heat Transfer studies on Film–wise and Drop–wise Condensation of Vapour.
Total Periods: 30
NOTE:
Calculations and simulations will be carried out with software packages (MATLAB / LABVIEW / C – programming /
EXCEL).

16ME222 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY 3003
PREREQUISITES
16ME255 Engineering Graphics laboratory
16ME256 Machine Drawing Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Relate the DFM guidelines for product design, manufacturing and assembly.
CO2 : Apply GD&T principles for the allocation of tolerances to the part features and assembly.
CO3 : Apply the datum system concept for component assembly to satisfy the functional requirements.
CO4 : Assign the tolerance for part features based on true positioning concept for flexible manufacturing.
CO5 : Suggest the design modifications for the components produced in sand casting and machining process.
DFMA AND TOLERANCE ANALYSIS 22
DFM approach – DFM guidelines – Material selection process – Design for assembly – DFA index – Selective assembly:
Type I and II – Poke-Yoke.
Process capability, Process capability metrics, Cp, Cpk, Six Sigma concept.
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing – Form and Orientation tolerances– Modifiers– Review of relationship between
attainable tolerance grades and different machining process– Cumulative effect of tolerances, Sure fit law, Normal law and
Truncated normal law– Introduction to Tolerance Charting and Centrality Analysis.
DATUM SYSTEMS AND TRUE POSITION TOLERANCE 15
Degrees of freedom – Types of grouped datum systems: Group of two or three datum planes – Grouped datum plane and
spigot assembling with grouped datum plane and recess – Grouped datum plane spigot and hole assembling with
grouped datum plane – recess and pin – Grouped datum plane, spigot and Tongue assembling with grouped datum plane,
recess and gap.
Comparison between co-ordinate and convention method of feature location – True position tolerance – Zero true
position tolerance – Virtual size concept – Floating and Fixed fasteners – Projected tolerance zone – Functional gauges –
Paper layout gauging.
DESIGN FOR CASTING AND MACHINING 8
General design considerations for Sand Casting – Modification of castings to eliminate core – examples – Design for
Machinability – Turned parts – Drilled parts – Milled parts – Redesign for manufacture.
Total Periods: 45
Note: PSG Design data book may be permitted for the Autonomous Examinations
TEXT BOOKS
1. Alex Krulikowski, “Fundamentals of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing”, Delmar Publishers, 2nd Edition
New York, 1997.
2. James D.Meadows, “Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing – Applications, Analysis and Measurement [per
ASME Y14.5–2009], ASME Press, 2009.
REFERENCES
1. James G.Bralla, “Hand Book of Product Design for Manufacturing”, McGraw Hill Publications, 2ndEdition, 1983.
2. Paul J.Drake Jr., “Dimensioning and Tolerancing Handbook”, McGraw–Hill, 1999.
3. Oliver R. Wade “Tolerance Control in Design and Manufacturing”, Industrial Press Inc. New York Publications,
2008.
WEB REFERENCES

16ME223 DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS 2203
PREREQUISITE
16ME218 Design of Machine Elements
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1:Design belts, wire rope and transmission chains used in power transmission systems.
CO2: Design spur gears and helical gears used in automobiles, textile and industrial engineering applications.
CO3: Design bevel gears and worm gears used in automobiles, textile and industrial engineering applications.
CO4: Design gear box used in automobiles, textile and industrial engineering applications.
CO5: Design single plate, multiple plate and cone clutches used in automobiles and agricultural equipment.
CO6: Design internal expanding rim clutches, internal and external shoe brakes used in automobiles and agricultural
equipment.
DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FOR FLEXIBLE ELEMENTS 12
Selection of belts: Centrifugal tension – Design of V belts – Flat belts and pulleys – Selection of transmission chains –
pulleys and sprockets – Design of wire ropes and pulleys.
DESIGN OF GEARS 23
Tooth terminology – interference and tooth stresses – fatigue strength – factor of safety – gear materials – determining
the dimensions of a spur gear pair – parallel axis helical gears. Nomenclature of bevel and worm gears. Selection of gear
material based on bending stress and contact stress – Design of bevel and worm gear pairs – Efficiency of bevel and worm
gear pairs.
DESIGN OF GEAR BOXES 13
Fundamentals – ray diagram – kinematics layout – Design of Speed reducers – Structural and Ray diagrams – Design of
multi speed gear box for machine tools.
DESIGN OF CLUTCHES AND BRAKES 12
Internal – Expanding Rim clutches – contracting rim clutches and Band type clutches – Friction materials – Design of
single and multiple plate and cone clutches – Types of brakes – Internal and External shoe brakes.
Total Periods: 60
Note: PSG Design data book may be permitted for the Autonomous Examinations
TEXT BOOKS
1. Juvinall R.C., Marshek, K.M., “Fundamentals of Machine component Design”, John Wiley & Sons , 3rd Edition,
2002.
2. Richard G.Budynas, Keith J.Nisbett and Shigley “Mechanical Engineering Design”, Tata McGraw–Hill, 10th Edition,
2014.
REFERENCES
1. Prabhu T.J., “Design of Transmission Elements”, Mani Offset, Chennai, 7th Edition, 2003.
2. Norton R.L., “Design of Machinery”, 3rd Edition, 2004.
3. Hamrock B.J., Jacobson B. and Schmid S.R., “Fundamentals of Machine Elements”, McGraw– Hill Book Co, 3rd
Edition, 2006.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME224 THERMAL SYSTEMS AND GAS DYNAMICS 2203
(Use of Standard Steam Tables and Gas Tables are permitted)
PREREQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Analyze the flow of steam through nozzles.
CO2: Examine the performance of Steam Turbines.
CO3: Discuss the isentropic flow of gases through variable area ducts.
CO4: Analyze the flow of gases through constant area ducts.
CO5: Describe the theory of Shock Waves.
STEAM NOZZLES AND TURBINES 18
Flow of steam through nozzles – Shapes of nozzles – Effect of friction – Critical pressure ratio – super saturated flow.
Impulse and reaction turbine principles – Compounding – Velocity diagrams for simple and multistage turbines – Speed
regulations – Governors – Types of governing.
ISENTROPIC FLOW 18
Basic concepts – Conservation laws for mass – Momentum and energy in steady flow – Velocity of sound – Stagnation
state – Critical state – Various regions of flow – Physical significance of Mach number – Characteristic Mach number –
Critical Mach number – Mach cone – Effect of Mach number on compressibility – Isentropic flow through variable area
ducts, nozzle and diffusers – Phenomenon of choking.
FLOW THROUGH CONSTANT AREA DUCTS 12
Introduction – Governing Equations –Rayleigh line – Variation of flow properties – Maximum heat transfer – Applications
– Fanno flow –Governing Equations – Fanno line – Variation of flow properties with duct length – Applications –
Isothermal flow with friction.
SHOCK WAVES 12
Flow with normal shock waves – Governing equations – Prandtl–Meyer equation – Mach number downstream of shock
– Property variation across shock – Strength of shock wave – entropy change – Characteristics of flow through a
Convergent – Divergent nozzle at various back pressures – Flow with oblique shock waves.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1 Yahya S.M, “Fundamentals of Compressible Flow with Aircraft and Rocket Propulsion” (SI Units), New Age
International (P) Limited, Revised 3rd Edition, 2003.
2 Kothandaraman C.P, Domkundwar S and Domkundwar A.V., “A Course in Thermal Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, 5th Edition, 2002.
REFERENCES
1. John J and Keith T, “Gas Dynamics”. Pearson Education (P) Ltd, 4th Edition, 2006.
2. Rathakrishnan E, “Gas Dynamics”, Prentice–Hall of India, 4th Edition, 2012.
3. Ballaney P.L., “Thermal Engineering: Engineering Thermodynamics & Energy Conversion Techniques”, Khanna,
5th Edition, 2005.
WEB REFERENCES
1. Gas Dynamics and Jet Propulsion – http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106166/
2. Fluid Machinery – http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104117/

16ME269 COMPUTER AIDED SIMULATION LABORATORY 0021
PREREQUISITES
16ME219 Heat and Mass Transfer
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Understand the concepts of finite volume method, algorithms and turbulence models.
CO2: Compute internal fluid flow domain.
CO3: Solve fluid flow field passing externally over various solid domain.
CO4: Analyze temperature distribution along the domain due to various mode of heat transfer.
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
Basic Concept – Historical Background – Engineering applications – Governing Equations – Finite Volume Method –
SIMPLE algorithm and its variant – Turbulence Models.
INTERNAL FLOW ANALYSIS
1. Velocity and pressure distribution along the rearward facing step (PitzDaily).
2. Fluid Flow analysis of an elbow.
3. Fluid Flow analysis past a Nozzle Case.
EXTERNAL FLOW ANALYSIS
1. Flow analysis over a Flat plate.
2. Flow analysis over a cylinder.
3. Flow analysis over an airfoil.
HEAT TRANSFER ANALYSIS
1. Simulation of Heat transfer by pure diffusion through a 1–D bar element.
2. Simulation of Heat transfer by pure diffusion though a 2–D plate.
3. Simulation of Heat transfer by Convection–Diffusion.
4. Conjugate heat transfer analysis of counter flow heat exchanger.
.
Total Periods: 30

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES (PE)

16ME2E01 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
16ME216 Thermal Engineering
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Classify different forms of energy and explain the working of Thermal Power Plant.
CO2: Describe layouts of Diesel and Gas Turbine Power Plants and their working.
CO3: Explain the working of different types of Hydel plants.
CO4: Outline the working of Nuclear Power Plant and disposal of waste.
CO5: Describe the working of Solar, Wind Renewable Power Plants.
CO6: Make Economics Analysis of Power Generation, Distribution and Energy Conversion.
INTRODUCTION TO ENERGY RESOURCES AND THERMAL POWER PLANT 12
Primary energy sources – Renewable & non renewable energy sources – World energy scenario. Layout of steam power
plant, Steam Boilers – Types, working principle – Steam Turbine – Classification of Turbines – Working Principles.
Condensers – Types, Cooling Water System – Open and Closed System – Cooling Towers – Types and its working
principle.
DIESEL, GAS TURBINE AND HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS 14
Diesel Power Plant Layout – Components – Selection of engine type – Gas turbine plant Layout – Closed cycle and open
cycle plants.
Classification of hydroelectric power plants – Pondage and storage – Layout, components and operating principles of
different types of Hydel plants – Storage reservoir plant – Pumped storage plant.
NUCLEAR POWER PLANT AND RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES 15
General nuclear fuels used in reactors – elements of nuclear reactor, moderator, control rods, coolants – Description of
different types of reactors – Radiation hazards – Radioactive waste disposal.
Solar energy – Flat plate and concentrating collectors – water heater – Air driers – Photovoltaic cell – Wind energy –
horizontal and vertical types of wind turbines – Other plants: Geothermal plants – tidal power plant – Biomass and biogas
plants – OTEC plants.
POWER PLANT ECONOMICS 4
Plant load factor and utilization factor – Cost economics – Tariff rates, demand changes, load distributions – Energy
conversion and audit – Maintenance aspects of power plants.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Nag, P.K, “Power Plant Engineering”, Tata McGraw–Hill, 4th Edition, 2014.
2. EI – Wakil, M.M.,” Power Plant Technology”, McGraw–Hill, 2nd Edition, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Nagpal, G.R., “Power Plant Engineering”, Hanna Publishers, 13th Edition, 2011.
2. Morse. T.Frederick, “Power Plant Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India, 1st Edition, 1998.
3. Arora, S.C. and Domkundwar, S.A., “A Course in Power Plant Engineering”, Dhanpatrai, 6th Edition, 2011.
WEB REFERENCES
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/energy–resources–and–technology.html

16ME2E02 ENERGY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the existence of demand supply gap of energy in India.
CO2: Describe the conduct of Energy Audit of an organization.
CO3: Recognize the importance of energy conservation methods for conserving energy in thermal systems.
CO4: Explain about electrical energy systems and express conservation strategies.
CO5: Summarize the basics of energy management.
CO6: Outline the use of economic tools for managing energy systems..
ENERGY CONSERVATION PRINCIPLES 8
Energy – Power – Past and Present scenario of World; National Energy consumption data – Environmental aspects
associated with energy utilization – Energy Auditing: Need, Types, Methodology and Barriers – Role of Energy Managers
– Instruments for energy auditing – BEE Standards.
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN THERMAL SYSTEMS 13
Stoichiometry, Boilers, Furnaces and Thermic Fluid Heaters – Efficiency computation and energy conservation measures
– Steam: Distribution and Usage: Steam Traps – Condensate Recovery – Flash Steam Utilization – Insulators and Refractories
– Cogeneration and waste heat recovery. Pumps – Fans – Blowers – Compressed Air Systems – Refrigeration and HVAC
Systems – Cooling Towers.
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 12
Components of EB billing – HT and LT supply – Transformers – Cable Sizing – Concept of Capacitors – Power Factor
Improvement – Harmonics – Electric Motors – Motor Efficiency Computation – Energy Efficient Motors – Variable
frequency Drives – Illumination – Lumens – Types of lighting – Efficacy – LED Lighting and scope of Energy conservation
in Illumination. D.G. sets.
ENERGY MANAGEMENTAND ECONOMICS 12
Organizational background desired for energy management persuasion – Motivation – Publicity role - Tariff analysis –
Industrial energy management systems – Energy monitoring – Auditing and targeting. Energy Economics: Discount Rate,
Payback Period, Internal Rate of Return, Net Present Value, Life Cycle Costing – ESCO concept.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Amlan Chakrabarti, “Energy Engineering and Management”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Sharma K.V. and P.Venkataseshaiah, “Energy Management and Conservation”, IK International Pvt. Ltd, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. McKay G., and Murphy W.R., “Energy Management”, Elsevier, 2007.
2. Smith C.B, “Energy Management Principles”, Pergamon Press, 2006.
WEB REFERENCE
1. Energy Managers and Energy Auditors, Training Manual available at www.em–ea.org, A website administered by
Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), A statutory body under Ministry of Power, Government of India.

16ME2E03 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES AND SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain various forms of energy sources and its effects on the environment.
CO2: Describe the solar energy and working of various solar systems.
CO3: Demonstrate the Wind energy and its conversion systems.
CO4: Describe the various Biogas Plants.
CO5: Explain the Ocean and Geo thermal Energy systems.
CO6: Outline the Direct and Hydrogen energy conversion systems.
ENERGYAND ENVIRONMENT 6
Primary energy sources – World energy resources – Indian energy scenario – Energy cycle of the earth – Environmental
aspects of energy utilization, CO2 emissions and Global warming – Renewable energy resources and their importance –
Potential impacts of harnessing the different renewable energy resources.
SOLAR AND WIND ENERGY 16
Principles of Solar Energy Collection – Solar Radiation – Measurements – Instruments – Data and Estimation – Types of
collectors – Characteristics and Design Principles of different type of collectors – Performance of collectors – Solar
thermal applications – Water heaters and air heaters – applications – Solar cooling – Solar drying – Solar ponds – Solar
tower concept – Solar furnace.
Energy from the wind – General theory of Windmills – Power of the wind – Types of Windmills – Components and working
principles – Site selection – Applications.
BIO, OCEAN AND GEO THERMAL ENERGY 14
Energy from Bio Mass and Bio Gas Plants – various sources – Fermentation, Pyrolysis, Gasification and Combustion, Bio
gas – Power generation – Design Principles of Biogas Plants – applications – Energy from wastes – Waste Burning Power
Plants – Utilization of industrial and municipal wastes – Energy from the agricultural wastes.
Energy from tides and waves – Working principles of Tidal Plants and Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC) plants
– Power from Geothermal Energy – Geothermal resources – Working principle of Geothermal Power Plants.
OTHER RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES 9
Direct energy conversion (Description, principle of working and basic design aspects only) – Magneto Hydrodynamic
Systems (MHD) – Thermoelectric Generators – Thermionic Generators – Fuel cells – Solar PV cells – Types, power output,
losses and efficiency and applications – Hydrogen Conversion and Storage systems.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rai G. D., “Non–Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, 5th Edition, 2011.
2. Godfrey Boyle, “ Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford University Press, 1996.
REFERENCES
1. Garg H.P. and Prakash J., “Solar Energy – Fundamentals and applications”, TMH, 3rd Edition, 2012.
2. Sukhatme S.P., “Solar Energy”, TMH, 2nd Edition, 2008.
3. John F.Walker and Jenkins N., “Wind Energy Technology”, John Wiley and sons, 1997.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E04 HYDROGEN AND FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recognize the use of hydrogen as an energy source and its production techniques.
CO2: Identify the various types of hydrogen storage systems and their applications.
CO3: Enumerate the types of fuel cells.
CO4: Outline the economic analysis of hydrogen and fuel cell.
HYDROGEN: PRODUCTION AND STORAGE TECHNIQUES 18
Hydrogen: Physical and chemical properties, salient characteristics – Production of hydrogen – Steam reforming – Water
electrolysis – Gasification and woody biomass conversion – Biological hydrogen production – Photo dissociation –
direct thermal or catalytic splitting of water.
Hydrogen Storage and Applications: Hydrogen storage options – Compressed gas – Liquid hydrogen – Hydride –
chemical Storage – Comparisons. Hydrogen transmission systems. Applications of Hydrogen.
FUEL CELLS: OVERVIEW AND FUNDAMENTALS 12
Fuel cell definition – Difference between batteries and fuel cells – Fuel cell history – Components of fuel cells – Principle
of working of fuel cell – Performance characteristics of fuel cells – Efficiency of fuel cell – Fuel cell stack – fuel cell power
plant: fuel processor – Fuel cell power section – Power conditioner – Merits and demerits of fuel cell power plant.
FUEL CELL TYPES, APPLICATIONS AND ECONOMICS 15
Fuel cell types: Alkaline fuel cell, polymer electrolyte fuel cell, phosphoric acid fuel cell (PAFC), molten carbonate fuel cell
(MCFC), solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC), Geometries of solid oxide fuel cells (GSFC): planar, tubular, Types of solid oxide fuel
cells: High temperature, intermediate temperature, Single chamber solid oxide fuel cells – Problems with fuel cells –
applications of fuel cells – Relative merits and demerits.
Application of Fuel Cell and Economics: Fuel cell usage for domestic power systems, large scale power generation,
Automobile, Space – Economic and environmental analysis on usage of Hydrogen and Fuel cell – Future trends in fuel
cells.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Rebecca L. and Busby, Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: A Comprehensive Guide, Penn Well Corporation, 2005.
2. Bent Sorensen (Sorensen), Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: Emerging Technologies and Applications, Elsevier, UK, 2005.
REFERENCES
1. Jeremy Rifkin, The Hydrogen Economy, Penguin Group, USA, 2002.
2. Viswanathan B and Aulice M.Scibioh, Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications, Universities Press, 2006.
3. Srinivasan S., Fuel Cells: From Fundamentals to Applications, Springer, 2006.
WEB REFERNCE

16ME2E05 REFRIGERATION AND AIRCONDITIONING 2203
PRE–REQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate various Refrigeration Cycles.
CO2: Categorize various types of refrigerants for different applications.
CO3: Describe the components of used in Refrigeration System.
CO4: Examine various Psychrometric processes.
CO5: Estimate the Cooling Load of Air – Conditioning Systems.
CO6: Explain the working of Air–Conditioning System and ducts used in air–conditioning system.
REFRIGERATION CYCLES 12
Review of thermodynamic principles of refrigeration – Aircraft air refrigeration systems: Bell Coleman cycle and Boot strap cycle –
Vapour compression refrigeration cycle – use of P-H charts – Cascade system – COP comparison – Vapor absorption refrigeration
system: Ammonia Water and Lithium Bromide water systems – Steam jet refrigeration system – Thermo electric refrigeration system.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND BALANCING 12
Refrigerants – Classifications, properties – Selection of refrigerants – Ozone depletion and Montreal protocol – Alternate
Refrigerants – Eco friendly Refrigerants. Compressors – Reciprocating and rotary (elementary treatment) – Condensers –
evaporators – Cooling towers – Refrigeration plant controls – Testing and charging of refrigeration units – Balancing of
system components – Applications to refrigeration systems: ice plant and food storage plants.
PSYCHROMETRYANDCOOLING LOAD CALCULATIONS 24
Psychrometric processes – Use of psychrometric charts – Bypass factor – Grand and Room Sensible Heat Factors –
Requirements of comfort air conditioning – Comfort charts – Factors governing optimum effective temperature. Types of
load – Design of space cooling load – Heat transmission through building, Solar radiation, infiltration, internal heat
sources (sensible and latent) – Outside air and fresh air load – Estimation of total load for Domestic, Commercial and
Industrial systems – Central air conditioning systems.
AIRCONDITIONING COMPONENTS 12
Air conditioning equipments – Air cleaning and air filters – Humidifiers – Dehumidifiers – Air washers – Condenser –
cooling tower and spray ponds – Elementary treatment of duct design – Air distribution system – Thermal insulation of
air conditioning systems – Applications: car, industry, stores, and public buildings.
Total Periods: 60
NOTE: Use of Approved Refrigeration and Air conditioning Tables and Charts are permitted for examination.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Arora C.P., “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, Tata McGraw–Hill New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2008.
2. Manohar Prasad, “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, New Age International, 2011.
REFERENCES
1. Jordon and Prister, “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, Prentice Hall of India PVT Ltd., 1985.
2. Stoecker N.F and Jones, “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, Tata McGraw–Hill,1981.
3. Roy J.Dossat, “Principles of Refrigeration”, Pearson Education 2002.
DATA BOOK
1. Domkundwar V.M. and Anand V.Domkundwar, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Data Book (SI Units), Dhandpat
Rai & Co, 2014.
WEB REFERENCE
16ME2E06 DESIGN OF THERMAL POWER SYSTEMS 3003
PRE–REQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Appraise the design process and operations of Boilers and Furnaces.
CO2: Design the Condensers and Evaporators of Thermal System.
CO3: Design the Super heaters of Thermal System.
CO4: Appreciate the thermal performance and design of the Cooling Towers and Economizers.
CO5: Estimate the thermal performance and design of the Economizers and Draft Systems.
CO6: Design and estimation of various parameters in boilers.
BOILERS AND FURNACE 10
Types of boilers – Design considerations of boilers – Services – requirements – IBR Code. Furnace Design: Heat Transfer
in Furnace – Heat Balance – Types of refractory walls – Furnace – Water wall arrangements – Heat release rates – furnace
bottoms – Slag removal – Cold primary air system – wind box assembly Different types of furnaces for solids and liquids.
CONDENSERS AND EVAPORATORS 19
Estimation of heat transfer coefficient – Fouling factor – Friction factor – Design procedures –Wilson plots – Design of
different types of condensers – BIS Standards – Condenser selection – Water cooled – Air cooled. Different types of
evaporators – Design procedure – Factors affecting the evaporator capacity – Thermal Stress calculations – matching of
components – Design of evaporative condensers – Selection of evaporators.
SUPERHEATERS AND COOLING TOWERS 19
Super Heater Design – Economy of super heat limit of super heat – Super heater performance – Steam mass flow, gas mass
flow and pressure drop in super heater – Tube design – Super heat temperature control. Types of Cooling towers –
Analytical and graphical design procedures – Tower Characteristics Parametric analysis – Range of cooling tower –
Tower efficiency – Cooling tower load – Energy conservation – Selection of cooling tower.
ECONOMIZERS AND DRAFT SYSTEMS 12
Economizers: Types of Economizers integral – Separate Design of an economizer suitable for a power plant – Draft system
design: Power requirement for draft fans – Pressure losses – Diameter and height of the chimney Design – Forced,
induced, balanced drafts – Ash separators by ESP Electrostatic precipitators.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Nag P.K., “Power Plant Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2014.
2. Arora S.C and Domkundwar S., “Power Plant Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai & Co., 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Kays W.M and London A.L., “Compact heat exchanger”, McGraw– Hill, 1998.
2. Kakac S and Liu H., “Heat Exchangers”, CRC Press, 2002
3. Ozisik M.N., “Design of Heat Exchangers, Condensers and Evaporators”, John Wiley, 1985.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E07 THERMAL TURBO MACHINERY 2203
PRE–REQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Identify the thermal turbo machines with their functional parameters.
CO2: Determine the performance characteristics of centrifugal pumps.
CO3: Design the centrifugal fans and blowers.
CO4: Estimate the performance of centrifugal compressors and axial flow compressors.
CO5: Design axial and radial flow turbines.
BASIC PRINCIPLES 8
Energy transfer between fluid and rotor – Classification of fluid machinery – Dimensionless parameters – Specific speed
– Applications –Stage velocity triangles – Work and efficiency.
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS, FANS AND BLOWERS 22
Centrifugal pumps – Work done – Head developed – Pump output and Efficiencies – Priming – Minimum starting speed
– Performance of multistage pumps – Cavitation – Methods of prevention – Pump characteristics.
Types – Stage and design parameters – Flow analysis in impeller blades – Losses, characteristic curves and selection fan
drives and fan noise.
CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSORS AND AXIAL FLOW COMPRESSORS 20
Construction details – Impeller flow losses – Slip factor – Diffuser analysis – Losses and performance curves – Stage
velocity diagrams – Enthalpy– Entropy diagrams – Stage losses and efficiency – Work done – Simple stage design
problems and performance characteristics.
AXIAL AND RADIAL FLOW TURBINES 10
Stage velocity diagrams – Reaction stages – Losses and coefficients – Blade design principles – Testing and performance
characteristics.
Total Periods: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Yahya S.M, “Turbines, Compressors and Fans”, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Company, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. Dixon S.L, “Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics of turbo machines”, Pergamon press, 6th Edition, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Kadambi V and Manohar Prasad., “An Introduction to Energy Conversion – Vol. 3”, Turbomachines, 2nd Edition,
New Age International Publishers (P) Limited, 2011.
2. Pai B.U., “Turbomachines” Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2014.
3. Venkanna B.K., “Fundamentals of Turbomachinery”, Phi Learning, 2009.
WEB REFERENCES
2. nptel.ac.in/course/webcourse–contents/IIT–Kanpur/Machine/ui/course–jome–8.htm

16AE218 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 3003
(Common to B.E Aeronautical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering)
PREREQUISITES
16MA209 Partial Differential Equations and Fourier Transform/
16AE206 Mechanics of Fluids/16ME209 – Fluid Mechanics & Machinery
16AE207 Thermodynamics /16ME219 – Heat Transfer and mass transfer
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Formulate governing partial differential equations of fluid flow and heat transfer problems.
CO2 : Understand the baskcs of finite volume method.
CO3 : Solve and find the solution to fluid dynamics problems using suitable numerical methods.
CO4 : Understand the advanced computational fluid dynamics methods in real time problems.
CO5 : Understand the basics of grid generation.
CO6 : Explain the basics of problem solving techniques of fluid dynamics using commercial solvers.
GOVERNING EQUATIONS AND BOUNDARY CONDITIONS 9
Basics of computational fluid dynamics – Governing equations of fluid dynamics – Continuity, Momentum and Energy
equations – Chemical species transport – Initial and Physical boundary conditions – Classification of partial differential
equations:Hyperbolic, Parabolic, Elliptic and Hyperbolic.
DISCRETIZATION METHODS 9
Discretization concept – Structure of discretization equation – Taylor–series Formulation – Variational Formulation – Weighed
Residual methods – Control Volume Formulation – Examples – Basics of Finite Difference – Finite Volume and finite element approaches.
HEAT CONDUCTION 9
Finite volume formulation of steady/transient one dimensional conduction equation – Thomas Algorithm – Source term
linearization – Incorporating boundary conditions – Finite volume formulations for Two dimensional and Three dimensional
conduction problems.
CONVECTION AND DIFFUSION 9
Finite volume formulation of steady one dimensional Convection – Diffusion problems – Central, Upwind, Hybrid and
Power–Law schemes – Discretization equations for two dimensional convection and diffusion.
CALCULATIONS ON FLOW FIELD 9
Representation of the pressure – Gradient term and continuity equation – Staggered grid – Pressure and velocity corrections
– Pressure – Correction equation – SIMPLE algorithm and its variants – Theory of Turbulence: Turbulence energy
equation– RANS equation – Mixing length model – One equation and two equation turbulence models.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Suhas V and Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”, Hemisphere, 2016.
2. Versteeg H.K and Malalasekera W, “An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics”, and “The Finite Volume
Method”, Longman, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Anderson J.D Jr., “Computational Fluid Dynamics– The Basic with Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Pvt Ltd, 2015.
2. Wendl, “Computational Fluid Dynamics”, Yesdee publishers, 2013.
3. Muralidhar and Sundarajan T., “Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer”, Narosa Publishing, 2014.
WEB REFERENCES
1. NPTEL Course: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc16_ch02/preview
2. NPTEL Course: http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/101106045/
16ME2E08 ADVANCED INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES 3003
PRE REQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the working principle of Fuel Injection System in Spark Ignition Engine.
CO2: Explain the working principle of Fuel Spray penetration in Compression Ignition Engines.
CO3: Demonstrate the occurrence of Pollution due to combustion in IC Engine and its control.
CO4: Summarize the performance of IC Engine using Alternative Fuels.
CO5: Recognize the developments in IC Engine.
CO6: Outline the Engine Management System in IC Engine.
SPARK IGNITION ENGINES AND COMPRESSION IGNITION ENGINES 15
Spark ignition engine mixture requirements – Fuel, Injection systems – Monopoint and Multi point injections – Stages of
combustion – Normal and abnormal combustions – factors affecting knock – Combustion chambers.
States of combustion in C.I. Engine – Direct and indirect injection systems – Combustion chambers – Fuel spray behavior
– spray structure – spray penetration – evaporation – air motion – Introduction to Turbo charging.
POLLUTANT FORMATION AND CONTROL USING ALTERNATIVE FUELS 15
Pollutant – Sources – Formation of carbon monoxide, Unburnt hydrocarbon, NOx, Smoke and Particulate matter – Methods
of controlling Emissions – Catalytic converters and Particulate Traps – Methods of measurements – Introduction to
emission norms and Driving cycles.
Alcohol, Hydrogen, Natural Gas and Liquefied Petroleum Gas – Properties, suitability, Merits and Demerits of fuels –
Engine Modifications.
DEVELOPMENTS IN IC ENGINES 10
Homogeneous Charge Compression Ignition Engine – Plasma Ignition – Surface Ignition Engine – Lean Burn Engines –
Stratified charge Engines – Four Valve and Overhead cam Engines – Common Rail Direct Injection Diesel Engine –
Gasoline Direct Injection Engine –Multi – valving – Tuned main folding – Camless valve gearing – EGR.
ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 5
Data Acquisition System – Pressure pick up, charge amplifier, Combustion and Heat release analysis in Engines – Laser
Doppler Anemometry.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOK
1. John B Heywood, “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, Tata McGraw–Hill, 2011.
2. Ganesan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw–Hill, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Ramalingam K.K., “Internal Combustion Engine”, scitech publications, Chennai, 2003.
2. Heinz Heisler, “Advanced Engine Technology,” SAE International Publications, USA, 1998.
3. Robert Bosch–GmbH, “Automotive Hand Book”, Germany, 2000.
4. Benson R.S., Whitehouse N.D., Internal Combustion Engines, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1979.
WEB REFERENCES

16ME2E09 SOLAR ENERGY TECHNOLOGY 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
16ME219 Heat and Mass Transfer
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Summarize basic forms of energy and their sources.
CO2: Outline the measurement of Solar Radiation with due consideration on Time, Geographic Location and Orientation.
CO3: Compute the performance of Flat Plate Collectors.
CO4: Determine the efficiency of Solar Concentrators on harnessing solar energy.
CO5: Design PV system for solar energy conversion.
CO6: Cite the economic aspects of technologies being developed for energy generation, inter–conversion, storage, and
end usage.
SOLAR RADIATION AND ITS MEASURMENTS 13
Energy sources – Renewable energy sources – Sun as a Source of Energy – Solar constant – solar spectrum – Extra
terrestrial radiation – diffuse and global radiation – Solar time – Solar angles – Solar Energy Measuring Equipment’s –
Solar Radiation Measurement – Estimation of Solar Radiation – Solar Radiation on Tilted Surface – Synthesized Radiation
Data.
SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTORS 18
Theory of Flat plate collectors – Liquid and air flat plate collectors – Thermal analysis – Effect of incident angle, dust and
shading on Collector Performance –Testing – other types of flat plate collectors – Theory of concentrating collectors –
Modes of tracking – Cylindrical parabolic collector – compound parabolic collector – Central receiver collector – Fixed
reflector and tracking absorber collector – Design, performance and testing.
SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC SYSTEM 7
Photovoltaic cell – Principle – Power output and conversion efficiency – Power generation – Solar cell modules – Types
of Solar cells – Cell temperature: factors affecting PV cell performance Current status and Future potential of PV cells –
Concentrate Photovoltaic system – Hybrid photovoltaic/thermal (PVT) systems.
SOLAR ENERGY STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS 7
Thermal Energy Storage – Sensible heat storage and latent heat storage – Solar Pond – Thermal Power Conversion – Solar
cooling and heating – Solar desalination – Solar drying – Solar pumping.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sukhatme S.P., “Solar Energy – Principles of Thermal Collection & Storage”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co., 2008.
2. Rai G.D., “Solar Energy Utilisation” Khanna Publishers, 5th Edition, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Duffie J.A. and Beckmann W.A., “Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes”, John Wiley, 1991.
2. Tiwari G.N and Ghosal M.K., “Fundamentals of Renewable energy Sources”, Narosa Publishing House, 2007.
3. Garg H.P., “Solar Energy fundamentals and applications”, Tata McGraw–hill, 2008.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E10 BIO-MASS ENERGY CONVERSION 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the basic concepts of biomass energy conversion techniques and underly the working principles.
CO2: Explain the working of biomass pyrolysis and their applications.
CO3: Outline the working principle of transportation of biomass logistics and storage system.
CO4: Demonstrate the performance of biomass gasification processes and their applications.
CO5: Describe the working of biomass combustion process and its developments.
CO6: Differentiate the various biogas production techniques of energy production processes.
INTRODUCTION 10
Biomass resources and biomass properties – Definition, classification, availability – Estimation of availability – Consumption
and surplus biomass – Energy plantations – Proximate analysis, Ultimate analysis, thermo gravimetric analysis and
summative analysis of biomass– Briquetting.
BIOMASS PYROLYSIS & LOGISTICS 10
Biomass pyrolysis – Types – Slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal – Methods – Yields and application – Manufacture of
pyrolytic oils and gases – Yields and applications. Biomass logistics – Harvesting – Transportation – Types – Storage,
Types.
BIOMASS GASIFICAITON & COMBUSTION 15
Biomass gasification – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft gasifiers, fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction
and operation – Gasifier burner arrangement for thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power –
Equilibrium and kinetic consideration in gasifier operation – Biomass combustion – Biomass stoves, types – Some exotic
designs–Fixed bed combustors, types – Inclined grate combustor – Fluidized bed combustors – Design, construction and
operation of all the above biomass combustors.
BIOGAS PRODUCTION PROCESSES 10
Introduction to Energy from waste– Classification of waste as fuel –Agro based, forest residue, industrial waste, MSW –
Conversion devices–Incinerators – Gasifiers– Digesters– Anaerobic microorganisms – Anaerobic process for biogas
production – Anaerobic process for hydrogen production – Gas purification processes.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Desai, Ashok V., Non–Conventional Energy, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Biogas Technology – A Practical Hand Book – Vol. 1 & 2, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
REFERENCES
1. Challal D. S., Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
2. WereKo–Brobby C.Y. and Hagan E. B., Biomass Conversion and Technology, John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E11 ALTERNATE FUELS FOR INTERNAL 3003
COMBUSTION ENGINES
PRE–REQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the petroleum based fuels, applications and their effects on the environment.
CO2: Explain the characteristics of alcohols and synthetic fuels.
CO3: Describe the characteristics of gaseous fuels such as Natural gas, LPG and Biogas.
CO4: Summarize production, handling, storage and characteristics of hydrogen.
CO5: Express about production and characteristics of vegetable oil as well as biodiesel.
CO6: Demonstrate the working of electric, hybrid, fuel cell and solar vehicles.
INTRODUCTION 5
Need for alternate fuels – Driving factors for alternate fuels– Introduction and classification of alternate fuels and drive
trains – Scenario of conventional auto fuels – Government promotion of alternate fuels – Alternate fuel vehicles development
worldwide.
ALCOHOLS, SYNTHETIC ALTERNATE FUELS AND VEGETABLE OILS 16
Availability and Properties of alcohol fuel, alcohols and gasoline blends, methanol and ethanol – Performance and
emission characteristics in IC engines – Merits and demerits – Introduction to synthetic alternate fuels – DME and DEE
– Production, properties, performance and emission characteristics in IC Engines – Merits and demerits.
Various vegetable oils for engines – Production, properties and availability – Biodiesel Esterification – Properties –
biodiesel standards – Performance and emission characteristics– Merits and demerits.
NATURALGAS, LPG, BIOGAS AND HYDROGEN 15
Availability and properties and production of CNG, LNG, LPG and Biogas – Modification required to use in engines –
Performance and emission characteristics of CNG, LNG, LPG and Biogas in IC engines – Merits and demerits.
Hydrogen production – Properties – Storage and handling – Performance, emission and safety aspects – Merits and
demerits.
ELECTRIC, HYBRID, FUEL CELL AND SOLAR CARS 9
Layout of an electric vehicle – Advantage and limitations – Specifications – System components – Electronic control
system – High energy and power density batteries – Hybrid vehicle – Fuel cell vehicles – Solar powered vehicles – Merits
and demerits.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Thipse.S.S – Alternate fuels, Jaico Publishing House, 2015.
2. Richard.L.Bechfold – Alternative Fuels Guide Book – SAE International Warrendale, 1997.
REFERENCES
1. Maheswar Dayal – “Energy today a tomorrow”, I and B Horishr India, 1982.
2. Nagpal, “Power Plant Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, 2002.
3. Automotive Lubricants Reference Book, Second Edition, Roger F. Haycock and John E. Hillier, SAE International
Publications, 2004.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E12 ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Formulate the mathematical model for stresses acting in the plates by considering the load and support conditions.
CO2: Examine the stresses due to various loads acting in thick cylinders and spheres.
CO3: Determine the stress developed due to the temperature distributions in cylinders and spheres.
CO4: Calculate the stresses developed in the rotating discs.
CO5: Calculate the deflection of beams on elastic foundation for various boundary conditions.
CO6: Determine the stresses in curved beams on elastic foundation and in rolling contact elements.
ANALYSIS OF PLATES, THICK CYLINDERS AND SPHERES 15
Mathematical modeling of plates with normal loads – Point and Distributed Loads – Support conditions – Rectangular
plates – Stresses along coordinate axes – Plate deformations – Axis–symmetric plates – Radial and tangential stresses –
Plate deflections – Equilibrium and compatibility conditions – Lame’s Theorem – Boundary conditions – Distribution of
radial and tangential stresses – Compound cylinders – Interference fits – Stresses due to temperature distributions.
ROTATING DISCS 15
Lame–Clayperon Theorem – Radial and tangential stresses in discs due to centrifugal effects – Boundary conditions –
solid and hollow discs – Interference fit on shafts –Strengthening of the hub – Residual stresses – Autofrettege – Discs
of variable thickness – Disc profile for uniform strength.
BEAM ON ELASTIC FOUNDATION, CURVED BEAMS AND CONTACT STRESSES 15
Infinite beam subjected to concentrated load – Boundary Conditions – Infinite beam subjected to a distributed load
segment – Triangular load – Semi infinite beam subjected to loads at the ends and concentrated load near the ends – Short
beams Analysis of stresses in beams with large curvature – Stress distribution in curved beams – Stresses in crane hooks
and clamps – Contact Stresses – Hertz equation for contact stresses – Applications to rolling contact elements.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Boresi A.P and Schmidt.R.J., “Advanced Mechanics of Materials”, John Wiley and Sons, 6th Edition, 2003.
2. Dally J.W and Riley W.F., “Experimental Stress Analysis”, John Wiley and Sons, 2nd Edition, 2003.
REFERENCES
1. Den Hartog., “Advanced Strength of Materials”, McGraw Hill Inc., 1975.
2. Rajput R.K., “Strength of Materials’, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, 2010.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E13 FAILURE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
16ME208 Metallurgical Engineering
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the procedure for material processing and design with various process techniques in materials to
make engineering components.
CO2: Illustrate the concepts and approaches of failure analysis tools to predict failure.
CO3: Infer the fatigue analysis for various joints.
CO4: The basic concepts of fracture mechanics to determine the stress intensity and crack analysis of various engineering
materials.
CO5: Express the various types of corrosion failures, wear failures, elevated temperature failures and their effects in
engineering applications.
MATERIAL PROCESSING AND DESIGN 6
Factors affecting the behavior of materials in components – Effect of component geometry and shape factors – Design for
static strength – Stiffness – Designing with high strength and low toughness materials – Process attributes – Systematic
process selection – Screening – Process selection diagrams – Ranking – Process cost.
FAILURE ANALYSIS TOOLS AND FATIGUE ANALYSIS 16
Reliability concept and hazard function – Life prediction – Life extension – Application of Poisson, exponential and
Weibull distribution for reliability – Bath tub curve – Parallel and series system – MTBF,MTTR, FMEA definition–Design
FMEA – process FMEA – Analysis causes of failures and modes – Fault tree analysis – Bayesian Analysis of Proportional
Hazard model.Statistical nature of fatigue – S–N curve – Low cycle fatigue – Strain life equations – Structural feature of
fatigue – Fatigue crack propagation – Effect of stress concentration – Size, surface properties, metallurgical variables on
fatigue, case studies, designing against fatigue, improvements after failure and service, fatigue of bolts and welded joints.
FRACTURE MECHANICS 8
Fracture: Types of fracture – Griffith crack theory – Stress analysis of cracks – Metallographic aspects of fracture – Brittle,
ductile fractures, notch effects, fracture curve, R curve, fracture under combined stresses, effect of hydrostatic pressure
on fracture, fracture mechanics approach to design–energy criterion.
CORROSION, WEAR AND ELEVATED TEMPERATURE FAILURES 15
Factors influencing corrosion failures – Analysis of corrosion failures – Overview of various types of corrosion – Stress
corrosion cracking – Sources – Characteristics of stress corrosion cracking – Procedure of analysing stress corrosion
cracking – Various types of hydrogen damage failures – Corrective and preventive action. Wear failures: Type of wear –
Role of friction in wear – Lubricated and non–Lubricated wear – Analysing wear failures – Wear tests SOAP – ferrography
– Creep – Stress rupture – Elevated temperature fatigue – Metallurgical instabilities – Environmental induced failure,
elevated temperature effects on certain gas turbine components and petroleum refinery components.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. George E. Dieter., “Mechanical Metallurgy”,3rd edition, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1997.
2. Shigley and Mische., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill, 7th revised Edition, 2003.
REFERENCES
1. Richard W.Hertzberg., “Deformation and Fracture Mechanism of Engineering Materials”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995.
2. Mahmoud M.Farag., “Material Selection for Engineering Design”, Prentice Hall, 1997.
3. Michael F.Ashby., “Material Selection in Mechanical Design”, Butterworth – Heinemann, 3rd Edition, 2005.
WEB REFERENCE
16ME2E14 FRACTURE MECHANICS 3003
PRE–REQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Classify the various sources of crack.
CO2: Determine the stress intensity factor for components.
CO3: Predict material failure due to applied stresses.
CO4: Determine the stress–strain and load–displacement fields around a crack tip.
CO5: Analyze the propagation of fracture in components under static and dynamic conditions.
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS OF FRACTURE MECHANICS 15
Introduction to sources of micro and macro cracks – Fracture criterion based on stress concentration and theoretical
strength – Griffith’s energy. Residual stresses analysis – Crack tip Plastic Zone: Plastic zone estimation – Yielding fracture
mechanics.
FRACTURE MODELS 15
Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics – Path-independent integrals– J-integral fracture criterion – Crack Opening Displacement
– Fatigue and Fatigue crack growth rate.
DESIGN CONCEPTS AND DYNAMICS IN FRACTURE MECHANISMS 15
Linear static fracture–Mechanics Design Concepts – Introduction– The stress criterion – Strain energy density. Dynamic
Fracture: Mohr’s model – Strain energy release rates – Crack branching.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. John M.Barsom and Stanley T. Rolfe “Fracture and fatigue control in structures: applications of fracture mechanics”,
3rd Edition–(ASTM manual series: MNL 41), 1999.
2. Gdoutos E.E., “Fracture Mechanics–an Introduction”, Second Edition, Published by Springer, P.O. Box 17, 3300
AA Dordrecht, The Netherlands, ISBN 1–4020–2863–6 (HB) ISBN 1–4020–3153–X (e–book).
REFERENCES
1. George E.Dieter., “Mechanical Metallurgy, “3rd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
2. David Broke., “Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics”, Noordhoff, Netherland, 2005.
3. Maguid S.A., “Engineering Fracture Mechanics”, Elsevier, Geneva, 2006.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E15 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
12ME256 Engineering Graphics Laboratory
16ME257 Machine Drawing Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the 2D and 3D Geometric transformations.
CO2: Illustrate the wire frame and surface modeling techniques.
CO3: Illustrate the solid modeling techniques.
CO4: Appreciate the various data exchange formats used in the CAD software.
FUNDAMENTALS OF CAD AND COMPUTER GRAPHICS 14
Product design and life cycle – Role of CAD in Engineering design – CAD tools – Input and Output devices – CAD
system architecture – Mechanical applications and benefits of CAD. Introduction– Co--ordinate systems– 2D and 3D
transformations – Transformation of Geometric Models– Translation, scaling, reflection, rotation, Windowing, view port
clipping, view port transformation.
GEOMETRIC MODELING AND VISUAL REALISM 20
Introduction to modeling and viewing – Wire frame modeling. Representation of curves – Hermite curve – Bezier curve –
B–spline curves. Techniques for surface modeling – Surface patch– Coons and bicubic patches– Bezier and B–spline
surfaces. Solid modeling techniques– Boundary representation (B–rep) and Constructive Solid Geometry (CSG). Hidden
– Line, surface, solid removal algorithms, shading and coloring – computer animation.
CAD STANDARDS AND DATA EXCHANGE 11
Standards for computer graphics – Graphical Kernel System (GKS), standards for exchange images – Open Graphics
Library (OpenGL) – Exchange of CAD data between software packages – File types– IGES, PDES, PARASOLID, ACIS,
DXF Files.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Ibrahim Zeid., “CAD/CAM–Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw Hall Publishing Company Pvt Ltd., 2007.
2. Mikell P. Groover and Emory W. Zimmers Jr., “CAD/CAM Computer–Aided Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice
Hall of India., 2007.
REFERENCES
1. Radhakrishnan P and Kothandaraman C.P., “Computer Graphics and Design”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 2002.
2. Foley, Wan Dam, Feiner and Hughes, “Computer graphics principles & practice”, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. William M. Neumann and Robert F. Sproul, “Principles of Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill Book Co.,2005.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E16 MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS 3003
PREREQUISITES
16ME215 Dynamics of Machinery
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Infer the causes and effects of vibration in mechanical systems.
CO2: Examine the free and forced vibrations of Single degree and Multi degree freedom systems.
CO3: Determine the fundamental frequency of the system using Numerical methods.
CO4: Derive the mathematical model for Continuous systems using various methods.
CO5: Measure and control the vibrations on mechanical system.
FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION 6
Basic concept of vibration – Classification, Analysis Procedure – Spring, Mass and Damping elements – Harmonic
Motion and Analysis.
SINGLE AND TWO DEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEMS 16
Free vibrations – Damped vibrations – Forced Vibrations with and without damping – Response of Damped system –
Duhamel’s Integral. Equation of motion – Free and Forced vibration Analysis – Coordinate Couplings and Principle
Coordinates.
MULTI DEGREE FREEDOM AND CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS 17
Normal mode of vibration – Flexibility Matrix and Stiffness Matrix – Eigen Values and Vectors – Determination of Natural
Frequencies and Mode Shapes – Dunkerley, Rayleigh’s and Holzer Method. Continuous Systems – Introduction –
Longitudinal, Transverse and Torsional vibrations of Beam, String and Shaft – Rayleigh Method, Rayleigh – Ritz method.
VIBRATION MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL 6
Vibration Measuring Instruments – Transducers – Vibration Pickups – Frequency Measuring Instruments – Control of
vibration and natural frequencies – Vibration Absorbers.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Thomson W.T., “Theory of Vibration with Applications”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 1990.
2. Rao S.S., “Mechanical Vibrations”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Ramamurti V., “Mechanical Vibration Practice with Basic Theory”, Narosa Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2000.
2. Graham Kelly S and Shashidar K.Kudari., “Mechanical Vibrations”, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Com. Ltd., 2007.
3. Rao J.S. and Gupta K., “Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations”, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E17 MECHANISMS DESIGN AND SIMULATION 3003
PRE–REQUISTES
16ME209 Kinematics of Machinery
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Construct the layout of linkages in the assembly of a system.
CO2: Design the linkages for particular applications.
CO3: Analyze the velocity and acceleration of various mechanisms.
CO4: Determine the components of displacement, velocity and acceleration.
CO5: Select the topological arrangements of robotic arm for specific applications.
KINEMATICS AND MECHANISM 10
Introduction to kinematics and mechanisms – Kinematics diagram, Degrees of freedom – Formation of one D.O.F, multi
loop kinematic chains. Mechanism design philosophy, design categories and mechanism parameters – Network formula
– Gross motion concepts.
KINEMATIC ANALYSIS AND KINEMATICS OF ROBOT 16
Position Analysis – Vector loop equations and Analytical methods for four bar – Slider crank – Displacement – Velocity
and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms – Goodman analysis. Introduction – Topology arrangements of robotics
arms – Kinematic analysis of spatial RSSR mechanism – Denavit – Hartenberg parameters – Forward and inverse kinematics
of robotic manipulators.
PATH CURVATURE THEORY 9
Fixed and moving centrodes – Inflection points and inflection circle – Euler Savary equation – Bobillier’s construction –
Hartmann’s construction – Graphical constructions – Cubic of stationary curvature.
SYNTHESIS OF MECHANISMS 10
Type synthesis – Number synthesis – Associated Linkage Concept – Dimensional synthesis – Function generation –
Path generation – Motion generation.– Graphical methods – Cognate linkages – Coupler curve synthesis – Design of six–
bar mechanisms – Algebraic methods– Application of instant center in linkage design.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. N.G. Sandor and G.A. Erdman, Advanced Mechanism Design, Vol. 1, Prentice Hall India Pvt., Ltd, 2001.
2. J. J.Uicker, G. R. Pennock and J.E.Shigley, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Oxford University Press, 2003.
REFERENCES
1. Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, “Theory of Mechanism and Machines”, EWLP, Delhi, 2002.
2. Norton R.L., “Design of Machinery”, McGraw Hill, 2004.
3. Ramamurti V., “Mechanics of Machines”, Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

16ME2E18 CONCEPTS OF ENGINEERING DESIGN 3003
PRE–REQUISTES
16ME221 Design of Transmission systems
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: State and translate the needs into requirements and design specifications.
CO2: Generate creative and feasible alternative solutions to design problems and validate the design.
CO3: Select suitable materials for design under the stated constraints.
CO4: Select appropriate manufacturing process for design considering the ease of manufacturability.
CO5: Appraise the legal, environmental and safety aspects in design.
DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS AND MODELING 16
Design process – need identification – Design requirements – Product life cycle – Morphology of design – Steps in
product design – Conceptual design, Embodiment design, Detailed design – Concurrent engineering – Human factors in
design. Creativity and problem solving, Decision theory, Modeling – Role of models in engineering design, Mathematical
modeling – Geometric modeling – Finite element modeling – Rapid prototyping.
MATERIAL AND PROCESS SELECTION IN DESIGN 20
Material Selection Process – Economics – Cost Vs Performance – Weighted property Index – Value analysis. Role of
materials in design – Design for brittle fracture – Design for fatigue failure – Design for corrosion resistance – Designing
with plastics. Classification of manufacturing processes and their role in design– Factors determining the process selection
– Design for manufacturing – Design for forging and sheet metal forming – Design for casting – Design for machining,
Welding and assembly – Design for residual stresses and heat treatment.
LEGAL, ENVIRONMENTALAND SAFETY ISSUES IN DESIGN 9
The origin of laws – Contracts – Liability – Tort Law – Product liability – Design aspects of product liability – Design for
environment – Life cycle assessment – Material recycling and remanufacture – Design for safety – Potential dangers and
guidelines for safe design.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Pahl G and Beitz W, “Engineering Design: A Systematic Approach”, Springer–Verlag, London, 3rd Edition, 2006.
2. George E.Dieter, “Engineering Design – A Materials and Processing Approach”, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, Singapore,
2013.
REFERENCES
1. Karl T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger., “Product Design and Development” McGraw Hill, New York, 5th Edition,
2016.
2. Suh N.P., “The Principles of Design”, Oxford University Press, 1990.
3. Ray M.S., “Elements of Engineering Design”, Prentice Hall Inc, 1985.

16ME2E19 PRODUCT DESIGN 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline an engineering design and development process.
CO2: Appreciate the generation of product concepts to satisfy the needs of customers.
CO3: Summarize various techniques applied for new product planning.
CO4: Generate the concept of design.
CO5: Select the suitable design concepts for given requirements.
INTRODUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT PROCESS 15
Need for developing products – The importance of engineering design – Types of design – The design process –
Relevance of product lifecycle issues in design – Designing to codes and standards – Societal considerations in engineering
design. Product specification, Generic development process, Concept development.
PRODUCT PLANNING AND CONCEPT GENERATION 15
Product development process flows – Product planning process – Identification of customer needs. Steps to establish the
target specifications – Concept generation – Five step concept generation method– Concept selection– Concept screening–
Concept testing – Product architecture.
PRODUCT DESIGN METHODS 15
Creative and rational, clarifying objectives – The objective tree method, establishing functions – The function analysis
method, setting requirements – The performance specification method, determining characteristics – The QFD method,
generating alternatives – Morphological chart method, evaluating alternatives – The weighted objective method, improving
details – The value engineering method and design strategies.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Anita Goyal, Karl T Ulrich, Steven D Eppinger, “Product Design and Development “, 4th Edition, 2009, Tata
McGraw–Hill Education, ISBN–10–007–14679–9.
2. George E.Dieter, Linda C.Schmidt, “Engineering Design”, McGraw–Hill International Edition, 4th Edition, 2009,
ISBN 978–007–127189–9.
REFERENCES
1. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood., “Product Design”, Indian Reprint 2004, Pearson Education, ISBN 9788177588217.
2. Yousef Haik and T.M.M.Shahin., “Engineering Design Process”, 2nd Edition Reprint, Cengage Learning, 2010,
ISBN 0495668141.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E20 TOOL DESIGN 3003
PRE–REQUISITE
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain concepts of tool design.
CO2: Outline the design of jigs.
CO3: Summarize the design of fixtures.
CO4: Illustrate the design of press tools.
CO5: Describe the design of injection moulding dies.
DESIGN OF CUTTING TOOLS 10
Metal cutting process – Cutting tools– Selection of tool materials – Principles of tool design– Design of single point tool–
Design of drill bit and milling cutter.
DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES 18
Degrees of freedom– principles of location and clamping – Mistake proofing – Classification of jigs – Elements of jigs ,
Types of Jig bushes – Design of jigs. Elements of fixtures – Provision for tool setting – Design of fixtures for milling,
turning, boring and grinding operations. Modular fixturing: Concepts and applications, Introduction to SMED.
DESIGN OF PRESS TOOLS AND INJECTION MOULDING DIES 17
Press tool die design – Simple, Compound and Progressive dies for punching and blanking. Selection of presses and
tools. Injection moulding products and mould – Thermal considerations – Design of two plate mould – Runner and gate
design – Mould cooling and ejection, Introduction to mould flow Analysis.
Total Periods: 45
NOTE: Use of Approved P.S.G. Design data Book is permitted for examination.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Donaldson C., Lecain G.H. and Goold V.C., Tool Design, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw– Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
2007.
2. Joshi P. H., Jigs and Fixtures, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2004
REFERENCES
1. Edward G.Hoffman , “Jigs and Fixtures Design”, 5th Edition ,Thomson – Delmar Learning Series, 2004.
2. F.W.Wilson.F.W., “Fundamentals of Tool Design”, 5th Edition ,ASME, PHI, 2010
3. Cracknell.P.C and Dyson.R.W.,”Handbook of Thermoplastics Injection Mould Design”, 1st Edition Chapman and
Hall.

16ME2E21 TRIBOLOGY 3003
PRE–REQUISTES
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1 : Select tribological elements for surface engineering.
CO 2: Apply the knowledge of Friction and wear for different applications.
CO 3 : Realize the importance of proper choice of lubrication.
CO 4 : Identify the materials for suitable applications.
CO 5 : Infer the significance of nanotribology.
INTRODUCTION TO TRIBOLOGY & SURFACE ENGINEERING 12
Definition, Scope, Applications, Friction, Definition, Scope, Laws of friction. Friction theories. Surface contaminants,
Effect of sliding speed on friction – Surface Treatments: Microstructural and Thermochemical Treatments, Surface Coatings:
Hard Facing, Vapour Deposition Processes: PVD, CVD, PECVD etc. – Topography of Engineering Surfaces – Surface
parameters– Geometric – Statistical parameters – Measurements – Surface contact – Types of contact – Hert’z theory of
elastic contact.
FRICTION AND WEAR 11
Friction – Laws of friction – Stick – Slip phenomenon – Friction characteristics of metals and non–metals – Adhesion and
Ploughing theory of friction – Measurement of friction.
Wear Types: Adhesive, Abrasive, Corrosive, Fatigue – Minor Forms: Fretting, Erosion, Percussion, Delamination Theory,
Wear Debris Analysis, Wear Testing Methods, Wear of Metals, Ceramics, Polymers.
LUBRICATION 11
Definition & Scope. Generalized Reynold’s equation – Flow and shear stress, energy equation – Mechanism of pressure
development in bearings. Concept of Boundary Layer – Types of Lubricants – Selection of lubricants – Physical Properties
– Lubricant additives. – Hydrodynamic – Elastohydrodynamic – Hydrostatic – Boundary and Solid lubrication.
MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS 11
Materials for rolling element bearings – Fluid film bearings – Dry bearings. Technological Applications of tribology –
Automotive Tribology. Nanotribology – Measurement Tools: Surface Force Apparatus, Scanning Tunneling Microscope,
Atomic / Friction Force Microscope.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Prasanta Sahoo, “Engineering Tribology”, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2011.
2. Gwidon W.Stachowiak and Andrew W.Batchelor., “Engineering Tribology”, 3rd Edition, Elsevier Butterworth –
Heinemann Publications, 2005.
REFERENCES
1. Fuller D.D., “Theory and practice of Lubrication for Engineers”, John Wiley Sons, 1984.
2. Bowden, F.P. & Tabor, D., “The Friction and Lubrication of Solids”, Oxford University press, 2001.
3. Bharat Bhushan, “Introduction to Tribology”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2013.
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112102015/

16ME2E22 COMPOSITE MATERIALS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Recall the fundamental concepts, applications of composites and classify Various types of composites.
CO2: Outline the importance of polymer matrix composites with its processing methods.
CO3: Describe various methods of processing of Metal matrix composites.
CO4: Describe various methods of processing of Ceramic matrix composites.
CO5: Apply micro and macro mechanics principles for designing composites.
CO6: Detail the procedure for testing of composite materials.
INTRODUCTION TO COMPOSITES 10
Need, fundamentals and characteristics of composites – Types of composites: based on matrix – PMC, MMC, CMC.
Structure of composites. – Reinforcement, Types – Glass fibers, Boron fibers, Carbon fibers, Natural fibers, Aramid fibers,
Ceramic fibers – Oxide and Non oxide fibers – Silicon carbide fibers, Whiskers.
POLYMER MATRIX COMPOSITES 11
Polymer matrix – Thermosetting and thermoplastic resins – Processing methods Hand layup and Spray techniques,
Filament winding, Pultrusion, Resin Transfer Molding, Autoclave method. Film stacking, Diaphragm forming, Tape laying,
Injection molding – Structure and properties of PMC, FRP, GFRP, CFRP Applications and recycling of PMC.
METAL MATRIX COMPOSITES & CERAMIC MATRIX COMPOSITES 13
Characteristics of MMC & CMC, types, Advantages and Limitations, Reinforcement types, Processing of MMC –
Types–Liquid state process, Solid state process. Processing of CMC – cold pressing, hot pressing, Reaction bonding
process, Directed oxidation method, Chemical vapor deposition, Chemical vapor infiltration, Liquid phase infiltration,
Solgel technique, Properties and Applications, C/C composites.
DESIGNING WITH COMPOSITES 11
Introduction to Micro and Macro Mechanics Approach, Volume fraction – Rule of mixtures, Generalized Hooke’s Law,
concept of load transfer, designing with composites – Advantages of composites in structural design, design procedure.
Defects in Composite.
Mechanical testing of composite materials–tensile, compressive, Inter laminar shear, and fracture toughness testing
methods.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Chawla K.K., “Composite materials”, Springer – Verlag, 3rd Edition, 2012.
2. Hull D and Na Clyne T.W., “An Introduction to Composites”, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
REFERENCES
1. Clyne T.W., and Withers P.J., “Introduction to Metal Matrix Composites”, Cambridge University Press, 4th Edition,
1993.
2. Strong A.B., “Fundamentals of Composite Manufacturing”, SME, 3rd Edition, 1989.
3. Sharma S.C., “Composite materials”, Narosa Publications, 2nd Edition, 2000
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E23 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND COST ANALYSIS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the knowledge of basics of engineering economics, law of demand and supply.
CO2: Take make or buy decision.
CO3: Calculate time value of the money by applying suitable formulae.
CO4: Compare and suitably apply various methods of cash flow methods.
CO5: Demonstrate the replacement and maintenance analysis by considering the interest rate.
CO6: Calculate the depreciation and make inflation adjusted decisions by comparing the alternatives.
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS AND VALUE ENGINEERING 4
Introduction to Economics – Flow in an economy, Law of supply and demand, Concept of Engineering Economics –
Engineering efficiency, Economic efficiency, Scope of engineering economics.
Make or buy decision, Value engineering – Function, aims, Value engineering procedure.
ELEMENTS OF COST AND ANALYSIS, INTEREST FORMULAE AND CASH FLOW 22
Marginal cost, Marginal Revenue, Sunk cost, Opportunity cost, Break-even analysis – V ratio – Elementary economic
Analysis – Time value of money, Single payment compound amount factor, Single payment present worth factor, Equal
payment series sinking fund factor, Equal payment series payment Present worth factor equal payment series capital
recovery factor – Uniform gradient series annual equivalent factor, Effective interest rate, Examples in all the methods.
Methods of comparison of alternatives – Present worth method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram), Future worth
method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), Annual equivalent method (Revenue
dominated cash flow diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), rate of return method, Examples in all the methods.
REPLACEMENT, MAINTENANCE ANALYSIS AND DEPRECIATION 19
Replacement and Maintenance analysis – Types of maintenance, types of replacement problem, determination of economic
life of an asset, Replacement of an asset with a new asset – Capital recovery with return and concept of challenger and
defender, simple probabilistic model for items which fail completely.
Depreciation – Introduction, Straight line method of depreciation, declining balance method of depreciation – Sum of the
years digits method of depreciation, sinking fund method of depreciation/ Annuity method of depreciation, service
output method of depreciation – Evaluation of public alternatives – Introduction, Examples, Inflation adjusted decisions
– Procedure to adjust inflation, Examples on comparison of alternatives and determination of economic life of asset.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Panneer Selvam, R, Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd, 2001.
2. Donald.G. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, Engineering Economics and Analysis Engg. Press, Texas, 2002
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Degarmo E.P., Sullivan W.G and Canada J.R, “Engineering Economy”, Macmillan, 1984
2. Grant E.L., Ireson W.G. and Leavenworth R.S, “Principles of Engineering Economy”, Ronald Press, 1976.
3. Smith G.W., “Engineering Economy”, Lowa State Press, Iowa, 1973.
WEB REFERENCES

16ME2E24 MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Discuss the evolution of micro electromechanical systems.
CO2: Recall the types of sensors and actuators used in Micro Electro Mechanical Systems.
CO3: Identify the various types of materials used in MEMS.
CO4: Classify the various types of Micro fabrication process used in MEMS.
CO5: Explain the Micro System Packaging and Assembly Process.
INTRODUCTION TO MEMS AND MICROSYSTEMS 8
Definition – Evolution of Micro fabrication – Characteristics of MEMS – Micro–systems – Microelectronics –
Miniaturization – Micro fluidics – Applications of micro systems in various industries.
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS 14
Sensors: Electrostatic sensors, Piezo resistive sensors, piezoelectric sensors, Thermal Sensors, Optical Sensors – Types
and applications related to measurement of Acceleration, Pressure, Flow and Tactile in MEMS.
Actuators: Electrostatic actuators, Piezoelectric actuators, Thermal Actuators, Micro Magnetic Actuators – Case studies
– Actuation using Shape Memory Alloys.
MATERIALS FOR MEMS AND MICROSYSTEMS 8
Substrates and wafers – Silicon as substrate material– Silicon Compounds – Silicon Piezo resistors – Galium Arsenide –
Quartz– Piezoelectric crystals – Polymers.
MICRO–SYSTEM FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY PROCESSES 15
Photolithography – Ion implantation – Diffusion process – Thermal oxidation– Chemical vapour deposition– Physical
vapour deposition – Sputtering.
Micro manufacturing process – Etching process, Surface micromachining and LIGA Process
Micro system packaging – levels – Bonding – Interfaces – Assembly – Selection of Packaging Materials.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Tai Ran Hsu, “MEMS & Micro systems Design and Manufacture” , Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Chang Liu, “Foundations of MEMS”, Pearson Education Inc, 2006.
REFERENCES
1. Nitaigour Premchand Mahalik, “MEMS” Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
2. Mohamed Gad–el–Hak, editor, “The MEMS Handbook”, CRC press Baco Raton, 2000.
3. Thomas M.Adams and Richard A.Layton, “Introductory MEMS – Fabrication and Application”, Springer 2012.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E25 METAL JOINING PROCESSES 3 0 03
PRE–REQUISITES
16ME259 Metallurgy & Materials Testing Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Enumerate the welding and its standards with discussion on various welding processes.
CO2: Categorize the fusion, non–fusion welding processes.
CO3: Categorize the various surface modification techniques and gain knowledge on importance of welding in design
of high structural joints.
CO4: Enumerate the brazing and soldering processes to describe the alternative to welding processes.
CO5: Practically gain knowledge on welding of ferrous and non–ferrous welding processes.
INTRODUCTION AND CLASSIFICATION 7
Definition of welding as per AWS – Classification – Energy sources for fusion welding – Arc physics – Shielding methods – Flux
types and characteristics – Shielding gas types and characteristics – Welding positions –Weld symbols – Safety in welding.
ARC WELDING PROCESSES 12
Difference between Fusion and Non–Fusion – Process description, Equipment, Consumable (electrode / filler metal / gas
/ flux) with AWS classification for electrodes and filler metals, comparison, applications and limitations for Shielded metal
arc welding, Gas tungsten arc welding, Gas metal arc welding, Submerged arc welding, Plasma arc welding, Carbon arc
welding, Flux cored arc welding and Stud arc welding.
SPECIAL WELDING PROCESSES 8
Resistance welding Processes (Seam welding, High frequency resistance welding, Flash welding, Projection Welding,
Upset welding) – Gas welding – Thermite welding Electro Slag welding and Solid state welding processes. Ultrasonic
welding – Friction welding – Friction Stir welding – Explosive welding – Diffusion welding – Roll bonding.
BRAZING AND SOLDERING 7
Brazing: Wetting and spreading characteristics – Surface tension and contact angle concepts – Brazing fillers – Role of
flux and characteristics – Atmospheres for brazing – Adhesive bonding Soldering: Techniques of soldering – Solders –
phase diagram – Composition and applications.
WELDING DEFECTS AND TEST PROCEDURES 11
Types of defects as per AWS classification – Weldability concept – Weldability tests – Mechanical tests (tension – bend
– toughness) – Cracking tests (Cold cracking test – Hot cracking test).
Welding of carbon steels and low alloy steels: Hydrogen induced cracking – Hot cracking: Causes and remedies –
Welding of austenitic stainless steels: Hot cracking – Weld decay: Causes and Remedies – Constitution diagrams.
Welding of Al Alloys: Hot cracking – Porosity formation – Distortion – Oxide formation.
Welding Procedure Qualification as per Section IX of AMSE B&PV – Format for writing Welding Procedure Specification
– Essential variables and Non–essential variables – Procedure Qualifications – Format to record Welding Procedure
Qualifications – Procedure Qualification Record – Welder Performance Qualification – Performance Qualification Record.
PREFERRED DEMONSTRATION – PRACTICAL
Welding of low carbon steel by TIG welding process and MIG welding processes – Welding of Aluminium by TIG
welding processes.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Larry Jeffus, “Welding Principles and Applications”, Delmar Cengage Learning, 7th Edition, 2011.
2. Nadkarni S.V., “Modern Arc Welding Technology”, Ador Welding Ltd, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Parmer R.S., “Welding Processes and Technology”, Khanna Publishers, 8th Edition, 2005.
2. A.W.S., “Welding Handbook”. Volume 1&2 Welding Technology, 8th Edition, 1991.
3. AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, API 5L, API 1104, ASME Section VIII – Division 1, ASME Section IX, ASME
Section II Part A and C.
WEB REFERENCES

16ME2E26 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
16ME212 Mechanical Measurements and Metrology
16ME215 Mechatronics and Automation
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Demonstrate the operations of various automotive sub systems.
CO2: Identify the sensors and actuators that supports the electronic engine control systems.
CO3: Establish the communication between various electronic peripherals of computerized control systems.
CO4: Analyze the failure of subsystems and incorporate for the self–diagnosis of automotive systems.
CO5: Describe the automotive instrumentation and vehicle motion control systems.
AUTOMOTIVE SUBSYSTEMS 9
Introduction to Automotive Electronics – Engine management system – Transmission and Suspension systems –
Entertainment systems – Safety and Warning systems.
AUTOMOTIVE SENSORS & ACTUATORS 13
Electronic engine control – Electronic fuel control system – Electronic ignition system.
Overview of automotive sensors: Air flow rate sensor – Engine crankshaft angular position sensor – Hall–Effect position
sensor – Optical crankshaft position sensor – Temperature sensor – Exhaust gas oxygen sensor and Knock sensor.
Actuators: Fuel injection actuator – Ignition actuator – Hydraulic actuators and Electrical actuators–MEMS based
sensors and actuators.
AUTOMOTIVE COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS AND DIAGNOSTICS 9
Overview of automotive communication protocols – CAN, GMLAN, BCAN, LIN and Flexray.
Diagnostics: Calibrations – Diagnostics codes & Freeze frames – Automotive diagnostics – On–board diagnostics – Off–
board diagnostics.
AUTOMOTIVE INSTRUMENTATION AND VEHICLE MOTION CONTROL SYSTEMS 14
Computer based Instrumentation System – Display devices: LED, LCD, Vacuum-fluorescent display – Integrated vehicle
electronic systems – Trip information system and Expert systems.
Cruise control configuration – Digital cruise control–Stepper motor based actuator – Vacuum operated actuator–Antilock
braking system – Electronic suspension system–Electronic steering control.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert Bosch Gmbh, “Automotive Electrics and Automotive Electronics”, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
2. William B.Ribbens, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, Elsevier, 7th Edition, 2014.
REFERENCES
1. Tom Denton “Automobile Electrical and Electronic Systems”, Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann (3rd Edition), 2004.
2. Santini Al, “Automotive Electricity and Electronics”, Cengage Learning, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108031/module1/Lecture05.pdf
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108031/module1/Lecture03.pdf

16ME2E27 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1: Formulate and solve a Linear Programming Model using simplex method.
CO 2: Solve Transportation and assignment Problem.
CO 3: Construct and manage the project duration using PERT / CPM techniques.
CO 4: Determine the sequence for n jobs 2 machines and n jobs 3 Machines.
CO 5: Perform replacement analysis on individual and group replacement Models and apply game theory to solve
problems with pure strategies, mixed strategies.
CO 6: Solve Queueing problems and apply basic concepts of simulation Models.
INTRODUCTION AND LINEAR PROGRAMMING 12
Introduction: Historical overview of operations research, fundamentals of OR, Linear Programming, formulation of L.P
model – Graphical solution – Simplex algorithm.
Transportation and Assignment problems: Optimal solution by North West corner method – Least cost method – Vogel’s
approximation method – Optimality test – MODI method – Degeneracy – Unbalanced transportation problems Assignment
problem –Hungarian method.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND SEQUENCING PROBLEMS 12
Network models – Basic Concepts – Construction of Networks – Project Network – CPM and PERT – Critical Path
Scheduling – Crashing of Network.
Sequencing – Models with n jobs with 2 machines – Problem with n jobs with 3 machines.
DECISION MODELS 11
Game theory – Two person zero sum game – Graphic solution – Property of dominance – Algebraic solution. Replacement
models – Items that deteriorate with time – When money value changes – Items that fail completely – Individual replacement
and Group replacement.
QUEUEING AND SIMULATION MODELS 10
Queueing – Poisson arrivals and Exponential service times – Single channel models and Multi channel models.
Simulation – Basic concepts – Advantages and Disadvantages – Random number, Generation – Monte–Carlo Simulation
– Simulation models.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Taha H.A., “Operation Research: An Introduction”, Prentice Hall, 9th Edition, 2010.
2. Hira and Gupta, “Introduction to Operations Research”, S.Chand Ltd, 3rd Edition, 2008.
REFERENCES
1. Dharani Venkatkrishna., “Operations Research”, Keerthi Publishing House, 4th Edition, 1994.
2. Kanti Swarup, Gupta P.K., and Manmohan, “Operations Research”, S.Chand & Sons,2004.
3. Panneerselvan R., “Operation Research”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2006.
WEB REFERENCES
3. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals–of–operations–research.html

16ME2E28 INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS 3003
PRE–REQUISITE
16ME212 Mechanical Measurements and Metrology
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describe the basics of robot anatomy and explain the working of drive systems and grippers used in robot.
CO2: Classify the type of sensors used in robot.
CO3: Explain machine vision system for robots.
CO4: Demonstrate the robot kinematics for different types of robot configuration in Two degrees of Freedom.
CO5: Illustrate the various movements of the robot with simple commands through established programming languages.
CO6: Estimate the Economic feasibility for suitable implementation of robot in industries.
INTRODUCTION 11
Robot Anatomy – Types of Robot configurations – Robot specifications Basic robot motions – Point to point control –
Continuous path control. Robot parts and their functions – Need for robots.
Types of Robot drives: electrical, pnuematic and hydraulic drives – Types of Robot End Effectors/grippers: (mechanical,
pneumatic, hydraulic, magnetic and vacuum grippers) – Robot/ End – Effector interface – RCC device –Selection and
design considerations of grippers.
ROBOT SENSING AND VISION SYSTEM 12
Sensor characteristics – Types of robot sensors – Position sensors (LVDT/Potentiometer/encoders) Range sensing
(triangulation/time of flight/structured light approach) – Proximity sensing (optical/capacitive/ultrasonic) –Touch sensing
(capacitive/photo resistive) – Force and Torque sensing (strain gauge/piezoelectric). Machine vision – Sensing and
Digitizing (Camera, Frame Grabber, A/D converter) – Image processing and analysis (Data reduction/segementation/
feature extraction/object recognition) – Applications – Inspection – Object identification.
ROBOT KINEMATICS AND PROGRAMMING 12
Forward and reverse transformation – Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two, Three
Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional) – Homogeneous transformations (Only derivations and simple problems).
Methods of Robot programming –Teach Pendant Programming – Lead through programming–capabilities and limitations–
Textual robot languages – Robot language structure – VAL Programming – Motion Commands – Sensor Commands, End
effecter commands and Simple programs.
ROBOT APPLICATIONS AND IMPLEMENTATION 10
Applications of robots in materials handling, machine loading/unloading, inspection, welding, spray painting and
finish coating and assembly. Implementation of Robots in Industries – Steps involved – Safety features. Economic
Analysis of Robots: Pay back Method, EUAC Method and Rate of Return Method.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Groover M.P., “Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications”, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education,
2nd Edition (Special Indian Edition), 2012.
2. Deb S.R.,”Robotics Technology”, Tata McGraw–Hill Education, 2nd Edition, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Yoram Koren., “Robotics for Engineers”, McGraw–Hill Book Co., 12th Edition, 2007.
2. Fu K.S.,Gonzalz R.C., and Lee C.S.G., “Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence”, McGraw–Hill,1st Edition,
2008.
3. Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, Tata McGraw–Hill Education, 2nd Edition, 2008.
WEB REFERENCE
16ME2E29 LEAN MANUFACTURING 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Illustrate the fundamental concepts of Lean Manufacturing.
CO2: Apply lean tools for shop floor related activities.
CO3: Demonstrate the need of Just in time concept in manufacturing.
CO4: Summarize the use of manufacturing systems software in simulating the industrial activities.
CO5: Illustrate the application of Lean concepts in manufacturing management.
CO6: Apply Lean tools in manufacturing management for effectiveness.
INTRODUCTION AND CONCEPTS 4
Objectives of lean manufacturing – Key principles and implications of lean manufacturing – Traditional Vs lean
manufacturing – Lean benefits. Value creation and waste elimination – Major kinds of waste– pull production – Different
models of pull production – Continuous flow – Continuous improvement / Kaizen– Worker involvement.
LEAN MANUFACTURING TOOLSAND METHODOLOGIES 12
Standard work – Communication of standard work to employees –Standard work and flexibility – Visual controls quality
at the source – 5S principles – Preventive maintenance – Total quality management – Total productive maintenance –
Changeover/setup time – Batch size reduction – Value stream mapping – The AS-IS diagram – The future state map–
application to the factory simulation scenario – Line balancing – Poke yoke – Kanban – Overall equipment effectiveness.
GROUP TECHNOLOGY AND JUST IN TIME MANUFACTURING 9
Part family– Production flow analysis – Composite part concept – Machine cell design – Case studies. Introduction –
elements of JIT – Uniform production rate – Pull versus push method– Kanban system – Small lot size – Quick, inexpensive
setup – Continuous improvement – Optimized production technology.
LEAN MANUFACTURING SYSTEM SOFTWARE 12
Lean in Production control – Forecasting, master production schedule, MRP, capacity planning, shop floor control,
inventory management, product routing, job costing, marketing applications and Lean supply chain.
IMPLEMENTING LEAN AND RECONCILING LEAN WITH OTHER SYSTEMS 8
Road map – Senior management Involvement – Best practices – Toyota production system – Six sigma concepts and
applications – Lean and ERP – Lean with ISO9001: 2015.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Burton T.T, “Accelerating Lean six sigma results”, Cengage learning, 2011.
2. Askin R.G and Goldberg J.B., “Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2005.
REFERENCES
1. Baird, Craig W., “The six sigma manual for small and medium Businesses”, Yesdee publication, 2011.
2. Buffa, “Modern production operations management”, Wiley, 2013.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E30 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 3003
PRE–REQUISITES
16ME259 Metallurgy & Materials Testing Laboratory
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO 1: Classify NDT and recognize the importance of the visual inspection technique.
CO 2: Outline the concepts, principles and testing procedure of Liquid Penetrant Testing (LPI).
CO 3: Summarize the concepts, principles and testing procedure of Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI).
CO 4: Illustrate the concepts and principles of Radiography.
CO 5: Describe the Eddy Current Production to be used for testing of materials.
CO 6: Demonstrate the concept of ultrasonic waves and its application for various inspection methods.
INTRODUCTION TO NDT AND VISUAL INSPECTION 9
Introduction and classification of NDT, Fundamentals of Visual Testing – Vision, Visual Inspector Requirement, lighting,
factors affecting Visual Testing – Physical Attributes, Physiological Factors & Psychological Factors – Visual Testing
Aid, Measuring Tools – Scopes, Borescope, endoscope, flexi scope, Welding Measurement and the gauges.
SURFACE DEFECTS INSPECTION TECHNIQUES 13
Principles – Fluorescent penetrant test – Types and properties of liquid penetrants – Emulsifiers – Developers – Applications
of Penetrant Testing – Advantages and limitations. Magnetic Materials – magnetisation methods – Wet and dry particles
inspection – Portable, mobile and stationary equipment – Magnetic particle inspection of castings and welding –
Demagnetisation – Applications Generation of eddy currents – Eddy current sensing elements, probes, type of arrangement
– a) absolute b) differential lift off, operation, applications, advantages, limitations – Impedance diagrams.
RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING 12
Electromagnetic Spectrum – Gamma ray radiography, sources, advantages of Cobalt–60 over other sources, characteristics
of gamma rays – X-ray sources generation and properties – Industrial X-ray tubes – Target materials and characteristics
– Linear accelerators – Characteristics of X-rays, methods of recording, film based radiography, Exposure charts –
Advantages and limitations – Applications. Principles and applications of Fluoroscopy/Real–time radioscopy – Advantages
and limitations – Recent advances, intensifier tubes, vidicon tubes – Digital Radiography – Principle of Computed
Tomography Principle of neutron radiography direct and indirect technique – Advantages and limitations.
ULTRASONIC TESTING 11
Principles of Acoustics – Acoustic emission testing – Generation and Propagation of ultrasonic waves, Ultrasonic
Transducers, Techniques of Ultrasonic Testing, Pulse–Echo Technique – Contact testing, immersion testing, Resonance
testing, couplets, Beam Inspection – Angle beam inspection – Thickness Measurements Applications, Reference blocks,
IIW standard block, Corrosion Mapping – Nodularity Measurement – Scan Presentation A–scan, B–scan, C–scan–
advantages and limitations – Applications.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Prasad J, Nair C.C.K., “Non–destructive testing and evaluation of materials”, McGraw Hill Eucation (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
2. Baldev Raj, Jayakumar T, and Thawasimuthu M., “Practical Non–destructive Testing”, Alpha Science International, 2007.
REFERENCES
1. ASM Handbook, “Non–destructive evaluation and quality control”, Vol.17 ASM International, Materials Park,
Ohio, USA. 2007.
2. Peter J.Shull, “Nondestructive Evaluation: Theory, Techniques, and Applications”, CRC Press; 1st Edition, 2002.
3. Halmshain R, “Non Destructive Testing”, Arnold Associates, 2001.
WEB REFERENCE
16ME2E31 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Outline the fundamental concepts of supply chain management and Logistics network.
CO2: Associate the inventory system and forecasting with supply chain management.
CO3: Demonstrate the information value and flow in the supply chain management.
CO4: Recognize the need for outsourcing the elements of manufacturing.
CO5: Illustrate the international issues and Decision Support Systems in SCM.
CO6: Exemplify IT tools for effective supply chain management.
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT AND NETWORK DESIGN 16
Definition – decision phases in a supply chain – objectives of SCM – Examples of supply chains – Supply chain drivers
– Supply chain integration – Supply chain performance measures. Role of distribution in supply chain – Distribution
network design – Factors influencing distribution network design – Distribution network in practice – Framework for
network design – Models for facility location and capacity allocation – Distribution strategy– Push and pull strategies
– Kanban replenishment systems – Types – Implementation – Impact of uncertainty on network design.
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT WITH CUSTOMER VALUED SUPPLY CHAIN 14
Cycle Inventory– economies of scale to exploit fixed costs – Quantity discounts – Simple problems– Multi –Echelon
inventory– Safety inventory in supply chain– Safety level estimation – Supply uncertainty – Data aggregation –
Replenishment policies – Managing safety inventory in practice– Product availability– Optimal level – Affecting factors
– Supply chain contracts – Customer value and its dimensions– Global supply chain – Driving factors of global supply
chain– Regional differences in logistics.
STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN SCM 15
Framework for strategic alliance – 3PL and 4PL – Retailer – Supplier partnerships – Distribution integration – Procurement
and outsourcing – Benefits – E– Procurement– Design for logistics – Supplier integration into new product development
– Mass customization. Need of Information Technology In SCM – Interface devices – Communications – Databases –
System architecture – System components – Integrating the supply chain information technology – DSS for supply chain
management – Value of Information – Bullwhip effect – Customer relationship management and supplier relationship
management.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Simchi-Levi Davi, Kiminskyphilip and Simchi – Levi Edith, “Designing and Managing Supply chain”, Tata McGraw-
Hill publishing company Ltd, 2003.
2. Chopra S and Meindl P, “Supply chain management: Strategy, Planning, and operation”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall
India Pvt Ltd, 2010.
REFERENCES
1. Rahul V.A, “Supply Chain Management Concepts and Cases”, Prentice Hall of India Ltd, NewDelhi, 2012.
2. Gerald B., “Oracle E–Business Suite Manufacturing and Supply Chain Management”, TMH, 2003.
WEB REFERENCE
1. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/110106045/

16ME2E32 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Classify projects and identify the phases of the project life cycle.
CO2: Plan, identify and estimate the resources required for completion of a project.
CO3: Prepare cost estimation and project schedule plan for projects using PERT/CPM.
CO4: Appraise the project performance and summarize the follow up required for the project.
CO5: Make an economic analysis of a project.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT 15
Concepts and Categories of projects – Selection of projects – Phases of project life cycle – Roles and responsibilities of
Project Manager – tools and techniques of project management – Forms of project organization – Human aspects of
project management PROJECT PLANNING: Feasibility report – Phased Planning – Project planning steps – Work breakdown
structure (WBS) – Project execution Plan (PEP).
PROJECT ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING 15
Preparation of cost estimation – Prerequisites for successful project implementation – Project scheduling – Different
scheduling techniques – Bar (GANTT) charts – Bar charts for combined activities – Critical Path Method (CPM) – Project
Evaluation and Review Techniques (PERT) planning.
PROJECT EVALUATION & FOLLOW UP 15
Objectives of follow up techniques – Channels for follow up – Scope of follow up – Evaluation types – Objectives and
requirements – Methodology – Techniques for evaluation. Economic Project Appraisal: Rate of return – Net present value
– Benefit cost ratio – Internal rate of return and simple problems – Introduction to project budgeting and Project cash flow.
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Choudhury S., “Project Management”, McGraw Hill Publications, 2008.
2. Jack R.Meredith, and Samuel J.Mantel Jr., “Project Management – A Managerial Approach”, John Wiley and Sons,
2006.
REFERENCES
1. Panneer selvam R and Senthil Kumar P, “Project Management”, PHI, 2010.
2. Harold Kerzner, “Project Management, A systems approach to Planning, Scheduling & controlling”, Wiley India
(P) Ltd., 10th Edition, 2013.
3. Prasanna Chandra, “Project Planning: Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review”, Tata McGraw Hill, 7th
Edition, 2013.
WEB REFERENCE

16ME2E40 INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRY 4.0 3003
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1 : Describe the fundamentals of Industry 4.0 and discuss the case studies of IoT applications
CO2 : Explain the concepts of smart sensing and networking in Industries
CO3 : Demonstrate the Data computing technologies
CO4 : Describe the concepts of simulations and reality modeling
CO5 : Express the concepts of additive manufacturing
OVERVIEW OF INDUSTRY 4.0 10

Introduction-Evolution of Industry 4.0- Importance of digital transformation- Elements of Industry 4.0 – concept of Cyber
physical systems- Horizontal and vertical integration, scope, benefits and challenges. IoT applications: Smart Cities and
Smart Homes, Connected Vehicles, IoT in Agriculture, IoT in Healthcare and Activity Monitoring
IoT security risks and pervasive sensing, Smart sensors-architecture-types. Basics of Networking and communication
protocols used in IoT, Machine-to-Machine Communications, Programming platforms and Interoperability in IoT. Basics
of Data handling and analytics, Introduction to the concepts of cloud computing - Cyber security. Introduction to
Autonomous systems: Artificial intelligence- Digital twin.
REALITY MODELING AND ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 17
Manufacturing Simulation- types- System Dynamics (SD) simulation, Discrete Event Simulation (DES), Agent Based
simulation. Virtual reality, VRML, Collaborative Virtual Factory (VF) platforms, VR applications. Augmented reality-
Techniques - ARML -AR applications. Introduction to additive manufacturing-types-applications
Total Periods: 45
TEXT BOOKS
1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands-on approach”, Universities Press, 2015
2. Honbo Zhou, ¯The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective , CRC Press, 2012.
3. Pham,D.T., & Dimov.S.S., “Rapid manufacturing”, Springer-Verlag,1st Edition, London, reprint-2012
REFERENCES
1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley, 2014, ISBN:978-1-118-43063-7
2. “The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms, and Use Cases”, by Pethuru Raj and Anupama C.
Raman (CRC Press)
3. A. Al-Fuqaha et. al, “Internet of Things: A Survey on Enabling Technologies, Protocols, and Applications”, IEEE
Communication Surveys & Tutorials, Vol. 17, No. 4, 2015.
4. J. Biron and J. Follett, “Foundational Elements of an IoT Solution”, O’Reilly Media, 2016
5. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Florian Michahelles, ¯Architecting the Internet of Things, Springer, 2011.
6. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, ¯The Internet of Things – Key applications and Protocols ,
Wiley, 2012.
WEB REFERENCES
1. https://www.i-scoop.eu/industry-4-0/
2. https://www.cleverism.com/industry-4-0/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_cs22/preview

Mechanical Engineering - FINAL - 07.08.2018

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Mechanical Engineering - FINAL - 07.08.2018

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SRI RAMAKRISHNA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

[Educational Service : SNR Sons Charitable Trust]

B.E. Mechanical Engineering

Curriculum and Syllabus

† Regular candidates (4 years) : 172 credits

† Lateral Entry candidates (3 years) : 125 credits

Chairperson Academic Council/Principal

2 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTION 5

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS3

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE CURRICULUM

• Student centric learning – Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)

VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTION

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS5

Program Outcomes as stated by NBA: Engineering Graduates will be able to

6 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

VISION AND MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

The graduates of this program after four to five years will,

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

Graduates of Mechanical Engineering at the time of graduation will be able to

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS7

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS9

10 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (HS)

S. Course Course Title L T P C POs CA ES Total

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS11

S. Course Course Title L T P C POs CA ES Total

1 16MA203 Algebra and Calculus 3 1 0 4 1,2,3 40 60 100

12 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ENGINEERING SCIENCES (ES)

S. Course Course Title L T P C POs CA ES Total

1 16ME205 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 1, 2, 3 40 60 100

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS13

14 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS15

16 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS17

18 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ONE CREDIT COURSES

16BMI006 MR and Leadership Training

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS19

16ECI012 Internet of Things (IoT) Using CC3200

16EII006 Testing and Calibration of Field Instruments SMEC Industry, Coimbatore

20 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

16MEI001 Failure Mode Effect Analysis

16MEI002 Logistics Management Carborundum Universal Limited -

B.Tech. Information Technology

** To choose a minimum of one course from the list.

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS21

22 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS23

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS25

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY 10

26 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY 10

AUDITORY & ORATORICAL SKILLS

COMPREHENSION & ANALYTICAL SKILLS

28 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS29

TYPES AND HANDLING 16

30 B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

BUILDING PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 9